OpenScape Business V1 Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8

OpenScape Business V1 Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8
OpenScape Business V1 
Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8
Service documentation
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620
Our Quality and Environmental Management Systems are
implemented according to the requirements of the ISO9001 and
ISO14001 standards and are certified by an external certification
company.

Copyright © Unify GmbH & Co. KG 06/2014 
Hofmannstr. 51, 81379 Munich/Germany
All rights reserved.
Reference No.: A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620
The information provided in this document contains merely general descriptions or
characteristics of performance which in case of actual use do not always apply as 
described or which may change as a result of further development of the products. 
An obligation to provide the respective characteristics shall only exist if expressly agreed in
the terms of contract.
Availability and technical specifications are subject to change without notice.
Unify, OpenScape, OpenStage and HiPath are registered trademarks of Unify GmbH & Co. KG.
All other company, brand, product and service names are trademarks or registered trademarks
of their respective holders.
unify.com
Contents
Contents
1 Introduction and Important Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.1 About this Documentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.1.1 Documentation and Target Groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.1.2 Structure of the Service Documentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.1.3 Types of Topics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.1.4 Display Conventions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.2 Safety Information and Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.2.1 Warnings: Danger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.2.2 Warnings: Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.2.3 Warnings: Caution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.2.4 Warnings: Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.2.5 Country-specific Safety Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.2.5.1 Safety Information for Australia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.2.5.2 Safety Information for Brazil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.2.5.3 Safety Information for the U.S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.2.5.4 Safety Information for Canada . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.3 Important Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.3.1 Emergencies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.3.2 Proper Use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.3.3 Correct Disposal and Recycling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.3.4 Installation Standards and Guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.3.4.1 Connecting OpenScape Office MX to the Power Supply Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.3.4.2 Connecting OpenScape Business S and OpenScape Business UC Booster Server to the 
Power Supply Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.3.4.3 Shielded Cabling for LAN and WAN Connections of OpenScape Business X . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.3.4.4 Fire Safety Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.3.4.5 Lightning Protection Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.3.4.6 Markings for OpenScape Business X . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.3.5 Notes on Electromagnetic and Radio Frequency Interference of OpenScape Business X . . . . . . . . .
1.3.6 Data Protection and Data Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.3.7 Technical Regulations and Conformity of OpenScape Business X . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.3.7.1 CE Conformity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.3.7.2 Conformity with US and Canadian Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.3.7.3 Conformity with International Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.3.8 Operating Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.3.8.1 Operating Conditions for OpenScape Business X . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.3.8.2 Operating Conditions for OpenScape Business S and OpenScape Business UC Booster 
Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2 Communication systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.1 OpenScape Business X3R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.2 OpenScape Business X3W . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.3 OpenScape Business X5R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.4 OpenScape Business X5W . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.5 OpenScape Business X8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
10
10
10
12
13
14
14
15
16
17
18
19
19
20
20
22
23
23
24
24
25
25
25
26
26
27
28
28
28
29
29
29
30
30
30
31
32
32
33
35
35
37
3
Contents
3 Boards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
3.1 Overview of Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
3.1.1 Central Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
3.1.2 Peripheral boards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
3.1.3 Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
3.1.4 Boards and Devices Being Phased Out . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
3.2 Description of the Boards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
3.2.1 CMA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
3.2.1.1 How to Install CMA on OCCM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
3.2.1.2 How to Install CMA on OCCMR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
3.2.2 CUC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
3.2.3 CUCR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
3.2.4 CUP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
3.2.5 CUPR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
3.2.6 DBSAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
3.2.7 DIUT2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
3.2.8 EXMR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
3.2.8.1 How to Install EXMR on OCCL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
3.2.8.2 How to Install EXMR on OCCM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
3.2.8.3 How to Install EXMR on OCCMR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
3.2.9 IVMNL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
3.2.10 IVMP4, IVMP4R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
3.2.11 IVMS8N, IVMS8NR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
3.2.12 LUNA2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
3.2.13 MMP3R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
3.2.14 MUSIC plugin module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
3.2.15 MPPI USB EXM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
3.2.16 OCAB (UC Booster Card) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
3.2.16.1 How to Mount the OCAB and the Fan Kit in an X8 System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
3.2.16.2 How to Mount the OCAB and the Fan Kit in an X3W or X5W System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
3.2.16.3 How to Mount the OCAB and the Fan Kit in an X3R or X5R System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
3.2.17 OCCB1, OCCB3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
3.2.17.1 How to Install OCCB1/OCCB3 on OCCL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
3.2.17.2 How to Install OCCB1/OCCB3 on OCCM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
3.2.17.3 How to Install OCCB1/OCCB3 on OCCMR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
3.2.18 OCCL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
3.2.19 OCCM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
3.2.20 OCCMR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
3.2.21 REALS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
3.2.22 SLAV4, SLAV8, SLAV8R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
3.2.23 SLAV16, SLAV16R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
3.2.23.1 How to Install a Fan Kit in an OpenScape Business X5W . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
3.2.23.2 How to Install a Fan Kit in an OpenScape Business X5R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
3.2.24 Not for U.S.: SLC16N . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
3.2.25 Not for U.S.: SLCN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
3.2.26 SLMAV8N, SLMAV24N . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
3.2.27 SLMO8N, SLMO24N . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
3.2.28 SLU8N, SLU8NR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
3.2.29 STLSX2, STLSX4, STLSX4R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
3.2.30 STMD3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
3.2.31 STRB, STRBR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
4
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Contents
3.2.32 For Selected Countries Only: TCAS-2, TCASR-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.2.32.1 How to Connect the Cable Shield of the Coaxial Cables (CAS Cables) to the Housing 
of the OpenScape Business X5W Communication System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.2.33 ET-S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.2.34 TLANI2, TLANI4, TLANI4R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.2.35 TLANI8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.2.36 TMANI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.2.37 For Selected Countries Only: TMCAS2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.2.38 For Selected Countries Only: TMDID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.2.39 For Selected Countries Only: TMEW2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.2.39.1 How to Install a SIVAPAC-SIPAC Board Adapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.2.39.2 How to Replace a Board Latch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.2.40 Not for U.S.: TS2N, TS2RN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.2.41 For Selected Countries Only: TST1, TST1R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.2.42 UPSC-D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.2.43 UPSC-DR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
214
4 Installing OpenScape Business X3R and OpenScape Business X5R (19-inch Rack Mounting) . . . .
4.1 Prerequisites for Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.2 Preparatory Steps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.2.1 How to Unpack the Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.2.2 How to Remove the Protective Film from the Battery of the OCCMR Mainboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.3 Installation Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.3.1 How to Mount OpenScape Business X3R in a 19-inch Rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.3.2 How to Mount OpenScape Business X5R in a 19-inch Rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.3.3 How to Mount the Communication System to a Wall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.3.4 How to Install the Communication System as a Standalone Unit (Desktop Operation) . . . . . . . . . .
4.4 Protective Grounding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.4.1 Protective Grounding for 19’’ Rack-mount Installations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.4.1.1 How to Provide Protective Grounding for the Communication System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.4.1.2 How to Check the Grounding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.4.2 Protective Grounding for Wall-Mount and Standalone Installations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.4.2.1 How to Provide Protective Grounding for the Communication System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.4.2.2 How to Check the Grounding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.5 Configuration Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.5.1 Board Slots in OpenScape Business X3R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.5.2 Board Slots in OpenScape Business X5R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.5.3 Board Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.5.3.1 How to Insert a Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.5.3.2 How to Remove a Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.5.3.3 How to Install a Shielding Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.6 Trunk Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.6.1 Not for U.S. and Canada: How to Set up an ISDN Point-to-Point or ISDN Point-to-Multipoint 
Connection via the S0 Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.6.2 Not for U.S. and Canada: How to Set up an ISDN Primary Rate Interface via the S2M Port 
(for OpenScape Business X5R Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.6.3 For U.S. and Canada Only: How to Set up the ISDN Primary Rate Interface via the T1 Interface 
(for OpenScape Business X5R Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.6.4 For Selected Countries Only: How to Set up a Trunk Connection via the E1-CAS Interface 
(for OpenScape Business X5R Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.6.5 How to Set up an Analog Trunk Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
273
273
274
274
275
276
276
277
279
280
280
281
281
283
284
284
289
290
290
290
291
291
292
292
292
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
220
223
224
228
230
237
243
250
255
257
258
261
263
267
293
294
294
295
296
5
Contents
4.7 Connection of phones and devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297
4.7.1 Not for U.S. and Canada: How to Connect ISDN Phones Directly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297
4.7.2 Not for U.S. and Canada: How to Connect ISDN Phones via the S0 Bus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299
4.7.3 How to Connect UP0/E Phones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
4.7.4 How to Connect Analog Telephones and Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
4.8 Closing Activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
4.8.1 How to Insert the SDHC Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
4.8.2 How to Perform a Visual Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
4.8.3 How to Connect the System to the Mains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
5 Installing OpenScape Business X3W and OpenScape Business X5W (Wall-mount Housing) . . . . . . 306
5.1 Prerequisites for Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306
5.2 Preparatory Steps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308
5.2.1 How to Unpack the Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308
5.2.2 How to Remove the Housing Cover of the Communication System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309
5.2.3 How to Remove the Protective Film from the Battery of the OCCM Mainboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310
5.3 Type of Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311
5.3.1 How to Mount the Communication System to a Wall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311
5.4 Main Distribution Frame MDFU (Optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312
5.4.1 How to Mount the Main Distribution Frame MDFU to a Wall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314
5.5 Protective Grounding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314
5.5.1 How to Provide Protective Grounding for the Main Distribution Frame MDFU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314
5.5.2 How to Check the Grounding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319
5.6 Connection Cable to External Main Distribution Frame (Optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320
5.6.1 How to Connect a Connection Cable to the External Main Distribution Frame (Optional) . . . . . . . . . 322
5.7 Cable for direct connection of telephones, trunks, etc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327
5.8 Configuration Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328
5.8.1 Board Slots in OpenScape Business X3W . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329
5.8.2 Board Slots in OpenScape Business X5W . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329
5.8.3 Board Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330
5.8.3.1 How to Insert a Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330
5.8.3.2 How to Remove a Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331
5.9 LAN and WAN Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331
5.9.1 How to Connect to a LAN or WAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331
5.10 Trunk Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333
5.10.1 Not for U.S. and Canada: How to Set up an ISDN Point-to-Point or ISDN Point-to-Multipoint 
Connection via an S0 Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333
5.10.2 Not for U.S. and Canada: How to Set up an ISDN Primary Rate Interface via an S2M Port 
(for OpenScape Business X5W Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334
5.10.3 For U.S. and Canada Only: How to Set up the ISDN Primary Rate Interface via a T1 Interface 
(for OpenScape Business X5W Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335
5.10.4 For Selected Countries Only: How to Set up a Trunk Connection via an E1-CAS Interface 
(for OpenScape Business X5W Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336
5.10.5 How to Set up an Analog Trunk Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337
5.11 Connection of phones and devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338
5.11.1 Not for U.S. and Canada: How to Connect ISDN Phones Directly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338
5.11.2 Not for U.S. and Canada: How to Connect ISDN Phones via the S0 Bus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340
5.11.3 How to Connect UP0/E Phones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343
5.11.4 How to Connect Analog Telephones and Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344
5.12 Interference Emissions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346
5.12.1 How to Attach a Ferrite Sleeve to the Power Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347
5.12.2 How to Attach Ferrite Sleeves to Peripheral Connection Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348
6
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Contents
5.13 Closing Activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.13.1 How to Insert the SDHC Card. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.13.2 How to Perform a Visual Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.13.3 How to Put the Housing Cover in Place . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.13.4 How to Connect the System to the Mains. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
350
351
351
353
354
6 Installation of OpenScape Business X8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.1 Prerequisites for Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.2 Preparatory Steps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.2.1 How to Unpack the Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.2.2 How to Remove the Protective Film from the Battery of the OCCL Mainboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.3 Installation Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.3.1 Standalone Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.3.1.1 How to Set Up a One-Box System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.3.1.2 Two-box System: How to Stack System Boxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.3.1.3 Two-box System: How to Set Up the System Boxes Side by Side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.3.2 19’’ Rack-mount Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.3.2.1 How to Mount a System Box in a 19-inch Rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.4 Main Distribution Frame MDFU-E (Optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.4.1 How to Mount the Main Distribution Frame MDFU-E to a Wall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.5 Patch Panels (Optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.5.1 How to Mount a Patch Panel in a 19-inch Rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.6 Protective Grounding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.6.1 Protective Grounding for Standalone Installations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.6.1.1 How to Provide Protective Grounding for the Main Distribution Frame MDFU-E . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.6.1.2 How to Check the Grounding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.6.2 Protective Grounding for 19’’ Rack-mount Installations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.6.2.1 How to Provide Protective Grounding for the Communication System and the Patch Panel . . .
6.6.2.2 How to Check the Grounding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.7 Configuration Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.7.1 Board Slots in the Base Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.7.2 Board Slots in the Expansion Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.7.3 Special Board Slots . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.7.4 Initializing the Boards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.7.5 Distribution of the PCM Highways in the Base Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.7.6 Distribution of the PCM Highways in the Expansion Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.7.7 Time-division Multiplex Channels of the Peripheral Boards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.7.8 Board Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.7.8.1 How to Insert a Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.7.8.2 How to Remove a Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.7.8.3 How to Install Shielding Covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.8 Backplanes of the System Boxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.8.1 Backplane of the Base Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.8.2 Expansion Box Backplane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.8.3 Connector or Shielding Panels for Backplanes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.8.3.1 How to Mount Connector or Shielding Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.8.4 Connection to Backplanes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.8.4.1 How to Connect the Connection Cable between the Base and Expansion Box (Optional) . . . .
6.8.4.2 How to Attach a Connection Cable to the External Main Distribution Frame (Optional) . . . . . .
6.8.4.3 How to Install the Connection Cables to the Patch Panel (Optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.8.4.4 How to Install the Connection Cables to the S0 Patch Panel (Optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
355
355
358
359
359
360
360
360
361
363
365
365
367
368
368
372
372
373
373
376
377
377
380
380
381
381
382
383
383
385
385
386
387
387
388
389
389
391
393
394
395
395
395
400
401
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
7
Contents
6.9 Trunk Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 404
6.9.1 Not for U.S. and Canada: How to Set up an ISDN Point-to-Point or ISDN Point-to-Multipoint 
Connection via an S0 Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 405
6.9.2 Not for U.S. and Canada: How to Set up an ISDN Primary Rate Interface via an S2M Port . . . . . . . . 406
6.9.3 For U.S. and Canada Only: How to Set up the ISDN Primary Rate Interface via a T1 Interface . . . . 406
6.9.4 For Selected Countries Only: How to Set up a Trunk Connection via an E1-CAS Interface . . . . . . . 407
6.9.5 How to Set up an Analog Trunk Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 408
6.10 Connection of phones and devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 409
6.10.1 Not for U.S. and Canada: How to Connect ISDN Phones Directly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 410
6.10.2 Not for U.S. and Canada: How to Connect ISDN Phones via the S0 Bus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 411
6.10.3 How to Connect UP0/E Phones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 414
6.10.4 How to Connect Analog Telephones and Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415
6.11 Closing Activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 416
6.11.1 How to Insert the SDHC Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417
6.11.2 How to Perform a Visual Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417
6.11.3 Only for Standalone Installations: How to Mount the Plastic Covers of a System Box . . . . . . . . . . . 419
6.11.4 How to Connect the System to the Mains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 420
7 Extensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 421
7.1 OpenScape Business Powerbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 421
7.1.1 Construction Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 423
7.1.2 Controls, Indicators and Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 423
7.1.3 Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 426
7.1.4 Installation Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 427
7.1.4.1 How to Mount the OpenScape Business Powerbox in a 19-inch Rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 427
7.1.4.2 How to Mount the OpenScape Business Powerbox to a Wall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 429
7.1.4.3 How to Set up the OpenScape Business Powerbox as a Standalone Unit 
(Desktop Operation) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 430
7.1.5 OpenScape Business Powerbox with Batteries and/or LUNA2 Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 431
7.1.5.1 How to Install the Batteries in the OpenScape Business Powerbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 433
7.1.5.2 How to Mount the LUNA2 Power Supply in the OpenScape Business Powerbox . . . . . . . . . . . 435
7.1.6 Connection Cables to the Communication Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 436
7.1.6.1 How to Attach the Connection Cables to the Communication System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 436
8 Integrated Cordless Solution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 440
8.1 System Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 440
8.1.1 System Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 441
8.1.2 Power-Related Capacity Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 442
8.1.3 Traffic capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 442
8.1.4 Grade Of Service (GOS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 443
8.1.5 Multi-SLC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 444
8.1.6 Single-Cell Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 445
8.1.7 Network-wide Roaming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 446
8.1.8 Clock Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 447
8.2 Base Stations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 447
8.2.1 Technical Data for the BS4 Base Station. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 447
8.2.2 Pin Assignments of the BS4 Base Station . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 448
8.2.3 LEDs of the BS4 Base Station . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 449
8.2.4 Operating range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 450
8.2.5 Outdoor Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 453
8.3 Project Planning Guidelines for a Cordless Solution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 454
8.3.1 Considering the Volume of Traffic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 454
8.3.2 Considering the Propagation Conditions for Radio Traffic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 455
8
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Contents
8.3.3 Placement of Base Stations Indoors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8.3.4 Placement of Base Stations Outdoors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8.4 Installing and Connecting Base Stations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8.4.1 Prerequisites for Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8.4.2 Installation Indoors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8.4.2.1 How to Mount the Base Station Indoors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8.4.3 Outdoor Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8.4.4 Connection of Base Stations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8.4.4.1 How to Connect the Base Station . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8.5 Testing a Cordless Solution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8.5.1 Checking the Base Stations and the Radio Coverage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8.5.1.1 Testing Base Stations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8.5.1.2 Check the Radio Coverage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8.5.2 Documentation of the Test Results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8.6 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
459
464
466
466
468
468
469
469
470
471
471
473
474
475
476
9 Appendix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9.1 Hardware Expansion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9.2 Interface Ranges for Subscriber Lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9.3 Cable Lengths for Trunk Connections and SIP-Q Direct Networking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9.4 Country-Specific Ring Frequencies for Analog Subscriber Line Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9.5 Power Requirements of a Communication System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9.5.1 Boards Power Requirement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9.5.2 Power Requirements of Telephones and Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9.5.3 Nominal Power Output of the Power Supply Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9.5.3.1 How to Check if the Power Output of a Power Supply is Sufficient . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9.5.4 Primary Power Requirements of a Communication System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9.5.4.1 How to Determine the Primary Power Requirements of a Communication System . . . . . . . . . .
478
478
482
483
483
485
485
493
496
497
500
500
Index. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 503
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
9
Introduction and Important Notes
About this Documentation
1 Introduction and Important Notes
This introduction provides you with an overview of the documentation structure.
The introduction should assist you in finding information on selected topics faster.
Before you begin with the installation and startup of the communication system,
make sure that you have carefully read the safety information and warnings as
well as the important notes.
INFO: The safety information and requirements inform you about
the safety and other requirements to be observed. The important
notes contain information on the emergency behavior, the
standards and guidelines for the installation, and the radio
frequency interference of the communication system. In addition,
you will also find details on and the proper disposal and recycling
of the communication system here.
Related Topics
1.1 About this Documentation
This documentation describes the hardware components used in the hardware
models of the OpenScape Business XTM communication platform. It covers the
standard installation procedure as well as possible hardware expansions for
existing communication systems.
The information contained in this documentation should only be considered a
guideline and does not replace any training.
This document is intended for administrators and service technicians.
Further information beyond the scope of this document can be found in the
OpenScape Business V1, Administrator Documentation.
Related Topics
1.1.1 Documentation and Target Groups
The documentation for OpenScape Business is intended for various target
groups.
Sales and Project Planners
•
10
Feature Description
This documentation describes all features and is intended for Sales and
customers. This document is an extract from the Administrator
Documentation.
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Introduction and Important Notes
About this Documentation
Installation and Service
•
Installing OpenScape Business X1, Service Documentation
This documentation describes the hardware for OpenScape Business X1,
including the hardware installation, and is intended for service technicians.
•
Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service Documentation
This documentation describes the hardware for OpenScape Business X3/X5/
X8, including the hardware installation, and is intended for service
technicians.
•
Installing the Linux Server, Installation Guide
This documentation describes how to install Linux on a separate server PC as
a platform for the OpenScape Business S Softswitch and the Application
Server OpenScape Business UC Booster Server and is intended for
administrators.
•
Installing OpenScape Business S, Installation Guide
This documentation describes the initial installation of the OpenScape
Business S Softswitch, including the UC solution UC Suite, and is intended
for service technicians.
Administration
•
Administrator Documentation
This documentation describes the configuration of features that are set up
using the OpenScape Business Assistant (WBM) and is intended for
administrators. The Administrator documentation is available in the system as
online help.
•
Manager E, Administrator Documentation
This documentation describes the configuration of features that are set up
using Manager E and is intended for administrators.
Communications Clients
•
myPortal Smart, User Guide
This documentation describes the configuration and operation of the
myPortal Smart application and is intended for users.
•
myPortal for OpenStage, User Guide
This documentation describes the configuration and operation of
myPortal for OpenStage and is intended for users.
•
myPortal for Desktop, User Guide
This documentation describes the installation, configuration and operation of
the myPortal for Desktop application and is intended for users.
•
myPortal for Outlook, User Guide
This documentation describes the installation, configuration and operation of
the myPortal for Outlook application and is intended for users.
•
Fax Printer, User Guide
This documentation describes the installation, configuration and operation of
Fax Printer and is intended for users.
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
11
Introduction and Important Notes
About this Documentation
Mobile Clients
•
myPortal for Mobile/Tablet, User Guide
This documentation describes the configuration and operation of
myPortal for Mobile for mobile phones and is intended for users.
•
myPortal to go User Guide
This documentation describes the configuration and operation of
myPortal to go for smartphones and is intended for users.
Contact Center Clients
•
myAgent, User Guide
This documentation describes the installation, configuration and operation of
the myAgent application and is intended for users.
•
myReports, User Guide
This documentation describes the installation, configuration and operation of
the myReports application and is intended for users.
Attendants
•
myAttendant, User Guide
This documentation describes the installation, configuration and operation of
the myAttendant attendant console and is intended for users.
•
OpenScape Business Attendant, User Guide
This documentation describes the installation, configuration and operation of
the attendant console OpenScape Business Attendant and is intended for
users.
Telephone User Interfaces (TUIs)
•
UC Smart Telephone User Interface (TUI), Quick Reference Guide
This documentation describes the phone menus of the voicemail box (UC
Smart) and is intended for users.
•
UC Suite Telephone User Interface (TUI), Quick Reference Guide
This documentation describes the phone menu of the voicemail box (UC
Suite) and is intended for users.
Related Topics
1.1.2 Structure of the Service Documentation
This section shows you how the content of the Service Documentation is structured. Information on the initial installation and the configuration can be found in
the Administrator Documentation.
12
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Introduction and Important Notes
About this Documentation
Section
Contents
Introduction and Important Notes
Overview of the structure this documentation,
safety information and warnings and warnings, notes about behavior in the case of
emergencies, and the intended use and operating conditions of the communication systems and servers
Communication systems
Description of communication systems
OpenScape Business X3R, X3W, X5R, X5W
and X8
Boards
Overview and description of the orderable
boards
Installing OpenScape Business X3R and Procedure for standard installation: prerequiOpenScape Business X5R (19-inch Rack sites, preparatory steps, installation methods,
Mounting)
protective grounding, configuration notes,
trunk connection, connection of phones and
devices, closing activities
Installing OpenScape Business X3W and Procedure for standard installation: prerequiOpenScape Business X5W (Wall-mount sites, preparatory steps, installation methods,
Housing)
main distribution frame MDFU, protective
grounding, connection cables, configuration
notes, trunk connection, connection of
phones and devices, interference emissions,
closing activities
Installation of OpenScape Business X8
Procedure for standard installation: prerequisites, preparatory steps, installation methods,
main distribution frame MDFU-E, patch panels, protective grounding, configuration
notes, backplanes of the system boxes, trunk
connection, connection of phones and
devices, closing activities
Extensions
Information on connecting auxiliary equipment
Integrated Cordless Solution
System configuration and capacity limits,
base stations and their installation, guidelines
for project planning
Appendix
Hardware expansion, interface ranges, cable
lengths, country-specific call frequencies
Related Topics
1.1.3 Types of Topics
The types of topics include concepts and tasks:
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
13
Introduction and Important Notes
Safety Information and Warnings
Type of topic
Description
Concept
Explains the "What" and provides an
overview of context and background
information for specific features, etc.
Task (operating instructions)
Describes task-oriented application cases
(i.e., the "How") step-by-step and assumes
familiarity with the associated concepts.
Tasks can be identified by the title How to
....
Related Topics
1.1.4 Display Conventions
This documentation uses a variety of methods to present different types of
information.
Type of information
Presentation
Example
User Interface Elements
Bold
Click on OK.
Menu sequence
>
File > Exit
Special emphasis
Bold
Do not delete Name.
Cross-reference text
Italics
You will find more
information in the
topicNetwork.
Output
Monospace font, e.g.,
Courier
Command not found.
Input
Monospace font, e.g.,
Courier
Enter LOCAL as the file
name.
Key combination
Monospace font, e.g.,
Courier
<Ctrl>+<Alt>+<Esc>
Related Topics
1.2 Safety Information and Warnings
Safety information and warnings indicate situations that can result in death, injury,
property damage, and/or data loss.
Work on the communication systems and devices should only be performed by
personnel with proper qualifications.
Within the context of this safety information and these warnings, qualified
personnel are people who are authorized to ground and label systems, devices,
and trunks and put them into operation in compliance with the applicable safety
regulations and standards.
Make sure you have read and noted the following safety information and warnings
before installing and starting up the communication system:
14
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Introduction and Important Notes
Safety Information and Warnings
Make sure you also read carefully and follow all safety information and warnings
printed on the communication system and devices.
Familiarize yourself with emergency numbers.
Types of Safety Information and Warnings
This documentation uses the following levels for the different types of safety
information and warning:
DANGER
DANGER
Indicates an immediately dangerous situation that will cause death or
serious injuries.
WARNING
WARNING
Indicates a universally dangerous situation that can cause death or serious
injuries.
CAUTION
CAUTION
Indicates a dangerous situation that can cause injuries.
NOTICE: Indicates situations that can cause property damage
and/or data loss.
Additional symbols for specifying the source of danger more exactly
The following symbol is generally not used in this documentation, but may appear
on the devices or packaging.
ESD - electrostatically sensitive devices
Related Topics
1.2.1 Warnings: Danger
"Danger" warnings indicate immediately dangerous situations that will cause
death or serious injury.
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
15
Introduction and Important Notes
Safety Information and Warnings
DANGER
DANGER
Risk of electric shock through contact with live wires
•
Note: Voltages over 30 VAC (alternating current) or 60 VDC (direct current)
are dangerous.
•
Only personnel with proper qualifications or qualified electricians should
perform work on the low-voltage network (<1000 VAC), and all work must
comply with the national/local requirements for electrical connections.
Related Topics
1.2.2 Warnings: Warning
"Warnings" indicate universal dangerous situations that can cause death or
serious injury.
WARNING
WARNING
Risk of electric shock through contact with live wires
•
Use separate ground wires to provide protective grounding for the
OpenScape Business X3R, X3W, X5R and X5W communication systems.
Before you start up the system and connect the phones and phone lines,
connect the communication system with a permanent earthing conductor.
•
Provide protective grounding for each system box of the OpenScape
Business X8 communication system with a separate ground wire. Before you
start up the system and connect the phones and phone lines, connect the
communication system with a permanent earthing conductor.
•
Only use systems, tools and equipment which are in perfect condition. Do not
use equipment with visible damage.
•
Replace any damaged safety equipment (covers, labels and ground wires)
immediately.
•
Replace the power cable immediately if it appears to be damaged.
•
The communication systems and servers should only be operated with outlets
that have connected ground contacts.
•
During a thunderstorm, do not connect or disconnect lines and do not install
or remove boards.
•
Disconnect all power supply circuits if you do not require power for certain
activities (for example, when changing cables). Disconnect all the
communication system's power plugs and make sure that the communication
system is not supplied by another power source (uninterrupted power supply
unit, for instance).
Before starting any work, make sure that the communication system is deenergized. Never take it for granted that all circuits have reliably been
16
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Introduction and Important Notes
Safety Information and Warnings
disconnected from the power supply when a fuse or a main switch has been
switched off.
•
Expect leakage current from the telecommunications network. Disconnect all
telecommunication lines from the communication system before
disconnecting the prescribed ground wire from the system.
•
As long as the power supply is switched on, always observe the greatest
caution when performing measurements on powered components and
maintenance work on PC boards and covers.
Metallic surfaces such as mirrors are conductive. If you touch them, there is
a risk of electric shocks or short circuits.
Related Topics
1.2.3 Warnings: Caution
"Caution" warnings indicate a dangerous situation that can result in injury.
CAUTION
CAUTION
Risk of explosion caused by the incorrect replacement of batteries
•
Use only the approved battery packs.
•
The lithium battery should only be replaced with an identical battery or one
recommended by the manufacturer.
CAUTION
CAUTION
Fire hazard
•
Only use communication lines with a conductor diameter of 0.4 mm (AWG 26)
or more.
•
Do not store any documents or similar flammable items in a communication
system.
CAUTION
CAUTION
Risk of injury resulting from laser radiation.
Do not look directly into the beam of an optical interface.
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
17
Introduction and Important Notes
Safety Information and Warnings
CAUTION
CAUTION
General risk of injury or accidents in the workplace
•
After completing test and maintenance work, make sure that all safety
equipment is re-installed in the right place and that all covers and the housing
are closed.
•
Install cables in such a way that they do not pose a risk of an accident
(tripping), and cannot be damaged.
•
When working on an open communication system or server, make sure that
it is never left unattended.
•
Use appropriate tools to lift heavy objects or loads.
•
Check your tools regularly. Only use intact tools.
•
When working on the systems, never wear loose clothing and always tie back
long hair.
•
Do not wear jewelry, metal watchbands or clothes with metal ornaments or
rivets.
•
Always wear the necessary eye protection whenever appropriate.
•
Always wear a hard hat where there is a risk of injury from falling objects.
•
Make sure that the work area is well lit and tidy.
Related Topics
1.2.4 Warnings: Note
"Note" warnings are used to indicate situations that could result in property
damage and/or data loss.
The following contains important information on how to avoid property damage
and/or data loss:
18
•
Before placing the system into operation, check whether the nominal voltage
of the mains power supply corresponds to the nominal voltage of the
communication system or server (type plate).
•
Follow these ESD measures to protect the electrostatically sensitive devices:
–
Always wear the antistatic wristband in the prescribed manner before
performing any work on PC boards and modules.
–
Always place PC boards and modules on a grounded conductive base.
–
Make sure that the components of the communication system (e.g., the
boards) are transported and shipped only in the appropriate packaging.
•
Use only original accessories. Failure to comply with this safety information
may damage the system equipment or violate safety and EMC regulations.
•
Sudden changes in temperature can result in condensing humidity. If a
communication system or server is transported from a cold environment to
warmer areas, for example, this could result in the condensation of humidity.
Wait until the communication system or server has adjusted to the ambient
temperature and is completely dry before starting it up.
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Introduction and Important Notes
Safety Information and Warnings
•
Connect all cables only to the specified connection points.
•
If no emergency backup power supply is available or if no switchover to
emergency analog phones is possible in the event of a power failure, then no
emergency calls can be made via the communication system following a
power failure.
•
Before starting wall mounting, check that the wall has sufficient load bearing
capacity. Always use suitable installation and mounting materials to mount the
communication systems and devices securely.
•
Do not allow easily flammable materials to be stored in or near the room
where the communication system is installed.
Related Topics
1.2.5 Country-specific Safety Information
Here, you will find information on the specific safety precautions to be observed
when installing, starting up and operating the communication systems in certain
countries.
Related Topics
1.2.5.1 Safety Information for Australia
The following safety precautions must always be observed when installing,
starting up and operating the OpenScape Business X and OpenScape
Business S communication systems and the OpenScape Business UC Booster
Server (Application Server) in Australia:
•
The OpenScape Business X and OpenScape Business S communication
systems and the OpenScape Business UC Booster Server (Application
Server) must be installed and serviced only by authorized personnel.
•
OpenScape Business wall systems must be installed near the mains socket
outlet that supplies power to the respective communication system. The wall
socket shall be readily accessible. The integrity of the wall socket must be
assured.
•
The OpenScape Business X and OpenScape Business S communication
systems and the OpenScape Business UC Booster Server (Application
Server) must be configured to allow emergency calls (for example, 000) to be
made at all times.
•
If no emergency backup power supply is available or if no switchover to
emergency analog phones (trunk failure transfer) is possible in the event of a
power failure, then no emergency calls can be made via the communication
system following a power failure).
•
Music on Hold and paging devices must be connected to the communication
system via a Line Isolation Unit approved by the Australian Communications
Authority (ACA).
Related Topics
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
19
Introduction and Important Notes
Safety Information and Warnings
1.2.5.2 Safety Information for Brazil
The following safety precautions must always be observed when installing,
starting up and operating the OpenScape Business X and OpenScape
Business S communication systems and the OpenScape Business UC Booster
Server (Application Server) in Brazil:
•
The use of the outlet strip with overvoltage protection with part number
C39334-Z7052-C33 is absolutely mandatory. The power supply of the
OpenScape Business X and OpenScape Business S communication
systems and the OpenScape Business UC Booster Server (Application
Server) must be passed through an outlet strip with overvoltage protection.
•
The use of shielded Ethernet cables for the LAN/WAN interfaces/ports of the
OCCL, OCCM and OCCMR mainboards and the UC Booster Card OCAB
(Application Board) is absolutely mandatory.
Related Topics
1.2.5.3 Safety Information for the U.S.
The following safety precautions must always be observed when installing,
starting up and operating the OpenScape Business X and OpenScape
Business S communication systems and the OpenScape Business UC Booster
Server (Application Server) in the United States:
20
•
Disruption of the Network and T1
When communication systems are networked using T1 (1.544 Mbit/s), the
telecommunications company (Federal Communications Commission (FCC))
must be notified whenever a communication system is removed from the grid.
If any of the communication systems of Unify GmbH & Co. KG described in
this documentation disrupts the operation of the public telecommunications
network, the telecommunications company is entitled to temporarily block
access to the outside line. In general, the telecommunications company will
inform you about this in advance. If this is not possible, you will receive
notification at the earliest possible time. In this context, you will also be
informed that you can lodge a complaint with the telecommunications
company.
•
Telephone Company Facility Changes
The telecommunication company is entitled to adapt its own equipment,
devices, operating procedures, and processes as necessary; Such
modifications may impair the operation of your communication systems.
Under normal circumstances, you should be notified in advance so you can
maintain uninterrupted telephone service.
•
Nonlive Voice Equipment
Nonlive voice equipment, such as music-on-hold devices and voice recorders
must be approved and released by Unify GmbH & Co. KG and registered in
accordance with the rules and regulations of Subpart C of the FCC Rules,
Part 68.
Unreleased devices for voice playback may only be connected through
protective circuitry that is approved and released by Unify GmbH & Co. KG
and registered in accordance with the rules and regulations in Subpart C of
the FCC Rules, Part 68.
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Introduction and Important Notes
Safety Information and Warnings
•
Ringer Equivalence Number REN
The Ringer Equivalence Number (REN) is used to determine the number of
devices that can be connected to a telephone line so that all the devices ring
when that telephone number is called. In most areas, but not all, the sum of
the RENs of all devices connected to a line should not exceed five. Contact
the local telecommunication company to determine the maximum REN for
your calling area.
•
New Local Area and CO Access Codes
Least Cost routing (LCR) must be configured to automatically recognize and
take changes in local area codes and CO access codes into account.
Otherwise, these codes will not be usable for calls when changes occur.
•
Hearing Aid Compatibility
Emergency phones and public phones (installed in common areas such as
lobbies, hospital rooms, elevators, and hotel rooms, for example) must have
handsets that are compatible with magnetically coupled hearing aids.
Hearing-impaired individuals who are not in common areas must be provided
with hearing-aid compatible handsets, if needed.
All digital phones from Unify GmbH & Co. KG manufactured after August 16,
1989, are hearing aid compatible and comply with FCC Rules, Part 68,
Section 68.316.
•
Programmed Dialer features
When you program emergency numbers or make test calls to emergency
numbers with programmed dialer features using products by
Unify GmbH & Co. KG, stay on the line and briefly explain to the dispatcher
the reason for the call before hanging up. These activities should be
performed during off-peak hours, such early morning or late evening.
•
Connecting Off-Premises Station Facilities
Customers who intend to connect off-premises station (OPS) facilities must
inform the telecommunications company of the OPS class for which the
equipment is registered and the connection desired.
•
Direct Inward Dialing Answer Supervision
Customers who operate any of the communication systems from
Unify GmbH & Co. KG described in this documentation without providing
proper answer supervision are in violation of Part 68 of the FCC rules.
Every communication system of Unify GmbH & Co. KG described in this
documentation returns proper answer supervision to the public switched
telephone network (PSTN) when DID calls are:
–
answered by the called station.
–
answered by an attendant.
– routed to an announcement administered by the customer.
In addition, every communication system of Unify GmbH & Co. KG described
in this documentation also returns proper answer supervision on all DID calls
forwarded to the PSTN. Permissible exceptions are when:
–
A call is not answered.
–
A busy tone is received.
–
A congestion tone (reorder tone) is received.
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
21
Introduction and Important Notes
Safety Information and Warnings
•
Equal Access Requirements
Call aggregators with an increased volume of traffic (such as hotels, hospitals,
airports, schools, and so on) must provide end users equal access to the
providers of their choice. The current equal access codes (also known as
Carrier Access Codes, CACs) are 10xxx and 101xxxx, and 800/888 and 950,
where xxx or xxxx represents the provider code.
To select the provider of choice for a call, the user dials a provider-specific
access code before dialing the called party number. Equal access is also
obtained by dialing the 800/888 or 950 code of the provider of choice.
Every communication system of Unify GmbH & Co. KG described in this
documentation is capable of providing user access to interstate providers
through the use of equal access codes.
Modifications by aggregators to alter these capabilities are a violation of the
Telephone Operator Consumer Services Improvement Act of 1990 and Part
68 of the FCC Rules.
Related Topics
1.2.5.4 Safety Information for Canada
DANGER
DANGER
Risk of electric shock through contact with live wires
Only personnel with proper qualifications or qualified electricians should perform
work on the low-voltage network (<1000 VAC) and all work must comply with the
national/local requirements for electrical connections.
The following safety precautions must always be observed when installing,
starting up and operating the OpenScape Business X and OpenScape
Business S communication systems and the OpenScape Business UC Booster
Server (Application Server) in Canada:
22
•
Ringer Equivalence Number REN
The Ringer Equivalence Number (REN) defines how many devices can be
connected to a telephone line at the same time. The termination of an
interface may consist of any combination of devices subject only to the
requirement that the sum of the RENs of all the devices does not exceed five.
•
Restrictions for connecting devices
The Industry Canada label identifies certified equipment. This certification
means that the equipment meets certain requirements with regard to the
protection, operation and security of telecommunication networks. The
requirements are documented in the Terminal Equipment Technical
Requirements. Industry Canada provides no assurances that certified
devices will always operate to the satisfaction of the customer.
Before installing the equipment and components described in this
documentation, it must be ensured that connections to the facilities of the
local telecommunications company are permitted. The communication
systems and servers must also be installed using an acceptable method of
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Introduction and Important Notes
Important Notes
connection. The customer should be aware that compliance with these
conditions may not prevent degradation of performance in some situations.
Repairs to certified equipment should be coordinated by a service technician
designated by the manufacturer or supplier. Any repairs or alterations made
by the user to any of the equipment or components described in this
documentation, or any equipment malfunctions, may give the
telecommunications company cause to request the user to disconnect the
equipment.
To ensure their own safety, users must verify that the electrical ground
connections of the power supply, telephone lines and the metallic water pipe
system, if present, are interconnected. This precaution may be particularly
important in rural areas.
Related Topics
1.3 Important Notes
The important notes inform you about emergency procedures and the proper
disposal, recycling, intended use and operating conditions of the communication
systems and servers. In addition, they also include details concerning the
standards and guidelines for the installation, the radio interference characteristics
of the communication systems, and data protection and data security.
Related Topics
1.3.1 Emergencies
This section provides information on how to proceed in an emergency.
What To Do In An Emergency
•
In the event of an accident, remain calm and controlled.
•
Always switch off the power supply before you touch an accident victim.
•
If you are not able to immediately switch off the power supply, only touch the
victim with non-conductive materials (such as a wooden broom handle), and
first of all try to isolate the victim from the power supply.
First Aid
•
Be familiar with basic first aid procedures for electrical shock. A fundamental
knowledge of the various resuscitation methods if the victim has stopped
breathing or if the victim’s heart is no longer beating, as well as first aid for
treating burns, is absolutely necessary in such emergencies.
•
If the victim is not breathing, immediately perform mouth-to-mouth or mouthto-nose resuscitation.
•
If you have appropriate training, immediately perform heart massage if the
victim’s heart is not beating.
Calling for Help
Immediately call an ambulance or an emergency physician. Provide the following
information in the following sequence:
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
23
Introduction and Important Notes
Important Notes
•
Where did the accident happen?
•
What happened?
•
How many people were injured?
•
What type of injuries?
•
Wait for questions.
Reporting Accidents
•
Immediately report all accidents, near accidents and potential sources of
danger to your manager.
•
Report all electrical shocks, no matter how small.
Related Topics
1.3.2 Proper Use
The communication systems and servers may only be used as described in this
documentation and only in conjunction with add-on devices and components
recommended and approved by Unify GmbH & Co. KG.
The prerequisites for the proper use of the communication systems and servers
include proper transportation, storage, installation, startup, operation and
maintenance of the system.
INFO: Clean the housing of the communication system and
server only with a soft, slightly damp cloth. Do not use any
abrasive cleaners or scouring pads.
Related Topics
1.3.3 Correct Disposal and Recycling
Please read the information on the correct disposal and recycling of electrical and
electronic equipment and old batteries.
All electrical and electronic products should be disposed of
separately from the municipal waste stream via designated
collection facilities appointed by the government or the local
authorities. The correct disposal and separate collection of your
old appliance will help prevent potential negative consequences
for the environment and human health. It is a precondition for
reuse and recycling of used electrical and electronic equipment.
For more detailed information about disposal of your old
appliance, please contact your city office, waste disposal
service, the shop where you purchased the product or your
sales representative. The statements quoted above are only
fully valid for equipment which is installed and sold in the
countries of the European Union and is covered by the directive
2002/96/EC. Countries outside the European Union may have
other regulations regarding the disposal of electrical and
electronic equipment.
24
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Introduction and Important Notes
Important Notes
Old batteries that bear this logo are recyclable and must be
included in the recycling process. Old batteries that are not
recycled must be disposed of as hazardous waste in compliance
with all regulations.
Related Topics
1.3.4 Installation Standards and Guidelines
This section provides information on the specifications you must comply with
when connecting the communication systems and servers to the power supply
circuit and when using shielded cabling for LAN and WAN connectors.
Related Topics
1.3.4.1 Connecting OpenScape Office MX to the Power Supply Circuit
The OpenScape Office X communication systems have been approved for
connection to TN-S power supply systems. They can also be connected to a TNC-S power supply system in which the PEN conductor is divided into a ground
wire and a neutral wire. TN-S and TN-C-S systems are defined in the IEC 364-3
standard.
Only qualified electricians should perform any work that may be required on the
low-voltage network. These installation activities to connect the communication
systems must be performed in compliance with IEC 60364-1 and IEC 60364-4-41
or any corresponding legal norms or national regulations.
Related Topics
1.3.4.2 Connecting OpenScape Business S and OpenScape Business UC Booster
Server to the Power Supply Circuit
For information regarding the connection of OpenScape Business S and
OpenScape Business UC Booster Server (Application Server) to the power
supply circuit, please refer to the manufacturer's documentation for the server PC
and the other components.
Only qualified electricians should perform any work that may be required on the
low-voltage network. These installation activities to connect OpenScape
Business S and the OpenScape Business UC Booster Server must be performed
in compliance with IEC 60364-1 and IEC 60364-4-41 or any corresponding legal
norms or national regulations (for example in the U.S. and in Canada).
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
25
Introduction and Important Notes
Important Notes
Related Topics
1.3.4.3 Shielded Cabling for LAN and WAN Connections of OpenScape Business X
Compliance with CE requirements on electromagnetic compatibility in the
OpenScape Business X communication systems and their LAN and WAN
connections is subject to the following conditions:
•
The communication systems should only be operated using shielded
connection cables. This means that a shielded Category 5 (CAT.5) cable with
a length of at least 3 m should be used between the shielded LAN and WAN
sockets of the communication systems and the building installation port or the
external active component port. The cable shield must be grounded at the
building installation end or the external active component end (connection to
the building’s potential equalization terminal).
•
A shielded Category 5 (CAT.5) cable should also be used for shorter
connections with external active components (LAN switch or similar).
However, the active component must feature a shielded LAN connection with
a grounded shield connection (connection to the building’s potential
equalization terminal).
•
The shield properties of the cable components should at least satisfy the
requirements of the European standard EN 50173-1*) "Information
technology - Generic cabling systems" (and all references specified).***)
•
Building installations that are fitted with shielded symmetrical copper cables
throughout in accordance with the Class-D requirements**) of EN 50173-1
satisfy the above condition.***)
*) The European standard EN 50173-1 is derived from the international standard
ISO/IEC 11801.
**) Class-D is reached, for instance, if Category-5 (CAT.5) components (cables,
wall outlets, connection cables, etc.) are installed.
***) UTP cables (U.S. standard EIA/TIA 568 T) are the most widely used cables
on the North American market; this has the following implications for the LAN and
WAN connections in communication systems: The systems may only be operated
with shielded connection cables. This means that a shielded Category 5 (CAT.5)
cable with a length of at least 3 m should be used between the shielded LAN and
WAN sockets of the communication systems and the building installation port or
the external active component port. The cable shield must be grounded at the
building installation end or the external active component end (connection to the
building’s potential equalization terminal).
Related Topics
1.3.4.4 Fire Safety Requirements
Fire safety requirements are defined on a country-specific basis in the building
regulations. Please follow the valid regulations for your country.
To ensure the legal fire protection and EMC requirements, operate the
OpenScape Business X communication systems only when closed. The system
may only be opened temporarily for installation and maintenance purposes.
26
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Introduction and Important Notes
Important Notes
OpenScape Business system cables comply with the requirements of international norm IEC 60332-1 regarding flammability. The following norms contain
similar requirements regarding cables:
IEC 60332-1
Note: IEC 60332-1 is equivalent to test method UL
VW-1
EN 50265-1 with
EN 50265-2-1
VDE 0482 Parts 265-1 with
VDE 0482 Parts 265-2-1
Note: EN 50265-1 and -2-1 Note: VDE 0482 Parts 265-1
replace HD 405.1
and -2-1 replace VDE 0472,
Part 804, Test Method B
The division responsible for project planning and service must check whether the
IEC 60332-1 norm complies sufficiently with the relevant building regulation and
any other applicable regulations.
Verwandte Themen
1.3.4.5 Lightning Protection Requirements
The protection of communication systems against high-energy surges requires a
low-impedance ground connection in accordance with the specifications in the
OpenScape Business V1 Service Documentation.
NOTICE: Once a communication system has been grounded,
check the low-impedance ground connection of the system using
the ground conductor of the mains power supply circuit and the
low-impedance connection (of the additional permanentlyconnected protective ground conductor) to the building's potential
equalization bus.
NOTICE: Fire hazard due to surge voltage
Telecom lines which are over 500m in length or which must leave
the building must be conducted through an additional external
lightning protection.
Lightning protection of this kind is known as additional primary
protection. The additional primary protection is guaranteed by the
professional installation of ÜSAGs (surge arresters, gas filled) in
the main distribution frame, the patch panel or at the entry point of
the pipe in the building. A gas-filled surge arrester with 230 V
nominal voltage is switched to ground from each wire that is to be
protected.
Without this additional primary protection, lightning could
irreparably damage the boards. This can cause the entire
communication system to fail or result in components overheating
(Fire hazard).
Related Topics
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
27
Introduction and Important Notes
Important Notes
1.3.4.6 Markings for OpenScape Business X
This device complies with the EU guideline 1999/5/EEC as
confirmed by the CE certificate.
Related Topics
1.3.5 Notes on Electromagnetic and Radio Frequency Interference of
OpenScape Business X
The OpenScape Business X communication systems are Class B devices in
accordance with EN 55022.
Related Topics
1.3.6 Data Protection and Data Security
Please note the details below with respect to protecting data and ensuring
privacy.
The communication systems and servers described in this documentation
process and use personal data for purposes such as call detail recording,
displays, and customer data acquisition.
In Germany, the processing and use of such data is subject to various regulations,
including those of the Federal Data Protection Law (Bundesdatenschutzgesetz,
BDSG). For other countries, please follow the appropriate national laws.
The aim of data protection is to protect the rights of individuals from being
adversely affected by use of their personal data.
In addition, the aim of data protection is to prevent the misuse of data when it is
processed and to ensure that one’s own interests and the interests of other parties
which need to be protected are not affected.
INFO: The customer is responsible for ensuring that the
communication systems and servers are installed, operated and
maintained in accordance with all applicable labor laws and
regulations and all laws and regulations relating to data
protection, privacy and safe labor environment.
Employees of Unify GmbH & Co. KG are bound to safeguard trade secrets and
personal data under the terms of the company’s work rules.
In order to ensure that the statutory requirements are consistently met during
service – whether on-site or remote – you should always observe the following
28
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Introduction and Important Notes
Important Notes
rules. You will not only protect the interests of your and our customers, you will
also avoid personal consequences.
A conscientious and responsible approach helps protect data and ensure privacy:
•
Ensure that only authorized persons have access to customer data.
•
Take full advantage of password assignment options; never give passwords
to an unauthorized person orally or in writing.
•
Ensure that no unauthorized person is able to process (store, modify,
transmit, disable, delete) or use customer data in any way.
•
Prevent unauthorized persons from gaining access to storage media such as
backup CDs and DVDs or log printouts. This applies to service calls as well
as to storage and transport.
•
Ensure that storage media which are no longer required are completely
destroyed. Ensure that no sensitive documents are left unprotected.
•
Work closely with your customer contact; this promotes trust and reduces
your workload.
Related Topics
1.3.7 Technical Regulations and Conformity of OpenScape Business X
Details on how the OpenScape Business X communication systems meet
conformity requirements can be found here.
Related Topics
1.3.7.1 CE Conformity
CE certification is based on the R&TTE Directive 99/5/EEC.
Standards reference
Safety
EN 60950-1
Electromagnetic Compatibility EN55022 (EMC Emission)
EMC
EN55024 (EMC Immunity Residential)
Digital Enhanced Cordless
Telecommunications (DECT)
ETS 300 329 (DECT Emission/Immunity)
TBR 06, ETS 301489-1/6 (DECT Air Interface)
Verwandte Themen
1.3.7.2 Conformity with US and Canadian Standards
Standards reference
Safety USA
UL 60950-1
Safety Canada
CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1-03
EMC Emission
FCC Part 15 Subpart J Class B
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
29
Introduction and Important Notes
Important Notes
FCC Registration Number and Power Consumption
A label on the rear of the housing of the communication systems identifies the
FCC registration number, the ringer equivalence number (REN), and other
information. Upon request, this information may be disclosed to the
telecommunication company.
Related Topics
1.3.7.3 Conformity with International Standards
Standards reference
Safety
IEC 60950-1
Related Topics
1.3.8 Operating Conditions
Note the environmental and mechanical conditions for operating the OpenScape
Business X and OpenScape Business S communication systems and the
OpenScape Business UC Booster Server (Application Server).
Related Topics
1.3.8.1 Operating Conditions for OpenScape Business X
The environmental and mechanical conditions for operating the
OpenScape Business X communication systems are specified.
Environmental Operating Conditions
Operating limits:
•
Room temperature: + 5 to + 40 °C (41 to 104 °F)
•
Absolute humidity: 1 to 25 g H2O/m3
•
Relative humidity: 5 to 80%
Ventilation of the communication systems is by convection only. Forced
ventilation is required for OpenScape Business X5W when using more than 32 a/
b interfaces.
NOTICE: Damage caused by local temperature increases
Avoid exposing the communication systems to direct sunlight and
other sources of heat.
30
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Introduction and Important Notes
Important Notes
NOTICE: Damage caused by condensation due to humidity
Avoid any condensation of humidity on or in the communication
systems before or during operation under all circumstances.
A communication system must be completely dry before you put
it into service.
Mechanical Operating Conditions
The communication systems are intended for stationary use.
Related Topics
1.3.8.2 Operating Conditions for OpenScape Business S and OpenScape Business UC
Booster Server
For details on the environmental and mechanical conditions for operating
OpenScape Business S and OpenScape Business UC Booster Server
(Application Server), please also refer to the manufacturer documentation of the
server PCs and the other components.
Related Topics
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
31
Communication systems
OpenScape Business X3R
2 Communication systems
The various communication systems of the OpenScape Business
communications platform offer a high degree of flexibility in terms of functionality
and design.
Overview of Communication Systems
•
OpenScape Business X3R
Communication system which comes in a 19-inch rack housing and can be
installed in a 19-inch rack, as a standalone unit (desktop operation) or wall
mounted.
•
OpenScape Business X3W
Communication system which comes in a wall housing and must be wall
mounted.
•
OpenScape Business X5R
Communication system which comes in a 19-inch rack housing and can be
installed in a 19-inch rack, as a standalone unit (desktop operation) or wall
mounted.
•
OpenScape Business X5W
Communication system which comes in a wall housing and must be wall
mounted.
•
OpenScape Business X8
Modular communication system which can be used as a one-box system
(base box) or two-box system (base box + expansion box). OpenScape
Business X8 can be installed as a standalone unit or mounted in a 19-inch
rack.
•
OpenScape Business S
Softswitch (software-based UC solution) that is platform-independent and can
be operated on a Linux server.
For detailed information on OpenScape Business S, see OpenScape
Business V1, Administrator Documentation.
For detailed information on OpenScape Business UC Booster Server (Application
Server), see OpenScape Business V1, Administrator Documentation.
Related Topics
2.1 OpenScape Business X3R
The OpenScape Business X3R is a communication system in a 19-inch rack
mount case that can be mounted in a 19-inch rack, as a standalone unit (desktop
operation) or as a wall-mounted unit.
32
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Communication systems
OpenScape Business X3W
Figure: OpenScape Business X3R
OpenScape Business X3R has three slot levels, which are equipped as follows:
•
Slot level 1: slots for two peripheral boards
•
Slot level 2: slot for the OCCMR mainboard
•
Slot level 3: slots for three options
The front panel of the mainboard provides several RJ45 jacks for connecting
telephones, trunks, LAN switches, etc.
The UPSC-DR is located in the rear part of the 19'' rack housing. The UPSC-DR
functions both as a power supply and a battery manager. No further components
are required for permanent AC power supply operation. To maintain short-term
battery emergency operation after a power failure, that is, to use uninterruptible
power supply functions, you must also connect the OpenScape Business
Powerbox.
Construction data
•
Dimensions (height x width x depth): approx. 88 mm x 440 mm x 380 mm
•
Height units 19’’ rack-mount installation: 2
•
Weight: approx. 6 kg
Ringer Equivalence Number (Type Plate)
•
2.5 A / 110 - 240 VAC
•
50 - 60 Hz
Related Topics
2.2 OpenScape Business X3W
OpenScape Business X3W is a communication system which can be wall
mounted.
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
33
Communication systems
OpenScape Business X3W
Figure: OpenScape Business X3W
OpenScape Business X3W includes a board shelf with three slot levels, which are
equipped as follows:
•
Slot level 1: slots for two peripheral boards
•
Slot level 2: slot for the OCCM mainboard
•
Slot level 3: slots for five options
The connection of telephones, CO trunks, etc., can be made directly at the boards
or via an external main distribution frame.
The back of the board frame has the UPSC-D, which integrates the functions of
a power supply and a battery manager. No further components are required for
permanent AC power supply operation. To maintain short-term battery
emergency operation after a power failure, that is, to use uninterruptible power
supply functions, you must also connect the OpenScape Business Powerbox.
Construction data
•
Dimensions (height x width x depth): approx. 450 mm x 460 mm x 128 mm
•
Weight: approx. 6 kg
Ringer Equivalence Number (Type Plate)
•
2.5 A / 110 - 240 VAC
•
50 - 60 Hz
Related Topics
34
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Communication systems
OpenScape Business X5R
2.3 OpenScape Business X5R
The OpenScape Business X5R is a communication system in a 19-inch rack
mount case that can be mounted in a 19-inch rack mount cabinet, as a standalone
unit (desktop operation) or as a wall-mounted unit.
Figure: OpenScape Business X5R
OpenScape Business X5R has five slot levels, which are equipped as follows:
•
Slot levels 1 through 3: each slot level provides slots for two peripheral boards
•
Slot level 4: slot for the OCCMR mainboard
•
Slot level 5: slots for three options
The front panel of the mainboard provides several RJ45 jacks for connecting
telephones, trunks, LAN switches, etc.
The UPSC-DR is located in the rear part of the 19'' rack housing. The UPSC-DR
functions both as a power supply and a battery manager. No further components
are required for permanent AC power supply operation. To maintain short-term
battery emergency operation after a power failure, that is, to use uninterruptible
power supply functions, you must also connect the OpenScape Business
Powerbox.
Construction data
•
Dimensions (height x width x depth): approx. 155 mm x 440 mm x 380 mm
•
Height units for 19’’ rack-mount installation: 4
•
Weight: approx. 8 kg
Ringer Equivalence Number (Type Plate)
•
2.5 A / 110 - 240 VAC
•
50 - 60 Hz
Related Topics
2.4 OpenScape Business X5W
OpenScape Business X5W is a communication system that can be wall-mounted.
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
35
Communication systems
OpenScape Business X5W
Figure: OpenScape Business X5W
OpenScape Business X5W includes a board shelf with six slot levels, which are
equipped as follows:
•
Slot levels 1 through 3: each slot level provides slots for two peripheral boards
•
Slot level 4: slot for the OCCM mainboard
•
Slot level 5: slot for a peripheral module in SIPAC format
•
Slot level 6: slots for five options
The connection of telephones, CO trunks, etc., can be made directly at the boards
or via an external main distribution frame.
The back of the board frame has the UPSC-D, which integrates the functions of
a power supply and a battery manager. No further components are required for
permanent AC power supply operation. To maintain short-term battery
emergency operation after a power failure, that is, to use uninterruptible power
supply functions, you must also connect the OpenScape Business Powerbox.
Construction data
•
Dimensions (height x width x depth): approx. 450 mm x 460 mm x 200 mm
•
Weight: approx. 8 kg
Ringer Equivalence Number (Type Plate)
•
2.5 A / 110 - 240 VAC
•
50 - 60 Hz
Related Topics
36
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Communication systems
OpenScape Business X8
2.5 OpenScape Business X8
OpenScape Business X8 is a modular communication system that can be used
as a one-box system (base box) or a two-box system (base box + expansion box).
OpenScape Business X8 can be installed as a standalone unit or mounted in a
19-inch rack.
Figure: OpenScape Business X8
The base box has nine slots and the expansion box has thirteen slots for
peripheral boards.
The central control board OCCL has a fixed slot (slot 6, only in the base box).
Depending on your requirements, up to three LUNA2 power supply units can be
used in the base box and up to four in the expansion box. LUNA2 supports power
supply and battery management functions. No other components are required if
it is operated as a power supply. To maintain short-term battery emergency
operation after a power failure, that is, to use uninterruptible power supply
functions, you must also connect the OpenScape Business Powerbox for each
system box.
There are several options for connecting phones, CO trunks, etc. with
OpenScape Business X8:
•
SIVAPAC connectors are available on the backplane for connecting the
external main distribution frame MDFU-E or an external patch panel using
CABLUs (prefabricated cabling units).
•
Connector panels with 24 RJ45 jacks for direct connection of telephones,
trunks, etc. The connector panels are clipped onto the SIVAPAC connectors
on the backplane.
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
37
Communication systems
OpenScape Business X8
•
For U.S. only: Connector panels with CHAMP jacks for connecting the
external main distribution frame MDFU-E or external patch panels using
CABLUs. The connector panels are clipped onto the SIVAPAC connectors on
the backplane.
The type of connection used will be decided in consultation with the customer on
conclusion of the agreement. The system boxes will be delivered accordingly with
or without clipped-on connector panels.
Construction data
•
Dimensions (height x width x depth): approx. 490 mm x 440 mm x 430 mm
•
Height units for 19’’ rack-mount installation: 11
•
Weight, including cabinet feet:
–
Base box: approx. 16.5 kg
–
Expansion box: approx. 15 kg
Ringer Equivalence Number (type plate)
•
•
Base box:
–
6 A / 110 VAC
3 A / 230 VAC
–
50 - 60 Hz
Expansion box:
–
8 A / 110 VAC
4 A / 230 VAC
–
50 - 60 Hz
Related Topics
38
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Boards
Overview of Modules
3 Boards
Boards are differentiated on the basis of their respective functionality as central
boards, peripheral boards and options.
Central boards include the mainboard, for example, on which all central control
and switching operations of a communication system are executed, the UC
Booster Card (Application Board), for the provision of unified communications and
collaboration (UC Suite), and the power supplies.
Peripheral boards include trunk boards, subscriber line modules, Cordless
boards, tie-traffic boards and the Xpressions Compact boards. Peripheral boards
provide interfaces for the connection of telephones, CO trunk and tie lines, DECT
base stations, etc. In addition, boards are available for the Xpressions Compactbased Voicemail service.
Options include actuators and sensors for control and monitoring purposes and
provide announcements and music on hold (MOH).
Related Topics
3.1 Overview of Modules
All boards that can be ordered for the communication systems of the OpenScape
Business communication platform are listed below by their function.
A distinction is made between the following types of boards:
•
Central boards
•
Peripheral boards
•
Options
Boards and Devices Being Phased Out
These boards and devices can no longer be ordered. However, it can still be used
in the communication systems of the OpenScape Business communication
platform.
Non-Supported Boards
These boards cannot be used in the communication systems of the OpenScape
Business communication platform for technical reasons.
These boards must be removed when migrating from HiPath 3000 to OpenScape
Business. If required, the respective follow-up board can be used instead.
Refer to the topic Migration in the OpenScape Business V1 Administrator
Documentation for detailed information on the boards that are not supported:
Related Topics
3.1.1 Central Board
All central boards that can be ordered for the communication systems of the
OpenScape Business communication platform are listed below.
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
39
Boards
Overview of Modules
NOTICE: Only the power supply units listed in the table below
and those listed under Boards being phased out (see OpenScape
Business V1, Administrator Documentation, Migration) ensure the
safe operation of all communication systems of the OpenScape
Business communication platform. Any power supply units not
listed there must be replaced.
Table: Central Boards
Board
CMA
Part Number
S30807-Q6931-X
Used in
X3R
X3W
X5R
Function
Provisioning of ADPCM
conversion and echo cancellation
for DECT Light (integrated
cordless solution)
X5W
CUC
S30777-Q750-X
X5W
Backplane
CUCR
S30777-Q750-Z
X5R
Backplane
CUP
S30777-Q751-X
X3W
Backplane
CUPR
S30777-Q751-Z
X3R
Backplane
DBSAP
S30807-Q6722-X
X8
HDLC, PCM and clock signals are
sent from the base box to the
expansion box.
LUNA2
S30122-H7686-X1
X8
Power supply
OCAB
S30807-K6950-X
X3R
Provisioning of Unified
Communications and
Collaboration for the UC Suite and
ensuring that the requirements for
the Open Directory Service,
OpenStage Gate View (with up to
two cameras) and the connection
of external applications to the
CSTA are met
X3W
X5R
X5W
X8
OCCB1
S30807-Q6949-X100
X3R
X3W
Addition of one digital signal
processor (DSP) for further DSP
channels
X5R
X5W
X8
OCCB3
S30807-Q6949-X
X3R
X3W
Addition of three digital signal
processors (DSPs) for further DSP
channels
X5R
X5W
X8
40
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Boards
Overview of Modules
Board
Part Number
Used in
Function
OCCL
S30810-Q2962-X
X8
Mainboard (central control board)
with one WAN and two LAN
interfaces
OCCM
S30810-K2959-X
X3W
Mainboard (central control board)
with one WAN and two LAN
interfaces, 8 UP0/E and 4 a/b
subscriber line interfaces and 2 S0
trunk/subscriber line interfaces
X5W
OCCMR
S30810-K2959-Z
X3R
X5R
UPSC-D
S30122-H5660-X301
X3W
Mainboard (central control board)
with one WAN and two LAN
interfaces, 8 UP0/E and 4 a/b
subscriber line interfaces and 2 S0
trunk/subscriber line interfaces
Power supply
X5W
UPSC-DR
S30122-H7373-X901
X3R
Power supply
X5R
Related Topics
3.1.2 Peripheral boards
All peripheral boards that can be ordered for the communication systems of the
OpenScape Business communication platform are listed below.
Table: Peripheral Boards
Board
Part Number
Used in
Function
DIUT2
S30810-Q2226-X100
X8
Digital trunk/tie-traffic board with
two SM2 interfaces
IVMNL
S30122-H7688-X
X8
Provisioning of Xpressions
Compact, 24 ports
IVMP4
S30122-Q7721-X
X3W
Provisioning of Xpressions
Compact, 4 ports
X5W
IVMP4R
S30122-K7721-X
X3R
X5R
IVMS8N
S30122-Q7379-X200
X3W
X5W
IVMS8NR
S30122-K7379-Z200
X3R
X5R
SLAV4
S30810-H2963-X100
X3W
X5W
Provisioning of Xpressions
Compact, 4 ports
Provisioning of Xpressions
Compact, 8 ports
Provisioning of Xpressions
Compact, 8 ports
Analog subscriber line module
with 4 a/b interfaces, supports
CLIP
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
41
Boards
Overview of Modules
Board
SLAV8
Part Number
S30810-H2963-X200
Used in
X3W
X5W
SLAV8R
S30810-H2963-Z200
X3R
X5R
SLAV16
S30810-H2963-X
X3W
X5W
SLAV16R
S30810-H2963-Z
X3R
X5R
SLC16N
Analog subscriber line module
with 8 a/b interfaces, supports
CLIP
Analog subscriber line module
with 8 a/b interfaces, supports
CLIP
Analog subscriber line module
with 16 a/b interfaces, supports
CLIP
Analog subscriber line module
with 16 a/b interfaces, supports
CLIP
S30810-Q2193-X100
X5W
Cordless board with 16 ports for
connecting base stations for the
integrated Cordless solution
S30810-Q2193-X300
X8
Cordless board with 16 ports for
connecting base stations for the
integrated Cordless solution
S30810-Q2227-X300
X8
Analog subscriber line module
with 8 a/b interfaces, supports
CLIP
SLMAV24N S30810-Q2227-X400
X8
Analog subscriber line module
with 24 a/b interfaces, supports
CLIP
SLMO8N
S30810-Q2168-X300
X8
Digital subscriber line module with
8 UP0/E interfaces
SLMO24N
S30810-Q2168-X400
X8
Digital subscriber line module with
24 UP0/E interfaces
SLU8N
S30817-Q922-A401
X3W
Digital subscriber line module with
8 UP0/E interfaces
Not for
U.S.:
SLCN
Not for
U.S.:
SLMAV8N
X5W
SLU8NR
S30817-K922-Z401
X3R
X5R
STLSX2
S30810-H2944-X100
X3W
X5W
STLSX4
S30810-H2944-X
X3W
X5W
STLSX4R
S30810-K2944-Z
X3R
X5R
42
Function
Digital subscriber line module with
8 UP0/E interfaces
Digital trunk or tie-traffic board/
subscriber line module with two S0
interfaces
Digital trunk or tie-traffic board/
subscriber line module with two S0
interfaces
Digital trunk or tie-traffic board/
subscriber line module with two S0
interfaces
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Boards
Overview of Modules
Board
Part Number
Used in
Function
STMD3
S30810-Q2217-X10
X8
Digital trunk or tie-traffic board/
subscriber line module with eight
S0 interfaces
TCAS-2
S30810-Q2945-X
X5W
Digital trunk board with 2 CAS
(Channel Associated Signaling)
interfaces
S30810-K2945-X
X5R
Digital trunk board with 2 CAS
(Channel Associated Signaling)
interfaces
S30810-Q2953-X100
X3W
Analog trunk board with 2 a/b
interfaces; supports CLIP and call
detail recording with 12/16 kHz
pulses
For
selected
countries
only
TCASR-2
For
selected
countries
only
TLANI2
X5W
TLANI2
S30810-Q2953-X182
For Brazil
only
TLANI4
X3W
X5W
S30810-Q2953-X
X3W
X5W
TLANI4
S30810-Q2953-X82
For Brazil
only
TLANI4R
X3W
X5W
S30810-K2953-X200
X3R
X5R
TLANI4R
S30810-K2953-X282
For Brazil
only
TLANI8
X3R
X5R
S30810-Q2954-X100
X3W
X5W
TLANI8
For
internationa
l markets
only
S30810-Q2954-X101
X3W
X5W
Analog trunk board with 2 a/b
interfaces, supports CLIP
Analog trunk board with 4 a/b
interfaces; supports CLIP and call
detail recording with 12/16 kHz
pulses
Analog trunk board with 4 a/b
interfaces, supports CLIP
Analog trunk board with 4 a/b
interfaces; supports CLIP and call
detail recording with 12/16 kHz
pulses
Analog trunk board with 4 a/b
interfaces, supports CLIP
Analog trunk board with 8 a/b
interfaces; supports CLIP and call
detail recording with 12/16 kHz
pulses
Analog trunk board with 8 a/b
interfaces, supports CLIP
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
43
Boards
Overview of Modules
Board
TLANI8
Part Number
S30810-Q2954-X182
For Brazil
only
Used in
X3W
X5W
Function
Analog trunk board with 8 a/b
interfaces, supports CLIP
TMANI
S30810-Q2327-X
X8
Analog trunk board with 8 a/b
interfaces; supports CLIP and call
detail recording with 12/16 kHz
pulses
TMANI
S30810-Q2327-X1
X8
Analog trunk board with 8 a/b
interfaces, supports CLIP
S30810-Q2327-X82
X8
Analog trunk board with 8 a/b
interfaces, supports CLIP
S30810-Q2946-X
X8
Digital trunk board with 2 CAS
(Channel Associated Signaling)
interfaces
S30810-Q2197-T
X8
Analog trunk board with 8 a/b
interfaces, supports direct inward
dialing from the central office (CO)
TMEW2
S30810-Q2292-X100
X8
Analog tie-traffic board with 4
E&M interfaces
TS2N
S30810-H2913-X300
X5W
Digital trunk/tie-traffic board with
one S2M interface
S30810-K2913-Z300
X5R
Digital trunk/tie-traffic board with
one S2M interface
S30810-Q2919-X
X5W
Digital trunk board with 1 T1
interface
S30810-K2919-Z
X5R
Digital trunk board with 1 T1
interface
For
internationa
l markets
only
TMANI
For Brazil
only
TMCAS2
For
selected
countries
only
TMDID
For
selected
countries
only
Not for
U.S.:
TS2RN
Not for
U.S.:
TST1
For
selected
countries
only
TST1R
For
selected
countries
only
Related Topics
44
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Boards
Overview of Modules
3.1.3 Options
All options that can be ordered for the communication systems of the OpenScape
Business communication platform are listed below.
Table: Options
Option
EXMR
Part Number
S30122-K7403-T
Used in
X3R
X3W
X5R
X5W
Function
Enables the connection of an
external music source, and thus
the provisioning of
announcements and music on
hold (MOH), A-law version
X8
EXMR
S30122-K7403-T103
X3R
X3W
X5R
X5W
Enables the connection of an
external music source, and thus
the provisioning of
announcements and music on
hold (MOH), μ-law version
X8
MMP3R
S30122-K7731-Z
X3R
X5R
MPPI USB
EXM
S30122-X8005-X11
X3R
X3W
MP3 player for Music On Hold, Alaw version
Provision of MoH (music on hold)
and announcements, with audio
input for external devices
X5R
X5W
MUSIC
plugin
module
S30122-K7275-T
X3R
X3W
Provision of MOH (Music On
Hold)
X5R
X5W
X8
PFT4
S30777-Q540-X
X8
Switching of up to 4 analog CO
trunks to up to 4 analog phones in
the event of a power failure
REALS
S30807-Q6629-X
X8
Switchover from an analog trunk
to an analog phone in the event of
a power failure
Four relays (actuators) for special
connections, such as door
openers
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
45
Boards
Overview of Modules
Option
STRB
Part Number
S30817-Q932-A
Used in
X3W
X5W
Function
Four double-pin, double-throw
relays (actuators) are available for
special connections, such as door
openers
4 control inputs (sensors) for
monitoring the status of
connected equipment such as
motion detectors, for example
STRBR
S30817-H932-Z
X3R
X5R
Four double-pin, double-throw
relays (actuators) are available for
special connections, such as door
openers
4 control inputs (sensors) for
monitoring the status of
connected equipment such as
motion detectors, for example
ET-S
S30122-K7696-T313
X3R
X3W
Adapter box with amplifier for
connecting an entrance telephone
X5R
X5W
Related Topics
3.1.4 Boards and Devices Being Phased Out
Some boards and devices are being discontinued and can no longer be ordered.
However, it can still be used in the communication systems of the OpenScape
Business communication platform.
Whenever you encounter errors in conjunction with one of the boards and devices
being discontinued, the follow-up board or device should be used.
Board/Device
16SLA
Part Number
S30810-Q2923-X
Used in
X3W
X5W
4SLA
S30810-Q2925-X100
X3W
X5W
4SLA
S30810-Q2923-X200
X3W
X5W
8SLA
S30810-Q2925-X
X3W
X5W
8SLA
S30810-Q2923-X100
X3W
X5W
46
Function
Notes / Successor
Analog subscriber line module SLAV16 (S30810-H2963-X)
with 16 a/b interfaces
Analog subscriber line module SLAV4 (S30810-H2963-X100)
with 4 a/b interfaces
Analog subscriber line module SLAV4 (S30810-H2963-X100)
with 4 a/b interfaces
Analog subscriber line module SLAV8 (S30810-H2963-X200)
with 8 a/b interfaces
Analog subscriber line module SLAV8 (S30810-H2963-X200)
with 8 a/b interfaces
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Boards
Overview of Modules
Board/Device
8SLAR
Part Number
S30810-K2925-Z
Used in
X3R
X5R
BS3/1
S30807-H5482-X
X3R
X3W
Function
Notes / Successor
Analog subscriber line module SLAV8R (S30810-H2963-Z200)
with 8 a/b interfaces
Base station for the integrated BS4 (S30807-U5491-X)
Cordless solution
X5R
X5W
X8
BS3/3
S30807-H5485-X
X5W
X8
BS3/S
X30807-X5482-X100
X3R
X3W
Base station for the integrated BS4 (S30807-U5491-X)
Cordless solution
Base station for the integrated BS4 (S30807-U5491-X)
Cordless solution
X5R
X5W
CMA
S30807-Q6931-X
X3R
Submodule for DECT Light
S30807-Q6931-X1
X3W
X5R
X5W
DIU2U
S30810-Q2216-X
X8
Digital trunk/tie-traffic board
with two T1 interfaces
DIUT2 (S30810-Q2226-X100)
DIUN2
S30810-Q2196-X
X8
Digital trunk/tie-traffic board
with two SM2 interfaces
DIUT2 (S30810-Q2226-X100)
IVMN8
S30122-H7688-X200
X8
Provisioning of HiPath
Xpressions Compact, 8 ports
IVM NL (S30122-H7688-X)
X3R
HFA telephones and key
modules
OpenStage HFA
optiPoint 410/420 –
X3W
X5R
X5W
X8
optiPoint 500
–
X3R
X3W
UP0/E telephones, key modules OpenStage T
and adapters
X5R
X5W
X8
PFT1
S30777-Q539-X
X8
Switchover from an analog
No follow-up board
trunk to an analog phone in the
event of a power failure
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
47
Boards
Overview of Modules
Board/Device
Part Number
Used in
Function
Notes / Successor
PFT4
S30777-Q540-X
X8
Switchover from an analog
No follow-up board
trunk to an analog phone in the
event of a power failure
RGMOD
S30124-X5109-X
X8
Ring voltage generator
SLA16N
S30810-Q2929-X100
X5W
Analog subscriber line module No follow-up board
with 16 a/b interfaces
SLA24N
S30810-Q2929-X
X5W
Analog subscriber line module No follow-up board
with 24 a/b interfaces
SLAD16
S30810-Q2957-X
X3W
Analog subscriber line module SLAV16 (S30810-H2963-X)
with 16 a/b interfaces, supports
CLIP
X5W
SLAD4
S30810-Q2956-X100
X3W
X5W
SLAD8
S30810-Q2956-X200
X3W
X5W
SLAD8R
S30810-K2956-X300
X3R
X5R
No follow-up board
Analog subscriber line module SLAV4 (S30810-H2963-X100)
with 4 a/b interfaces, supports
CLIP
Analog subscriber line module SLAV8 (S30810-H2963-X200)
with 8 a/b interfaces, supports
CLIP
Analog subscriber line module SLAV8R (S30810-H2963-Z200)
with 8 a/b interfaces, supports
CLIP
SLMA
S30810-Q2191-C300
X8
Analog subscriber line module SLMAV24N (S30810-Q2227with 24 a/b interfaces
X400)
SLMA2
S30810-Q2246-X
X8
Analog subscriber line module SLMAV24N (S30810-Q2227with 24 a/b interfaces (requires X400)
RGMOD)
SLMA8
S30810-Q2191-C100
X8
Analog subscriber line module SLMAV8N (S30810-Q2227with 8 a/b interfaces
X300)
SLMAE24
S30810-Q2225-X200
X8
Analog subscriber line module SLMAV24N (S30810-Q2227with 24 a/b interfaces
X400)
SLMAE8
S30810-Q2225-X100
X8
Analog subscriber line module SLMAV8N (S30810-Q2227with 8 a/b interfaces
X300)
SLMAV24
S30810-Q2227-X200
X8
Analog subscriber line module SLMAV24N (S30810-Q2227with 24 a/b interfaces, supports X400)
CLIP
SLMAV8
S30810-Q2227-X100
X8
Analog subscriber line module SLMAV8N (S30810-Q2227with 8 a/b interfaces, supports X300)
CLIP
SLMO2
S30810-Q2168-X10
X8
Digital subscriber line module
with 24 UP0/E interfaces
SLMO24N (S30810-Q2168X400)
SLMO24
S30810-Q2901-X
X5W
Digital subscriber line module
with 24 UP0/E interfaces
SLMO24N (S30810-Q2168X400)
SLMO8
S30810-Q2168-X100
X8
Digital subscriber line module
with 8 UP0/E interfaces
SLMO8N (S30810-Q2168X300)
48
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Boards
Description of the Boards
Board/Device
SLU8
Part Number
S30817-Q922-A301
Used in
X3W
X5W
SLU8R
S30817-K922-Z301
X3R
X5R
STLS2
S30817-Q924-B313
X3W
X5W
STLS4
S30817-Q924-A313
X3W
X5W
STLS4R
S30817-Q924-Z313
X3R
X5R
Function
Notes / Successor
Digital subscriber line module
with 8 UP0/E interfaces
SLU8N (S30817-Q922-A401)
Digital subscriber line module
with 8 UP0/E interfaces
SLU8NR (S30817-K922-Z401)
Digital trunk or tie-traffic board/ STLSX2 (S30810-H2944-X100)
subscriber line module with two
S0 interfaces
Digital trunk or tie-traffic board/ STLSX4 (S30810-H2944-X)
subscriber line module with two
S0 interfaces
Digital trunk or tie-traffic board/ STLSX4R (S30810-K2944-Z)
subscriber line module with two
S0 interfaces
TM2LP
S30810-Q2159-Xxxx
X8
Analog trunk board with 8 a/b
interfaces
TMANI (S30810-Q2327-Xxxx)
TMC16
S30810-Q2485-X
X8
Analog trunk board with 16 a/b TMANI (S30810-Q2327-Xxxx)
interfaces
TMCAS
S30810-Q2938-X
X8
Digital trunk board with 1 CAS TMCAS2 (S30810-Q2946-X)
(Channel Associated
Signaling) interface
UPSC-D
S30122-K5660-M300
X3W
Power supply
UPSC-D (S30122-H5660-X301)
Power supply
No follow-up board
Power supply
UPSC-DR (S30122-H7373X901)
Power supply
No follow-up board
X5W
UPSC-D
S30122-K5660-M321
Only for South
Africa
UPSC-DR
X3W
X5W
S30122-K7373-M900
X3R
X5R
UPSC-DR
S30122-K7373-M921
X3R
X5R
Only for South
Africa
Please refer to the HiPath 3000/5000 V9 Service Documentation for detailed
information on which boards and devices are being discontinued.
Related Topics
3.2 Description of the Boards
All boards that can be ordered for the communication systems of the OpenScape
Business communication platform are listed below in alphabetical order.
Related Topics
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
49
Boards
Description of the Boards
3.2.1 CMA
CMA (Clock Module ADPCM) is an optional subboard for the central control
boards OCCM (OpenScape Business X3W, OpenScape Business X5W) and
OCCMR (OpenScape Business X3R, OpenScape Business X5R).
CMA is used in combination with DECT Light (integrated cordless solution). The
subboard provides the functions for ADPCM conversion and echo cancellation
(16 channels). Up to four calls an be conducted per DECT base station. Up to
seven DECT base stations can be connected to the UP0/E interfaces of the central
control boards OCCM and OCCMR.
INFO: If no CMA is installed, a maximum of two calls can be
conducted per base station. In this case, ADPCM conversion and
echo cancellation are performed directly by the DECT base
station.
Board Variants and their Use
Board
Part Number
Used in
Communication
system
CMA
Country
S30807-Q6931-X1 OpenScape
Business X3R
Maximum
number
ROW
1
OpenScape
Business X3W
OpenScape
Business X5R
OpenScape Business
X5W
CMA is plugged into the following connector strips on the mainboards:
•
OCCM: connector strips X14 and X15, see OCCM
•
OCCMR: connector strips X21 and X22, see OCCMR
NOTICE: Place the mainboard on a flat, grounded and
conducting surface before inserting the CMA subboard.
Otherwise you may damage the mainboard.
In the default factory state, the CMA subboard has two spacing
bolts inserted to ensure the correct positioning of the subboard on
the mainboard.
50
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Boards
Description of the Boards
Figure
Figure: CMA - Component side with inserted spacing bolts (A)
X1
A
A
X2
Related Topics
3.2.1.1 How to Install CMA on OCCM
DANGER
DANGER
Risk of electric shock through contact with live wires
Disconnect all power supply circuits of the communication system before opening
the housing:
•
Disconnect the battery voltage, supply voltage and line voltage at any
connected OpenScape Business Powerbox.
•
Disconnect the line cords of any connected battery pack or any connected
batteries.
•
Disconnect the power plug of the communication system.
Step by Step
1) Disconnect all power supply circuits of the communication system.
2) Make sure that the communication system is de-energized.
3) Loosen the two fixing screws on the housing cover with a slotted screw driver.
Hold the housing cover so that it does not fall.
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
51
Boards
Description of the Boards
4) Remove the housing cover.
CAUTION
CAUTION
Cuts caused by sharp edges on the shielding plate
Make sure that you only touch the outside of the housing cover. The shielding
plate on the inside of the housing cover may have sharp edges which can cause
cuts.
52
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Boards
Description of the Boards
5) Remove the stabilizer cap.
6) Pull out the OCCM mainboard from the board shelf and place it on a flat,
grounded conductive surface.
INFO: In the default factory state, the CMA subboard already has
the spacing bolts inserted.
7) Plug the CMA subboard (with component side facing downwards) into the
connector strips on the OCCM mainboard. Make sure that the two spacing
bolts are plugged into the appropriate holes on the mainboard.
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
53
Boards
Description of the Boards
Figure: CMA mounted on OCCM
8) Slide the OCCM mainboard back into the slot that is provided on the board
frame for this purpose.
9) Mount the stabilizer cap.
10) Close the housing. To do this, put the housing cover on and secure it with the
two fixing screws. Make sure that you only touch the outside of the housing
cover. The shielding plate on the inside of the housing cover may have sharp
edges which can cause cuts.
11) Place the communication system back into operation.
Related Topics
3.2.1.2 How to Install CMA on OCCMR
DANGER
DANGER
Risk of electric shock through contact with live wires
Disconnect all power supply circuits of the communication system before
removing the OCCMR mainboard:
•
Disconnect the battery voltage, supply voltage and line voltage at any
connected OpenScape Business Powerbox.
•
Disconnect the line cords of any connected battery pack or any connected
batteries.
•
Disconnect the power plug of the communication system.
Step by Step
1) Disconnect all power supply circuits of the communication system.
2) Make sure that the communication system is de-energized.
54
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Boards
Description of the Boards
3) Loosen the two locking screws in the front panel of the OCCMR mainboard.
4) Loosen the OCCMR mainboard from the backplane using two board
wrenches (C39165-A7027-C26).
5) Gently pull out the OCCMR mainboard with both hands horizontally from the
board shelf and place it on a flat, grounded conductive surface.
INFO: In the default factory state, the CMA subboard already has
the spacing bolts inserted.
6) Plug the CMA subboard (with component side facing downwards) into the
connector strips on the OCCMR mainboard. Make sure that the two spacing
bolts are plugged into the appropriate holes on the mainboard.
Figure: CMA mounted on OCCMR
7) Carefully slide the OCCM mainboard with both hands horizontally back into
the slot that is provided on the board frame for this purpose.
8) Attach the OCCMR mainboard to the shelf using the two locking screws.
9) Place the communication system back into operation.
Related Topics
3.2.2 CUC
CUC (Connection Unit Com) is the backplane of the OpenScape Business X5W
communication system.
The backplane provides the link between the central control board OCCM (slot
level 4), the peripheral boards (slot levels 1-3 and 5) and the power supply UPSCD.
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
55
Boards
Description of the Boards
Board Variants and their Use
Board
CUC
Part Number
S30777-Q750-X
Used in
Communication
system
Country
OpenScape Business
X5W
ROW
Maximum
number
1
Figure
Figure: CUC
X8
X10
Slot level 5
X9
X11
X40
X50
X60
X70
X20
UPSC-D
Slot level 4: OCCM
X12
Slot level 3
Slot level 2
Slot level 1
X30
Related Topics
3.2.3 CUCR
CUCR (Connection Unit Com Rack) is the backplane of the OpenScape Business
X5R communication system.
The backplane provides the link between the central control board OCCMR (slot
level 4), the peripheral boards (slot levels 1 through 3) and the power supply
UPSC-DR.
Board Variants and their Use
Board
Part Number
Used in
Communication
system
CUCR
56
S30777-Q750-Z
OpenScape
Business X5R
Country
ROW
Maximum
number
1
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Boards
Description of the Boards
Figure
Figure: CUCR
X10
X11
X40
X50
X60
X70
X20
UPSC-DR
Slot level 4: OCCMR
X12
Slot level 3
Slot level 2
Slot level 1
X30
Related Topics
3.2.4 CUP
CUP (Connection Unit Point) is the backplane of the OpenScape Business X3W
communication system.
The backplane provides the link between the central control board OCCM (slot
level 2), the peripheral boards (slot level 1) and the power supply UPSC-D.
Board Variants and their Use
Board
Part Number
Used in
Communication
system
CUP
S30777-Q751-X
OpenScape
Business X3W
Country
Maximum
number
ROW
1
Figure
Figure: CUP
X10
X11
X12
X20
UPSC-D
X30
Slot level 2: OCCM
Slot level 1
Related Topics
3.2.5 CUPR
CUP (Connection Unit Point Rack) is the backplane of the OpenScape Business
X3R communication system.
The backplane provides the link between the central control board OCCMR (slot
level 2), the peripheral boards (slot level 1) and the power supply UPSC-DR.
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
57
Boards
Description of the Boards
Board Variants and their Use
Board
Part Number
Used in
Communication
system
CUPR
S30777-Q751-Z
OpenScape
Business X3R
Country
Maximum
number
ROW
1
Figure
Figure: CUPR
X10
X11
X12
X20
UPSC-DR
X30
Slot level 2: OCCMR
Slot level 1
Related Topics
3.2.6 DBSAP
The DBSAP (Driver Board for Synergy Access Platform) is essential for
expanding the OpenScape Business X8 communication system to a two-box
system. The DBSAP ensures that the expansion box receives HDLC, PCM and
clock signals from the base box.
The back of the DBSAP board has four jacks that are plugged into the
corresponding backplane connectors of the extension box. The 68-pin DB-68 jack
on the front panel is used to connect the C39195-Z7611-A10 connecting cable to
the base box.
NOTICE: To ensure smooth operation, use only shielded
connection cables with a maximum length of 1 m.
Board Variants and their Use
Board
Part Number
Used in
Communication
system
DBSAP
58
S30807-Q6722-X
OpenScape
Business X8
Country
ROW
Maximum
number
1
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Boards
Description of the Boards
Figure
Figure: DBSAP
Front
Back
Figure: DBSAP – Installation on the Backplane of the Expansion Box
DBSAP
Related Topics
3.2.7 DIUT2
The DIUT2 (Digital Interface Unit Trunk 2) board provides two interfaces, which
can be used for the trunk connection and for tie-traffic (networking).
The DIUT2 board is a compatible successor to the following boards, which will be
discontinued:
•
DIU2U (S30810-Q2216-X)
•
DIUN2 (S30810-Q2196-X)
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
59
Boards
Description of the Boards
Board Variants and their Use
Board
Part Number
Used in
Communication
system
DIUT2
Maximum number
Country
S30810-Q2226- OpenScape
X100
Business X8
ROW
3 DIUT2 and/or
DIUN2
When used as a T1
trunk connection (PRI
or analog), up to four
DIUT2 and/or DIU2U
boards are possible.
Usage and Connection Types
The usage and connection type are defined via the WBM or Manager E. The
settings always apply to both board interfaces. It is not possible to work with
different usage connection types at the same time.
The following usage and connection types are available:
•
•
Usage types:
–
S2M trunk connection or S2M networking
–
For U.S. only: T1-PRI trunk connection
–
For U.S. only: analog T1 trunk connection
Connection types:
–
Connection via fiber optic cable
The connection is made via the 15-pin Sub-D jacks on the front panel. The
opto-electronic converter AMOM must be used to connect a fiber optic
cable.
–
Connection via copper cable (system cable S30267-Z167-Axxx)
The connection is made via the 15-pin Sub-D jacks on the front panel.
After the usage and connection type has been defined, the DIUT2 board
automatically performs a reload to load the loadware for the new settings.
INFO: For U.S. only and when using the board for the T1-PRI
trunk connection or the analog T1 trunk connection
The T1 interface must not be directly connected to the PSTN
(Public Switched Telephone Network). At least one Channel
Service Unit (CSU) that is approved as per FCC Part 68 and that
satisfies the ANSI directive T1.403 must be inserted between the
T1 interface and the central office.
The CSU provides the following features for OpenScape
Business X8: Isolation and overvoltage protection of the
communication system, diagnostic options in the event of a
malfunction (such as signal loopback, application of test signals
and test patterns), line-up of the output signal in compliance with
the line lengths specified by the network provider.
60
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Boards
Description of the Boards
Figure
Figure: DIUT2 – Front Panel
LEDs
The board features a front panel with two LEDs that indicate the operating states.
Table: DIUT2 – LED Statuses and their Meanings
Red LED
Green LED
off
off
Meaning
Board not receiving power or
not plugged in correctly.
Action
Check plug contact on board.
Board is out of order.
on
off
Board is supplied with power. –
Board test in progress.
Loadware loading failed.
Board is faulty.
Replace board.
Board was deactivated using
Manager E.
Check whether the board was
deactivated using Manager E.
If not, the board is defective
and must be replaced.
flashing
off
Loadware loading in progress. –
off
on
Loadware loading completed –
successfully. Board is OK (idle
state).
off
flashing
At least one channel is
activated.
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
–
61
Boards
Description of the Boards
Pin and Cable Assignment
The front panel includes two 15-pin Sub-D jacks with the following pin
assignment.
Table: DIUT2 – Pin Assignments of the 15-Pin Sub-D Jacks
Pin
Description
Direction
1
A-wire (copper cable)
Output
4
Data output (fiber optic cable)
Output
5
Ground return path for the +5-V power
supply (fiber optic cable)
6
Adapter test
Inbox
7
Adapter test
Inbox
8
A-wire (copper cable)
Inbox
9
B-wire (copper cable)
Output
10
5 V power supply (fiber optic cable)
Output
11
Data input (fiber optic cable)
Inbox
12
Ground return path for the +5-V power
supply (fiber optic cable)
14
5 V power supply (fiber optic cable)
Output
15
B-wire (copper cable)
Inbox
Input/output
Input/output
No other pins used.
Table: Pin Assignments of the System Cable S30267-Z167-Axxx
Pin
Description
Color code
1
A-wire, receive
blue/white
8
A-wire, transmit
orange/white
9
B-wire, receive
white/blue
15
B-wire, transmit
white/orange
Table: AMOM - Pin Assignments 15-Pin Sub-D Plug
Pin
62
Description
Direction
4
Data output on the optical fiber interface
Inbox
5
Ground return path for the +5-V power
supply
6
Adapter test
Output
7
Adapter test
Output
10
+5-V power supply
Inbox
11
Data input on the optical fiber interface
Output
Input/output
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Boards
Description of the Boards
Pin
Description
Direction
12
Ground return path for the +5-V power
supply
14
+5-V power supply
Input/output
Inbox
No other pins used.
Related Topics
3.2.8 EXMR
EXMR (Externe Music Connection, Rack) is an optional subboard for the central
control boards OCCL (OpenScape Business X8), OCCM (OpenScape Business
X3W, OpenScape Business X5W) and OCCMR (OpenScape Business X3R,
OpenScape Business X5R).
EXMR enables the connection of an external music source and thus the
provisioning of announcements and music on hold (MOH).
There are two subboard variants which both support the A-law or μ-law codec for
digitizing analog audio signals.
Board Variants and their Use
Board
Part Number
Used in
Communication
system
EXMR
S30122-K7403-T
A-law version
OpenScape
Business X3R
Country
Maximum
number
ROW
1
ROW
1
OpenScape
Business X3W
OpenScape
Business X5R
OpenScape Business
X5W
OpenScape
Business X8
EXMR
µ-law Version
S30122-K7403T103
OpenScape
Business X3R
OpenScape
Business X3W
OpenScape
Business X5R
OpenScape Business
X5W
OpenScape
Business X8
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
63
Boards
Description of the Boards
EXMR is plugged into the following socket terminal strips on the mainboards:
•
OCCM: socket terminal strips X9 and X10, see How to Install EXMR on OCCL
•
OCCM: socket terminal strips X16 and X17, see How to Install EXMR on
OCCM
•
OCCMR: socket terminal strips X23 and X24, see How to Install EXMR on
OCCMR
Figure
Figure: EXMR
X3
X1
X2
NOTICE: Place the mainboard on a flat surface before inserting
the subboard. Otherwise you may damage the mainboard.
Connecting an External Music Source
The connection of an external music source depends on the communication
system.
•
OpenScape Business X3R and X5R
The connection is made via a Wieland screw clamp, which is inserted into the
edge connector X1 of the EXMR. The cable is routed to the outside via the
RCA jack supplied with the subboard.
This can be connected to the Sound Player Music Module MP3 Rack
(MMP3R, S30122-K7731-Z), for example.
•
OpenScape Business X3W and X5W
The connection is made via a Wieland screw clamp, which is inserted into the
edge connector X1 of the EXMR.
•
OpenScape Business X8
The connection is made via a Wieland screw clamp, which is inserted into the
edge connector X1 of the EXMR. The cable s routed to the outside via the
RCA jack supplied with the subboard.
Related Topics
64
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Boards
Description of the Boards
3.2.8.1 How to Install EXMR on OCCL
DANGER
DANGER
Risk of electric shock through contact with live wires
Disconnect all power supply circuits of the communication system before
removing the OCCL mainboard:
•
Disconnect the battery voltage, supply voltage and line voltage at any
connected OpenScape Business Powerbox.
•
Disconnect the line cords of any connected battery pack or any connected
batteries.
•
Disconnect all power plugs of the communication system.
Step by Step
1) Disconnect all power supply circuits of the communication system.
2) Make sure that the communication system is de-energized.
3) Remove the front plastic cover of the base box.
4) Insert the tip of the board wrench marked “Pull” into the top opening in the
front cover of the OCCL mainboard.
5) Lever the OCCL mainboard out of the board shelf of the base box by pushing
the board wrench upwards.
6) Pull out the OCCL mainboard from the board shelf and place it on a flat,
grounded conductive surface.
7) Insert the EXMR subboard into the X9 and X10 socket terminal strips of the
OCCL mainboard.
8) Using its guide rails, slide the OCCL mainboard back into the appropriate slot
on the base box shelf.
9) Insert the tip of the board wrench marked "Plug-In" into the bottom opening in
the front cover of the OCCL mainboard.
10) Lever the mainboard into the board shelf of the base box by pushing the board
wrench upwards.
11) Close the base box with the plastic cover provided for this purpose.
12) Place the communication system back into operation.
Related Topics
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
65
Boards
Description of the Boards
3.2.8.2 How to Install EXMR on OCCM
DANGER
DANGER
Risk of electric shock through contact with live wires
Disconnect all power supply circuits of the communication system before opening
the housing:
•
Disconnect the battery voltage, supply voltage and line voltage at any
connected OpenScape Business Powerbox.
•
Disconnect the line cords of any connected battery pack or any connected
batteries.
•
Disconnect the power plug of the communication system.
Step by Step
1) Disconnect all power supply circuits of the communication system.
2) Make sure that the communication system is de-energized.
3) Loosen the two fixing screws on the housing cover with a slotted screw driver.
Hold the housing cover so that it does not fall.
4) Remove the housing cover.
66
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Boards
Description of the Boards
CAUTION
CAUTION
Cuts caused by sharp edges on the shielding plate
Make sure that you only touch the outside of the housing cover. The shielding
plate on the inside of the housing cover may have sharp edges which can cause
cuts.
5) Remove the stabilizer cap.
6) Pull out the OCCM mainboard from the board shelf and place it on a flat,
grounded conductive surface.
7) Insert the EXMR subboard into the X16 and X17 socket terminal strips of the
OCCM mainboard.
8) Slide the OCCM mainboard back into the slot that is provided on the board
frame for this purpose.
9) Mount the stabilizer cap.
10) Close the housing. To do this, put the housing cover on and secure it with the
two fixing screws. Make sure that you only touch the outside of the housing
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
67
Boards
Description of the Boards
cover. The shielding plate on the inside of the housing cover may have sharp
edges which can cause cuts.
11) Place the communication system back into operation.
Related Topics
3.2.8.3 How to Install EXMR on OCCMR
DANGER
DANGER
Risk of electric shock through contact with live wires
Disconnect all power supply circuits of the communication system before
removing the OCCMR mainboard:
•
Disconnect the battery voltage, supply voltage and line voltage at any
connected OpenScape Business Powerbox.
•
Disconnect the line cords of any connected battery pack or any connected
batteries.
•
Disconnect the power plug of the communication system.
Step by Step
1) Disconnect all power supply circuits of the communication system.
2) Make sure that the communication system is de-energized.
3) Loosen the two locking screws in the front panel of the OCCMR mainboard.
4) Loosen the OCCMR mainboard from the backplane using two board
wrenches (C39165-A7027-C26).
5) Gently pull out the OCCMR mainboard with both hands horizontally from the
board shelf and place it on a flat, grounded conductive surface.
6) Insert the EXMR subboard into the X23 and X24 socket terminal strips of the
OCCMR mainboard.
7) Carefully slide the OCCM mainboard with both hands horizontally back into
the slot that is provided on the board frame for this purpose.
8) Attach the OCCMR mainboard to the shelf using the two locking screws.
9) Place the communication system back into operation.
Related Topics
3.2.9 IVMNL
The IVMNL (Integrated Voicemail New Large) board enables the voicemail
functionality of Xpressions Compact in OpenScape Business X8. In addition, the
board can be used for MOH (Music On Hold) and announcements.
Up to 500 mailboxes are available with a total storage capacity of 100 hours.
•
68
IVMNL = 24 ports
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Boards
Description of the Boards
For more detailed information, refer to the Xpressions Compact Administrator
Documentation.
Board Variants and their Use
Board
Part Number
Used in
Communication
system
IVMNL
S30122-H7688-X
OpenScape
Business X8
Country
Maximum
number
ROW
1
NOTICE: Damage from Overheating
For thermal reasons the IVMNL board may only be installed in the
base box when OpenScape Business X8 is installed in a 19-inch
rack.
In order to avoid inactive ports due to slow board boot-up, the following
recommendations must be observed:
•
Standalone installation:
In a one-box system, the IVMNL board should be installed in the last slot of
the base box. In a two-box system, the IVMNL board should be installed in the
last slot of the expansion box. If possible, the two preceding slots should be
kept free.
•
19’’ rack-mount installation:
The IVMNL board should be installed in the last slot in the base box. If
possible, the two preceding slots should be kept free.
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
69
Boards
Description of the Boards
Figure
Figure: IVMNL
Lockout switch
The front panel of the board has a lockout switch with the following functions:
•
Lockout switch pressed = board is in normal operation (factory default)
•
Lockout switch not pressed = board locked: existing connections remain
active, new connections are locked.
–
The yellow LED lights up when all connections are ended and the board
is effectively locked.
–
The yellow LED flashing when a lockout request is entered (via lockout
switch or software) but at least one call is still active.
To reset a board to the default state, press the lockout switch four times (off-onoff-on) during the LED test at startup. This action cancels the LED test and both
LEDs flash for approximately five seconds in confirmation.
LEDs
The board features a front panel with two LEDs that indicate the operating states.
70
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Boards
Description of the Boards
Table: IVMNL – LED Statuses and their Meanings
Green LED
LED,
yellow
Meaning
Action
During Startup and Initialization
off
off
Phase 1: The operating
system is being booted
(approx. 30 s)
off
flashing
(500/500
ms)
Phase 2: Basic applications
are being started (approx. 60
seconds)
flashing
(100/100
ms)
flashing
(500/500
ms)
Phase 2: A lengthy process
has been started (e.g., a hard
disk check) (approx. 0 to 15
minutes)
Info: This process does not
always occur.
on
on
Phase 3: LED test (lasts
approx. 10 s)
off
flashing
(500/500
ms)
on
off
Phase 5: Idle state (after
successful startup)
off
on
Phase 5: Board locked or
board error occurred
Phase 4: Application are
being started (approx. 2 to 9
minutes)
Check whether the board was
deactivated using Manager E
or the lockout switch. Change
board if faulty.
During Operation
on
off
Idle state (no call)
flashing
(500/500
ms)
off
At least one active port (one
active call)
flashing
(500/500
ms)
flashing
(500/500
ms)
Lockout switch was activated
during a call.
off
on
flashing
(100/100
ms)
flashing
(500/500
ms)
Board locked or board error
occurred
Check whether the board was
deactivated using Manager E
or the lockout switch. Change
board if faulty.
During a hard disk check
During an upgrade
on
off
Idle state (no call)
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
71
Boards
Description of the Boards
Green LED
LED,
yellow
Meaning
off
off
Restart before applying the
special upgrade package
on
on
LED test
off
flashing
(500/500
ms)
off
off
off
flashing
(100/100
ms)
off
off
Action
The upgrade package is
applied to the board
The board is rebooted
The board is reconfigured
The board is rebooted
For subsequent steps, see
"During Startup and
Initialization"
Pin Assignments
The front panel of the board has an Ethernet (10/100BaseT) port (8-pin; RJ45
socket) for the administration (upgrade or backup and restore) of Xpressions
Compact.
Table: IVMNL – Pin Assignments of the RJ45 Jack
Pin
Signal
Description
1
Tx +
Transmit +
2
Tx –
Transmit –
3
Rx +
Receive +
4
–
Not used
5
–
Not used
6
Rx –
Receive –
7
–
Not used
8
–
Not used
Related Topics
3.2.10 IVMP4, IVMP4R
The IVMP4 and IVMP4R (Integrated Voicemail Point Rack) boards provide
Xpressions Compact voicemail functionality in OpenScape Business X3R,
OpenScape Business X3W, OpenScape Business X5R and OpenScape
Business X5W. The boards can also be used for Music on Hold and
announcements.
Up to 30 mailboxes are available with a total storage capacity of 4 hours.
•
72
IVMP4 = 4 ports
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Boards
Description of the Boards
•
IVMP4R = 4 ports
For more detailed information, refer to the Xpressions Compact Administrator
Documentation.
Board Variants and their Use
Board
Part Number
Used in
Communication
system
IVMP4
S30122-Q7721-X
OpenScape
Business X3W
Country
Maximum
number
ROW
1
ROW
1
OpenScape Business
X5W
IVMP4R
S30122-K7721-X
OpenScape
Business X3R
OpenScape
Business X5R
NOTICE: Damage from Overheating
For thermal reasons, the IVMP4 board may only be used in slot 5
of OpenScape Business X3W and in slots 5, 7 and 9 of
OpenScape Business X5W.
Figure
Figure: IVMP4, IVMP4R
50
Lockout switch
LED (green)
X1
LED (yellow)
Ethernet
(10/100 BaseT)
interface
(8-pin RJ45 jack)
Connection to
CUP
CUPR
CUC
CUCR
X3
2
Lockout switch
The boards includes a lockout switch with the following functions:
•
Lockout switch pressed = board is in normal operation (factory default)
•
Lockout switch not pressed = board locked: existing connections remain
active, new connections are locked.
–
The yellow LED lights up when all connections are ended and the board
is effectively locked.
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
73
Boards
Description of the Boards
–
The yellow LED flashing when a lockout request is entered (via lockout
switch or software) but at least one call is still active.
To reset a board to the default state, press the lockout switch four times (off-onoff-on) during the LED test at startup. This action cancels the LED test and both
LEDs flash for approximately five seconds in confirmation.
LEDs
The boards two LEDs that indicate the operating states.
Table: IVMP4, IVMP4R – LED Statuses and their Meanings
Green LED
LED,
yellow
Meaning
Action
During Startup and Initialization
off
off
Phase 1: The operating
system is being booted
(approx. 30 s)
off
flashing
(500/500
ms)
Phase 2: Basic applications
are being started (approx. 60
seconds)
flashing
(100/100
ms)
flashing
(500/500
ms)
Phase 2: A lengthy process
has been started (e.g., a hard
disk check) (approx. 0 to 15
minutes)
Info: This process does not
always occur.
on
on
Phase 3: LED test (lasts
approx. 10 s)
off
flashing
(500/500
ms)
on
off
Phase 5: Idle state (after
successful startup)
off
on
Phase 5: Board locked or
board error occurred
Phase 4: Application are
being started (approx. 2 to 9
minutes)
Check whether the board was
deactivated using Manager E
or the lockout switch. Change
board if faulty.
During Operation
74
on
off
Idle state (no call)
flashing
(500/500
ms)
off
At least one active port (one
active call)
flashing
(500/500
ms)
flashing
(500/500
ms)
Lockout switch was activated
during a call.
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Boards
Description of the Boards
Green LED
LED,
yellow
off
on
flashing
(100/100
ms)
flashing
(500/500
ms)
Meaning
Board locked or board error
occurred
Action
Check whether the board was
deactivated using Manager E
or the lockout switch. Change
board if faulty.
During a hard disk check
During an upgrade
on
off
Idle state (no call)
off
off
Restart before applying the
special upgrade package
on
on
LED test
off
flashing
(500/500
ms)
off
off
off
flashing
(100/100
ms)
off
off
The upgrade package is
applied to the board
The board is rebooted
The board is reconfigured
The board is rebooted
For subsequent steps, see
"During Startup and
Initialization"
Pin Assignments
The boards feature an Ethernet (10/100BaseT) interface (8-pin RJ45 jack) that is
used for administering Xpressions Compact (i.e., for performing functions such as
upgrade, backup and restore).
Table: IVMP4, IVMP4R – Pin Assignments of the RJ45 Jack
Pin
Signal
Description
1
Tx +
Transmit +
2
Tx –
Transmit –
3
Rx +
Receive +
4
–
Not used
5
–
Not used
6
Rx –
Receive –
7
–
Not used
8
–
Not used
Related Topics
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
75
Boards
Description of the Boards
3.2.11 IVMS8N, IVMS8NR
The IVMS8N and IVMS8NR (Integrated Voicemail Small New, Rack) boards
provide Xpressions Compact voicemail functionality in OpenScape Business
X3R, OpenScape Business X3W, OpenScape Business X5R and OpenScape
Business X5W. The boards can also be used for Music on Hold and
announcements.
Up to 500 mailboxes are available with a total storage capacity of 100 hours.
•
IVMS8N = 8 ports
•
IVMS8NR = 8 ports
For more detailed information, refer to the Xpressions Compact Administrator
Documentation.
Board Variants and their Use
Board
Part Number
Used in
Communication
system
IVMS8N
S30122-Q7379X200
OpenScape
Business X3W
Country
Maximum
number
ROW
1
ROW
1
OpenScape Business
X5W
IVMS8NR
S30122-K7379-Z200 OpenScape
Business X3R
OpenScape
Business X5R
NOTICE: Damage from Overheating
For thermal reasons, the IVMS8N board may only be used in slot
5 of OpenScape Business X3W and in slots 5, 7 and 9 of
OpenScape Business X5W.
76
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Boards
Description of the Boards
Figure
Figure: IVMS8N, IVMS8NR
50
Connection to
CUP
CUPR
CUC
CUCR
Lockout switch
LED (green)
X1
LED (yellow)
X3
Ethernet
(10/100 BaseT)
interface
(8-pin RJ45 jack)
2
Lockout switch
The boards includes a lockout switch with the following functions:
•
Lockout switch pressed = board is in normal operation (factory default)
•
Lockout switch not pressed = board locked: existing connections remain
active, new connections are locked.
–
The yellow LED lights up when all connections are ended and the board
is effectively locked.
–
The yellow LED flashing when a lockout request is entered (via lockout
switch or software) but at least one call is still active.
To reset a board to the default state, press the lockout switch four times (off-onoff-on) during the LED test at startup. This action cancels the LED test and both
LEDs flash for approximately five seconds in confirmation.
LEDs
The boards two LEDs that indicate the operating states.
Table: IVMS8N, IVMS8NR – LED Statuses and their Meanings
Green LED
LED,
yellow
Meaning
Action
During Startup and Initialization
off
off
off
flashing
(500/500
ms)
Phase 1: The operating
system is being booted
(approx. 30 s)
Phase 2: Basic applications
are being started (approx. 60
seconds)
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
77
Boards
Description of the Boards
Green LED
LED,
yellow
Meaning
flashing
(100/100
ms)
flashing
(500/500
ms)
Phase 2: A lengthy process
has been started (e.g., a hard
disk check) (approx. 0 to 15
minutes)
Action
Info: This process does not
always occur.
on
on
Phase 3: LED test (lasts
approx. 10 s)
off
flashing
(500/500
ms)
on
off
Phase 5: Idle state (after
successful startup)
off
on
Phase 5: Board locked or
board error occurred
Phase 4: Application are
being started (approx. 2 to 9
minutes)
Check whether the board was
deactivated using Manager E
or the lockout switch. Change
board if faulty.
During Operation
on
off
Idle state (no call)
flashing
(500/500
ms)
off
At least one active port (one
active call)
flashing
(500/500
ms)
flashing
(500/500
ms)
Lockout switch was activated
during a call.
off
on
flashing
(100/100
ms)
flashing
(500/500
ms)
Board locked or board error
occurred
Check whether the board was
deactivated using Manager E
or the lockout switch. Change
board if faulty.
During a hard disk check
During an upgrade
78
on
off
Idle state (no call)
off
off
Restart before applying the
special upgrade package
on
on
LED test
off
flashing
(500/500
ms)
The upgrade package is
applied to the board
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Boards
Description of the Boards
Green LED
LED,
yellow
off
off
off
flashing
(100/100
ms)
off
off
Meaning
Action
The board is rebooted
The board is reconfigured
The board is rebooted
For subsequent steps, see
"During Startup and
Initialization"
Pin Assignments
The boards feature an Ethernet (10/100BaseT) interface (8-pin RJ45 jack) that is
used for administering Xpressions Compact (i.e., for performing functions such as
upgrade, backup and restore).
Table: IVMS8N, IVMS8NR – Pin Assignments of the RJ45 Jack
Pin
Signal
Description
1
Tx +
Transmit +
2
Tx –
Transmit –
3
Rx +
Receive +
4
–
Not used
5
–
Not used
6
Rx –
Receive –
7
–
Not used
8
–
Not used
Related Topics
3.2.12 LUNA2
LUNA2 (Line-powered Unit For Network-based Architecture No. 2) is the central
power supply of the OpenScape Business X8 communication system. Depending
on the configuration, LUNA2 can be used up to three times in the base box and
up to four times in the expansion box.
The required number of LUNA2 modules depends on the number and the type of
the boards used. For information on how to calculate the number of modules
required, see Table: Calculating the number of LUNA2 modules required.
If the OpenScape Business X8 communication system has been configured as a
two-box system, two LUNA2 in the basic box and three LUNA2 in the expansion
box are sufficient to ensure the maximum capacity limits (see OpenScape
Business V1, Administrator Documentation, Configuration Limits and Capacities:
System-specific Capacity Limits).
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
79
Boards
Description of the Boards
You can use a third LUNA2 in the base box and a fourth in the expansion box to
ensure error-free operation if one LUNA2 module fails (redundant LUNA2) or to
charge the batteries of a connected battery box (48 V/38 Ah) or OpenScape
Business Powerbox.
LUNA2 supports power supply and battery management functions. No other
components are required if it is operated as a power supply. To maintain shortterm battery emergency operation after a power failure, that is, to use
uninterruptible power supply functions, you must connect an additional 48-V/38Ah battery pack or an OpenScape Business Powerbox for each system box. The
following options are available:
•
Use of a 48-V/38-Ah battery box with four 12-V/38-Ah batteries
The batteries are charged via the redundant LUNA2 in the respective system
box.
•
Use of an OpenScape Business Powerbox with four 12V 7Ah batteries (48V
7Ah battery pack)
The batteries are charged via the redundant LUNA2 in the respective system
box.
Only the 48V 7Ah battery pack (with four 12V 7Ah batteries, V39113-W5123E891) is released for use in the OpenScape Business Powerbox.
•
Use of the OpenScape Business Powerbox with four 12V 7Ah batteries (48V
7Ah battery pack) and one LUNA2 power supply
The batteries are charged via the LUNA2 in the OpenScape Business
Powerbox.
Only the 48V 7Ah battery pack (with four 12V 7Ah batteries, V39113-W5123E891) is released for use in the OpenScape Business Powerbox.
Board Variants and their Use
Board
Part Number
Used in
Communication
system
LUNA2
S30122-H7686-X1 OpenScape
Business X8
Country
ROW
Maximum
number
7
Technical Data
80
•
Nominal voltage range: 110 VAC - 240 VAC
•
Nominal frequency: 50 Hz - 60 Hz
•
Battery charging voltage, if LUNA2 is used as a battery charger:
–
–54.7 VDC
–
–53.5 VDC (for gel cell batteries)
Gel cell batteries are not approved for use!
•
Battery charge current, if LUNA2 is used as a battery charger: max. 2 amps
•
Bridging times (for emergency battery operation in the event of power failure):
The maximum bridging times given in the following table are basic orientation
values. The actual values may vary depending on the system configuration.
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Boards
Description of the Boards
Table: LUNA2 – Bridging Times
Conditions
OpenScape Business X8 with two
LUNA2 per system box for the power
supply
Load levels
Maximum
bridging time
60 % nominal load
Approx. 25
minutes
OpenScape Business Powerbox
equipped with one LUNA2 as a battery
charger and four 12V 7Ah batteries
Measurement conditions:
All measurements were performed at a room temperature of approximately 22 °C
(71.6 °F).
The batteries were new and fully charged when measurement started.
Figure
Figure: LUNA2 – Front Panel
LED for displaying the operating status
On/Off switch for secondary
operating voltages
Switches for setting the operating mode
Extraction aid: A screwdriver can be used here
to extract the LUNA2 from the board shelf.
LED
The board features a front panel LED for indicating the operating state.
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
81
Boards
Description of the Boards
Table: LUNA2 – LED Statuses and their Meanings
LED
Meaning
Action
on
LUNA2 is operating as power supply unit
flashing
LUNA2 is operating as a battery charger
off
At least one
The feeding power of An additional LUNA2
secondary operating LUNA2 is not
module is required.
voltage is outside the sufficient.
See Table:
tolerance range.
Calculating the
number of LUNA2
modules required
LUNA2 is defective.
LUNA2 must be
replaced.
Switches
The front panel includes two slide switches with the following functions.
Table: LUNA2 – Switches and their Functions
Switches
ON/OFF switch for secondary
operating voltages (system
supply voltages)
Switches for setting the
operating mode
Switch position
Meaning
DC-ON
The communications system is
supplied with power.
DC-OFF
LUNA-2
Mode 1
LUNA2 is operating as power
supply unit (LED on).
Mode 2a
LUNA2 is operating as a battery
charger (LED flashing) with a
charging voltage of 54.7 Vdc.
Mode 2b
LUNA2 is operating as a battery
charger (LED flashing) with a
charging voltage of 53.5 VDC.
WARNING
WARNING
Risk of electric shock through contact with live wires
Set the switches of all LUNA2 modules to DC-OFF during maintenance work that
requires the communication system to be de-energized (for example, central
board replacement).
Disconnect all the communication system's power plugs and make sure that the
communication system is not supplied by another power source (uninterrupted
power supply unit, for instance).
The communication system is only restarted if all LUNA2 switches are returned to
the "DC-ON" position.
82
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Boards
Description of the Boards
Slots
The slots for the LUNA2 are located in the lower part of the shelf of a system box.
The base box has three slots and the expansion box has four slots.
INFO: LUNA2 can only be plugged in or out when the system is
switched off (switch position = DC-OFF).
The slots of the power supply units must be covered with the outer panel shown
in the figures below before the communication system is started up.
Figure: LUNA2 – Slots 1, 2 and 4 in the Base box
Figure: LUNA2 – Slots 1, 2 and 4 in the Expansion Box
From a technical viewpoint, there are no differences between the slots. The
LUNA2 modules can be used in all slots, regardless of the selected operating
mode. However, to ensure optimal ventilation, there should be at least one free
slot between two LUNA2 modules if possible. To achieve a uniform LUNA2
configuration of the communication systems worldwide, the following rules should
be observed:
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
83
Boards
Description of the Boards
•
Slots 1 and 4 of the base box and slots 1, 3 and 4 of the expansion box should
be used for the LUNA2 modules which power the communication system.
•
Slot 2 should be used for the LUNA2 modules that
–
are used for LUNA2 redundancy or
–
as battery chargers.
Calculating the Number of LUNA2 Modules Required
INFO: The use of at least two LUNA2 modules per system box is
recommended.
The number of LUNA2 required for OpenScape Business X8 modules in relation
to the number and type of boards installed can be calculated using the following
table.
Table: Calculating the number of LUNA2 modules required
System Box
Base box
Expansion box
Number of
peripheral boards
per system box
SLMA and/or SLCN
board available
Number of LUNA2
modules required
per system box
Less than 5
no
1
Less than 5
yes
2
5 or more
no
2
5 or more
yes
2
Less than 5
no
1
Less than 5
yes
2
5 or more
no
2
5 or more
yes
3
10 or more
no
3
10 or more
yes
3
Examples of a one-box system:
•
•
Base box with OCCL and peripheral boards (without SLMA or SLCN board)
–
A single LUNA2 can feed one OCCL and up to four peripheral boards.
–
A second LUNA2 is required for five or more peripheral boards.
–
A third LUNA2 can be used as a battery charger or as a redundant
LUNA2.
Base box with OCCL and peripheral boards (SLMA or/and SLCN board
present)
–
Two LUNA2s are required to feed the OCCL, the peripheral boards and
the SLMA and/or SLCN.
–
A third LUNA2 can be used as a battery charger or as a redundant
LUNA2.
Related Topics
84
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Boards
Description of the Boards
3.2.13 MMP3R
The MMP3R (Sound Player Music Module MP3 Rack) music module is an
external MP3 player for music on hold (MOH). The connection to the
communication system is established via an EXMR subboard.
The module has a slot for an SD card on which the MP3 music files can be stored.
The delivery package includes a CD with sample music.
The MMP3R music module supports the A-law codec for digitizing analog audio
signals.
INFO: Before loading music files, make sure that you do not
infringe on any copyrights.
Board Variants and their Use
Board
Part Number
Used in
Communication
system
MMP3R
A-law version
S30122-K7731-Z
OpenScape
Business X3R
Country
ROW
Maximum
number
1
OpenScape
Business X5R
The connection to the EXMR subboard is established via the RCA jack in the front
panel of the communication system.
Related Topics
3.2.14 MUSIC plugin module
The MUSIC plugin module is an optional subboard for the central control boards
OCCL (OpenScape Business X8), OCCM (OpenScape Business X3W,
OpenScape Business X5W) and OCCMR (OpenScape Business X3R,
OpenScape Business X5R).
The subboard provides music on hold (MOH).
INFO: Before loading music files, make sure that you do not
infringe on any copyrights.
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
85
Boards
Description of the Boards
Board Variants and their Use
Board
Part Number
Used in
Communication
system
MUSIC plugin
module
S30122- -T
OpenScape
Business X3R
Country
Maximum
number
ROW
1
OpenScape
Business X3W
OpenScape
Business X5R
OpenScape Business
X5W
OpenScape
Business X8
The MUSIC plugin module is plugged into the following socket terminal strips on
the mainboards:
•
OCCL: socket terminal strips X9 and X10
•
OCCM: socket terminal strips X16 and X17
•
OCCMR: socket terminal strips X23 and X24
Figure
Figure: MUSIC plugin module
X1
X2
NOTICE: Place the mainboard on a flat surface before inserting
the MUSIC plug-in board. Otherwise you may damage the
mainboard.
Related Topics
3.2.15 MPPI USB EXM
The MPPI-USB EXM module is an option for OpenScape Business X3/X5 and is
used as a source for Music on Hold and announcements.
The module can be switched between A-law and µ-law with the aid of a small
jumper.
The MPPI USB EXM module is mounted directly on the OpenScape Business
mainboard. The import of music on hold and announcements occurs via the
86
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Boards
Description of the Boards
supplied USB flash drive (incl. a USB cable) or alternatively via an audio input for
connecting external devices. A number of different royalty-free music titles are
included free of charge on the USB flash drive. Using the PC software supplied
on the flash drive, customers can also create their own customized recordings for
the MPPI USB EXM module.
INFO: Before loading music files, make sure that you do not
infringe on any copyrights.
Board Variants and their Use
Board
Part Number
Used in
Communication
system
MPPI-USB
EXM
OpenScape
Business X3R
Country
Maximum
number
ROW
1
OpenScape
Business X3W
OpenScape
Business X5R
OpenScape Business
X5W
INFO: MPPI is a registered trademark of BEYERTONE GmbH.
Related Topics
3.2.16 OCAB (UC Booster Card)
The UC Booster Card (OCAB, Open Application Core Booster, Application Board)
provides advanced UC functionality for the communication system.
The UC Booster Card expands the OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8
communication systems with the following functions:
•
UC Suite for unified communications and collaboration for up to 150 users
•
OpenStage Gate View with up to two cameras
•
Open Directory Service
•
CSTA interface for connecting external applications
•
OpenScape Business TAPI 120/170
If there are more than 150 UC Suite users and if more than two cameras are
required for OpenStage Gate View, then the OpenScape Business UC Booster
Server (Application Server) should be used instead of the UC Booster Card.
The UC Booster Card is mounted within the communication system. The hard
drive located on the board contains the preinstalled software for the advanced UC
functionality, including the documentation in the form of PDF files. The hard disk
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
87
Boards
Description of the Boards
also serves as a storage medium for the customer and diagnostic data generated
by UC Suite.
INFO: The use of the features mentioned above requires a
license.
Refer to the topic Licensing in the OpenScape V1 Business
Administrator Documentation for detailed information.
The UC Booster Card can be optionally put into operation even without the UC
solution UC Suite. The features of the UC solution UC Smart can be used instead.
Administrative access to all functions of the UC Booster Card occurs via the
WBM. These functions include the backup and recovery of data, software updates
and remote services, for example.
Temperature Monitoring
The temperature of the UC Booster Card hard disk is monitored. At temperatures
higher than 56 degrees Celsius, a notification can be sent to up to three system
telephones with a display, by e-mail or through signaling via an SNMP trap.
Entries are made in the event log and event viewer (client trace) only if the system
exceeds or falls below the critical temperatures. Logging occurs in the message
log until the value is less than or equal to 54° Celsius.
At temperatures above 61 °C, the message "Alarm: critical system temperature!"
is displayed on the home page of the OpenScape Business Assistant (WBM). The
UC Booster Card shuts down automatically. Then, the system must be shut down
and disconnected from the power supply. After checking the UC Booster Card, the
system can be reconnected to the power supply and restarted. The alarm is thus
cleared, and the UC Booster Card is put back into operation.
Board Variants and their Use
Board
Part Number
Used in
Communication
system
OCAB
S30807-K6950-X
X3R
Country
ROW
Maximum
number
1
X3W
X5R
X5W
X8
The slot used for the UC Booster Card depends on the communication system.
In addition, the UC Booster Card requires a fan kit, which depends on the
communication system.
When using the UC Booster Card in OpenScape Business X3W, the new X5W
housing cover is needed in order to accommodate the fan kit there. When using
the UC Booster Card in an existing OpenScape Business X5W, the old X5W
88
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Boards
Description of the Boards
housing cover must be replaced by the new X5W housing cover in order to
accommodate the fan kit there.
Figure
X1
Hard Disc Drive
X2
LEDs
X4
Connectors
•
X1, X2 = 2 Ethernet (10/100/1000 BaseT) ports (RJ45 jacks)
–
X1 = LAN connection 1 (Admin port)
– X2 = LAN port 2 (preferred LAN port)
For linking into the LAN infrastructure of the customer, for connecting a WLAN
Access Point, an additional LAN switch or the direct connection of an IP
phone or PC client.
Two LEDs indicate the current status of each LAN interface. Special OCAB
states (FW update, Linux recovery) are also signaled via these two LEDs.
Table: OCAB – LAN-LEDs: Indicate interface status
Left LED
(Speed)
Right LED
(Link/Activity)
Meaning
off
–
10 Mbps connection
steady green light
–
100 Mbps connection
steady yellow light
–
1,000-Mbps connection
–
flashing green
Activity
off
off
No connection/activity
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
89
Boards
Description of the Boards
Table: OCAB – LAN-LEDs: Indicate special OCAB states
X1 LAN LEDs
X2 LAN LEDs
left
left
right
Meaning
right
flashing
green
flashing
green
flashing
green
flashing
green
Prerequisite: An OCAB firmware update is
available.
1 Hz
1 Hz
1 Hz
1 Hz
The OCAB FW update is started. During
the firmware update, the system must not
be disconnected from the power supply!
After the software update has been
completed successfully, a restart is
automatically performed.
flickering flickering flickering flickering Scan time for the query whether a
condition for an OCAB Linux recovery is
100 ms 100 ms 100 ms 100 ms
present (admin port X1 and active and
LAN port X2 inactive). If no condition for
the recovery is detected within 3 seconds,
the LEDs switch back to the normal
operating mode.
Standard Standard flashing
Ethernet Ethernet green
mode
mode
1 Hz
•
flashing
yellow
Prerequisite: The condition for an OCAB
Linux recovery was detected.
1 Hz
The files needed for an OCAB restart
using TFTP are download (via the admin
port X1). Once the Linux recovery is
complete, the LEDs switch back to the
normal operating mode.
X4 = Plug contact for the connection cable to the mainboard
LEDs
The colors, arrangement and meaning of the LEDs on the UC Booster Card
(OCAB) depend on the OCAB hardware version.
Until OCAB version S30807-K6950-X-G1, the following applies: There are two
controller LEDs (green and yellow) on the UC Booster Card, which provide
information on the SATA connection and the hard drive activity.
Table: OCAB (until S30807-K6950-X-G1) – Controller LED Statuses and their Meanings
LED
green
90
Meaning
yellow
off
off
Default state after the communication system is connected to
the power supply (< 1 s)
off
off
The SATA connection is not yet established or the hard drive
is missing or not recognized.
on
off
The SATA connection is established; the hard drive is ready
for operation.
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Boards
Description of the Boards
LED
green
Meaning
yellow
on
off
No hard disk activity.
on
flashing
Hard disk activity.
off
off
After the OCAB has been shut down:
The shutdown of the OCAB board has been completed.
As of OCAB version S30807-K6950-X-8, the following applies: There are two
LEDs on the UC Booster Card OCAB (green and red), which reflect the operating
states of the system and the OCAB.
Table: OCAB (as of S30807-K6950-X-8) – LED Statuses and their Meanings
LED
green
Meaning
red
off
off
Default state after the communication system is connected to
the power supply (< 1 s)
on
off
UBOOT (Universal Boot Loader) Startup. The LED states do
not change until the UBOOT startup has been completed.
Hard drive ready for use.
off
on
UBOOT startup cannot be completed: critical error (Linux
startup not possible) or hard drive is not ready.
off
off
UBOOT startup completed. Linux startup begins. Linux
switches off the LEDs shortly after initiating the startup.
on
off
Linux startup running.
on
on
System startup is running (after the Linux startup is
completed).
flickering
on
First Application Daemon running (Status Server Daemon).
off
UC SW Startup Procedure running (SQL access to OCC
possible).
off
Normal operating state (1 Hz)
3x100/500
flickering
3x100/500
flashing
The flash rate depends on the system load. The slower the
green LED flashing, the greater the system load.
off
off
The shutdown of the communication has been completed.
The system can be disconnected from the mains.
Special OCAB states (FW update, Linux recovery) are displayed via the two
Ethernet LEDs (see the table in Connections section above).
In addition, the LEDs on the OCCx mainboard also provide information about the
accessibility of the OCAB over IP.
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
91
Boards
Description of the Boards
Pin Assignments
Table: OCAB - Pin assignments of the X1 and X2 RJ45 connectors (Ethernet interfaces),
depending on the connection
Pin
10/100BaseT
Signal
Description
1000BaseT
Signal
Description
1
Tx +
Transmit +
Tx A +
Pair A: Transmit +
2
Tx –
Transmit –
Tx A –
Pair A: Transmit -
3
Rx +
Receive +
Tx B +
Pair B: Transmit +
4
–
Not used
Tx C +
Pair C: Transmit +
5
–
Not used
Tx C –
Pair C: Transmit -
6
Rx –
Receive –
Tx B –
Pair B: Transmit -
7
–
Not used
Tx D +
Pair D: Transmit +
8
–
Not used
Tx D –
Pair D: Transmit -
Related Topics
3.2.16.1 How to Mount the OCAB and the Fan Kit in an X8 System
The UC Booster Card OCAB is mounted directly on the OCCL mainboard of the
X8 system. In addition, the UC Booster Card needs a fan kit, which includes two
fans that must be mounted within the X8 housing.
Required Packages
UC Booster Card (S30807-K6950-X):
•
1 OCAB (UC Booster Card)
•
1 OCAB - OCCx connection cable
•
2 plug-in spacing bolts
•
2 screw spacers
•
4 Torx screws for the screw spacers
Fan Kit for X8 (C39117-A7003-B513):
92
•
2 fans
•
1 fan holder
•
1 fixing bracket
•
2 Torx screws for the fixing bracket
•
3 self-adhesive mounting bases
•
3 cable ties
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Boards
Description of the Boards
DANGER
DANGER
Risk of electric shock through contact with live wires
Disconnect all power supply circuits of the communication system before
removing the OCCL mainboard:
•
Disconnect the battery voltage, supply voltage and line voltage at any
connected OpenScape Business Powerbox.
•
Disconnect the line cords of any connected battery pack or any connected
batteries.
•
Disconnect all power plugs of the communication system.
Step by Step
1) Disconnect all power supply circuits of the communication system.
2) Make sure that the communication system is de-energized.
3) Remove the front plastic cover, if present.
4) Mount the X8 fan kit:
a) If the system is installed in a 19 "rack, remove the system from the 19"
rack.
b) Using a T20 Torx screwdriver, remove the screws and lift off the cover.
c) Clamp the fan holder in the upper grid of the case (above the 6th board
slot from the left). Make sure that the fan holder is centered flush on the
black board latches.
d) Put the two fans into the fan holder. Pay special attention to the correct air
flow direction, which is indicated by arrows on the fan housing (the arrows
point out of the system, i.e., the warm air must be drawn out of the
system).
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
93
Boards
Description of the Boards
B
C
A
e) Place the fixing bracket (A) on the fan holder and screw the bracket onto
the holder using the two Torx screws.
f)
Insert the two power cable connectors in succession through the hole in
the frame and the backplane (B).
g) Align the fan power cable so that the longer shrink tubing is centered in
the transition zone to the backplane.
h) Stick one of the supplied mounting bases centered on the last row of the
grid from the right and secure the fan power cable to it with one of the
supplied cable ties (C).
i)
94
Stick the two remaining mounting bases on the housing wall and secure
the fan power cable to them with two other cable ties (D and E).
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Boards
Description of the Boards
C
B
D
E
j)
Connect the two power cable plugs to the X117 backplane connector.
Note that the red plug must be connected to the first left pin from the top,
and the black plug to the fifth left pin from the top. Make sure that sufficient
distance from the internal 230V wiring is maintained.
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
95
Boards
Description of the Boards
5) Install the OCAB:
a) Insert the tip of the board wrench marked “Pull” into the top opening in the
front cover of the OCCL mainboard.
b) Lever the OCCL mainboard out of the board shelf of the base box by
pushing the board wrench upwards.
c) Pull out the OCCL mainboard from the board shelf and place it on a flat,
grounded conductive surface.
d) Carefully remove the protection shields marked in the figure with [A] and
[B] from the front panel of the OCCL mainboard.
96
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Boards
Description of the Boards
A
B
e) Place the two screw spacers on top of the holes marked with [C] on the
OCCL mainboard and screw in the spacers from the bottom using one
Torx screw each.
Figure: OCCL – Mounting Holes for the UC Booster Card OCAB
C
f)
D
Insert the two plug-in spacing bolts on the OCCL side into the holes
marked with [D] on the OCCL mainboard. Make sure that the spacing
bolts are snapped into place securely on the mainboard.
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
97
Boards
Description of the Boards
Figure: Spacing Bolts
to OCCL
to OCAB
g) Insert the connection cable supplied with the UC Booster Card OCAB into
the X4 connector (G) of the UC Booster Card.
Figure: OCCL - Mounting the UC Booster Card OCAB
H
E
G
F
h) Mount the UC Booster Card OCAB on the OCCL mainboard. Make sure
that the two spacing bolts [E] are placed in the holes provided for them on
the UC Booster Card OCAB and that the two LEDs on the UC Booster
Card protrude through the front panel of the mainboard.
98
i)
Fix the UC Booster Card OCAB with one Torx screw each at the two
spacers [F].
j)
Insert the connecting cable into the X8 connector (H) of the OCCL
mainboard.
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Boards
Description of the Boards
Figure: UC Booster Card OCAB mounted on OCCL
k) Using its guide rails, slide the OCCL mainboard back into the appropriate
slot on the base box shelf.
NOTICE: When inserting the OCCL mainboard into the board
shelf, make sure that the connection cable is not damaged.
l)
Insert the tip of the board wrench marked "Plug-In" into the bottom
opening in the front cover of the OCCL mainboard.
m) Lever the mainboard into the board shelf of the base box by pushing the
board wrench upwards.
6) Screw on the housing cover again.
7) If the system was installed in a 19" rack, put the system back into the 19" rack.
8) Attach the front plastic cover, if present.
9) Put the communication system into operation (see the section "Initial
Installation of OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8" in the OpenScape Business
Administrator Documentation).
Related Topics
3.2.16.2 How to Mount the OCAB and the Fan Kit in an X3W or X5W System
The UC Booster Card (OCAB) is mounted with the component side up in option
2, 3 or 4 of slot level 3 for the X3W and in option 4 of slot level 6 for the X5W.. In
addition, the UC Booster Card needs a fan kit with the fans mounted on the inside
of the X3W/X5W housing.
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
99
Boards
Description of the Boards
Required Packages
UC Booster Card (S30807-K6950-X):
•
1 OCAB (UC Booster Card)
•
1 OCAB - OCCM connection cable
Housing cover for X3W/X5W (C39165-A7021-B305):
•
1 new housing cover
Fan Kit for X3W/X5W (C39165-A7021-B310):
•
1 fan kit
•
2 cable ties
Only for X3W: Adapter Kit for housing ()C39165-A7021-B313):
•
2 spacers
DANGER
DANGER
Risk of electric shock through contact with live wires
Disconnect all power supply circuits of the communication system before opening
the housing:
•
Disconnect the battery voltage, supply voltage and line voltage at any
connected OpenScape Business Powerbox.
•
Disconnect the line cords of any connected battery pack or any connected
batteries.
•
Disconnect the power plug of the communication system.
Step by Step
1) Disconnect all power supply circuits of the communication system.
2) Make sure that the communication system is de-energized.
3) Loosen the two fixing screws on the housing cover with a slotted screw driver.
Hold the housing cover so that it does not fall.
100
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Boards
Description of the Boards
4) Remove the housing cover.
CAUTION
CAUTION
Cuts caused by sharp edges on the shielding plate
Make sure that you only touch the outside of the housing cover. The shielding
plate on the inside of the housing cover may have sharp edges which can cause
cuts.
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
101
Boards
Description of the Boards
5) Install the OCAB:
a) Insert the connection cable supplied with the UC Booster Card OCAB into
the X13 connector (A) on the OCCM mainboard.
102
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Boards
Description of the Boards
A
b) Install the UC Booster Card OCAB with the hard drive facing upwards in
option 2, 3 or 4 on the slot level 3 for the X5W or in option 4 on the slot
level 6 for the X5W.
c) Insert the connection cable into the X4 connector (B) of the UC Booster
Card. Stow the cable in the board frame so that the cable does not hinder
the fan and restrict the air flow.
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
103
Boards
Description of the Boards
B
6) Only when migrating from HiPath 3000: If multiple SLAD16 boards are
installed in the system, the possibly existing fan kit C39165-A7021-B46 must
be removed.
7) Only when migrating from HiPath 3000: To connect the fan power cable to
the power supply, a UPSC-D S30122-K5660-A301 with a 48V connection is
required.
8) Only for X3W: Mount the fan kit:
a) Lock the fan kit with the snap hooks to the bottom of the board frame. The
arrows on the fan housing point into the system, i.e., the cold air must be
blown into the system.
104
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Boards
Description of the Boards
C
D
C
C
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
105
Boards
Description of the Boards
b) Fix the fan power cable to the housing with the two cable ties (C) supplied.
c) Attach the two spacers of the adapter kit with a rotary motion of 90
degrees to the board frame (D).
d) Connect the fan power cable to the open side of the power supply.
9) Only for X5W: Mount the fan kit:
a) Lock the fan kit with the snap hooks to the bottom of the board frame. The
arrows on the fan housing point into the system, i.e., the cold air must be
blown into the system.
C
C
b) Fix the fan power cable to the housing with the two cable ties (C) supplied.
c) Connect the fan power cable to the open side of the power supply.
106
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Boards
Description of the Boards
10) Only for migration from HiPath 3000: Remove the plastic cover for the V24
interface from the housing frame. Otherwise, the new housing cover cannot
be mounted.
11) Put on the new housing cover. Make sure that the two recesses in the housing
cover are facing downward.
12) Secure the housing cover with the two screws. Make sure that you only touch
the outside of the housing cover. The shielding plate on the inside of the
housing cover may have sharp edges which can cause cuts.
13) Put the communication system into operation (see the section "Initial
Installation of OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8" in the OpenScape Business
Administrator Documentation).
Related Topics
3.2.16.3 How to Mount the OCAB and the Fan Kit in an X3R or X5R System
The UC Booster Card OCAB is mounted directly on the OCCMR mainboard of the
X3R or X5R system.In addition, the UC Booster Card needs a more powerful fan
kit with fans that must be mounted within the X3R or X5R housing.
Required Packages
UC Booster Card (S30807-K6950-X):
•
1 OCAB (UC Booster Card)
•
1 OCAB - OCCMR connection cable
•
2 x 2 Torx screws
Only for X3R: Fan Kit for X3R (C39117-A7003-B511):
•
1 fan unit consisting of 2 fans
•
1 fan bracket
•
1 Torx screw for the fan bracket
•
2 cable ties
Only for X5R: Fan Kit for X5R (C39117-A7003-B512):
•
1 fan unit consisting of 2 fans
•
2 x 2 Torx screws for the fan
•
1 fan bracket
•
1 Torx screw for the fan bracket
•
3 cable ties
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
107
Boards
Description of the Boards
DANGER
DANGER
Risk of electric shock through contact with live wires
Disconnect all power supply circuits of the communication system before
removing the OCCMR mainboard:
•
Disconnect the battery voltage, supply voltage and line voltage at any
connected OpenScape Business Powerbox.
•
Disconnect the line cords of any connected battery pack or any connected
batteries.
•
Disconnect the power plug of the communication system.
Step by Step
1) Disconnect all power supply circuits of the communication system.
2) Make sure that the communication system is de-energized.
3) Only for X3R: Mount the X3R fan kit:
a) If the system is installed in a 19 "rack, remove the system from the 19"
rack.
b) Using a T20 Torx screwdriver, remove the screws and lift off the cover.
c) Disconnect the fan power cable from the backplane. To do this, push the
small white lever on the socket down and pull off the plug.
d) Pull out the old fan by sliding it upwards. If it is hard to move, use a
screwdriver as a lever.
e) Clamp the fan bracket laterally to the frame housing and secure the
bracket with the supplied screw (A).
A
108
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Boards
Description of the Boards
f)
First, fix the fan power cable to the fans using the two supplied cable ties
(B and C). If the fans are placed in the brackets before fixing the power
cable, it is very difficult to insert the cable ties into the fan.
B
C
g) Insert the two new fans into the brackets provided for this purpose. Pay
special attention to the correct air flow direction, which is indicated by
arrows on the fan housing (the arrows point into the system, i.e., the cold
air must be blown into the system).
The power cable of the front fan must be routed under the rear fan (D)!
D
h) Connect the new fan power cable to the socket, where the old fan power
cable was previously plugged.
4) Only for X5R: Mount the X5R fan kit:
a) If the system is installed in a 19 "rack, remove the system from the 19"
rack.
b) Using a T20 Torx screwdriver, remove the screws and lift off the cover.
c) Disconnect the fan power cable from the backplane. To do this, push the
small white lever on the socket down and pull off the plug.
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
109
Boards
Description of the Boards
d) Remove the two screws of the fan and pull out the old fan by sliding it
upwards.
e) Clamp the fan bracket laterally to the frame housing and secure the
bracket with the supplied screw (A).
A
f)
First, fix the fan power cable to the fans using the three supplied cable ties
(B, C and D). If the fans are placed in the brackets before fixing the power
cable, it is very difficult to insert the cable ties into the fan.
B
C
D
g) Insert the two new fans into the brackets provided for this purpose and fix
the fans to the brackets with the supplied screws (E, F, G and H). Pay
special attention to the correct air flow direction, which is indicated by
arrows on the fan housing (the arrows point into the system, i.e., the cold
air must be blown into the system).
110
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Boards
Description of the Boards
E
F
G
H
h) Connect the new fan power cable to the backplane socket, where the old
fan power cable was previously plugged.
5) Install the OCAB:
a) Loosen the two locking screws in the front panel of the OCCMR
mainboard.
b) Loosen the OCCMR mainboard from the backplane using two board
wrenches (C39165-A7027-C26).
c) Gently pull out the OCCMR mainboard with both hands horizontally from
the board shelf and place it on a flat, grounded conductive surface.
d) Carefully remove the protection shields marked in the figure with [A] and
[B] from the front panel of the OCCMR mainboard for Option 3.
INFO: The UC Booster Card may also be installed in Option 2,
though Option 3 ensures better ventilation.
A
B
e) Insert the connection cable supplied with the UC Booster Card OCAB into
the X4 connector (C) of the UC Booster Card.
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
111
Boards
Description of the Boards
C
f)
Install the UC Booster Card OCAB with the hard drive at the bottom on
the OCCMR mainboard in option 3. It is important that the UC Booster
Card rests on the bracket at the back and under the mounting tabs at the
front. When doing this, make sure that the two LEDs on the UC Booster
Card protrude through the front panel of the mainboard.
g) Fix the UC Booster Card OCAB at the marked locations in the following
figure with 2 x 2 screws to the metal panel of the OCCMR mainboard.
1
2
3
D
h) Insert the connecting cable into the X20 connector (D) of the OCCMR
mainboard.
i)
Slide the OCCMR mainboard back into its slot on the shelf.
j)
Attach the OCCMR mainboard to the shelf using the two locking screws.
6) If the system was installed in a 19" rack, put the system back into the 19" rack.
7) Screw on the housing cover again.
112
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Boards
Description of the Boards
INFO: If you have migrated from a HiPath 3300 or HiPath 3500,
you will need a new housing cover with additional air vents (X3R:
C39165-A7027-B257 / X5R: C39165-A7027-B207).
8) Put the communication system into operation (see the section "Initial
Installation of OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8" in the OpenScape Business
Administrator Documentation).
Related Topics
3.2.17 OCCB1, OCCB3
The UC Voice Channel Booster Cards OCCB1 and OCCB3 (OpenCore Channel
Booster) are optional subboards for the central control boards OCCM
(OpenScape Business X3W and X5W) OCCMR (OpenScape Business X3R and
X5R) and OCCL (OpenScape Business X8).
If the number of digital signal processors (DSPs) provided on a central control
board is insufficient, additional DSPs can be provided by inserting an OCCB
subboard.
•
OCCB1
Provides an additional DSP for additional DSP channels (gateway channels).
•
OCCB3
Provides three additional DSPs for additional DSP channels (gateway
channels).
Board Variants and their Use
Board
Part Number
Used in
Communication
system
OCCB1
S30807-Q6949X100
OpenScape
Business X3R
Country
Maximum
number
ROW
1
ROW
1
OpenScape
Business X3W
OpenScape
Business X5R
OpenScape Business
X5W
OpenScape
Business X8
OCCB3
S30807-Q6949-X
OpenScape
Business X8
The OCCB subboards have a PCI-E jack (X1) which is plugged into the
associated edge connector of the central control board:
•
OCCL: edge connector X6, see How to Install OCCB1/OCCB3 on OCCL
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
113
Boards
Description of the Boards
•
OCCM: edge connector X11, see How to Install OCCB1/OCCB3 on OCCM
•
OCCMR: edge connector X18, see How to Install OCCB1/OCCB3 on
OCCMR
NOTICE: Place the mainboard on a flat, grounded and
conducting surface before inserting the subboard. Otherwise you
may damage the mainboard.
In the default factory state, the subboard has two spacing bolts
inserted to ensure the correct positioning of the subboard on the
mainboard.
Figure
Figure: OCCB1 - component side with inserted spacing bolts
X1
Figure: OCCB3 - component side with inserted spacing bolts
X1
114
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Boards
Description of the Boards
Related Topics
3.2.17.1 How to Install OCCB1/OCCB3 on OCCL
DANGER
DANGER
Risk of electric shock through contact with live wires
Disconnect all power supply circuits of the communication system before
removing the OCCL mainboard:
•
Disconnect the battery voltage, supply voltage and line voltage at any
connected OpenScape Business Powerbox.
•
Disconnect the line cords of any connected battery pack or any connected
batteries.
•
Disconnect all power plugs of the communication system.
Step by Step
1) Disconnect all power supply circuits of the communication system.
2) Make sure that the communication system is de-energized.
3) Remove the front plastic cover of the base box.
4) Insert the tip of the board wrench marked “Pull” into the top opening in the
front cover of the OCCL mainboard.
5) Lever the OCCL mainboard out of the board shelf of the base box by pushing
the board wrench upwards.
6) Pull out the OCCL mainboard from the board shelf and place it on a flat,
grounded conductive surface.
INFO: In the default factory state, the OCCB1 and OCCB3
subboards already have the spacing bolts inserted.
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
115
Boards
Description of the Boards
Figure: OCCB1 - Component side with inserted spacing bolts
X1
Figure: OCCB3 - component side with inserted spacing bolts
X1
7) Insert the PCI-E connector X1 of the OCCB subboard (component side down)
onto the X6 edge connector of the OCCL mainboard. Make sure that the two
spacing bolts are plugged into the appropriate holes on the mainboard.
116
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Boards
Description of the Boards
Figure: OCCB subboard mounted on OCCL
8) Using its guide rails, slide the OCCL mainboard back into the appropriate slot
on the base box shelf.
9) Insert the tip of the board wrench marked "Plug-In" into the bottom opening in
the front cover of the OCCL mainboard.
10) Lever the mainboard into the board shelf of the base box by pushing the board
wrench upwards.
11) Close the base box with the plastic cover provided for this purpose.
12) Place the communication system back into operation.
Related Topics
3.2.17.2 How to Install OCCB1/OCCB3 on OCCM
DANGER
DANGER
Risk of electric shock through contact with live wires
Disconnect all power supply circuits of the communication system before opening
the housing:
•
Disconnect the battery voltage, supply voltage and line voltage at any
connected OpenScape Business Powerbox.
•
Disconnect the line cords of any connected battery pack or any connected
batteries.
•
Disconnect the power plug of the communication system.
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
117
Boards
Description of the Boards
Step by Step
1) Disconnect all power supply circuits of the communication system.
2) Make sure that the communication system is de-energized.
3) Loosen the two fixing screws on the housing cover with a slotted screw driver.
Hold the housing cover so that it does not fall.
4) Remove the housing cover.
CAUTION
CAUTION
Cuts caused by sharp edges on the shielding plate
Make sure that you only touch the outside of the housing cover. The shielding
plate on the inside of the housing cover may have sharp edges which can cause
cuts.
118
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Boards
Description of the Boards
5) Remove the stabilizer cap.
6) Pull out the OCCM mainboard from the board shelf and place it on a flat,
grounded conductive surface.
INFO: In the default factory state, the OCCB1 and OCCB3
subboards already have the spacing bolts inserted.
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
119
Boards
Description of the Boards
Figure: OCCB1 - Component side with inserted spacing bolts
X1
Figure: OCCB3 - component side with inserted spacing bolts
X1
7) Insert the PCI-E connector X1 of the OCCB subboard (component side down)
onto the X11 edge connector of the OCCM mainboard. Make sure that the two
spacing bolts are plugged into the appropriate holes on the mainboard.
120
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Boards
Description of the Boards
Figure: OCCB subboard mounted on OCCM
8) Slide the OCCM mainboard back into the slot that is provided on the board
frame for this purpose.
9) Mount the stabilizer cap.
10) Close the housing. To do this, put the housing cover on and secure it with the
two fixing screws. Make sure that you only touch the outside of the housing
cover. The shielding plate on the inside of the housing cover may have sharp
edges which can cause cuts.
11) Place the communication system back into operation.
Related Topics
3.2.17.3 How to Install OCCB1/OCCB3 on OCCMR
DANGER
DANGER
Risk of electric shock through contact with live wires
Disconnect all power supply circuits of the communication system before
removing the OCCMR mainboard:
•
Disconnect the battery voltage, supply voltage and line voltage at any
connected OpenScape Business Powerbox.
•
Disconnect the line cords of any connected battery pack or any connected
batteries.
•
Disconnect the power plug of the communication system.
Step by Step
1) Disconnect all power supply circuits of the communication system.
2) Make sure that the communication system is de-energized.
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
121
Boards
Description of the Boards
3) Loosen the two locking screws in the front panel of the OCCMR mainboard.
4) Loosen the OCCMR mainboard from the backplane using two board
wrenches (C39165-A7027-C26).
5) Gently pull out the OCCMR mainboard with both hands horizontally from the
board shelf and place it on a flat, grounded conductive surface.
INFO: In the default factory state, the OCCB1 and OCCB3
subboards already have the spacing bolts inserted.
Figure: OCCB1 - Component side with inserted spacing bolts
X1
Figure: OCCB3 - component side with inserted spacing bolts
X1
6) Insert the PCI-E connector X1 of the desired OCCB subboard (component
side down) onto the X18 edge connector of the OCCMR mainboard. Make
122
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Boards
Description of the Boards
sure that the two spacing bolts are plugged into the appropriate holes on the
mainboard.
Figure: OCCB subboard mounted on OCCMR
7) Carefully slide the OCCM mainboard with both hands horizontally back into
the slot that is provided on the board frame for this purpose.
8) Attach the OCCMR mainboard to the shelf using the two locking screws.
9) Place the communication system back into operation.
Related Topics
3.2.18 OCCL
OCCL (Open Core Controller Large) is the central control board (mainboard) of
the OpenScape Business X8 communication system.
The SD card slot contains the SDHC (Secure Digital Host Controller) card with the
current software of the communication system.
NOTICE: The SDHC card must never be removed or inserted
while the communication system is up and running. Otherwise,
there may be damage to the file system and thus result in the
failure of the communication system.
Board Variants and their Use
Board
Part Number
Used in
Communication
system
OCCL
S30810-K2962-X
OpenScape
Business X8
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Country
ROW
Maximum
number
1
123
Boards
Description of the Boards
The OCCL mainboard should only be plugged into slot 6 of a base box.
Figure
Figure: OCCL
124
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Boards
Description of the Boards
To Backplane
Figure: OCCL - Connections
OCAB
Announcement/
Music Module
LEDs
X1
X2
SDHC
Reset
Switch
X10
OCCB
X9
X3
X4
X5
X6
X7
X8
Battery
There is a battery on the mainboard that is used to buffer the date and time.
NOTICE: Before starting up the communication system, the
battery must be activated. To do this, the protective film shown in
the following figure must be removed.
In order to not loosen the battery, the protective film must be
removed only at the closed side of the battery holder (indicated by
arrow in the following figure).
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
125
Boards
Description of the Boards
Figure: OCCL - Battery with protective film
Temperature Monitoring
The temperature of the system is monitored. At temperatures higher than 61
degrees Celsius, a notification can be sent to up to three system telephones with
a display, by e-mail or through signaling via an SNMP trap. Entries are made in
the event log and event viewer (client trace) only if the system exceeds or falls
below the critical temperatures. Logging occurs in the message log so long as the
value is less than or equal to 58° Celsius.
At temperatures above 66 °C, the message "Alarm: critical system temperature!"
is displayed on the home page of the OpenScape Business Assistant (WBM). Any
existing SLAV/SLAD boards are switched off. Then, the system must be shut
down and disconnected from the power supply. After checking the system and
any existing SLAV/SLAD boards, the system can be reconnected to the power
supply and restarted. The alarm is thus cleared, and the SLAV/SLAD boards are
put back into operation.
Connectors
•
X 1 = USB control port (USB 1.1)
To connect a PC for service and diagnostic purposes.
•
X2 = USB server port (USB 2.0)
For connecting an external hard disk or USB flash drive for backups and
software upgrades.
•
X3, X4, X5 = 3 Ethernet (10/100/1000 BaseT) ports (RJ45 jacks)
Two LEDs indicate the current status of each Ethernet interface.
Table: OCCL – LEDs for Indicating the Ethernet Interface Status
126
Left LED
(Speed)
Right LED
(Link/Activity)
Meaning
off
–
10 Mbps connection
steady green light
–
100 Mbps connection
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Boards
Description of the Boards
Left LED
(Speed)
Right LED
(Link/Activity)
Meaning
steady yellow light
–
1,000-Mbps connection
–
flashing green
Activity
–
off
No connection/activity
–
X3 = WAN port
To connect to an ITSP, for example, using DSL (PPPOE or PPTP
protocol). The WAN can be connected to the DSL modem either directly
or via a router.
–
X4 = LAN connection
For linking into the LAN infrastructure of the customer, for connecting a
WLAN Access Point, an additional LAN switch or the direct connection of
an IP phone or PC client.
–
X5 = Admin port
For connecting a service PC to administer the communication system.
Subboards
NOTICE: Place the mainboard on a flat surface before inserting
a subboard. Otherwise you may damage the mainboard.
The spacing bolts supplied guarantee the correct positioning of a
subboard, so you should always mount them.
The following optional subboards can be used depending on the application:
•
OCAB (Open Core Application Booster)
The UC Booster Card OCAB (Application Board) should be used whenever
the functions of the UC Suite for Unified Communications and Collaboration
are needed. The OCAB is mounted on the OCCL mainboard using two plugin spacing bolts and two screw spacers.
The electrical connection between OCCL and OCAB is established via the
connection cable supplied with the UC Booster Card (OCCL = X8 <> OCAB
= X4).
•
OCCB (Open Core Channel Booster)
If the number of DSPs provided on the central control board is insufficient, an
OCCB subboard can be used. OCCB1 provides one additional DSP (digital
signal processor), and OCCB3 provides three additional DSPs.
The OCCB subboards have a PCI-E jack which is plugged into the edge
connector X6.
INFO: At present, the use of one OCCB subboard has been
approved.
The edge connector X7 is intended for future applications.
•
Announcement and Music Modules
The following modules are available:
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
127
Boards
Description of the Boards
–
EXMR
The subboard enables the connection of an external music source and
thus the provisioning of announcements and music on hold (MOH).
MUSIC plugin module
The subboard provides music on hold (MOH).
The announcement and music module is plugged into the socket terminal
strips X9 and X10 on the OCCL.
–
Reset Switch
The board includes a reset switch with the following functions.
Table: OCCL – Functions of the Reset Switch
Reset switch is
pressed
Result
Red LED
<5s
The communication system performs a
controlled restart (similar to pressing the
Reset button on a PC). The communication
system will be operational again after the
startup.
on
> 5 s and < 10 s
A controlled shutdown of the communication
system is performed.
off
> 10 s
A reload is initiated on the communication
system. The communication system reverts
to the initial (default) state following startup.
All country and customer-specific settings are
lost (system country code = Germany).
Country- and customer-specific data backups
can be reloaded once the basic settings have
been configured.
on
Immediately after releasing the reset switch, the selected function (restart,
shutdown or reload) is executed.
LEDs
The board features two LEDs that indicate the operating states.
Table: OCCL – LED Statuses and their Meanings
Green LED
128
Red LED
Meaning
off
on
Default state after the communication system is connected
to the power supply (< 1 s)
flickering
flickering
The SDHC card must not be inserted.
2500/250
250/2500
on
off
UBOOT (Universal Boot Loader) startup. The LED states do
not change until the UBOOT startup has been completed.
on
flashing
Only if an FW update is available:
1 Hz
UBOOT: FW update process is running. The system must
be disconnected from the mains. After the startup is
completed, a restart is automatically performed.
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Boards
Description of the Boards
Green LED
off
Red LED
on
Meaning
The UBOOT startup was stopped. A system error has
occurred (e.g., the write protection of the SDHC card is
enabled). The Linux startup is not possible.
The system error can be read via a console on a PC that is
connected to the USB control interface.
off
off
The UBOOT startup has completed.
on
off
Linux startup
on
on
The Linux startup has completed. The system is starting.
on
flashing
Only if a USB flash drive with a SW update is detected:
1 Hz
SW update via the USB flash drive during startup
flickering
Only if a USB flash drive with a SW update is detected:
100/100
The USB flash drive is unmounted in Linux and should be
removed while the LED is flickering (without OCAB: 10 s /
with OCAB: a few minutes)
on
After the software update, a restart is automatically
performed.
flickering
on
Feature Process Startup Procedure running.
off
LAN Device Handler Startup Procedure running.
flashing
off
Normal operating state (1 Hz)
flashing
flashing
1 Hz
1 Hz
Only if OCAB is inserted and the OCCx is in a normal
operating state:
3x100/500
flickering
3x100/500
OCAB has no IP connection to the OCCx.
The red LED goes out as soon as the OCAB has a
connection to the OCCx.
flashing
on
1 Hz
off
on
off
off
< 5 s duration The reset switch was pressed during normal
operation. The assigned function (Restart/
> 5 s and <
Shutdown/Reload) is executed as soon as
10 s duration
the button is released and the Green LED
stops flashing.
> 10 s
duration
The shutdown of the communication has been completed
or
No power
Blinking 1Hz
Flashing 100/100
Flashing 3x100/500
500ms
LED off
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
LED on
129
Boards
Description of the Boards
Pin Assignments
Table: OCAB - Pin assignments of the X15, X16 and X17 RJ45 connectors (Ethernet
interfaces), depending on the connection
Pin
10/100BaseT
Signal
1000BaseT
Description
Signal
Description
1
Tx +
Transmit +
Tx A +
Pair A: Transmit +
2
Tx –
Transmit –
Tx A –
Pair A: Transmit -
3
Rx +
Receive +
Tx B +
Pair B: Transmit +
4
–
Not used
Tx C +
Pair C: Transmit +
5
–
Not used
Tx C –
Pair C: Transmit -
6
Rx –
Receive –
Tx B –
Pair B: Transmit -
7
–
Not used
Tx D +
Pair D: Transmit +
8
–
Not used
Tx D –
Pair D: Transmit -
Related Topics
3.2.19 OCCM
OCCM (Open Core Controller Medium) is the central control board (mainboard)
of the OpenScape Business X3W and OpenScape Business X5W
communication systems.
The SD card slot contains the SDHC (Secure Digital Host Controller) card with the
current software of the communication system.
NOTICE: The SDHC card must never be removed or inserted
while the communication system is up and running. Otherwise,
there may be damage to the file system and thus result in the
failure of the communication system.
Board Variants and their Use
Board
Part Number
Used in
Communication
system
OCCM
S30810-K2959-X
OpenScape
Business X3W
Country
ROW
Maximum
number
1
OpenScape Business
X5W
130
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Boards
Description of the Boards
Figure
Figure: OCCM
Figure: OCCM - Connections
To CUP, CUC
X13
X14
To OBUS
X12
CMA
X15
X17
Announcement/
Music Module
X16
X11
OCCB
LEDs
SDHC
X1
X2
X3
X4 X5
X6 X7 X8 X9 X10
Reset
Switch
Battery
There is a battery on the mainboard that is used to buffer the date and time.
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
131
Boards
Description of the Boards
NOTICE: Before starting up the communication system, the
battery must be activated. To do this, the protective film shown in
the following figure must be removed.
In order to not loosen the battery, the protective film must be
removed only at the closed side of the battery holder (indicated by
arrow in the following figure).
Figure: OCCM - Battery with Protective Film
Temperature Monitoring
The temperature of the system is monitored. At temperatures higher than 61
degrees Celsius, a notification can be sent to up to three system telephones with
a display, by e-mail or through signaling via an SNMP trap. Entries are made in
the event log and event viewer (client trace) only if the system exceeds or falls
below the critical temperatures. Logging occurs in the message log so long as the
value is less than or equal to 58° Celsius.
At temperatures above 66 °C, the message "Alarm: critical system temperature!"
is displayed on the home page of the OpenScape Business Assistant (WBM). Any
existing SLAV/SLAD boards are switched off. Then, the system must be shut
down and disconnected from the power supply. After checking the system and
any existing SLAV/SLAD boards, the system can be reconnected to the power
supply and restarted. The alarm is thus cleared, and the SLAV/SLAD boards are
put back into operation.
Connectors
NOTICE: Fire hazard due to surge voltage
Only for the UP0/E, a/b and S0 interfaces used for the station
connection: In the case of line lengths exceeding 500 m and
132
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Boards
Description of the Boards
where the lines exit the building, the OCCM board must be
protected by external lightning protection.
Lightning protection of this kind is known as additional primary
protection. The additional primary protection is guaranteed by
installing ÜSAGs (surge arresters, gas filled) in the main
distribution frame, the patch panel or at the entry point of the pipe
in the building. A gas-filled surge arrester with 230 V nominal
voltage is switched to ground from each wire that is to be
protected.
•
X1, X2 = 8 UP0/E interfaces (edge connectors)
The following can be connected
–
UP0/E phones (e.g., OpenStage T) and
–
DECT base stations for DECT Light (integrated cordless solution).
To connect the base stations, the UP0/E interfaces 2 through 8 must be
used.
For information on the installation and connection of DECT base stations,
see Integrated Cordless Solution.
•
X3 = 4 a/b interfaces (edge connectors)
Analog phones and devices (fax, modem, etc.) can be connected.
The interfaces supply a ring voltage of approx. 65 Veff.
Calling name identification presentation (CLIP) is supported.
The connection of external extensions is not possible.
•
X4, X5 = 2 S0 interfaces (RJ45 jacks)
The S0 interfaces can be used for the ISDN trunk connection (ISDN trunk) or
the ISDN station connections (ISDN phones, Fax Group 4, etc.).
The RJ45 jacks are wired for the direct connection of ISDN trunk lines. A
twisted ISDN patch cable must be used for the station connection or the
Receive and Transmit wires of the ISDN cables must be reversed.
The ISDN phones to be connected must have a separate power source, e.g.,
via a power adapter. It is not possible to obtain power via the S0 ports of the
central control board.
•
X6 = USB control interface (USB 1.1)
To connect a PC for service and diagnostic purposes.
•
X7 = USB server Interface (USB 2.0)
For connecting an external hard disk or USB flash drive for backups and
software upgrades.
•
X8, X9, X10 = 3 Ethernet (10/100/1000 BaseT) ports (RJ45 jacks)
Two LEDs indicate the current status of each Ethernet interface.
Table: OCCM – LEDs for Indicating the Ethernet Interface Status
Left LED
(Speed)
Right LED
(Link/Activity)
Meaning
off
–
10 Mbps connection
steady green light
–
100 Mbps connection
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
133
Boards
Description of the Boards
•
Left LED
(Speed)
Right LED
(Link/Activity)
Meaning
steady yellow light
–
1,000-Mbps connection
–
flashing green
Activity
–
off
No connection/activity
–
X8 = WAN port
To connect to an ITSP, for example, using DSL (PPPOE or PPTP
protocol). The WAN can be connected to the DSL modem either directly
or via a router.
–
X9 = LAN connection
For linking into the LAN infrastructure of the customer, for connecting a
WLAN Access Point, an additional LAN switch or the direct connection of
an IP phone or PC client.
–
X10 = Admin port
For connecting a service PC to administer the communication system.
X13 = Plug contact for the OCAB (Open Core Application Booster) connection
cable
The UC Booster Card OCAB (Application Board) must be used if, for
example, the functions of the UC Suite for unified communications and
collaboration or the Open Directory Service are required. In addition, OCAB
is a prerequisite for the connection of external applications to the CSTA
interface. See the OCAB (UC Booster Card) board description.
Subboards
NOTICE: Place the mainboard on a flat surface before inserting
a subboard. Otherwise you may damage the mainboard.
The spacing bolts supplied guarantee the correct positioning of a
subboard, so you should always mount them.
The following optional subboards can be used depending on the application:
•
134
CMA (ADPCM clock module)
CMA is used in combination with DECT Light (integrated cordless solution).
The subboard provides the functions for ADPCM conversion and echo
cancellation (16 channels). Up to four calls an be conducted per base station.
Up to seven base stations can be connected to the UP0/E interfaces of the
central control board.
The subboard is plugged into the X14 and X15 connector strips on the OCCM.
If no CMA is installed, a maximum of two calls can be conducted per base
station. In this case, ADPCM conversion and echo cancellation are performed
directly by the base station.
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Boards
Description of the Boards
•
OCCB (Open Core Channel Booster)
If the number of DSPs provided on the central control board is insufficient, an
OCCB subboard can be used. OCCB1 provides one additional DSP (digital
signal processor), and OCCB3 provides three additional DSPs.
The OCCB subboards have a PCI-E jack which is plugged into the edge
connector X11.
•
Announcement and Music Modules
The following modules are available:
–
EXMR
The subboard enables the connection of an external music source and
thus the provisioning of announcements and music on hold (MOH).
MUSIC plugin module
The subboard provides music on hold (MOH).
The announcement and music module is plugged into the socket terminal
strips X16 and X17 on the OCCM.
–
Reset Switch
The board includes a reset switch with the following functions.
Table: OCCM – Functions of the Reset Switch
Reset switch is
pressed
Result
Red LED
<5s
The communication system performs a
controlled restart (similar to pressing the
Reset button on a PC). The communication
system will be operational again after the
startup.
on
> 5 s and < 10 s
A controlled shutdown of the communication
system is performed.
off
> 10 s
A reload is initiated on the communication
system. The communication system reverts
to the initial (default) state following startup.
All country and customer-specific settings are
lost (system country code = Germany).
Country- and customer-specific data backups
can be reloaded once the basic settings have
been configured.
on
Immediately after releasing the reset switch, the selected function (restart,
shutdown or reload) is executed.
LEDs
The board features two LEDs that indicate the operating states.
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
135
Boards
Description of the Boards
Table: OCCM – LED Statuses and their Meanings
Green LED
Red LED
Meaning
off
on
Default state after the communication system is connected
to the power supply (< 1 s)
flickering
flickering
The SDHC card must not be inserted.
2500/250
250/2500
on
off
UBOOT (Universal Boot Loader) startup. The LED states do
not change until the UBOOT startup has been completed.
on
flashing
Only if an FW update is available:
1 Hz
UBOOT: FW update process is running. The system must
be disconnected from the mains. After the startup is
completed, a restart is automatically performed.
on
The UBOOT startup was stopped. A system error has
occurred (e.g., the write protection of the SDHC card is
enabled). The Linux startup is not possible.
off
The system error can be read via a console on a PC that is
connected to the USB control interface.
off
off
The UBOOT startup has completed.
on
off
Linux startup
on
on
The Linux startup has completed. The system is starting.
on
flashing
Only if a USB flash drive with a SW update is detected:
1 Hz
SW update via the USB flash drive during startup
flickering
Only if a USB flash drive with a SW update is detected:
100/100
The USB flash drive is unmounted in Linux and should be
removed while the LED is flickering (without OCAB: 10 s /
with OCAB: a few minutes)
on
After the software update, a restart is automatically
performed.
flickering
on
Feature Process Startup Procedure running.
off
LAN Device Handler Startup Procedure running.
flashing
off
Normal operating state (1 Hz).
flashing
flashing
1 Hz
1 Hz
Only if OCAB is inserted and the OCCx is in a normal
operating state:
3x100/500
flickering
3x100/500
OCAB has no IP connection to the OCCx.
The red LED goes out as soon as the OCAB has a
connection to the OCCx.
136
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Boards
Description of the Boards
Green LED
Red LED
flashing
on
1 Hz
off
< 5 s duration The reset switch was pressed during normal
operation. The assigned function (Restart/
> 5 s and <
Shutdown/Reload) is executed as soon as
10 s duration
the button is released and the Green LED
stops flashing.
> 10 s
duration
on
off
Meaning
off
The shutdown of the communication has been completed
or
No power
Blinking 1Hz
Flashing 100/100
Flashing 3x100/500
500ms
LED off
LED on
Pin Assignments
Table: OCCM - Pin Assignments of the X1 and X2 Edge Connectors (UP0/E Interfaces)
X1
Pin
Signal
1
1b
2
1a
3
2b
4
2a
5
3b
6
3a
7
4b
8
4a
X2
Description
UP0/E interface 1
UP0/E interface 2
UP0/E interface 3
UP0/E interface 4
Pin
Signal
1
5b
2
5a
3
6b
4
6a
5
7b
6
7a
7
8b
8
8a
Description
UP0/E interface 5
UP0/E interface 6
UP0/E interface 7
UP0/E interface 8
Table: OCCM - Pin Assignments of the X3 Edge Connector (a/b Interfaces)
Pin
Signal
1
1a
2
1b
3
2a
4
2b
5
3a
6
3b
7
4a
8
4b
Description
a/b interface 1
a/b interface 2
a/b interface 3
a/b interface 4
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
137
Boards
Description of the Boards
Table: OCCM - Pin Assignments of the RJ45 Jacks X4 and X5 (S0 Interfaces)
X4
Pin
Signal
1
–
2
X5
Description
Pin
Signal
Description
Not used
1
–
Not used
–
Not used
2
–
Not used
3
Ta
Transmit +
3
Ta
Transmit +
4
Ra
Receive +
4
Ra
Receive +
5
Rb
Receive –
5
Rb
Receive –
6
Tb
Transmit –
6
Tb
Transmit –
7
–
Not used
7
–
Not used
8
–
Not used
8
–
Not used
Table: OCCM - Pin assignments of the X8, X9 and X10 RJ45 connectors (Ethernet
interfaces), depending on the connection
Pin
10/100BaseT
Signal
Description
1000BaseT
Signal
Description
1
Tx +
Transmit +
Tx A +
Pair A: Transmit +
2
Tx –
Transmit –
Tx A –
Pair A: Transmit -
3
Rx +
Receive +
Tx B +
Pair B: Transmit +
4
–
Not used
Tx C +
Pair C: Transmit +
5
–
Not used
Tx C –
Pair C: Transmit -
6
Rx –
Receive –
Tx B –
Pair B: Transmit -
7
–
Not used
Tx D +
Pair D: Transmit +
8
–
Not used
Tx D –
Pair D: Transmit -
Related Topics
3.2.20 OCCMR
OCCMR (Open Core Controller Medium) is the central control board (mainboard)
of the OpenScape Business X3R and OpenScape Business X5R communication
systems.
The SD card slot contains the SDHC (Secure Digital Host Controller) card with the
current software of the communication system.
NOTICE: The SDHC card must never be removed or inserted
while the communication system is up and running. Otherwise,
there may be damage to the file system and thus result in the
failure of the communication system.
138
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Boards
Description of the Boards
Board Variants and their Use
Board
Part Number
Used in
Communication
system
OCCMR
S30810-K2959-Z
OpenScape
Business X3R
Country
ROW
Maximum
number
1
OpenScape
Business X5R
Figure
Figure: OCCMR
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
139
Boards
Description of the Boards
Figure: OCCMR - Connections
To CUPR, CUCR
X20
X21
To OBUS
X19
CMA
X22
X24
X23
Announcement/
Music Module
X18
OCCB
LEDs
SDHC
X1 – X8
X9 X10
X11 X12
Reset
Switch
X13
X15
X17
X14
X16
Battery
There is a battery on the mainboard that is used to buffer the date and time.
NOTICE: Before starting up the communication system, the
battery must be activated. To do this, the protective film shown in
the following figure must be removed.
In order to not loosen the battery, the protective film must be
removed only at the closed side of the battery holder (indicated by
arrow in the following figure).
Figure: OCCMR - Battery with Protective Film
140
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Boards
Description of the Boards
Temperature Monitoring
The temperature of the system is monitored. At temperatures higher than 61
degrees Celsius, a notification can be sent to up to three system telephones with
a display, by e-mail or through signaling via an SNMP trap. Entries are made in
the event log and event viewer (client trace) only if the system exceeds or falls
below the critical temperatures. Logging occurs in the message log so long as the
value is less than or equal to 58° Celsius.
At temperatures above 66 °C, the message "Alarm: critical system temperature!"
is displayed on the home page of the OpenScape Business Assistant (WBM). Any
existing SLAV/SLAD boards are switched off. Then, the system must be shut
down and disconnected from the power supply. After checking the system and
any existing SLAV/SLAD boards, the system can be reconnected to the power
supply and restarted. The alarm is thus cleared, and the SLAV/SLAD boards are
put back into operation.
Connectors
NOTICE: Fire hazard due to surge voltage
Only for the UP0/E, a/b and S0 interfaces used for the station
connection: In the case of line lengths exceeding 500 m and
where the lines exit the building, the OCCMR board must be
protected by external lightning protection.
Lightning protection of this kind is known as additional primary
protection. The additional primary protection is guaranteed by
installing ÜSAGs (surge arresters, gas filled) in the main
distribution frame, the patch panel or at the entry point of the pipe
in the building. A gas-filled surge arrester with 230 V nominal
voltage is switched to ground from each wire that is to be
protected.
•
•
X1-X8 = 8 UP0/E interfaces (edge connectors)
The following can be connected
–
UP0/E phones (e.g., OpenStage T) and
–
DECT base stations for DECT Light (integrated cordless solution).
To connect the base stations, the UP0/E interfaces 2 through 8 must be
used.
For information on the installation and connection of DECT base stations,
see Integrated Cordless Solution.
X9, X10 = 4 a/b interfaces (RJ45 jacks)
Analog phones and devices (fax, modem, etc.) can be connected.
The following must be noted when connecting the phones and devices:
–
Direct connection: using a standard connection cable, one analog phone
or device each can be connected directly to the X9 and X10 RJ45 jacks.
–
Connection via a/b interface adapter: If more than two analog phones or
devices need to be connected, the a/b interface adapter is required.
Inserting an adapter provides two a/b interfaces per RJ45 jack.
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
141
Boards
Description of the Boards
Figure: a/b Interface Adapter
The interfaces supply a ring voltage of approx. 65 Veff.
Calling name identification presentation (CLIP) is supported.
The connection of external extensions is not possible.
•
X11, X12 = 2 S0 interfaces (RJ45 jacks)
The S0 interfaces can be used for the ISDN trunk connection (ISDN trunk) or
the ISDN station connections (ISDN phones, Fax Group 4, etc.).
The RJ45 jacks are wired for the direct connection of ISDN trunk lines. A
twisted ISDN patch cable must be used for the station connection or the
Receive and Transmit wires of the ISDN cables must be reversed.
The ISDN phones to be connected must have a separate power source, e.g.,
via a power adapter. It is not possible to obtain power via the S0 ports of the
central control board.
•
X13 = USB control interface (USB 1.1)
To connect a PC for service and diagnostic purposes.
•
X14 = USB server interface (USB 2.0)
For connecting an external hard disk or USB flash drive for backups and
software upgrades.
•
X15, X16, X17 = 3 Ethernet (10/100/1000 BaseT) ports (RJ45 jacks)
Two LEDs indicate the current status of each Ethernet interface.
Table: OCCMR – LEDs for Indicating the Ethernet Interface Status
–
142
Left LED
(Speed)
Right LED
(Link/Activity)
Meaning
off
–
10 Mbps connection
steady green light
–
100 Mbps connection
steady yellow light
–
1,000-Mbps connection
–
flashing green
Activity
–
off
No connection/activity
X15 = WAN port
To connect to an ITSP, for example, using DSL (PPPOE or PPTP
protocol). The WAN can be connected to the DSL modem either directly
or via a router.
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Boards
Description of the Boards
•
–
X16 = LAN connection
For linking into the LAN infrastructure of the customer, for connecting a
WLAN Access Point, an additional LAN switch or the direct connection of
an IP phone or PC client.
–
X17 = Admin port
For connecting a service PC to administer the communication system.
X20 = Plug contact for the OCAB (Open Core Application Booster) connection
cable
The UC Booster Card OCAB (Application Board) must be used if, for
example, the functions of the UC Suite for unified communications and
collaboration or the Open Directory Service are required. In addition, OCAB
is a prerequisite for the connection of external applications to the CSTA
interface.
Subboards
NOTICE: Place the mainboard on a flat surface before inserting
a subboard. Otherwise you may damage the mainboard.
The spacing bolts supplied guarantee the correct positioning of a
subboard, so you should always mount them.
The following optional subboards can be used depending on the application:
•
CMA (ADPCM clock module)
CMA is used in combination with DECT Light (integrated cordless solution).
The subboard provides the functions for ADPCM conversion and echo
cancellation (16 channels). Up to four calls an be conducted per base station.
Up to seven base stations can be connected to the UP0/E interfaces of the
central control board.
The subboard is plugged into the X21 and X22 connector strips.
If no CMA is installed, a maximum of two calls can be conducted per base
station. In this case, ADPCM conversion and echo cancellation are performed
directly by the base station.
•
OCCB (Open Core Channel Booster)
If the number of DSPs provided on the central control board is insufficient, an
OCCB subboard can be used. OCCB1 provides one additional DSP (digital
signal processor), and OCCB3 provides three additional DSPs.
The OCCB subboards have a PCI-E jack which is plugged into the edge
connector X18.
•
Announcement and Music Modules
The following modules are available:
–
EXMR
The subboard enables the connection of an external music source and
thus the provisioning of announcements and music on hold (MOH).
MUSIC plugin module
The submodule provides music on hold (MOH).
The announcement and music module is plugged into the socket terminal
strips X23 and X24.
–
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
143
Boards
Description of the Boards
Reset Switch
The board includes a reset switch with the following functions.
Table: OCCMR – Functions of the Reset Switch
Reset switch is
pressed
Result
Red LED
<5s
The communication system performs a
controlled restart (similar to pressing the
Reset button on a PC). The communication
system will be operational again after the
startup.
on
> 5 s and < 10 s
A controlled shutdown of the communication
system is performed.
off
> 10 s
A reload is initiated on the communication
system. The communication system reverts
to the initial (default) state following startup.
All country and customer-specific settings are
lost (system country code = Germany).
Country- and customer-specific data backups
can be reloaded once the basic settings have
been configured.
on
Immediately after releasing the reset switch, the selected function (restart,
shutdown or reload) is executed.
LEDs
The board features two LEDs that indicate the operating states.
Table: OCCMR – LED Statuses and their Meanings
Green LED
Red LED
Meaning
off
on
Default state after the communication system is connected
to the power supply (< 1 s)
flickering
flickering
The SDHC card must not be inserted.
2500/250
250/2500
on
off
UBOOT (Universal Boot Loader) startup. The LED states do
not change until the UBOOT startup has been completed.
on
flashing
Only if an FW update is available:
1 Hz
UBOOT: FW update process is running. The system must
be disconnected from the mains. After the startup is
completed, a restart is automatically performed.
on
The UBOOT startup was stopped. A system error has
occurred (e.g., the write protection of the SDHC card is
enabled). The Linux startup is not possible.
off
The system error can be read via a console on a PC that is
connected to the USB control interface.
144
off
off
The UBOOT startup has completed.
on
off
Linux startup
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Boards
Description of the Boards
Green LED
Red LED
Meaning
on
on
The Linux startup has completed. The system is starting.
on
flashing
Only if a USB flash drive with a SW update is detected:
1 Hz
SW update via the USB flash drive during startup
flickering
Only if a USB flash drive with a SW update is detected:
100/100
The USB flash drive is unmounted in Linux and should be
removed while the LED is flickering (without OCAB: 10 s /
with OCAB: a few minutes)
on
After the software update, a restart is automatically
performed.
flickering
on
Feature Process Startup Procedure running.
off
LAN Device Handler Startup Procedure running.
flashing
off
Normal operating state (1 Hz)
flashing
flashing
1 Hz
1 Hz
Only if OCAB is inserted and the OCCx is in a normal
operating state:
3x100/500
flickering
3x100/500
OCAB has no IP connection to the OCCx.
The red LED goes out as soon as the OCAB has a
connection to the OCCx.
flashing
on
1 Hz
off
on
off
off
< 5 s duration The reset switch was pressed during normal
operation. The assigned function (Restart/
> 5 s and <
Shutdown/Reload) is executed as soon as
10 s duration
the button is released and the Green LED
stops flashing.
> 10 s
duration
The shutdown of the communication has been completed
or
No power
Blinking 1Hz
Flashing 100/100
Flashing 3x100/500
500ms
LED off
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
LED on
145
Boards
Description of the Boards
Pin Assignments
Table: OCCMR - Pin Assignments of the RJ45 Jacks X1 to X8 (UP0/E Interfaces)
Pin
Signal
Description
1
–
Not used
2
–
Not used
3
–
Not used
4
a
UP0/E interface
5
b
6
–
Not used
7
–
Not used
8
–
Not used
Table: OCCMR - Pin Assignments of the RJ45 Jacks X9 and X10 (a/b Interfaces)
X9
Pin
Signal
1
–
2
X10
Description
Pin
Signal
Description
Not used
1
–
Not used
–
Not used
2
–
Not used
3
3b
a/b interface 3
3
4b
a/b interface 4
4
1b
a/b interface 1
4
2b
a/b interface 2
5
1a
a/b interface 1
5
2a
a/b interface 2
6
3a
a/b interface 3
6
4a
a/b interface 4
7
–
Not used
7
–
Not used
8
–
Not used
8
–
Not used
Table: OCCMR - Pin Assignments of the RJ45 Jacks X11 and X12 (S0 Interfaces)
X11
146
Pin
Signal
1
–
2
X12
Description
Pin
Signal
Description
Not used
1
–
Not used
–
Not used
2
–
Not used
3
Ta
Transmit +
3
Ta
Transmit +
4
Ra
Receive +
4
Ra
Receive +
5
Rb
Receive –
5
Rb
Receive –
6
Tb
Transmit –
6
Tb
Transmit –
7
–
Not used
7
–
Not used
8
–
Not used
8
–
Not used
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Boards
Description of the Boards
Table: OCAB - Pin assignments of the X15, X16 and X17 RJ45 jacks (Ethernet
interfaces), depending on the connection
Pin
10/100BaseT
Signal
1000BaseT
Description
Signal
Description
1
Tx +
Transmit +
Tx A +
Pair A: Transmit +
2
Tx –
Transmit –
Tx A –
Pair A: Transmit -
3
Rx +
Receive +
Tx B +
Pair B: Transmit +
4
–
Not used
Tx C +
Pair C: Transmit +
5
–
Not used
Tx C –
Pair C: Transmit -
6
Rx –
Receive –
Tx B –
Pair B: Transmit -
7
–
Not used
Tx D +
Pair D: Transmit +
8
–
Not used
Tx D –
Pair D: Transmit -
Related Topics
3.2.21 REALS
The REALS (Relay and ALUM for SAPP) board provides four relays (actuators)
for special connections (such as door openers) and enables a trunk failure
transfer (ALUM).
Board Variants and their Use
Board
Part Number
Used in
Communication
system
REALS
S30807-Q6629-X
OpenScape
Business X8
Country
ROW
Maximum
number
1
NOTICE: Fire hazard due to surge voltage
In the case of line lengths exceeding 500 m and where the lines
exit the building, the REALS board must be protected by external
lightning protection.
Lightning protection of this kind is known as additional primary
protection. The additional primary protection is guaranteed by
installing ÜSAGs (surge arresters, gas filled) in the main
distribution frame, the patch panel or at the entry point of the pipe
in the building. A gas-filled surge arrester with 230 V nominal
voltage is switched to ground from each wire that is to be
protected.
Main Features
The board supports
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
147
Boards
Description of the Boards
•
•
four individual, controllable relays for special connections such as door
openers. The switch contacts for all relays are floating and protected by surge
protectors.
Electrical characteristics of the relays:
–
Operating voltage: +5 V
–
Contact current: max 1.25 A
–
Contact rating: max. 30 W
a trunk failure transfer (ALUM). In the event of a power failure or a fatal system
error, an analog trunk is directly connected to an analog telephone. If the
power supply voltage returns and a trunk call is in progress, switchover of the
trunk failure transfer relay is prevented by the optocoupler.
ALUM relay positions:
–
Communication system during normal operation
PFTALa/b (analog trunk) is connected to PFTASa/b (analog trunk board).
PFTTLa/b (analog telephone) is connected to PFTTSa/b (analog
subscriber line module).
Communication system without power supply
PFTTLa/b (analog telephone) is connected to PFTALa/b (analog trunk).
ALUM relay electrical data:
–
•
–
Operating voltage: +5 V
–
Contact current: max 1.25 A
–
Contact rating: max. 30 W
Two -48-V outputs fused using a PTC resistor. Each of the two outputs has a
maximum load capacity of 0.3 A.
–
Output 1: M48VF1 / 0V_F
–
Output 2: M48VF2 / 0V_F
All of the functions are controlled by the OCCL board.
Figure
Figure: REALS
To backplane
Extraction aid: A screwdriver can be used
here to extract the REALS from the board
shelf.
148
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Boards
Description of the Boards
Block Diagram
Figure: REALS – Block Diagram (Communication System during Normal Operation)
Analog Trunk
OpenScape
Business X8
PFTALa
PFTALb
PFTASa
PFTASb
Relay
PFTTSa
PFTTSb
REALS
PFTTLa
Analog Trunk
Board
Analog
Subscriber Line
Board
PFTTLb
Analog Telephone
Slot
The slot for the REALS board is located in the lower part of the shelf of the base
box.
The slots of the power supply units and the slot of the REALS board must be
covered with the outer panel shown in the figure below before the communication
system is started up.
Figure: REALS – Slot 3 in the Base box
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
149
Boards
Description of the Boards
Cable and Pin Assignments
The REALS board is connected via the SIVAPAC connector X116 on the
backplane of the base box.
Table: REALS – Cable and Pin Assignments (SIVAPAC Connectors X116 on the
Backplane)
150
REALS
Backplane
SIVAPAC
connector
X116
Connection cable (open-end cable with 24 TW)
Signal
Pin
Color Group
Pair
A-wire
M48VF1
20
1
1
white/blue
0V_F
38
PFTTLb
18
PFTTLa
17
0V
16
–
15
0V_F
14
M48VF2
13
–
12
0V
11
AK1
10
AK2
9
AK3
8
AK4
7
0V
6
PFTASa
5
PFTASb
4
PFTALa
3
PFTALb
2
–
1
B-wire
blue/white
2
white/orange
orange/white
3
white/green
green/white
4
white/brown
brown/white
5
white/gray
gray/white
2
6
red/blue
blue/red
7
red/orange
orange/red
8
red/green
green/red
9
red/brown
brown/red
10
red/gray
gray/red
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Boards
Description of the Boards
REALS
Backplane
SIVAPAC
connector
X116
Connection cable (open-end cable with 24 TW)
Signal
Pin
Color Group
Pair
A-wire
–
37
3
11
black/blue
0V
36
–
35
–
34
RK3
32
0V
31
RK1
30
RK2
29
RK4
27
0V
26
PFTTSb
24
PFTTSa
23
–
58
S5
57
0V
56
–
55
–
54
S3
53
S4
52
0V
51
UK1
50
UK2
49
UK3
48
UK4
47
0V
46
–
45
–
44
S6
43
B-wire
blue/black
12
black/orange
orange/black
13
black/green
green/black
14
black/brown
brown/black
15
black/gray
gray/black
4
16
yellow/blue
blue/yellow
17
yellow/orange
orange/yellow
18
yellow/green
green/yellow
19
yellow/brown
brown/yellow
20
yellow/gray
gray/yellow
5
21
purple/blue
blue/purple
22
purple/orange
orange/purple
23
purple/green
green/purple
24
purple/brown
brown/purple
Related Topics
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
151
Boards
Description of the Boards
3.2.22 SLAV4, SLAV8, SLAV8R
The SLAV4, SLAV8 and SLAV8R (Subscriber Line Analog with Vinetic, Rack)
boards provide four (SLAV4) and eight a/b interfaces (SLAV8 and SLAV8R) for
connecting analog telephones and devices (fax, modem, etc.).
The SLAV4, SLAV8 and SLAV8R boards are compatible successor modules for
the following boards, which will be discontinued:
•
SLAD4 (S30810-Q2956-X100)
•
SLAD8 (S30810-Q2956-X200)
•
SLAD8R (S30810-K2956-X300)
Temperature Monitoring
The temperature of the system is monitored. At temperatures higher than 61
degrees Celsius, a notification can be sent to up to three system telephones with
a display, by e-mail or through signaling via an SNMP trap. Entries are made in
the event log and event viewer (client trace) only if the system exceeds or falls
below the critical temperatures. Logging occurs in the message log so long as the
value is less than or equal to 58° Celsius.
At temperatures above 66 °C, the message "Alarm: critical system temperature!"
is displayed on the home page of the OpenScape Business Assistant (WBM). The
installed SLAV8/SLAV8R boards (also applies to SLAD8/SLAD8R) are switched
off. Then, the system must be shut down and disconnected from the power
supply. After checking the SLAV/SLAD boards, the system can be reconnected to
the power supply and restarted. The alarm is thus cleared, and the SLAV/SLAD
boards are put back into operation.
Board Variants and their Use
Board
Part Number
Used in
Communication
system
SLAV4
S30810-H2963-X100 X3W
X5W
152
Country
ROW
Maximum
number
2
Is determined by
the systemspecific capacity
limits.
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Boards
Description of the Boards
Board
Part Number
Used in
Communication
system
SLAV8
S30810-H2963-X200 X3W
Country
ROW
X5W
SLAV8R
S30810-H2963-Z200 X3R
X5R
Maximum
number
2
Is determined by
the systemspecific capacity
limits.
ROW
2
Is determined by
the systemspecific capacity
limits.
Main Features
The boards support
•
calling name identification presentation (CLIP).
•
the connection of external extensions via OPS (Off-Premises Station)
signaling.
For U.S. only: The following maximum numbers for connecting external
extensions (via OPS signaling) must not be exceeded for SLAV4 and SLAV8
boards:
–
OpenScape Business X3R and OpenScape Business X3W: maximum 4
–
OpenScape Business X5R and OpenScape Business X5W: maximum 8
NOTICE: Fire hazard due to surge voltage
In the case of line lengths exceeding 500 m and where the lines
exit the building, the SLAV4, SLAV8 and SLAV8R boards must be
protected by external lightning protection.
Lightning protection of this kind is known as additional primary
protection. The additional primary protection is guaranteed by
installing ÜSAGs (surge arresters, gas filled) in the main
distribution frame, the patch panel or at the entry point of the pipe
in the building. A gas-filled surge arrester with 230 V nominal
voltage is switched to ground from each wire that is to be
protected.
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
153
Boards
Description of the Boards
Figure
Figure: SLAV4, SLAV8
1
a/b interfaces 1 - 4
(SLAV4 & SLAV8)
50
X2
Connection to
CUP, CUC
8
1
a/b interfaces 5 - 8
(only SLAV8)
X1
X3
8
1
Not used
2
X4
8
1
Not used
X5
8
Figure: SLAV8R
50
11 : 18
1
Connection to
CUPR, CUCR
a/b interfaces
1-8 (RJ45
jacks)
X1
X2
81 : 88
8
2
Pin Assignments
Table: SLAV4, SLAV8 - Pin Assignments
X2 (SLAV4 & SLAV8)
154
X3 (only SLAV8)
Pin
a/b interfaces 1 – 4
Pin
a/b interfaces 5 – 8
1
a1
1
a5
2
b1
2
b5
3
a2
3
a6
4
b2
4
b6
5
a3
5
a7
6
b3
6
b7
7
a4
7
a8
8
b4
8
b8
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Boards
Description of the Boards
Table: SLAV8R - Pin Assignments
RJ45 jack
Pin
a/b interfaces 1 – 8
1
14
a1
15
b1
24
a2
25
b2
34
a3
35
b3
44
a4
45
b4
54
a5
55
b5
64
a6
65
b6
74
a7
75
b7
84
a8
85
b8
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
The RJ45 jacks each have two wires.
Related Topics
3.2.23 SLAV16, SLAV16R
The SLAV16 and SLAV16R (Subscriber Line Analog with Vinetic, Rack) boards
provide 16 a/b interfaces for connecting analog telephones and devices (fax,
modem, etc.).
The SLAV16 board is the compatible successor module for the SLAD16 board
(S30810-Q2957-X), which will be discontinued.
Temperature Monitoring
The temperature of the system is monitored. At temperatures higher than 61
degrees Celsius, a notification can be sent to up to three system telephones with
a display, by e-mail or through signaling via an SNMP trap. Entries are made in
the event log and event viewer (client trace) only if the system exceeds or falls
below the critical temperatures. Logging occurs in the message log so long as the
value is less than or equal to 58° Celsius.
At temperatures above 66 °C, the message "Alarm: critical system temperature!"
is displayed on the home page of the OpenScape Business Assistant (WBM). The
installed SLAV16/SLAV16R boards (also applies to SLAD16) are switched off.
Then, the system must be shut down and disconnected from the power supply.
After checking the SLAV/SLAD boards, the system can be reconnected to the
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
155
Boards
Description of the Boards
power supply and restarted. The alarm is thus cleared, and the SLAV/SLAD
boards are put back into operation.
Board Variants and their Use
Board
Part Number
Used in
Communication
system
SLAV16
SLAV16R
S30810-H2963-X
S30810-H2963-Z
Country
Maximum
number
X3W
ROW
1
X5W
ROW
Is determined by
the systemspecific capacity
limits, max. 4
U.S.,
Canada
1
X3R
ROW
1
X5R
ROW
Is determined by
the systemspecific capacity
limits, max. 4
U.S.,
Canada
1
The following notes must be observed when installing boards:
•
•
156
OpenScape Business X3W/X3R
The OpenScape Business X3W/X3R can be equipped with a maximum of
one SLAV16(R) board. The following rules must be observed when using an
SLAV16(R) to ensure optimal heat dissipation in the communication system.
–
The following boards must never be plugged into the second slot: 4SLA,
8SLA, 16SLA, SLAD4, SLAD8(R), SLAD16, SLAV4, SLAV8(R),
SLAV16(R)
–
A maximum of 20 analog phones and devices can be connected
(including the a/b interfaces on the OCCM mainboard).
–
A fan kit is not required for the X3W; the X3R already has a fan installed.
OpenScape Business X5W/X5R
The OpenScape Business X5W/X5R can be equipped with multiple
SLAV16(R) boards. Their number is determined by the system-specific
capacity limits, max. 4 SLAV16(R). The following rules must be observed
when using an SLAV16(R) to ensure optimal heat dissipation in the
communication system.
–
It is crucial that the following slot allocation sequence for SLAV16 boards
be observed: first slot 6, then 8, then 4, and then 7. Slots not filled with
SLAV16(R) boards can be populated with other boards.
–
Depending on the loop current and the number of SLAV16(R) boards, the
following table indicates whether or not the installation of a fan kit is
required. The fan kit provides additional cooling for the communication
system.
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Boards
Description of the Boards
INFO: if the old housing cover is still being used for the X5W, the
fan kit C39165-A7021-B46 must be installed. This fan kit is not
approved in the U.S. and Canada. In these two countries, only
system configurations where no fan kit is required are allowed.
If the new housing cover is used for the X5W, the fan kit C39165A7021-B310 must be installed.
For the X5R, the fan kit C39117-A7003-B512 must be installed.
If a UC Booster Card incl. fan kit is already installed, the installed
fan kit C39117-A7003-B511 can continue to be used.
On selecting the system country code, the appropriate country-specific
loop current will be set for the SLAV16 board (default). Changes to these
settings are only possible for selected countries using Manager E
(Station view > Flags: Usage drop-down list).
Countries
Loop current
Low loop current
(default setting)
Germany and all other countries not
listed below
U.S., Canada
High loop current
32 mA (no change possible)
Fan Kit required as of 3 x SLAV16(R)
37 mA (no change possible)
A maximum of one SLAV16(R) may be
used.
Argentina, Australia, Bolivia, Brazil,
Chile, Costa Rica, Dominican Republic,
Ecuador, El Salvador, Guatemala,
Honduras, Colombia, Mexico, Panama,
Paraguay, Peru, Uruguay, Venezuela
South Korea
18 mA
No fan kit required
20 mA
No fan kit required
New Zealand
20 mA (at 450 ohm
load)
No fan kit required
32 mA
Fan Kit required as
of 3 x SLAV16(R)
32 mA
Fan Kit required as
of 3 x SLAV16(R)
32 mA
Fan Kit required as
of 3 x SLAV16(R)
15 mA (at 1000 ohm
load)
No fan kit required
Hong Kong, Indonesia, Malaysia,
Philippines, Singapore, Taiwan,
Thailand, Vietnam
China, India
22 mA
No fan kit required
32 mA
Fan Kit required as
of 3 x SLAV16(R)
27 mA
32 mA
Fan Kit required as
of 3 x SLAV16(R)
Fan Kit required as
of 3 x SLAV16(R)
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
157
Boards
Description of the Boards
INFO: To avoid overloading the system-internal power supply, the
secondary power requirements for each system configuration
must be verified.
Main Features
These boards support calling name identification presentation (CLIP).
The connection of external extensions via OPS (Off-Premises Station) signaling
is prohibited.
NOTICE: Fire hazard due to surge voltage
In the case of line lengths exceeding 500 m and where the lines
exit the building, the SLAV16 and SLAV16R boards must be
protected by external lightning protection.
Lightning protection of this kind is known as additional primary
protection. The additional primary protection is guaranteed by
installing ÜSAGs (surge arresters, gas filled) in the main
distribution frame, the patch panel or at the entry point of the pipe
in the building. A gas-filled surge arrester with 230 V nominal
voltage is switched to ground from each wire that is to be
protected.
158
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Boards
Description of the Boards
Figure
Figure: SLAV16
a/b interfaces
1–4
1
50
X2
Connection to
CUP, CUC
8
a/b interfaces
5–8
1
X1
X3
8
a/b interfaces
9 – 12
1
2
X4
8
a/b interfaces
13 – 16
1
X5
8
Figure: SLAV16R
1&9
11 : 18
50
2 & 10
a/b interfaces
(RJ45 jacks)
1-16
Connection to
CUPR, CUCR
X1
X2
2
7 & 15
81 : 88
8 & 16
Pin Assignments
Table: SLAV16 - Pin Assignments
X2
X3
X4
X5
Pin
a/b
interfaces
1–4
Pin
a/b
interfaces
5–8
Pin
a/b
interfaces
9 – 12
Pin
a/b
interfaces
13 – 16
1
a1
1
a5
1
a9
1
a 13
2
b1
2
b5
2
b9
2
b 13
3
a2
3
a6
3
a 10
3
a 14
4
b2
4
b6
4
b 10
4
b 14
5
a3
5
a7
5
a 11
5
a 15
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
159
Boards
Description of the Boards
X2
X3
X4
X5
Pin
a/b
interfaces
1–4
Pin
a/b
interfaces
5–8
Pin
a/b
interfaces
9 – 12
Pin
a/b
interfaces
13 – 16
6
b3
6
b7
6
b 11
6
b 15
7
a4
7
a8
7
a 12
7
a 16
8
b4
8
b8
8
b 12
8
b 16
Table: SLAV16R - Pin Assignments
RJ45 jack
Pin
a/b interfaces 1 – 16
1
14
a1
15
b1
16
a9
13
b9
24
a2
25
b2
26
a 10
23
b 10
34
a3
35
b3
36
a 11
33
b 11
44
a4
45
b4
46
a 12
43
b 12
54
a5
55
b5
56
a 13
53
b 13
64
a6
65
b6
66
a 14
63
b 14
74
a7
75
b7
76
a 15
73
b 15
2
3
4
5
6
7
160
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Boards
Description of the Boards
RJ45 jack
Pin
a/b interfaces 1 – 16
8
84
a8
85
b8
86
a 16
83
b 16
The RJ45 jacks each have two wires.
Related Topics
3.2.23.1 How to Install a Fan Kit in an OpenScape Business X5W
The Fan Kit C39165-A7021-B310 provides cooling for the OpenScape Business
X5W communication system when extensive system configurations with the
SLAV16/SLAV16R or SLAD16 boards are present.
DANGER
DANGER
Risk of electric shock through contact with live wires
Disconnect all power supply circuits of the OpenScape Business X5W
communication system before opening the housing:
•
Disconnect the battery voltage, supply voltage and line voltage at any
connected OpenScape Business Powerbox.
•
Disconnect the line cords of any connected battery pack or any connected
batteries.
•
Disconnect the power plug of the communication system.
Step by Step
1) Disconnect all power supply circuits of the communication system.
2) Make sure that the communication system is de-energized.
3) Loosen the two fixing screws on the housing cover with a slotted screw driver.
Hold the housing cover so that it does not fall.
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
161
Boards
Description of the Boards
4) Remove the housing cover.
CAUTION
CAUTION
Cuts caused by sharp edges on the shielding plate
Make sure that you only touch the outside of the housing cover. The shielding
plate on the inside of the housing cover may have sharp edges which can cause
cuts.
162
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Boards
Description of the Boards
5) Lock the fan kit with snap hooks to the bottom of the board frame. The arrows
on the fan housing point into the system, i.e., cold air must be blown into the
system.
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
163
Boards
Description of the Boards
C
C
6) Fix the fan power cable to the housing with the two cable ties (C) supplied.
7) Connect the fan power cable to the open side of the UPSC-D power supply.
8) Only when migrating from HiPath 3000: If the UPSC-D power supply unit
has no fan kit power connector (which was the case till UPSC-D S30122H5660-X300), you will also need a new power supply (UPSC-D S30122K5660-X301 and later).
9) Attach the new housing cover. Make sure that the two recesses in the housing
cover are facing downwards.
10) Secure the cover with the two screws. Make sure that you only touch the
outside of the housing cover. The shielding plate on the inside of the housing
cover may have sharp edges which can cause cuts.
11) Place the OpenScape Business X5W communication system back into
operation.
Related Topics
3.2.23.2 How to Install a Fan Kit in an OpenScape Business X5R
The The Fan Kit C39117-A7003-B512 provides cooling for the OpenScape
Business X5R communication system when extensive system configurations with
the SLAV16/SLAV16R or SLAD16 boards are present.
164
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Boards
Description of the Boards
DANGER
DANGER
Risk of electric shock through contact with live wires
Disconnect all power supply circuits of the OpenScape Business X5R
communication system before opening the housing:
•
Disconnect the battery voltage, supply voltage and line voltage at any
connected OpenScape Business Powerbox.
•
Disconnect the line cords of any connected battery pack or any connected
batteries.
•
Disconnect the power plug of the communication system.
Step by Step
1) Disconnect all power supply circuits of the communication system.
2) Make sure that the communication system is de-energized.
3) If the system is installed in a 19 "rack, remove the system from the 19" rack.
4) Using a T20 Torx screwdriver, remove the screws and lift off the cover.
5) Disconnect the fan power cable from the backplane. To do this, push the small
white lever on the socket down and pull off the plug.
6) Remove the two screws of the fan and pull out the old fan by sliding it
upwards.
7) Clamp the fan bracket laterally to the frame housing and secure the bracket
with the supplied screw (A).
A
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
165
Boards
Description of the Boards
8) First, fix the fan power cable to the fans using the three supplied cable ties (B,
C and D). If the fans are placed in the brackets before fixing the power cable,
it is very difficult to insert the cable ties into the fan.
B
C
D
9) Insert the two new fans into the brackets provided for this purpose and fix the
fans to the brackets with the supplied screws (E, F, G and H). Pay special
attention to the correct air flow direction, which is indicated by arrows on the
fan housing (the arrows point into the system, i.e., the cold air must be blown
into the system).
E
F
G
H
10) Connect the new fan power cable to the backplane socket, where the old fan
power cable was previously plugged.
11) If the system was installed in a 19" rack, put the system back into the 19" rack.
12) Only when migrating from HiPath 3000: The new housing cover C39165A7027-B207 with additional air vents is required for the fan kit.
166
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Boards
Description of the Boards
13) Screw on the housing cover again.
14) Put the communication system into operation (see the section "Initial
Installation of OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8" in the OpenScape Business
Administrator Documentation).
Related Topics
3.2.24 Not for U.S.: SLC16N
The SLC16N (Subscriber Line Module Cordless New) board provides 16 UP0/E
interfaces for connecting DECT base stations to the integrated cordless solution.
For information on the installation and connection of DECT base stations, see
Integrated Cordless Solution.
Board Variants and their Use
Board
Part Number
Used in
Communication
system
SLC16N
S30810-Q2193X100
Country
Maximum
number
OpenScape Business ROW (not for
X5W
U.S.)
1
NOTICE: Fire hazard due to surge voltage
In the case of line lengths exceeding 500 m and where the lines
exit the building, the SLC16N board must be protected by external
lightning protection.
Lightning protection of this kind is known as additional primary
protection. The additional primary protection is guaranteed by
installing ÜSAGs (surge arresters, gas filled) in the main
distribution frame, the patch panel or at the entry point of the pipe
in the building. A gas-filled surge arrester with 230 V nominal
voltage is switched to ground from each wire that is to be
protected.
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
167
Boards
Description of the Boards
Figure
Figure: SLC16N
LED (green)
Connection to
backplane
LED (red)
Lockout switch
Lockout switch
The board includes a lockout switch with the following functions:
•
Lockout switch not pressed = board is in normal operation (factory default)
•
Lockout switch pressed = board locked: all idle mobile phones are locked.
Active mobile phones will be locked when the call ends.
Press the lockout switch before removing the SLC16N board. Wait until the green
LED stops flashing. This precaution ensures that none of the mobile phones are
active.
LEDs
The board features two LEDs that indicate the operating states.
Table: SLC16N – LED Statuses and their Meanings
Red LED
Green LED
off
off
Meaning
Board not receiving power or
not plugged in correctly.
Action
Check plug contact on board.
Board is out of order.
on
flashing
168
off
off
Board is supplied with power. –
Board test in progress.
Loadware loading failed.
Board is faulty.
Replace board.
Board was deactivated using
Manager E.
Check whether the board was
deactivated using Manager E.
If not, the board is defective
and must be replaced.
Loadware loading in progress. –
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Boards
Description of the Boards
Red LED
Green LED
off
on
off
flashing
on
on
Meaning
Action
Loadware loading completed –
successfully. Board is OK (idle
state).
At least one channel is
activated.
–
Board is disabled.
Check whether board was
deactivated using the lockout
switch.
Cable and Pin Assignments
CABLUs are used for connecting the external main distribution frame MDFU-E or
the external patch panel.
Table: SLC16N – Cable and Pin Assignments (Backplane, MDFU-E, Patch Panel)
SLC16N
UP0/E interface
Backplane
SIPAC 1 SU
connector(s)
X8
Connection cable (CABLU)
No.
Signal
Pin
Color Group
Pair
A-wire
1
1a
19
1
1
white/blue
1b
39
2a
38
2b
48
3a
27
3b
47
4a
16
4b
46
5a
05
5b
45
6a
14
6b
44
7a
23
7b
43
8a
32
8b
42
9a
11
9b
31
10a
02
10b
22
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
MDFU-E
B-wire
blue/white
2
white/orange
3
white/green
white/brown
white/gray
6
red/blue
red/orange
red/green
red/brown
red/gray
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
2
3
4
5
4
4b
4
5
5
5b
4
5
6
6b
4
5
7
7b
4
5
8
8b
4
5
9
9b
10b
4
5
3b
10a
gray/red
5
2b
9a
brown/red
10
1b
8a
green/red
9
4
7a
orange/red
8
1
6a
blue/red
7
1a
5a
gray/white
2
Pin
4a
brown/white
5
No.
3a
green/white
4
Jumper strip
2a
orange/white
Patch Panel
RJ45 jack
4
5
10
4
5
169
Boards
Description of the Boards
SLC16N
UP0/E interface
Backplane
SIPAC 1 SU
connector(s)
X8
Connection cable (CABLU)
No.
Signal
Pin
Color Group
Pair
A-wire
11
11a
13
3
11
black/blue
11b
33
12a
04
12b
24
13a
15
13b
35
14a
06
14b
26
15a
17
15b
37
16a
08
16b
28
12
13
14
15
16
MDFU-E
B-wire
Jumper strip
No.
Pin
11a
11
4
blue/black
12
11b
black/orange
12a
orange/black
13
black/green
black/brown
15
black/gray
4
16
4
5
13
4
5
14
4
14b
15a
gray/black
12
13b
14a
brown/black
5
12b
13a
green/black
14
Patch Panel
RJ45 jack
5
15
4
15b
yellow/blue
16a
blue/yellow
5
16
4
16b
5
Related Topics
3.2.25 Not for U.S.: SLCN
The SLCN (Subscriber Line Module Cordless New) board provides 16 UP0/E
interfaces for connecting DECT base stations to the integrated cordless solution.
For information on the installation and connection of DECT base stations, see
Integrated Cordless Solution.
Board Variants and their Use
Board
Part Number
Used in
Communication
system
SLCN
S30810-Q2193X300
OpenScape
Business X8
Country
Maximum
number
ROW (not for
U.S.)
4
INFO: To guarantee uninterrupted operation of OpenScape
Business X8, no more than two SLCN boards should be plugged
into any of the PCM segments. For information on the distribution
of PCM highways, see Distribution of the PCM Highways in the
Base Box and Distribution of the PCM Highways in the Expansion
170
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Boards
Description of the Boards
Box.
One slot should be kept free between two SCLN boards to prevent
overheating.
NOTICE: Fire hazard due to surge voltage
In the case of line lengths exceeding 500 m and where the lines
exit the building, the SLCN board must be protected by external
lightning protection.
Lightning protection of this kind is known as additional primary
protection. The additional primary protection is guaranteed by
installing ÜSAGs (surge arresters, gas filled) in the main
distribution frame, the patch panel or at the entry point of the pipe
in the building. A gas-filled surge arrester with 230 V nominal
voltage is switched to ground from each wire that is to be
protected.
Front Panel
Figure: SLCN – LEDs on the Front Panel
LEDs
The board features a front panel with two LEDs that indicate the operating states.
Table: SLCN – LED Statuses and their Meanings
Red LED
Green LED
off
off
Meaning
Board not receiving power or
not plugged in correctly.
Action
Check plug contact on board.
Board is out of order.
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
171
Boards
Description of the Boards
Red LED
Green LED
on
off
Meaning
Action
Board is supplied with power. –
Board test in progress.
Loadware loading failed.
Board is faulty.
Replace board.
Board was deactivated using
Manager E.
Check whether the board was
deactivated using Manager E.
If not, the board is defective
and must be replaced.
flashing
off
Loadware loading in progress. –
off
on
Loadware loading completed –
successfully. Board is OK (idle
state).
off
flashing
At least one channel is
activated.
–
Cable and Pin Assignments
There are several connection options for DECT base stations:
•
SIVAPAC connectors are available on the backplane for connecting the
external main distribution frame MDFU-E or the external patch panel using
CABLUs (prefabricated cabling units). See Table: SLCN – Cable and Pin
Assignments (SIVAPAC Connectors on the Backplane, MDFU-E, Patch
Panel)
•
Connector panels with 24 RJ45 jacks for connecting DECT base stations
directly. The connector panels are clipped onto the SIVAPAC connectors on
the backplane. See Table: SLCN – Pin Assignments (Connector Panel with
24 RJ45 Jacks)
Table: SLCN – Cable and Pin Assignments (SIVAPAC Connectors on the Backplane,
MDFU-E, Patch Panel)
SLCN
UP0/E interface
Backplane
SIVAPAC
connector
Connection cable (CABLU)
No.
Signal
Pin
Color Group
Pair
A-wire
1
1a
1
1
1
white/blue
1b
23
2a
3
2b
4
3a
5
3b
6
4a
7
4b
8
5a
9
5b
10
2
3
4
5
172
MDFU-E
B-wire
blue/white
2
white/orange
3
white/green
white/brown
Pin
1a
1
4
1b
white/gray
2
3
4
5
4
4b
5b
4
5
3b
5a
gray/white
5
2b
4a
brown/white
5
No.
3a
green/white
4
Splitting strip
2a
orange/white
Patch Panel
RJ45 jack
4
5
5
4
5
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Boards
Description of the Boards
SLCN
UP0/E interface
Backplane
SIVAPAC
connector
Connection cable (CABLU)
No.
Signal
Pin
Color Group
Pair
A-wire
6
6a
11
2
6
red/blue
6b
12
7a
13
7b
14
8a
15
8b
16
9a
17
9b
18
10a
19
10b
20
11a
24
11b
25
12a
26
12b
27
13a
29
13b
30
14a
31
14b
32
15a
34
15b
35
16a
37
16b
38
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
MDFU-E
B-wire
Splitting strip
No.
Pin
6a
6
4
blue/red
7
6b
red/orange
red/green
11
10a
black/blue
11a
12a
orange/black
13
black/green
13a
14a
brown/black
15
black/gray
15a
16
12
16a
blue/yellow
4
5
13
4
5
14
4
5
15
15b
yellow/blue
4
5
14b
gray/black
4
11
13b
black/brown
4
5
12b
green/black
14
10
11b
black/orange
4
5
10b
blue/black
12
9
9b
red/gray
4
5
9a
gray/red
3
8
8b
red/brown
4
5
8a
brown/red
10
7
7b
green/red
9
5
7a
orange/red
8
Patch Panel
RJ45 jack
4
5
16
16b
4
5
Table: SLCN – Pin Assignments (Connector Panel with 24 RJ45 Jacks)
SLCN
UP0/E interface
Backplane
RJ45 jack
No.
Signal
No.
Pin
1
1a
1
4
1b
2
2a
5
2
2b
3
3a
4
5
3
3b
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
4
5
173
Boards
Description of the Boards
SLCN
UP0/E interface
Backplane
RJ45 jack
No.
Signal
No.
Pin
4
4a
4
4
4b
5
5a
5
5
5b
6
6a
5
6
6b
7
7a
8a
7
9a
8
10a
9
11a
10
12a
11
13a
12
14a
13
15a
14
16a
16b
4
5
15
15b
16
4
5
14b
15
4
5
13b
14
4
5
12b
13
4
5
11b
12
4
5
10b
11
4
5
9b
10
4
5
8b
9
4
5
7b
8
4
4
5
16
4
5
Related Topics
3.2.26 SLMAV8N, SLMAV24N
The SLMAV8N and SLMAV24N (Subscriber Line Module Analog) boards provide
eight (SLMAV8N) and 24 a/b interfaces (SLMAV24N) for connecting analog
telephones and devices (fax, modem, etc.).
The SLMAV8N and SLMAV24N boards are compatible successor modules for the
following boards, which will be discontinued:
174
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Boards
Description of the Boards
•
SLMA (S30810-Q2191-C300)
•
SLMA8 (S30810-Q2191-C100)
•
SLMA2 (S30810-Q2246-X)
Board Variants and their Use
Board
Part Number
Used in
Communication
system
Country
Maximum
number
SLMAV8N
S30810-Q2227X300
OpenScape
Business X8
ROW
Is determined by
the systemspecific capacity
limits.
SLMAV24N
S30810-Q2227X400
OpenScape
Business X8
ROW
Is determined by
the systemspecific capacity
limits.
Main Features
These boards support calling name identification presentation (CLIP).
The SLMAV24N is that only board that supports the connection of external
extensions (Off-Premises Stations, OPS).
NOTICE: For U.S. only: The connection of external extensions
via OPS (Off-Premises Station) signaling is not supported.
NOTICE: Fire hazard due to surge voltage
In the case of line lengths exceeding 500 m and where the lines
exit the building, the SLMAV8N and SLMAV24N boards must be
protected by external lightning protection.
Lightning protection of this kind is known as additional primary
protection. The additional primary protection is guaranteed by
installing ÜSAGs (surge arresters, gas filled) in the main
distribution frame, the patch panel or at the entry point of the pipe
in the building. A gas-filled surge arrester with 230 V nominal
voltage is switched to ground from each wire that is to be
protected.
The a/b interfaces of the boards supply a ring voltage of 71 Veff .
Front Panel
To ensure sufficient shielding, the front panel of the boards must be provided with
a shielding panel. For more detailed information on the procedure, see How to
Install Shielding Covers.
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
175
Boards
Description of the Boards
Figure: SLMAV8N, SLMAV24N – LEDs on the Front Panel
LEDs
The boards feature a front panel with two LEDs that indicate the operating states.
Table: SLMAV8N, SLMAV24N – LED Statuses and their Meanings
Red LED
Green LED
off
off
Meaning
Board not receiving power or
not plugged in correctly.
Action
Check plug contact on board.
Board is out of order.
on
off
Board is supplied with power. –
Board test in progress.
Loadware loading failed.
Board is faulty.
Replace board.
Board was deactivated using
Manager E.
Check whether the board was
deactivated using Manager E.
If not, the board is defective
and must be replaced.
flashing
off
Loadware loading in progress. –
off
on
Loadware loading completed –
successfully. Board is OK (idle
state).
off
flashing
At least one channel is
activated.
–
Slots
To ensure optimal ventilation of the base box, the SLMAV8N and SLMAV24N
modules must not be placed in slot 7 directly to the right of the OCCL mainboard.
Similarly, if possible, no SLMAV8N and SLMAV24N modules should be inserted
in slot 5 immediately to the left of the OCCL mainboard.
Cable and Pin Assignments
There are several connection options for analog telephones and devices (fax,
modem, etc.):
176
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Boards
Description of the Boards
•
•
•
SIVAPAC connectors are available on the backplane for connecting the
external main distribution frame MDFU-E or the external patch panel using
CABLUs (prefabricated cabling units). See
–
Table: SLMAV8N – Cable and Pin Assignments (SIVAPAC Connectors on
the Backplane, MDFU-E, Patch Panel)
–
Table: SLMAV24N – Cable and Pin Assignments (SIVAPAC Connectors
on the Backplane, MDFU-E, Patch Panel)
Connector panels with CHAMP jacks for connecting the external main
distribution frame MDFU-E or external patch panels using CABLUs. The
connector panels are clipped onto the SIVAPAC connectors on the
backplane. See
–
Table: SLMAV8N – Cable and Pin Assignments (Connector Panel with
CHAMP Jack, MDFU-E, Patch Panel)
–
Table: SLMAV24N – Cable and Pin Assignments (Connector Panel with
CHAMP Jack, MDFU-E, Patch Panel)
Connector panels with 24 RJ45 jacks for direct connection of analog
telephones and devices (fax, modem, etc.). The connector panels are clipped
onto the SIVAPAC connectors on the backplane. See
–
Table: SLMAV8N, SLMAV24N – Pin Assignments (Connector Panel with
24 RJ45 Jacks)
Table: SLMAV8N – Cable and Pin Assignments (SIVAPAC Connectors on the
Backplane, MDFU-E, Patch Panel)
SLMAV8N
UP0/E interface
Backplane
SIVAPAC
connector
Connection cable (CABLU)
No.
Signal
Pin
Color Group
Pair
A-wire
1
1a
1
1
1
white/blue
1b
23
2a
3
2b
4
3a
5
3b
6
4a
7
4b
8
5a
9
5b
10
2
3
4
5
MDFU-E
B-wire
Splitting strip
No.
Pin
1a
1
4
blue/white
2
white/orange
white/green
white/brown
5
white/gray
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
5b
4
5
3
4
5
4
4b
5a
gray/white
2
3b
4a
brown/white
5
2b
3a
green/white
4
1b
2a
orange/white
3
Patch Panel
RJ45 jack
4
5
5
4
5
177
Boards
Description of the Boards
SLMAV8N
UP0/E interface
Backplane
SIVAPAC
connector
Connection cable (CABLU)
No.
Signal
Pin
Color Group
Pair
A-wire
6
6a
11
2
6
red/blue
6b
12
7a
13
7b
14
8a
15
8b
16
–
17
–
18
–
19
–
20
–
24
–
25
–
26
–
27
–
29
–
30
–
31
–
32
–
34
–
35
–
37
–
38
7
8
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
178
MDFU-E
B-wire
blue/red
7
red/orange
8
red/green
red/brown
red/gray
11
black/blue
black/orange
black/green
black/brown
black/gray
4
16
yellow/blue
8
4
5
9
4
5
10
10b
4
5
11
11b
4
5
12
12b
4
5
13
13b
4
5
14
14b
4
5
15
15b
16b
4
5
9b
16a
blue/yellow
7
8b
15a
gray/black
5
7b
14a
brown/black
15
6b
13a
green/black
14
4
12a
orange/black
13
6
11a
blue/black
12
6a
10a
gray/red
3
Pin
9a
brown/red
10
No.
8a
green/red
9
Splitting strip
7a
orange/red
Patch Panel
RJ45 jack
4
5
16
4
5
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Boards
Description of the Boards
Table: SLMAV24N – Cable and Pin Assignments (SIVAPAC Connectors on the
Backplane, MDFU-E, Patch Panel)
SLMAV24N
UP0/E interface
Backplane
SIVAPAC
connector
Connection cable (CABLU)
No.
Signal
Pin
Color Group
Pair
A-wire
1
1a
1
1
1
white/blue
1b
23
2a
3
2b
4
3a
5
3b
6
4a
7
4b
8
5a
9
5b
10
6a
11
6b
12
7a
13
7b
14
8a
15
8b
16
9a
17
9b
18
10a
19
10b
20
11a
24
11b
25
12a
26
12b
27
13a
29
13b
30
14a
31
14b
32
15a
34
15b
35
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
MDFU-E
B-wire
blue/white
2
white/orange
3
white/green
white/brown
white/gray
6
red/blue
red/orange
red/green
red/brown
red/gray
3
11
black/blue
12
black/orange
orange/black
13
black/green
14
black/brown
brown/black
15
black/gray
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
5
4
5
6
4
5
7
4
5
8
4
5
9
9b
4
5
10
10b
4
5
11
11b
4
5
12
12b
4
5
13
13b
4
5
14
14b
15b
4
5
8b
15a
gray/black
4
7b
14a
4
5
6b
13a
green/black
3
5b
12a
4
5
4b
11a
blue/black
2
3b
10a
gray/red
5
2b
9a
brown/red
10
1b
8a
green/red
9
4
7a
orange/red
8
1
6a
blue/red
7
1a
5a
gray/white
2
Pin
4a
brown/white
5
No.
3a
green/white
4
Jumper strip
2a
orange/white
Patch Panel
RJ45 jack
4
5
15
4
5
179
Boards
Description of the Boards
SLMAV24N
UP0/E interface
Backplane
SIVAPAC
connector
Connection cable (CABLU)
No.
Signal
Pin
Color Group
Pair
A-wire
16
16a
37
4
16
yellow/blue
16b
38
17a
43
17b
44
18a
45
18b
46
19a
47
19b
48
20a
49
20b
50
21a
51
21b
52
22a
53
22b
54
23a
55
23b
56
24a
57
24b
58
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
MDFU-E
B-wire
blue/yellow
17
yellow/orange
18
yellow/green
yellow/brown
yellow/gray
21
purple/blue
purple/orange
purple/green
16b
purple/brown
17
4
5
18
18b
4
5
19
19b
4
5
20
20b
4
5
21
21b
4
5
22
22b
4
5
23
23b
24a
brown/purple
5
17b
23a
green/purple
24
4
22a
orange/purple
23
16
21a
blue/purple
22
16a
20a
gray/yellow
5
Pin
19a
brown/yellow
20
No.
18a
green/yellow
19
Jumper strip
17a
orange/yellow
Patch Panel
RJ45 jack
4
5
24
24b
4
5
Table: SLMAV8N – Cable and Pin Assignments (Connector Panel with CHAMP Jack,
MDFU-E, Patch Panel)
SLMAV8N
UP0/E interface
Backplane
CHAMP jack
Connection cable (CABLU)
No.
Signal
Pin
Color Group
Pair
A-wire
1
1a
1
1
1
white/blue
1b
26
2a
2
2b
27
3a
3
3b
28
4a
4
4b
29
5a
5
5b
30
2
3
4
5
180
MDFU-E
B-wire
blue/white
2
white/orange
3
white/green
white/brown
Pin
1a
1
4
1b
white/gray
2
3
4
5
4
4b
5b
4
5
3b
5a
gray/white
5
2b
4a
brown/white
5
No.
3a
green/white
4
Splitting strip
2a
orange/white
Patch Panel
RJ45 jack
4
5
5
4
5
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Boards
Description of the Boards
SLMAV8N
UP0/E interface
Backplane
CHAMP jack
Connection cable (CABLU)
No.
Signal
Pin
Color Group
Pair
A-wire
6
6a
6
2
6
red/blue
6b
31
7a
7
7b
32
8a
8
8b
33
–
9
–
34
–
10
–
35
–
11
–
36
–
12
–
37
–
13
–
38
–
14
–
39
–
15
–
40
–
16
–
41
7
8
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
MDFU-E
B-wire
Splitting strip
No.
Pin
6a
6
4
blue/red
7
red/orange
red/green
red/brown
10
red/gray
3
11
black/blue
blue/black
12
black/orange
13
black/green
green/black
14
black/brown
15
black/gray
gray/black
4
16
yellow/blue
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
16b
4
5
11
4
5
12
4
5
13
4
5
14
4
5
15
15b
16a
blue/yellow
10
14b
15a
4
5
13b
14a
brown/black
9
12b
13a
4
5
11b
12a
orange/black
8
10b
11a
4
5
9b
10a
gray/red
7
8b
9a
brown/red
5
7b
8a
green/red
9
6b
7a
orange/red
8
Patch Panel
RJ45 jack
4
5
16
4
5
181
Boards
Description of the Boards
Table: SLMAV24N – Cable and Pin Assignments (Connector Panel with CHAMP Jack,
MDFU-E, Patch Panel)
SLMAV24N
UP0/E interface
Backplane
CHAMP jack
Connection cable (CABLU)
No.
Signal
Pin
Color Group
Pair
A-wire
1
1a
1
1
1
white/blue
1b
26
2a
2
2b
27
3a
3
3b
28
4a
4
4b
29
5a
5
5b
30
6a
6
6b
31
7a
7
7b
32
8a
8
8b
33
9a
9
9b
34
10a
10
10b
35
11a
11
11b
36
12a
12
12b
37
13a
13
13b
38
14a
14
14b
39
15a
15
15b
40
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
182
MDFU-E
B-wire
blue/white
2
white/orange
3
white/green
white/brown
white/gray
6
red/blue
red/orange
red/green
red/brown
red/gray
3
11
black/blue
12
black/orange
orange/black
13
black/green
14
black/brown
brown/black
15
black/gray
5
4
5
6
4
5
7
4
5
8
4
5
9
9b
4
5
10
10b
4
5
11
11b
4
5
12
12b
4
5
13
13b
4
5
14
14b
15b
4
5
8b
15a
gray/black
4
7b
14a
4
5
6b
13a
green/black
3
5b
12a
4
5
4b
11a
blue/black
2
3b
10a
gray/red
5
2b
9a
brown/red
10
1b
8a
green/red
9
4
7a
orange/red
8
1
6a
blue/red
7
1a
5a
gray/white
2
Pin
4a
brown/white
5
No.
3a
green/white
4
Jumper strip
2a
orange/white
Patch Panel
RJ45 jack
4
5
15
4
5
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Boards
Description of the Boards
SLMAV24N
UP0/E interface
Backplane
CHAMP jack
Connection cable (CABLU)
No.
Signal
Pin
Color Group
Pair
A-wire
16
16a
16
4
16
yellow/blue
16b
41
17a
17
17b
42
18a
18
18b
43
19a
19
19b
44
20a
20
20b
45
21a
21
21b
46
22a
22
22b
47
23a
23
23b
48
24a
24
24b
49
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
MDFU-E
B-wire
blue/yellow
17
yellow/orange
yellow/green
21
yellow/brown
5
17
yellow/gray
20a
18
21a
19
22a
20
23a
21
24a
brown/purple
4
5
22
4
5
23
23b
purple/brown
4
5
22b
purple/green
4
5
21b
purple/orange
4
5
20b
purple/blue
4
5
19b
green/purple
24
4
19a
orange/purple
23
16
18b
blue/purple
22
16a
18a
gray/yellow
5
Pin
17b
brown/yellow
20
No.
17a
green/yellow
19
Jumper strip
16b
orange/yellow
18
Patch Panel
RJ45 jack
4
5
24
24b
4
5
Table: SLMAV8N, SLMAV24N – Pin Assignments (Connector Panel with 24 RJ45 Jacks)
SLMAV8N, SLMAV24N
UP0/E interface
Backplane
RJ45 jack
No.
Signal
No.
Pin
1
1a
1
4
1b
2
2a
5
2
2b
3
3a
5
3
3b
4
4a
5a
4
5
4
4b
5
4
4
5
5
5b
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
4
5
183
Boards
Description of the Boards
SLMAV8N, SLMAV24N
UP0/E interface
Backplane
RJ45 jack
No.
Signal
No.
Pin
6
6a
6
4
6b
7
7a
5
7
7b
8
8a
5
8
8b
9 (only SLMAV24N)
9a
10a
9
11a
10
12a
11
13a
12
14a
13
15a
14
16a
15
17a
16
18a
17
19a
18
20a
19
21a
21b
184
4
5
20
20b
21 (only SLMAV24N)
4
5
19b
20 (only SLMAV24N)
4
5
18b
19 (only SLMAV24N)
4
5
17b
18 (only SLMAV24N)
4
5
16b
17 (only SLMAV24N)
4
5
15b
16 (only SLMAV24N)
4
5
14b
15 (only SLMAV24N)
4
5
13b
14 (only SLMAV24N)
4
5
12b
13 (only SLMAV24N)
4
5
11b
12 (only SLMAV24N)
4
5
10b
11 (only SLMAV24N)
4
5
9b
10 (only SLMAV24N)
4
4
5
21
4
5
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Boards
Description of the Boards
SLMAV8N, SLMAV24N
UP0/E interface
Backplane
RJ45 jack
No.
Signal
No.
Pin
22 (only SLMAV24N)
22a
22
4
22b
23 (only SLMAV24N)
5
23a
23
4
23b
24 (only SLMAV24N)
5
24a
24
4
24b
5
Related Topics
3.2.27 SLMO8N, SLMO24N
The SLMO8N and SLMO24N (Subscriber Line Module Optiset) boards provide 8
(SLMO8N) and 24 UP0/E interfaces (SLMO24N) for the connection of UP0/E
phones (e.g., OpenStage T).
The SLMO8N and SLMO24N boards are compatible successor modules for the
following boards, which will be discontinued:
•
SLMO8 (S30810-Q2168-X100)
•
SLMO2 (S30810-Q2168-X10)
•
SLMO24 (S30810-Q2901-X)
Board Variants and their Use
Board
Part Number
Used in
Communication
system
Country
Maximum
number
SLMO8N
S30810-Q2168X300
OpenScape
Business X8
ROW
Is determined by
the systemspecific capacity
limits.
SLMO24N
S30810-Q2168X400
OpenScape
Business X8
ROW
Is determined by
the systemspecific capacity
limits.
NOTICE: Fire hazard due to surge voltage
In the case of line lengths exceeding 500 m and where the lines
exit the building, the SLMO8N and SLMO24N boards must be
protected by external lightning protection.
Lightning protection of this kind is known as additional primary
protection. The additional primary protection is guaranteed by
installing ÜSAGs (surge arresters, gas filled) in the main
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
185
Boards
Description of the Boards
distribution frame, the patch panel or at the entry point of the pipe
in the building. A gas-filled surge arrester with 230 V nominal
voltage is switched to ground from each wire that is to be
protected.
Front Panel
To ensure sufficient shielding, the front panel of the boards must be provided with
a shielding panel. For more detailed information on the procedure, see How to
Install Shielding Covers.
Figure: SLMO8N, SLMO24N – LEDs on the Front Panel
LEDs
The boards feature a front panel with two LEDs that indicate the operating states.
Table: SLMO8N, SLMO24N – LED Statuses and their Meanings
Red LED
Green LED
off
off
Meaning
Board not receiving power or
not plugged in correctly.
Action
Check plug contact on board.
Board is out of order.
on
186
off
Board is supplied with power. –
Board test in progress.
Loadware loading failed.
Board is faulty.
Replace board.
Board was deactivated using
Manager E.
Check whether the board was
deactivated using Manager E.
If not, the board is defective
and must be replaced.
flashing
off
Loadware loading in progress. –
off
on
Loadware loading completed –
successfully. Board is OK (idle
state).
off
flashing
At least one channel is
activated.
–
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Boards
Description of the Boards
Cable and Pin Assignments
There are several connection options for UP0/E phones:
•
•
•
SIVAPAC connectors are available on the backplane for connecting the
external main distribution frame MDFU-E or the external patch panel using
CABLUs (prefabricated cabling units). See
–
Table: SLMO8N – Cable and Pin Assignments (SIVAPAC Connectors on
the Backplane, MDFU-E, Patch Panel)
–
Table: SLMO24N – Cable and Pin Assignments (SIVAPAC Connectors on
the Backplane, MDFU-E, Patch Panel)
Connector panels with CHAMP jacks for connecting the external main
distribution frame MDFU-E or external patch panels using CABLUs. The
connector panels are clipped onto the SIVAPAC connectors on the
backplane. See
–
Table: SLMO8N – Cable and Pin Assignments (Connector Panel with
CHAMP Jack, MDFU-E, Patch Panel)
–
Table: SLMO24N – Cable and Pin Assignments (Connector Panel with
CHAMP Jack, MDFU-E, Patch Panel)
Connector panels with 24 RJ45 jacks for connecting UP0/E phones directly.
The connector panels are clipped onto the SIVAPAC connectors on the
backplane. See
–
Table: SLMO8N, SLMO24N – Pin Assignments (Connector Panel with 24
RJ45 Jacks)
Table: SLMO8N – Cable and Pin Assignments (SIVAPAC Connectors on the Backplane,
MDFU-E, Patch Panel)
SLMO8N
UP0/E interface
Backplane
SIVAPAC
connector
Connection cable (CABLU)
No.
Signal
Pin
Color Group
Pair
A-wire
1
1a
1
1
1
white/blue
1b
23
2a
3
2b
4
3a
5
3b
6
4a
7
4b
8
5a
9
5b
10
2
3
4
5
MDFU-E
B-wire
Splitting strip
No.
Pin
1a
1
4
blue/white
2
white/orange
white/green
white/brown
5
white/gray
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
5b
4
5
3
4
5
4
4b
5a
gray/white
2
3b
4a
brown/white
5
2b
3a
green/white
4
1b
2a
orange/white
3
Patch Panel
RJ45 jack
4
5
5
4
5
187
Boards
Description of the Boards
SLMO8N
UP0/E interface
Backplane
SIVAPAC
connector
Connection cable (CABLU)
No.
Signal
Pin
Color Group
Pair
A-wire
6
6a
11
2
6
red/blue
6b
12
7a
13
7b
14
8a
15
8b
16
–
17
–
18
–
19
–
20
–
24
–
25
–
26
–
27
–
29
–
30
–
31
–
32
–
34
–
35
–
37
–
38
7
8
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
188
MDFU-E
B-wire
blue/red
7
red/orange
8
red/green
red/brown
red/gray
11
black/blue
black/orange
black/green
black/brown
black/gray
4
16
yellow/blue
8
4
5
9
4
5
10
10b
4
5
11
11b
4
5
12
12b
4
5
13
13b
4
5
14
14b
4
5
15
15b
16b
4
5
9b
16a
blue/yellow
7
8b
15a
gray/black
5
7b
14a
brown/black
15
6b
13a
green/black
14
4
12a
orange/black
13
6
11a
blue/black
12
6a
10a
gray/red
3
Pin
9a
brown/red
10
No.
8a
green/red
9
Splitting strip
7a
orange/red
Patch Panel
RJ45 jack
4
5
16
4
5
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Boards
Description of the Boards
Table: SLMO24N – Cable and Pin Assignments (SIVAPAC Connectors on the
Backplane, MDFU-E, Patch Panel)
SLMO24N
UP0/E interface
Backplane
SIVAPAC
connector
Connection cable (CABLU)
No.
Signal
Pin
Color Group
Pair
A-wire
1
1a
1
1
1
white/blue
1b
23
2a
3
2b
4
3a
5
3b
6
4a
7
4b
8
5a
9
5b
10
6a
11
6b
12
7a
13
7b
14
8a
15
8b
16
9a
17
9b
18
10a
19
10b
20
11a
24
11b
25
12a
26
12b
27
13a
29
13b
30
14a
31
14b
32
15a
34
15b
35
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
MDFU-E
B-wire
blue/white
2
white/orange
3
white/green
white/brown
white/gray
6
red/blue
red/orange
red/green
red/brown
red/gray
3
11
black/blue
12
black/orange
orange/black
13
black/green
14
black/brown
brown/black
15
black/gray
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
5
4
5
6
4
5
7
4
5
8
4
5
9
9b
4
5
10
10b
4
5
11
11b
4
5
12
12b
4
5
13
13b
4
5
14
14b
15b
4
5
8b
15a
gray/black
4
7b
14a
4
5
6b
13a
green/black
3
5b
12a
4
5
4b
11a
blue/black
2
3b
10a
gray/red
5
2b
9a
brown/red
10
1b
8a
green/red
9
4
7a
orange/red
8
1
6a
blue/red
7
1a
5a
gray/white
2
Pin
4a
brown/white
5
No.
3a
green/white
4
Jumper strip
2a
orange/white
Patch Panel
RJ45 jack
4
5
15
4
5
189
Boards
Description of the Boards
SLMO24N
UP0/E interface
Backplane
SIVAPAC
connector
Connection cable (CABLU)
No.
Signal
Pin
Color Group
Pair
A-wire
16
16a
37
4
16
yellow/blue
16b
38
17a
43
17b
44
18a
45
18b
46
19a
47
19b
48
20a
49
20b
50
21a
51
21b
52
22a
53
22b
54
23a
55
23b
56
24a
57
24b
58
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
MDFU-E
B-wire
blue/yellow
17
yellow/orange
18
yellow/green
yellow/brown
yellow/gray
21
purple/blue
purple/orange
purple/green
16b
purple/brown
17
4
5
18
18b
4
5
19
19b
4
5
20
20b
4
5
21
21b
4
5
22
22b
4
5
23
23b
24a
brown/purple
5
17b
23a
green/purple
24
4
22a
orange/purple
23
16
21a
blue/purple
22
16a
20a
gray/yellow
5
Pin
19a
brown/yellow
20
No.
18a
green/yellow
19
Jumper strip
17a
orange/yellow
Patch Panel
RJ45 jack
4
5
24
24b
4
5
Table: SLMO8N – Cable and Pin Assignments (Connector Panel with CHAMP Jack,
MDFU-E, Patch Panel)
SLMO8N
UP0/E interface
Backplane
CHAMP jack
Connection cable (CABLU)
No.
Signal
Pin
Color Group
Pair
A-wire
1
1a
1
1
1
white/blue
1b
26
2a
2
2b
27
3a
3
3b
28
4a
4
4b
29
5a
5
5b
30
2
3
4
5
190
MDFU-E
B-wire
blue/white
2
white/orange
3
white/green
white/brown
Pin
1a
1
4
1b
white/gray
2
3
4
5
4
4b
5b
4
5
3b
5a
gray/white
5
2b
4a
brown/white
5
No.
3a
green/white
4
Splitting strip
2a
orange/white
Patch Panel
RJ45 jack
4
5
5
4
5
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Boards
Description of the Boards
SLMO8N
UP0/E interface
Backplane
CHAMP jack
Connection cable (CABLU)
No.
Signal
Pin
Color Group
Pair
A-wire
6
6a
6
2
6
red/blue
6b
31
7a
7
7b
32
8a
8
8b
33
–
9
–
34
–
10
–
35
–
11
–
36
–
12
–
37
–
13
–
38
–
14
–
39
–
15
–
40
–
16
–
41
7
8
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
MDFU-E
B-wire
Splitting strip
No.
Pin
6a
6
4
blue/red
7
red/orange
red/green
red/brown
10
red/gray
3
11
black/blue
blue/black
12
black/orange
13
black/green
green/black
14
black/brown
15
black/gray
gray/black
4
16
yellow/blue
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
16b
4
5
11
4
5
12
4
5
13
4
5
14
4
5
15
15b
16a
blue/yellow
10
14b
15a
4
5
13b
14a
brown/black
9
12b
13a
4
5
11b
12a
orange/black
8
10b
11a
4
5
9b
10a
gray/red
7
8b
9a
brown/red
5
7b
8a
green/red
9
6b
7a
orange/red
8
Patch Panel
RJ45 jack
4
5
16
4
5
191
Boards
Description of the Boards
Table: SLMO24N – Cable and Pin Assignments (Connector Panel with CHAMP Jack,
MDFU-E, Patch Panel)
SLMO24N
UP0/E interface
Backplane
CHAMP jack
Connection cable (CABLU)
No.
Signal
Pin
Color Group
Pair
A-wire
1
1a
1
1
1
white/blue
1b
26
2a
2
2b
27
3a
3
3b
28
4a
4
4b
29
5a
5
5b
30
6a
6
6b
31
7a
7
7b
32
8a
8
8b
33
9a
9
9b
34
10a
10
10b
35
11a
11
11b
36
12a
12
12b
37
13a
13
13b
38
14a
14
14b
39
15a
15
15b
40
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
192
MDFU-E
B-wire
blue/white
2
white/orange
3
white/green
white/brown
white/gray
6
red/blue
red/orange
red/green
red/brown
red/gray
3
11
black/blue
12
black/orange
orange/black
13
black/green
14
black/brown
brown/black
15
black/gray
5
4
5
6
4
5
7
4
5
8
4
5
9
9b
4
5
10
10b
4
5
11
11b
4
5
12
12b
4
5
13
13b
4
5
14
14b
15b
4
5
8b
15a
gray/black
4
7b
14a
4
5
6b
13a
green/black
3
5b
12a
4
5
4b
11a
blue/black
2
3b
10a
gray/red
5
2b
9a
brown/red
10
1b
8a
green/red
9
4
7a
orange/red
8
1
6a
blue/red
7
1a
5a
gray/white
2
Pin
4a
brown/white
5
No.
3a
green/white
4
Jumper strip
2a
orange/white
Patch Panel
RJ45 jack
4
5
15
4
5
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Boards
Description of the Boards
SLMO24N
UP0/E interface
Backplane
CHAMP jack
Connection cable (CABLU)
No.
Signal
Pin
Color Group
Pair
A-wire
16
16a
16
4
16
yellow/blue
16b
41
17a
17
17b
42
18a
18
18b
43
19a
19
19b
44
20a
20
20b
45
21a
21
21b
46
22a
22
22b
47
23a
23
23b
48
24a
24
24b
49
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
MDFU-E
B-wire
blue/yellow
17
yellow/orange
yellow/green
21
yellow/brown
5
17
yellow/gray
20a
18
21a
19
22a
20
23a
21
24a
brown/purple
4
5
22
4
5
23
23b
purple/brown
4
5
22b
purple/green
4
5
21b
purple/orange
4
5
20b
purple/blue
4
5
19b
green/purple
24
4
19a
orange/purple
23
16
18b
blue/purple
22
16a
18a
gray/yellow
5
Pin
17b
brown/yellow
20
No.
17a
green/yellow
19
Jumper strip
16b
orange/yellow
18
Patch Panel
RJ45 jack
4
5
24
24b
4
5
Table: SLMO8N, SLMO24N – Pin Assignments (Connector Panel with 24 RJ45 Jacks)
SLMO8N, SLMO24N
UP0/E interface
Backplane
RJ45 jack
No.
Signal
No.
Pin
1
1a
1
4
1b
2
2a
5
2
2b
3
3a
5
3
3b
4
4a
5a
4
5
4
4b
5
4
4
5
5
5b
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
4
5
193
Boards
Description of the Boards
SLMO8N, SLMO24N
UP0/E interface
Backplane
RJ45 jack
No.
Signal
No.
Pin
6
6a
6
4
6b
7
7a
5
7
7b
8
8a
5
8
8b
9 (only SLMO24N)
9a
10a
9
11a
10
12a
11
13a
12
14a
13
15a
14
16a
15
17a
16
18a
17
19a
18
20a
19
21a
21b
194
4
5
20
20b
21 (only SLMO24N)
4
5
19b
20 (only SLMO24N)
4
5
18b
19 (only SLMO24N)
4
5
17b
18 (only SLMO24N)
4
5
16b
17 (only SLMO24N)
4
5
15b
16 (only SLMO24N)
4
5
14b
15 (only SLMO24N)
4
5
13b
14 (only SLMO24N)
4
5
12b
13 (only SLMO24N)
4
5
11b
12 (only SLMO24N)
4
5
10b
11 (only SLMO24N)
4
5
9b
10 (only SLMO24N)
4
4
5
21
4
5
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Boards
Description of the Boards
SLMO8N, SLMO24N
UP0/E interface
Backplane
RJ45 jack
No.
Signal
No.
Pin
22 (only SLMO24N)
22a
22
4
22b
23 (only SLMO24N)
5
23a
23
4
23b
24 (only SLMO24N)
5
24a
24
4
24b
5
Related Topics
3.2.28 SLU8N, SLU8NR
The SLU8N and SLU8NR (Subscriber Line UP0/E, New, Rack) boards provide
eight UP0/E interfaces for connecting UP0/E telephones (e.g., OpenStage T).
The SLU8N and SLU8NR boards are compatible successor modules for the
following boards, which will be discontinued:
•
SLU8 (S30817-Q922-A301)
•
SLU8R (S30817-K922-Z301)
Board Variants and their Use
Board
Part Number
Used in
Communication
system
SLU8N
S30817-Q922-A401 OpenScape
Business X3W
Country
ROW
OpenScape
Business X5W
SLU8NR
S30817-K922-Z401
OpenScape
Business X3R
OpenScape
Business X5R
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Maximum
number
2
Is determined by
the systemspecific capacity
limits.
ROW
2
Is determined by
the systemspecific capacity
limits.
195
Boards
Description of the Boards
NOTICE: Fire hazard due to surge voltage
In the case of line lengths exceeding 500 m and where the lines
exit the building, the SLU8N and SLU8NR boards must be
protected by external lightning protection.
Lightning protection of this kind is known as additional primary
protection. The additional primary protection is guaranteed by
installing ÜSAGs (surge arresters, gas filled) in the main
distribution frame, the patch panel or at the entry point of the pipe
in the building. A gas-filled surge arrester with 230 V nominal
voltage is switched to ground from each wire that is to be
protected.
Figure
Figure: SLU8N
UP0/E interfaces
1–4
50
1
X2
8
X1
UP0/E interfaces
5–8
Connection to
CUP
CUC
1
X3
8
2
Figure: SLU8NR
50
1
11
:
18
UP0/E interfaces
1–8
(RJ45 jacks)
8
196
X1
Connection to
CUPR
CUCR
X2
81
:
88
2
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Boards
Description of the Boards
Pin Assignments
Table: SLU8N - Pin Assignments
X2
X3
Pin
UP0/E interfaces 1 – 4
Pin
UP0/E interfaces 5 – 8
1
a1
1
a5
2
b1
2
b5
3
a2
3
a6
4
b2
4
b6
5
a3
5
a7
6
b3
6
b7
7
a4
7
a8
8
b4
8
b8
Table: SLU8NR - Pin Assignments
RJ45 jack
Pin
UP0/E interfaces 1 – 8
1
14
a1
15
b1
24
a2
25
b2
34
a3
35
b3
44
a4
45
b4
54
a5
55
b5
64
a6
65
b6
74
a7
75
b7
84
a8
85
b8
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
The RJ45 jacks each have two wires.
Related Topics
3.2.29 STLSX2, STLSX4, STLSX4R
The STLSX2, STLSX4 and STLSX4R (Subscriber Trunk Line S0 with ISAC-SX,
rack) boards provide two (STLSX2) and four (STLSX8, STLSX0R) S0 interfaces
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
197
Boards
Description of the Boards
which can be used for the ISDN trunk connection, tie-traffic (networking) or ISDN
station connections (ISDN phones, Fax Group 4, etc.).
The STLSX2, STLSX4 and STLSX4R boards are compatible successor modules
for the following boards, which will be discontinued:
•
STLS2 (S30817-Q924-B313)
•
STLS4 (S30817-Q924-A313)
•
STLS4R (S30817-Q924-Z313)
Board Variants and their Use
Board
Part Number
Used in
Communication
system
STLSX2
S30810-H2944-X100 OpenScape
Business X3W
Country
ROW
OpenScape
Business X5W
STLSX4
S30810-H2944-X
OpenScape
Business X3W
S30810-K2944-Z
OpenScape
Business X3R
OpenScape
Business X5R
2
Is determined by
the systemspecific capacity
limits.
ROW
OpenScape
Business X5W
STLSX4R
Maximum
number
2
Is determined by
the systemspecific capacity
limits.
ROW
2
Is determined by
the systemspecific capacity
limits.
Usage Types
The setting of the usage type for each interface occurs via the WBM:
•
ISDN trunk connection: point-to-point connection or point-to-multipoint
connection
•
ISDN station connection: internal S0 port
The connected ISDN phones cannot be adequately supplied with power. A
local power supply (e.g., plug-in power supply) is required.
For STLSX4R only: The RJ45 jacks on the S0 ports each have four wires. ISDN
trunk lines can be directly connected (1:1 cable). For ISDN phones, the Receive
and Transmit lines must be swapped in each case.
198
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Boards
Description of the Boards
NOTICE: Fire hazard due to surge voltage
Only for the S0 interfaces used for the station connection: In the
case of line lengths exceeding 500 m and where the lines need to
exit the building, the STLSX2, STLSX4 and STLSX4R boards
must be protected by external lightning protection.
Lightning protection of this kind is known as additional primary
protection. The additional primary protection is guaranteed by
installing ÜSAGs (surge arresters, gas filled) in the main
distribution frame, the patch panel or at the entry point of the pipe
in the building. A gas-filled surge arrester with 230 V nominal
voltage is switched to ground from each wire that is to be
protected.
Figure
Figure: STLSX2, STLSX4
S0 interfaces
1–4
(interfaces 3
and 4 not
STLSX2)
50
1
X2
16
X1
Connection to
CUP
CUC
2
Figure: STLSX4R
1
S0 interfaces
1–4
(RJ45
jacks)
4
50
11 : 18
X2
81 : 88
X1
Connection to
CUPR
CUCR
2
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
199
Boards
Description of the Boards
Pin Assignments
Table: STLSX2, STLSX4 – Pin Assignments
X2
Pin
S0 ports 1 – 2
Pin
S0 ports 3 – 4
(not STLSX2)
1
S0-1 Transmit +
9
S0-3 Transmit +
2
S0-1 Receive +
10
S0-3 Receive +
3
S0-1 Receive –
11
S0-3 Receive –
4
S0-1 Transmit –
12
S0-3 Transmit –
5
S0-2 Transmit +
13
S0-4 Transmit +
6
S0-2 Receive +
14
S0-4 Receive +
7
S0-2 Receive –
15
S0-4 Receive –
8
S0-2 Transmit –
16
S0-4 Transmit –
Table: STLSX4R – Pin Assignments
RJ45 jack
Pin
S0 ports 1 – 4
1
13
S0-1 Transmit +
14
S0-1 Receive +
15
S0-1 Receive –
16
S0-1 Transmit –
13
S0-2 Transmit +
14
S0-2 Receive +
15
S0-2 Receive –
16
S0-2 Transmit –
13
S0-3 Transmit +
14
S0-3 Receive +
15
S0-3 Receive –
16
S0-3 Transmit –
13
S0-4 Transmit +
14
S0-4 Receive +
15
S0-4 Receive –
16
S0-4 Transmit –
2
3
4
The RJ45 jacks each have four wires.
Related Topics
200
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Boards
Description of the Boards
3.2.30 STMD3
The STMD3 board (Subscriber Trunk Module Digital S0) provides 8 S0 interfaces
which can be used for the ISDN trunk connection, tie-traffic (networking) or ISDN
station connections (ISDN phones, Fax Group 4, etc.).
Board Variants and their Use
Board
Part Number
Used in
Communication
system
STMD3
S30810-Q2217-X10 OpenScape
Business X8
Country
ROW
Maximum
number
8 (a maximum of
6 per system)
Usage Types
The setting of the usage type for each interface occurs via the WBM:
•
ISDN trunk connection: point-to-point connection or point-to-multipoint
connection
•
ISDN station connection: internal S0 port
The connected ISDN phones cannot be adequately supplied with power. A
local power supply (e.g., plug-in power supply) is required.
NOTICE: Fire hazard due to surge voltage
Only for the S0 station connection interfaces: In the case of line
lengths exceeding 500 m and where the lines exit the building, the
STMD3 board must be protected by external lightning protection.
Lightning protection of this kind is known as additional primary
protection. The additional primary protection is guaranteed by
installing ÜSAGs (surge arresters, gas filled) in the main
distribution frame, the patch panel or at the entry point of the pipe
in the building. A gas-filled surge arrester with 230 V nominal
voltage is switched to ground from each wire that is to be
protected.
Front Panel
To ensure sufficient shielding, the front panel of the board must be provided with
a shielding panel. For more detailed information on the procedure, see How to
Install Shielding Covers.
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
201
Boards
Description of the Boards
Figure: STMD3 – LEDs on the Front Panel
LEDs
The board features a front panel with two LEDs that indicate the operating states.
Table: STMD3 – LED Statuses and their Meanings
Red LED
Green LED
off
off
Meaning
Board not receiving power or
not plugged in correctly.
Action
Check plug contact on board.
Board is out of order.
on
off
Board is supplied with power. –
Board test in progress.
Loadware loading failed.
Board is faulty.
Replace board.
Board was deactivated using
Manager E.
Check whether the board was
deactivated using Manager E.
If not, the board is defective
and must be replaced.
flashing
off
Loadware loading in progress. –
off
on
Loadware loading completed –
successfully. Board is OK (idle
state).
off
flashing
At least one channel is
activated.
–
Cable and Pin Assignments
There are several connection options for CO trunks, network trunks and ISDN
phones:
202
•
SIVAPAC connectors are available on the backplane for connecting the
external main distribution frame MDFU-E or the external S0 patch panel using
CABLUs (prefabricated cabling units). See Table: STMD3 – Cable and Pin
Assignments (SIVAPAC Connectors on the Backplane, MDFU-E, S0 Patch
Panel)
•
Connector panels with CHAMP jacks for connecting the external main
distribution frame MDFU-E or external S0 patch panels using CABLUs. The
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Boards
Description of the Boards
connector panels are clipped onto the SIVAPAC connectors on the
backplane. See Table: STMD3 – Cable and Pin Assignments (Connector
Panel with CHAMP Jack, MDFU-E, S0 Patch Panel)
Connector panels with 8 RJ45 jacks for connecting CO trunks, network trunks
and ISDN phones directly. The connector panels are clipped onto the
SIVAPAC connectors on the backplane. See Table: STMD3 – Pin
Assignments (Connector Panel with 8 RJ45 Jacks)
•
Table: STMD3 – Cable and Pin Assignments (SIVAPAC Connectors on the Backplane,
MDFU-E, S0 Patch Panel)
STMD3
S0 interface
Backplane
SIVAPAC
connector
Connection cable (CABLU)
No.
Signal
Pin
Color
Group
Pair
A-wire
1
1Ea
1
1
1
white/blue
1Eb
23
1Sa
3
1Sb
4
2Ea
5
2Eb
6
2Sa
7
2Sb
8
3Ea
9
3Eb
10
3Sa
11
3Sb
12
4Ea
13
4Eb
14
4Sa
15
4Sb
16
5Ea
17
5Eb
18
5Sa
19
5Sb
20
2
3
4
5
B-wire
MDFU-E
Splitting strip
No.
Pin
STN
Pin
CO
1a
1
3
4
1b
6
5
2a
4
3
2b
5
6
3
4
3b
6
5
4a
4
3
4b
5
6
3
4
5b
6
5
6a
4
3
6b
5
6
3
4
7b
6
5
8a
4
3
8b
5
6
3
4
9b
6
5
10a
4
3
10b
5
6
blue/white
2
white/orange
orange/white
3
white/green
3a
green/white
4
white/brown
brown/white
5
white/gray
5a
gray/white
2
6
red/blue
blue/red
7
red/orange
7a
orange/red
8
red/green
green/red
9
red/brown
9a
brown/red
10
S0 patch panel
RJ45 jack
red/gray
gray/red
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
2
3
4
5
203
Boards
Description of the Boards
STMD3
S0 interface
Backplane
SIVAPAC
connector
Connection cable (CABLU)
No.
Signal
Pin
Color
Group
Pair
A-wire
6
6Ea
24
3
11
black/blue
6Eb
25
6Sa
26
6Sb
27
7Ea
29
7Eb
30
7Sa
31
7Sb
32
8Ea
34
8Eb
35
8Sa
37
8Sb
38
7
8
204
B-wire
blue/black
12
black/orange
orange/black
13
black/green
black/brown
brown/black
15
black/gray
4
16
No.
Pin
STN
Pin
CO
11a
6
3
4
11b
6
5
12a
4
3
12b
5
6
3
4
13b
6
5
14a
4
3
14b
5
6
3
4
15b
6
5
16a
4
3
16b
5
6
15a
gray/black
yellow/blue
blue/yellow
S0 patch panel
RJ45 jack
Splitting strip
13a
green/black
14
MDFU-E
7
8
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Boards
Description of the Boards
Table: STMD3 – Cable and Pin Assignments (Connector Panel with CHAMP Jack,
MDFU-E, S0 Patch Panel)
STMD3
S0 interface
Backplane
CHAMP jack
Connection cable (CABLU)
No.
Signal
Pin
Color
Group
Pair
A-wire
1
1Ea
1
1
1
white/blue
1Eb
26
1Sa
2
1Sb
27
2Ea
3
2Eb
28
2Sa
4
2Sb
29
3Ea
5
3Eb
30
3Sa
6
3Sb
31
4Ea
7
4Eb
32
4Sa
8
4Sb
33
5Ea
9
5Eb
34
5Sa
10
5Sb
35
2
3
4
5
B-wire
MDFU-E
Splitting strip
No.
Pin
STN
Pin
CO
1a
1
3
4
1b
6
5
2a
4
3
2b
5
6
3
4
3b
6
5
4a
4
3
4b
5
6
3
4
5b
6
5
6a
4
3
6b
5
6
3
4
7b
6
5
8a
4
3
8b
5
6
3
4
9b
6
5
10a
4
3
10b
5
6
blue/white
2
white/orange
orange/white
3
white/green
3a
green/white
4
white/brown
brown/white
5
white/gray
5a
gray/white
2
6
red/blue
blue/red
7
red/orange
7a
orange/red
8
red/green
green/red
9
red/brown
9a
brown/red
10
S0 patch panel
RJ45 jack
red/gray
gray/red
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
2
3
4
5
205
Boards
Description of the Boards
STMD3
S0 interface
Backplane
CHAMP jack
Connection cable (CABLU)
No.
Signal
Pin
Color
Group
Pair
A-wire
6
6Ea
11
3
11
black/blue
6Eb
36
6Sa
12
6Sb
37
7Ea
13
7Eb
38
7Sa
14
7Sb
39
8Ea
15
8Eb
40
8Sa
16
8Sb
41
7
8
MDFU-E
B-wire
blue/black
12
black/orange
orange/black
13
black/green
14
black/brown
brown/black
15
black/gray
16
No.
Pin
STN
Pin
CO
11a
6
3
4
11b
6
5
12a
4
3
12b
5
6
3
4
13b
6
5
14a
4
3
14b
5
6
3
4
15b
6
5
16a
4
3
16b
5
6
15a
gray/black
4
Splitting strip
13a
green/black
yellow/blue
blue/yellow
S0 patch panel
RJ45 jack
7
8
Table: STMD3 – Pin Assignments (Connector Panel with 8 RJ45 Jacks)
STMD3
S0 interface
No.
Signal
No.
Pin
Station connection
Pin
Trunk connection/
Networking
1
1Ea
1
3
4
1Eb
6
5
1Sa
4
3
1Sb
5
6
3
4
2Eb
6
5
2Sa
4
3
2Sb
5
6
3
4
3Eb
6
5
3Sa
4
3
3Sb
5
6
3
4
4Eb
6
5
4Sa
4
3
4Sb
5
6
2
3
4
206
Backplane
RJ45 jack
2Ea
3Ea
4Ea
2
3
4
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Boards
Description of the Boards
STMD3
S0 interface
Backplane
RJ45 jack
No.
Signal
No.
Pin
Station connection
Pin
Trunk connection/
Networking
5
5Ea
5
3
4
5Eb
6
5
5Sa
4
3
5Sb
5
6
3
4
6Eb
6
5
6Sa
4
3
6Sb
5
6
3
4
7Eb
6
5
7Sa
4
3
7Sb
5
6
3
4
8Eb
6
5
8Sa
4
3
8Sb
5
6
6
7
8
6Ea
7Ea
8Ea
6
7
8
Related Topics
3.2.31 STRB, STRBR
The STRB and STRBR options (optional control relay boards) provide four
double-pin, switching relays (actuators) for special external connections (e.g.,
door openers) and four control inputs (sensors) for monitoring the status of
connected equipment (e.g., motion detectors).
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
207
Boards
Description of the Boards
Board Variants and their Use
Board
Part Number
Used in
Communication
system
STRB
S30817-Q932-A
OpenScape
Business X3W
Country
Maximum
number
ROW
1
ROW
1
OpenScape Business
X5W
STRBR
S30817-H932-Z
OpenScape
Business X3R
OpenScape
Business X5R
NOTICE: Fire hazard due to surge voltage
In the case of line lengths exceeding 500 m and where the lines
exit the building, the STRB and STRBR boards must be protected
by external lightning protection.
Lightning protection of this kind is known as additional primary
protection. The additional primary protection is guaranteed by
installing ÜSAGs (surge arresters, gas filled) in the main
distribution frame, the patch panel or at the entry point of the pipe
in the building. A gas-filled surge arrester with 230 V nominal
voltage is switched to ground from each wire that is to be
protected.
The board slot depends on the communication system:
•
208
OpenScape Business X3R and X5R
STRBR is mounted on the motherboard in option 1 of slot level 3 (X3R) or 5
(X5R) with the component side facing downwards. In addition, the STRBR
must be secured to the metal panels of the OCCMR mainboard with the four
supplied screws.
The electrical connection to the OCCMR mainboard (OBUS plug contact) is
established via the optional adapter cable OPALR (C39195-A7001-B142).
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Boards
Description of the Boards
Figure: Option 1-3 on Slot Level 3/5 in OpenScape Business X3R/X5R
To OBUS
1
2
3
X4: TO
OCCMR
STRBR
OCAB
Figure: OCCMR - Position of Mounting Screws for STRBR
1
•
2
3
OpenScape Business X3W and X5W
STRB is inserted in option 1 of slot level 3 (X3W) or 6 (X5W) with the
component side facing upwards.
The electrical connection to the OCCM mainboard (OBUS plug contact) is
established via the optional adapter cable OPAL (C39195-A7001-B130).
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
209
Boards
Description of the Boards
Figure: Option 1-5 on Slot Level 3/6 in OpenScape Business X3W/X5W
2
To OBUS
1
3
4
5
X4: TO
OCCM
STRB
OCAB
Main Features
The boards support
•
four double-pin, double-throw relays for special connections such as door
openers. The changeover contacts for all relays are floating.
•
four control inputs in the form of optocouplers. These can be used to monitor
the status of the connected equipment (e.g., for temperature control or motion
detection). If a change of status in the connected equipment is detected, a
preconfigured station number in the communication system can be dialed, for
example.
An electrically isolated normally open (NO) contact is required for external
activation of the optocouplers.
Example for STRB: Apply +12 V to the control input of optocoupler 1 via a
normally open (NO) contact that is electrically isolated from the external
equipment (+12 V at pin 8 of edge connector X4 (= OPTKP 1 = control input
of optocoupler 1)).
Figure
Figure: STRB
210
X3
1
:
:
8
X4
1
:
:
8
8. . .1
8. . .1
X5
X6
To OBUS
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Boards
Description of the Boards
Figure: STRBR
11
:
18
X3
41
:
48
To OBUS
Block Diagram
Figure: STRB, STRBR – Block Diagram
STRB / STRBR
IN 1
NO 1
NC 1
Relay 1
IN 2
NO 2
NC 2
Relay 4
NO contact for the
activation of the
optocoupler
+12 VI
OPTKP 1/
SENSE 4
Optocoupler 1
Optocoupler 4
NO = normally open
NC = normally closed
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
211
Boards
Description of the Boards
Pin Assignments
Table: STRB – Pin Assignments of Edge Connectors and Connectors
Pin
X3
X4
X5
X6
212
Signal
Description
1
K 4.21
Switching relay K4 IN 2
2
K 4.22
Switching relay K4 Normally open contact
(NOC) 2
3
K 4.23
Switching relay K4 Normally closed contact
(NCC) 2
4
K 3.21
Switching relay K3 IN 2
5
K 3.22
Switching relay K3 NOC 2
6
K 3.23
Switching relay K3 NCC 2
7
K 2.21
Switching relay K2 IN 2
8
K 2.22
Switching relay K2 NOC 2
1
K 2.23
Switching relay K2 NCC 2
2
K 1.21
Switching relay K1 IN 2
3
K 1.22
Switching relay K1 NOC 2
4
K 1.23
Switching relay K1 NCC 2
5
+12 VI
+12-V control voltage, optocoupler
6
OPTKP 2
7
+12 VI
8
OPTKP 1
Control input optocoupler 1
1
K 3.12
Switching relay K3 NOC 1
2
K 3.13
Switching relay K3 NCC 1
3
K 2.11
Switching relay K2 IN 1
4
K 2.12
Switching relay K2 NOC 1
5
K 2.13
Switching relay K2 NCC 1
6
K 1.11
Switching relay K1 IN 1
7
K 1.12
Switching relay K1 NOC 1
8
K 1.13
Switching relay K1 NCC 1
1
OPTKP 3
Control input optocoupler 3
2
+12 VI
3
OPTKP 4
4
+12 VI
+12-V control voltage, optocoupler
5
K 4.11
Switching relay K4 IN 1
6
K 4.12
Switching relay K4 NOC 1
7
K 4.13
Switching relay K4 NCC 1
8
K 3.11
Switching relay K3 IN 1
Control input optocoupler 2
+12-V control voltage, optocoupler
+12-V control voltage, optocoupler
Control input optocoupler 4
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Boards
Description of the Boards
Table: STRBR – Pin Assignments of the RJ45 Jack
Pin
Signal
Description
11
ACT4-2M
Switching relay K203 IN 2
12
ACT4-2B
Switching relay K203 NOC 2
13
ACT4-2A
Switching relay K203 NCC 2
14
ACT4-1M
Switching relay K203 IN 1
15
ACT4-1B
Switching relay K203 NOC 1
16
ACT4-1A
Switching relay K203 NCC 1
17
+12 VI
18
SENSE 4
Control input optocoupler 4
21
ACT3-2M
Switching relay K202 IN 2
22
ACT3-2B
Switching relay K202 NOC 2
23
ACT3-2A
Switching relay K202 NCC 2
24
ACT3-1M
Switching relay K202 IN 1
25
ACT3-1B
Switching relay K202 NOC 1
26
ACT3-1A
Switching relay K202 NCC 1
27
+12 VI
28
SENSE 3
Control input optocoupler 3
31
ACT2-2M
Switching relay K201 IN 2
32
ACT2-2B
Switching relay K201 NOC 2
33
ACT2-2A
Switching relay K201 NCC 2
34
ACT2-1M
Switching relay K201 IN 1
35
ACT2-1B
Switching relay K201 NOC 1
36
ACT2-1A
Switching relay K201 NCC 1
37
+12 VI
38
SENSE 2
Control input optocoupler 2
41
ACT1-2M
Switching relay K200 IN 2
42
ACT1-2B
Switching relay K200 NOC 2
43
ACT1-2A
Switching relay K200 NCC 2
44
ACT1-1M
Switching relay K200 IN 1
45
ACT1-1B
Switching relay K200 NOC 1
46
ACT1-1A
Switching relay K200 NCC 1
47
+12 VI
48
SENSE 1
+12-V control voltage, optocoupler 4
+12-V control voltage, optocoupler 3
+12-V control voltage, optocoupler 2
+12-V control voltage, optocoupler 1
Control input optocoupler 1
Related Topics
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
213
Boards
Description of the Boards
3.2.32 For Selected Countries Only: TCAS-2, TCASR-2
The TCASR and TCAS-2-2 boards (Trunk Line Channel Associated Signaling,
rack) provide two CAS (Channel Associated Signaling) interfaces for the countryspecific trunk connection with the CAS protocol.
Board Variants and their Use
Board
Part Number
Used in
Communication
system
Country
Maximum
number
TCAS-2
S30810-Q2945-X
OpenScape Business For selected
X5W
countries
only
1
TCASR-2
S30810-K2945-X
OpenScape
Business X5R
1
For selected
countries
only
The TCASR and TCAS-2 boards may only be used in slots 7 and 9.
Each of the boards features two CAS interfaces, which together support up to 60
B channels. Since OpenScape Business X5W and OpenScape Business X5R
each support a maximum of 30 B channels, a total of up to 30 B channels can be
used per board.
Figure
Figure: TCAS-2, TCASR-2
214
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Boards
Description of the Boards
Figure: TCAS-2, TCASR-2 - Connectors and Jumpers
Modem
(optional)
X910
CAS interface 1
50
X909
Analog modem
X1
X16
X805
X911
CAS interface 2
X21
3 21
X22
X17
X912
V.24 interface
X803
Ethernet (10/100
BaseT) interface
(8-pin RJ45 jack)
X804
Connection
to
CUC
CUCR
Jumper
3 21
3 21
2
X13
X14
X11
X12
Settings
There board includes different jumpers that can be set as follows.
Table: TCAS-2, TCASR-2 – Jumper X11, X12, X14 for setting the V.24 baud rate
Jumper
V.24 baud rate (kbit/s)
9.6
(Default
setting)
19.2
38,4
57,6
115.2
9.6
X11
Open
Open
Closed
Open
Closed
X12
Open
Open
Open
Closed
Closed
All other
jumper
settings
X13
Open
Closed
Closed
Closed
Closed
Table: TCAS-2, TCASR-2 - Jumpers X13, X16, X17
Jumper
Function
Setting
Pins 1–2 closed
Pins 2–3 closed
X13
Deletes the flash
memory
Flash memory is cleared
(all sectors apart from UBoot (Universal Boot
Loader) firmware).
Flash memory is not
cleared (default).
X16
Resetting the card
Reset performed.
Reset not performed
(default setting).
X17
Hardware watchdog
Watchdog is active
(default setting).
Watchdog not active.
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
215
Boards
Description of the Boards
Connectors
Table: TCAS-2, TCASR-2 - Connections
Connection
Type
X803
9-pin MINI DIN jack
V.24 interface
X804
8-pin RJ45 jack
Ethernet (10/100BaseT)
interface
Two LEDs show the current
interface status:
• Yellow LED =
transmitting data
• Green LED = receiving
data
X805
X909
8-pin RJ45 jack
Analog modem (optional)
MINI BNC jack, 75 ohms
CAS interface 1
Transmit (TX)
X910
MINI BNC jack, 75 ohms
Receive (RX)
X911
MINI BNC jack, 75 ohms
CAS interface 2
Receive (RX)
X912
MINI BNC jack, 75 ohms
Transmit (TX)
Direct connection to the MINI BNC connectors on the boards is only possible for
coaxial trunks (75 ohms). An external black box converter (75/120 ohms) must be
used for symmetrical trunks (120 ohms).
CAS cable
Figure: TCAS-2, TCASR-2 - Ways to connect to the network terminator NT
OpenScape Business X5
X910
2 Coaxial cables (75 Ohms)
NT
X909
TCAS-2 /
TCAS2-R
X911
X912
Black box
converter
NT
1 Symmetrical cable
(120 Ohms)
The following cable types can be used to connect to the network terminator NT:
216
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Boards
Description of the Boards
•
Coaxial line (75 ohms)
For direct connection to the CAS interfaces (MINI-BNC connectors)
To ensure sufficient electromagnetic shielding according to EN 55022, the
cable shield of the two coaxial cables of each CAS interface must be
conductively connected to the metal housing of the communication system.
See How to Connect the Cable Shield of the Coaxial Cables (CAS Cables) to
the Housing of the OpenScape Business X5W Communication System
Table: TCAS-2, TCASR-2 - Pin Assignments of CAS Cable C39195-A7700-B13
Function
MINI BNC
connector
BNC connector
Trunk
A-wire, transmit
Conductor
Conductor
2
B-wire, transmit
Shield
Shield
A-wire, receive
Conductor
Conductor
B-wire, receive
Shield
Shield
1
Figure: TCAS-2, TCASR-2 - CAS cable C39195-A7700-B13
Mini BNC connectors
•
Ferrite core
BNC connectors
symmetrical line (120 ohms)
The connection to the CAS interfaces (MINI-BNC connectors) must be run
through an external black box converter (75/120 ohms).
To ensure adequate electromagnetic shielding according to EN 55022, the
following must be performed for each CAS interface: The cable shield of the
two coaxial cables that lead to the black box converter must be conductively
connected to the metal housing of the communication system. See How to
Connect the Cable Shield of the Coaxial Cables (CAS Cables) to the Housing
of the OpenScape Business X5W Communication System
Figure: TCAS-2, TCASR-2 - Black Box converter (75/120 ohms)
Seven-segment display
The software status of the boards can be determined on the basis of the sevensegment display.
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
217
Boards
Description of the Boards
After the power supply is turned on, a distinction can be made between the
following start-up phases:
•
Startup of the U-Boot (Universal Boot Loader) firmware
Table: TCAS-2, TCASR-2 - Statuses of the U-Boot (Universal Boot Loader)
Firmware
Display
Meaning
Initializing hardware
Downloading DSP (Digital Signal Processor) firmware
Downloading FPGA (Field Programmable Gate Array)
firmware
Accessing flash EPROM (Save and Delete)
Activating built-in self test BIST (BIST1 or BIST2)
Administration (Service PC connected)
Copying software (from SDRAM to FEPROM)
Downloading image file (Linux and CAS application)
Initializing the Linux operating system
Error
Resetting the card
The U-Boot firmware (Universal Boot Loader) is operational
(decimal point flashing).
•
Startup the Linux operating system
Table: TCAS-2, TCASR-2 - Statuses of the Linux operating system
Display
Meaning
Linux kernel boot
User space boot
Check and mount flash
Error found, mounted file system rebuild,
reboot
218
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Boards
Description of the Boards
Display
Meaning
Mounting flash file system
Error mounting flash (flashing display)
Configuring network interface
Loading real-time kernel modules
Loading board-specific modules
Core files available
•
Startup of the CAS application software
Figure: TCAS-2, TCASR-2 - Statuses of the interfaces and the CAS application
ISDN interface 1 active
CAS interface 1 active
CAS interface 2 active
CAS application is ready for use (flashing indicator)
Administration of the CAS Protocol Converter
The administration of the CAS protocol converter on the TCAS-2 and TCASR-2
boards occurs via a separate tool, the CAS Manager. The CAS Manager software
is stored on a CD supplied with the card. For information on how to install the
software, refer to the ReadMe file.
The boards can be accessed by the following methods (see Figure: TCAS-2,
TCASR-2 - Ways to Access the Boards):
•
V.24 interface = X803 (9-pin MINI DIN jack)
•
Ethernet (10/100BaseT) interface = X804 (8-pin RJ45 jack)
•
Analog modem
The analog modem is an optional submodule for the TCAS-2 and TCASR-2
cards, which is plugged into the X21 and X22 ports.
In this case, you will need to establish a connection from the analog modem
(X805 (8-pin RJ45 jack)) to a free port on an analog subscriber line module.
Remote access to the boards occurs via an analog trunk board.
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
219
Boards
Description of the Boards
Figure: TCAS-2, TCASR-2 - Ways to Access the Boards
OpenScape Business X5
TCAS-2 /
TCAS2-R
Modem
CAS
Manager
X803
X804
X805
Connection
cable
Analog Trunk
Board
Analog
Subscriber Line
Board
CAS
Manager
Internet
CAS
Manager
PSTN
Related Topics
3.2.32.1 How to Connect the Cable Shield of the Coaxial Cables (CAS Cables) to the
Housing of the OpenScape Business X5W Communication System
To ensure adequate electromagnetic shielding according to EN 55022, the cable
shield of the two coaxial cables must be conductively connected to the metal
housing of the OpenScape Business X5W communication system.
DANGER
DANGER
Risk of electric shock through contact with live wires
Disconnect all power supply circuits of the OpenScape Business X5W
communication system before opening the housing:
•
Disconnect the battery voltage, supply voltage and line voltage at any
connected OpenScape Business Powerbox.
•
Disconnect the line cords of any connected battery pack or any connected
batteries.
•
Disconnect the power plug of the communication system.
The cable shield of the two coaxial cables of each CAS interface must be
conductively connected to the metal housing of the communication system (see
figure below).
220
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Boards
Description of the Boards
Figure: TCAS-2 – Connecting the Cable Shield to the Housing of the OpenScape
Business X5W Communication System
OpenScape Business X5W
2 Coaxial cables (75 Ohms)
X910
NT
X909
TCAS-2
Housing
X911
2 Coaxial cables
X912
(75 Ohms)
Black box
converter
NT
1 Symmetrical cable
(120 Ohms)
Housing
Step by Step
1) Disconnect all power supply circuits of the OpenScape Business X5W
communication system.
2) Make sure that the communication system is de-energized.
3) Loosen the two screwed plugs on the housing cover with a slotted screw
driver. Hold the housing cover so that it does not fall.
4) Remove the housing cover.
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
221
Boards
Description of the Boards
CAUTION
CAUTION
Cuts caused by sharp edges on the shielding plate
Make sure that you only touch the outside of the housing cover. The shielding
plate on the inside of the housing cover may have sharp edges which can cause
cuts.
5) Strip the cable shield of the two coaxial cables of the first CAS interface over
a length of about 3 cm. The exposed cable shield must be within range of a T
tongue of the housing and as close to the TCAS-2 board connection as
possible.
6) Connect the exposed cable shields of both coaxial cables by wrapping them
with conductive adhesive tape (at least 1.5 times).
7) Use a cable tie [C] to attach the cable shield [A] (wrapped with the conductive
tape) of the two coaxial cables [B] to one of the T tongues [D] of the housing
222
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Boards
Description of the Boards
to ensure a permanent conductive connection between the cable shield and
the housing.
When installing the two coaxial cables, ensure that the bending radius is not
less than 45 degrees.
B
A
C
D
8) Repeat steps 5 through 7 for the two coaxial cables of the second CAS
interface, if any.
9) Close the housing. To do this, put the housing cover on and secure it with the
two screw caps. Make sure that you only touch the outside of the housing
cover. The shielding plate on the inside of the housing cover may have sharp
edges which can cause cuts.
10) Place the OpenScape Business X5W communication system back into
operation.
Related Topics
3.2.33 ET-S
The ET-S adapter (entrance telephone with amplifier) enables the connection of
a to an entrance telephone/door opener.
The connection to the communication system is established via an a/b subscriber
line interface.
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
223
Boards
Description of the Boards
Board Variants and their Use
Board
Part Number
Used in
Communication
system
ET-S
S30122-K7696T313
OpenScape
Business X3R
Country
Maximum
number
ROW
4
OpenScape
Business X3W
OpenScape
Business X5R
OpenScape Business
X5W
NOTICE: The safety and installation instructions supplied with
ET-S adapter must be observed!
Pin Assignments
Table: ET-S – Pin Assignments
Connection
a1 / b1
a/b interfaces 1 – 4
a/b subscriber line interfaces of the communication system
TO1 / TO2
Switching contact for door opener (normally open contact, max.
24 V / 2 A)
KL1 / KL2
Connection for floating doorbell button
a2 / b2
a/b interface for the entrance telephone
TS1 / TS2
Switching contact for entrance telephone amplifier
UB1 / UB2
Power supply ET-S adapter (7 - 19 VAC / 50 Hz or 10 - 24 VDC)
Related Topics
3.2.34 TLANI2, TLANI4, TLANI4R
The TLANI2, TLANI4 and TLAN4R boards provide two (TLANI2) and four a/b
interfaces (TLANI4 and TLAN4R) for analog trunk connections (MSI: Ground
Start or Loop Start).
The TLANI2, TLANI4 and TLAN4R boards are compatible successor modules for
the following boards which cannot be used in the communication systems of the
OpenScape Business communication platform for technical reasons:
224
•
TLA2 (S30817-Q923-Bxxx)
•
TLA4 (S30817-Q923-Axxx)
•
TLA4R (S30817-K923-Zxxx)
•
TMGL2 (S30810-Q2918-X100)
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Boards
Description of the Boards
•
TMGL4 (S30810-Q2918-X)
•
TMGL4R (S30810-Q2918-Z)
Board Variants and their Use
Board
Part Number
Used in
Communication
system
TLANI2
S30810-Q2953X100
OpenScape
Business X3W
Country
ROW
OpenScape
Business X5W
TLANI2
S30810-Q2953X182
OpenScape
Business X3W
S30810-Q2953-X
OpenScape
Business X3W
For Brazil
only
S30810-Q2953-X82 OpenScape
Business X3W
ROW
S30810-K2953-X200 OpenScape
Business X3R
For Brazil
only
S30810-K2953-X282 OpenScape
Business X3R
OpenScape
Business X5R
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
2
Is determined by
the systemspecific capacity
limits.
ROW
OpenScape
Business X5R
TLANI4R
2
Is determined by
the systemspecific capacity
limits.
OpenScape
Business X5W
TLANI4R
2
Is determined by
the systemspecific capacity
limits.
OpenScape
Business X5W
TLANI4
2
Is determined by
the systemspecific capacity
limits.
OpenScape
Business X5W
TLANI4
Maximum
number
2
Is determined by
the systemspecific capacity
limits.
For Brazil
only
2
Is determined by
the systemspecific capacity
limits.
225
Boards
Description of the Boards
NOTICE: Fire hazard due to surge voltage
In the case of line lengths exceeding 500 m and where the lines
exit the building, the TLANI2, TLANI4 and TLAN4R boards must
be protected by external lightning protection.
Lightning protection of this kind is known as additional primary
protection. The additional primary protection is guaranteed by
installing ÜSAGs (surge arresters, gas filled) in the main
distribution frame, the patch panel or at the entry point of the pipe
in the building. A gas-filled surge arrester with 230 V nominal
voltage is switched to ground from each wire that is to be
protected.
For U.S. and Canada only: The installation regulations require
analog trunks to be connected using approved protectors as per
UL 497A or CSA C22.2 No. 226.
Main Features
The boards support
•
calling name identification presentation (CLIP).
•
call detail recording with 12 kHz and 16 kHz pulses. Call detail recording is
selected automatically via the country setting of the communication system.
The Brazilian board variants (TLANI2 S30810-Q2953-X182, TLANI4 S30810Q2953-X82 and TLANI4R S30810-K2953-X282) do not support call detail
recording with 12 kHz and 16 kHz pulses.
•
"Silent Reversal", which is used in various countries to register the beginning
and end of an outgoing call.
•
two trunk failure transfer (ALUM) relays. In the event of a power failure or a
fatal system error, up to two analog trunks can be directly connected to two
analog telephones.
Figure
Figure: TLANI2, TLANI4
a/b interfaces
1–4
(interfaces
3 and 4 not
TLANI2)
X106
1
X105
1 23
X2
50
1 23
Jumper
8
X1
Connection to
CUP
CUC
X3 (not used)
ALUM 1 + 2
1
X4
2
8
226
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Boards
Description of the Boards
Figure: TLANI4R
X106
1
a/b interfaces
1-4
(RJ45 jacks
1-4)
X105
1 23
11
:
18
50
1 23
Jumper
X1
Connection to
CUPR
CUCR
X2
ALUM 1 + 2
(RJ45 jacks
5 – 8)
81
:
88
8
2
Settings
The boards include the jumpers X105 and X106 to set the procedure for the
analog trunk connections.
•
Loop start setting = pins 1–2 closed (default)
•
Ground start setting = Pins 2 - 3 closed
Pin Assignments
Table: TLANI2, TLANI4 – Pin Assignments
X2
X4
Pin
a/b interfaces 1 – 4
Pin
ALUM 1 + 2
1
a1
1
b
2
b1
2
a
3
a2
3
b
4
b2
4
a
5
a 3 (not TLANI2)
5
b
6
b 3 (not TLANI2)
6
a
7
a 4 (not TLANI2)
7
b
8
b 4 (not TLANI2)
8
a
ALUM 1:
connection of
subscriber line
module
ALUM 2:
connection of
subscriber line
module
ALUM 1:
connection of
analog telephone
ALUM 2:
connecting of
analog telephone
Table: TLANI4R – Pin Assignments
RJ45 jack
Pin
a/b interfaces 1 – 4 / ALUM 1 + 2
1
14
a1
15
b1
24
a2
25
b2
2
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
227
Boards
Description of the Boards
RJ45 jack
Pin
a/b interfaces 1 – 4 / ALUM 1 + 2
3
34
a3
35
b3
44
a4
45
b4
4
5
6
7
8
54
b
55
a
64
b
65
a
74
b
75
a
84
b
85
a
ALUM 1: connection of
subscriber line module
ALUM 2: connection of
subscriber line module
ALUM 1: connection of analog
telephone
ALUM 2: connecting of analog
telephone
The RJ45 jacks each have two wires.
Related Topics
3.2.35 TLANI8
The TLANI8 board provides eight a/b interfaces for analog trunk connections
(MSI: Ground Start or Loop Start).
The TLANI8 board is the compatible successor module for the following board
which cannot be used in OpenScape Business for technical reasons:
•
TLA8 (S30817-Q926-Axxx)
Board Variants and their Use
Board
Part Number
Used in
Communication
system
TLANI8
S30810-Q2954X100
OpenScape
Business X3W
OpenScape
Business X5W
228
Country
ROW
Maximum
number
2
Is determined by
the systemspecific capacity
limits.
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Boards
Description of the Boards
Board
Part Number
Used in
Communication
system
TLANI8
TLANI8
S30810-Q2954X101
S30810-Q2954X182
OpenScape
Business X3W
Country
Maximum
number
OpenScape
Business X5W
For
2
internation
al markets
Is determined by
only
the systemspecific capacity
limits.
OpenScape
Business X3W
For Brazil
only
OpenScape
Business X5W
2
Is determined by
the systemspecific capacity
limits.
NOTICE: Fire hazard due to surge voltage
In the case of line lengths exceeding 500 m and where the lines
exit the building, the TLANI8 board must be protected by external
lightning protection.
Lightning protection of this kind is known as additional primary
protection. The additional primary protection is guaranteed by
installing ÜSAGs (surge arresters, gas filled) in the main
distribution frame, the patch panel or at the entry point of the pipe
in the building. A gas-filled surge arrester with 230 V nominal
voltage is switched to ground from each wire that is to be
protected.
For U.S. and Canada only: The installation regulations require
analog trunks to be connected using approved protectors as per
UL 497A or CSA C22.2 No. 226.
Main Features
The board supports
•
calling name identification presentation (CLIP).
•
call detail recording with 12 kHz and 16 kHz pulses. Call detail recording is
selected automatically via the country setting of the communication system.
The board variants for international markets (S30810-Q2954-X101) and for
Brazil (S30810-Q2954-X182) do not support call detail recording with 12 kHz
and 16 kHz pulses.
•
"Silent Reversal", which is used in various countries to register the beginning
and end of an outgoing call.
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
229
Boards
Description of the Boards
Figure
Figure: TLANI8
X106
1
a/b interfaces
1–4
3
4
X2
X105
13
24
1
2
50
Jumper
8
X1
Connection to
CUP
CUC
1
a/b interfaces
5–8
2
X4
8
Settings
The board includes the jumpers X105 and X106 to set the procedure for the
analog trunk connections.
•
Loop start setting = pins 3–4 closed (default)
•
Ground start setting = pins 1–2 closed
Pin Assignments
Table: TLANI8 – Pin Assignments
X2
X4
Pin
a/b interfaces 1 – 4
Pin
a/b interfaces 5 – 8
1
a1
1
a5
2
b1
2
b5
3
a2
3
a6
4
b2
4
b6
5
a3
5
a7
6
b3
6
b7
7
a4
7
a8
8
b4
8
b8
Related Topics
3.2.36 TMANI
The TMANI board provides eight a/b interfaces for analog trunk connections
(MSI: Ground Start or Loop Start).
The TMANI board is a compatible successor to the following boards, which will be
discontinued:
•
230
TM2LP (S30810-Q2159-Xxxx)
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Boards
Description of the Boards
•
TMC16 (S30810-Q2485-X)
Board Variants and their Use
Board
Part Number
Used in
Communication
system
Country
ROW
Maximum
number
TMANI
S30810-Q2327-X
OpenScape
Business X8
Is determined by
the systemspecific capacity
limits.
TMANI
S30810-Q2327-X1
OpenScape
Business X8
Is determined by
For
internation
the systemal markets specific capacity
only
limits.
TMANI
S30810-Q2327-X82 OpenScape
Business X8
For Brazil Is determined by
only
the systemspecific capacity
limits.
NOTICE: Fire hazard due to surge voltage
In the case of line lengths exceeding 500 m and where the lines
exit the building, the TMANI board must be protected by external
lightning protection.
Lightning protection of this kind is known as additional primary
protection. The additional primary protection is guaranteed by
installing ÜSAGs (surge arresters, gas filled) in the main
distribution frame, the patch panel or at the entry point of the pipe
in the building. A gas-filled surge arrester with 230 V nominal
voltage is switched to ground from each wire that is to be
protected.
For U.S. and Canada only: The installation regulations require
analog trunks to be connected using approved protectors as per
UL 497A or CSA C22.2 No. 226.
Main Features
The board supports
•
calling name identification presentation (CLIP).
•
call detail recording with 12 kHz and 16 kHz pulses. Call detail recording is
selected automatically via the country setting of the communication system.
The board variants for international markets (S30810-Q2327-X1) and for
Brazil (S30810-Q2327-X82) do not support call detail recording with 12 kHz
and 16 kHz pulses.
•
"Silent Reversal", which is used in various countries to register the beginning
and end of an outgoing call.
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
231
Boards
Description of the Boards
Figure
Figure: TMANI
LEDs (green, red) on
the front panel
Jumper
Connection
to
backplane
X100
3 21
X101
1
2
3
LEDs on the front
panel
Settings
The board includes the jumpers X100 and X101 to set the procedure for the
analog trunk connections.
•
Loop start setting = pins 1–2 closed (default)
•
Ground start setting = Pins 2 - 3 closed
LEDs
The board features a front panel with two LEDs that indicate the operating states.
Table: TMANI – LED Statuses and their Meanings
Red LED
Green LED
off
off
Meaning
Board not receiving power or
not plugged in correctly.
Action
Check plug contact on board.
Board is out of order.
on
232
off
Board is supplied with power. –
Board test in progress.
Loadware loading failed.
Board is faulty.
Replace board.
Board was deactivated using
Manager E.
Check whether the board was
deactivated using Manager E.
If not, the board is defective
and must be replaced.
flashing
off
Loadware loading in progress. –
off
on
Loadware loading completed –
successfully. Board is OK (idle
state).
off
flashing
At least one channel is
activated.
–
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Boards
Description of the Boards
Cable and Pin Assignments
There are several connection options for analog CO trunks:
•
SIVAPAC connectors are available on the backplane for connecting the
external main distribution frame MDFU-E or the external patch panel using
CABLUs (prefabricated cabling units). See Table: TMANI – Cable and Pin
Assignments (SIVAPAC Connectors on the backplane, MDFU-E, Patch
Panel)
•
Connector panels with CHAMP jacks for connecting the external main
distribution frame MDFU-E or external patch panels using CABLUs. The
connector panels are clipped onto the SIVAPAC connectors on the
backplane. See Table: TMANI – Cable and Pin Assignments (Connector
Panel with CHAMP Jack, MDFU-E, Patch Panel)
•
Connector panels with 24 RJ45 jacks for connecting analog trunks directly.
The connector panels are clipped onto the SIVAPAC connectors on the
backplane. See Table: TMANI – Pin Assignments (Connector Panel with 24
RJ45 Jacks)
Table: TMANI – Cable and Pin Assignments (SIVAPAC Connectors on the backplane,
MDFU-E, Patch Panel)
TMANI
a/b interface
Backplane
SIVAPAC
connector
Connection cable (CABLU)
No.
Signal
Pin
Color Group
Pair
A-wire
1
1a
1
1
1
white/blue
1b
23
2a
3
2b
4
3a
5
3b
6
4a
7
4b
8
5a
9
5b
10
2
3
4
5
MDFU-E
B-wire
Splitting strip
No.
Pin
1a
1
4
blue/white
2
white/orange
white/green
white/brown
5
white/gray
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
5b
4
5
3
4
5
4
4b
5a
gray/white
2
3b
4a
brown/white
5
2b
3a
green/white
4
1b
2a
orange/white
3
Patch Panel
RJ45 jack
4
5
5
4
5
233
Boards
Description of the Boards
TMANI
a/b interface
Backplane
SIVAPAC
connector
Connection cable (CABLU)
No.
Signal
Pin
Color Group
Pair
A-wire
6
6a
11
2
6
red/blue
6b
12
7a
13
7b
14
8a
15
8b
16
–
17
–
18
–
19
–
20
–
24
–
25
–
26
–
27
–
29
–
30
–
31
–
32
–
34
–
35
–
37
–
38
7
8
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
234
MDFU-E
B-wire
blue/red
7
red/orange
8
red/green
red/brown
red/gray
11
black/blue
black/orange
black/green
black/brown
black/gray
4
16
yellow/blue
8
4
5
9
4
5
10
10b
4
5
11
11b
4
5
12
12b
4
5
13
13b
4
5
14
14b
4
5
15
15b
16b
4
5
9b
16a
blue/yellow
7
8b
15a
gray/black
5
7b
14a
brown/black
15
6b
13a
green/black
14
4
12a
orange/black
13
6
11a
blue/black
12
6a
10a
gray/red
3
Pin
9a
brown/red
10
No.
8a
green/red
9
Splitting strip
7a
orange/red
Patch Panel
RJ45 jack
4
5
16
4
5
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Boards
Description of the Boards
Table: TMANI – Cable and Pin Assignments (Connector Panel with CHAMP Jack,
MDFU-E, Patch Panel)
TMANI
a/b interface
Backplane
CHAMP jack
Connection cable (CABLU)
No.
Signal
Pin
Color Group
Pair
A-wire
1
1a
1
1
1
white/blue
1b
26
2a
2
2b
27
3a
3
3b
28
4a
4
4b
29
5a
5
5b
30
6a
6
6b
31
7a
7
7b
32
8a
8
8b
33
–
9
–
34
–
10
–
35
–
11
–
36
–
12
–
37
–
13
–
38
–
14
–
39
–
15
–
40
–
16
–
41
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
MDFU-E
B-wire
Splitting strip
No.
Pin
1a
1
4
blue/white
2
white/orange
white/green
white/brown
5
white/gray
2
6
red/blue
blue/red
7
red/orange
8
red/green
green/red
9
red/brown
10
red/gray
gray/red
3
11
black/blue
12
black/orange
orange/black
13
black/green
14
black/brown
brown/black
15
black/gray
4
16
yellow/blue
blue/yellow
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
8
16b
4
5
9
4
5
10
4
5
11
4
5
12
4
5
13
4
5
14
4
5
15
15b
16a
4
5
14b
15a
gray/black
7
13b
14a
4
5
12b
13a
green/black
6
11b
12a
4
5
10b
11a
blue/black
5
9b
10a
4
5
8b
9a
brown/red
4
7b
8a
4
5
6b
7a
orange/red
3
5b
6a
4
5
4b
5a
gray/white
2
3b
4a
brown/white
5
2b
3a
green/white
4
1b
2a
orange/white
3
Patch Panel
RJ45 jack
4
5
16
4
5
235
Boards
Description of the Boards
Table: TMANI – Pin Assignments (Connector Panel with 24 RJ45 Jacks)
TMANI
a/b interface
Backplane
RJ45 jack
No.
Signal
No.
Pin
1
1a
1
4
1b
2
2a
5
2
2b
3
3a
5
3
3b
4
4a
5a
4
6a
5
7a
6
8a
7
–
8
–
9
–
10
–
11
–
12
–
13
–
14
–
–
236
4
5
15
–
–
4
5
–
–
4
5
–
–
4
5
–
–
4
5
–
–
4
5
–
–
4
5
–
–
4
5
8b
–
4
5
7b
8
4
5
6b
7
4
5
5b
6
4
5
4b
5
4
4
5
16
4
5
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Boards
Description of the Boards
TMANI
a/b interface
Backplane
RJ45 jack
No.
Signal
No.
Pin
–
–
17
4
–
–
5
–
18
4
–
–
5
–
19
4
–
–
5
–
20
4
–
–
5
–
21
4
–
–
5
–
22
4
–
–
5
–
23
4
–
–
5
–
24
4
–
5
Related Topics
3.2.37 For Selected Countries Only: TMCAS2
The TMCAS2 board (Trunk Module Channel Associated Signaling, Rack)
provides two CAS (Channel Associated Signaling) interfaces and thus up to 60 B
channels for the country-specific trunk connection with the CAS protocol.
The TMCAS2 board is a compatible successor to the following board, which will
be discontinued:
•
TMCAS (S30810-Q2938-X)
Board Variants and their Use
Board
Part Number
Used in
Communication
system
TMCAS2
S30810-Q2946-X
OpenScape
Business X8
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Country
For selected
countries
only
Maximum
number
3
237
Boards
Description of the Boards
Figure
Figure: TMCAS2
Modem
(optional)
3 21
1 23
CAS interface 1
X909
CAS interface 2
3
X910 2
1
V.24 interface
X803
Ethernet
(10/100 BaseT)
interface
(8-pin RJ45 jack)
X804
X24
X16
X21
X20
X17
X999
Connection
to
backplane
Jumper
X11
X12
X14
X13
X25
Settings
There board includes different jumpers that can be set as follows.
Table: TMCAS2 – Jumper X11, X12, X14 for Setting the V.24 Baud Rate
Jumper
V.24 baud rate (kbit/s)
9.6
(Default
setting)
19.2
38,4
57,6
115.2
9.6
X11
Open
Open
Closed
Open
Closed
X12
Open
Open
Open
Closed
Closed
All other
jumper
settings
X13
Open
Closed
Closed
Closed
Closed
Table: TMCAS2 - Jumpers X13, X16, X17, X24, X25, X999
Jumper
238
Function
Setting
Pins 1–2 closed
Pins 2–3 closed
X13
Deletes the flash
memory
Flash memory is cleared
(all sectors apart from UBoot (Universal Boot
Loader) firmware).
Flash memory is not
cleared (default).
X16
Resetting the card
Reset performed.
Reset not performed
(default setting).
X17
Hardware watchdog
Watchdog is active
(default setting).
Watchdog not active.
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Boards
Description of the Boards
Jumper
Function
Setting
Pins 1–2 closed
Pins 2–3 closed
X24
Sets trunk impedance
for CAS interface 1
75 ohms (default
setting)
120 ohms
X25
Sets trunk impedance
for CAS interface 2
75 ohms (default
setting)
120 ohms
X999
Grounding: board / CAS Grounding for the card is Grounding for the board
cable
connected to the
is not connected to the
grounding for the CAS grounding for the CAS
cable.
cable (default setting).
Connectors
Table: TMCAS2 - Connections
Connection
Type
X803
9-pin MINI DIN jack
V.24 interface
X804
8-pin RJ45 jack
Ethernet (10/100BaseT)
interface
Two LEDs show the current
interface status:
• Yellow LED =
transmitting data
• Green LED = receiving
data
X909
15-pin Sub-D jack
CAS interface 1
X910
15-pin Sub-D jack
CAS interface 2
CAS cable
The following cable types can be used to connect to the network terminator NT:
•
Coaxial line (75 ohms)
Table: TMCAS2 – Pin Assignments of the CAS Cable C39195-A7700-B14
15-pin Sub-D
connector
Pin
Function
BNC connector
Trunk
9
A-wire, transmit
Conductor
2
1
B-wire, transmit
Shield
15
A-wire, receive
Conductor
8
B-wire, receive
Shield
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
1
239
Boards
Description of the Boards
Figure: TMCAS2 - CAS cable C39195-A7700-B14
BNC connectors
15-pin Sub-D
connector
•
symmetrical line (120 ohms)
Table: TMCAS2 – Pin Assignments of the CAS Cable S30267-Z167-Ax00
15-pin Sub-D connector
Pin
Function
Color code
9
A-wire, transmit
wht/blu
1
B-wire, transmit
blu/wht
15
A-wire, receive
wht/ora
8
B-wire, receive
ora/wht
Seven-segment display
The card's software status can be ascertained on the basis of the seven-segment
display.
After the power supply is turned on, a distinction can be made between the
following start-up phases:
•
Startup of the U-Boot (Universal Boot Loader) firmware
Table: TMCAS2 - Statuses of the U-Boot (Universal Boot Loader) Firmware
Display
Meaning
Initializing hardware
Downloading DSP (Digital Signal Processor) firmware
Downloading FPGA (Field Programmable Gate Array)
firmware
Accessing flash EPROM (Save and Delete)
Activating built-in self test BIST (BIST1 or BIST2)
Administration (Service PC connected)
240
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Boards
Description of the Boards
Display
Meaning
Copying software (from SDRAM to FEPROM)
Downloading image file (Linux and CAS application)
Initializing the Linux operating system
Error
Resetting the card
The U-Boot firmware (Universal Boot Loader) is operational
(decimal point flashing).
•
Startup the Linux operating system
Table: TMCAS2 – Linux Operating System States
Display
Meaning
Linux kernel boot
User space boot
Check and mount flash
Error found, mounted file system rebuild,
reboot
Mounting flash file system
Error mounting flash (flashing display)
Configuring network interface
Loading real-time kernel modules
Loading board-specific modules
Core files available
•
Startup of the CAS application software
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
241
Boards
Description of the Boards
Figure: TMCAS2 - Statuses of the Interfaces and the CAS Application
ISDN interface 1 active
CAS interface 1 active
ISDN interface 2 active
CAS interface 2 active
CAS application is ready for use (flashing indicator)
Administration of the CAS Protocol Converter
The administration of the CAS protocol converter on the TMCAS2 board occurs
via a separate tool, the CAS Manager. The CAS Manager software is stored on a
CD supplied with the card. For information on how to install the software, refer to
the ReadMe file.
The board can be accessed by the following methods (see Figure: TMCAS2 –
Ways to Access the Board):
242
•
V.24 interface = X803 (9-pin MINI DIN jack)
•
Ethernet (10/100BaseT) interface = X804 (8-pin RJ45 jack)
•
Analog modem
The analog modem is an optional subboard for the TMCAS2 card, which is
plugged into the X20 and X21 ports.
In this case, you will need to establish a connection from the analog modem
to a free port on an analog subscriber line module. A connection cable (openend cable (24 TW): S30267-Z196-A150 = 15 m in length, S30267-Z196 A250
= 25 m in length) is used to connect the TMCAS2 (backplane X1-2, X1-26) to
the main distribution frame/patch panel. Insert the required jumpers in the
main distribution frame or patch panel. Remote access to the TMCAS2 board
occurs via an analog trunk board.
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Boards
Description of the Boards
Figure: TMCAS2 – Ways to Access the Board
OpenScape Business X8
Main Distribution Frame / Patch Panel
TMCAS2
CAS
Manager
X803
X804
Modem
Backplane X1-2, X1-26
Analog Trunk
Board
CAS
Manager
Internet
Analog
Subscriber Line
Board
CAS
Manager
PSTN
Related Topics
3.2.38 For Selected Countries Only: TMDID
The TMDID (Trunk Module Direct Inward Dialing) board provides eight a/b
interfaces for direct inward dialing from the central office (CO) to the
communication system. Only incoming connections are possible.
The following signaling protocols are supported: Wink Start, Delay Dial and
Immediate Start.
The TMDID board is the compatible successor module for the following board
which cannot be used in OpenScape Business for technical reasons:
•
TMDID (S30810-Q2452-X)
Board Variants and their Use
Board
Part Number
Used in
Communication
system
TMDID
S30810-Q2197-T
OpenScape
Business X8
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Country
For
selected
countries
only
Maximum
number
Is determined by
the systemspecific capacity
limits.
243
Boards
Description of the Boards
NOTICE: Fire hazard due to surge voltage
In the case of line lengths exceeding 500 m and where the lines
exit the building, the TMDID board must be protected by external
lightning protection.
Lightning protection of this kind is known as additional primary
protection. The additional primary protection is guaranteed by
installing ÜSAGs (surge arresters, gas filled) in the main
distribution frame, the patch panel or at the entry point of the pipe
in the building. A gas-filled surge arrester with 230 V nominal
voltage is switched to ground from each wire that is to be
protected.
For U.S. and Canada only: The installation regulations require
analog trunks to be connected using approved protectors as per
UL 497A or CSA C22.2 No. 226.
Front Panel
To ensure sufficient shielding, the board must be provided with a shielding panel.
For more detailed information on the procedure, see How to Install Shielding
Covers.
Figure: TMDID – LEDs on the Front Panel
LEDs
The board features a front panel with two LEDs that indicate the operating states.
Table: TMDID – LED Statuses and their Meanings
Red LED
Green LED
off
off
Meaning
Board not receiving power or
not plugged in correctly.
Action
Check plug contact on board.
Board is out of order.
244
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Boards
Description of the Boards
Red LED
Green LED
on
off
Meaning
Action
Board is supplied with power. –
Board test in progress.
Loadware loading failed.
Board is faulty.
Replace board.
Board was deactivated using
Manager E.
Check whether the board was
deactivated using Manager E.
If not, the board is defective
and must be replaced.
flashing
off
Loadware loading in progress. –
off
on
Loadware loading completed –
successfully. Board is OK (idle
state).
off
flashing
At least one channel is
activated.
–
Cable and Pin Assignments
There are several connection options for analog CO trunks:
•
SIVAPAC connectors are available on the backplane for connecting the
external main distribution frame MDFU-E or the external patch panel using
CABLUs (prefabricated cabling units). See Table: TMDID – Cable and Pin
Assignments (SIVAPAC connectors on the Backplane, MDFU-E, Patch
Panel)
•
Connector panels with CHAMP jacks for connecting the external main
distribution frame MDFU-E or external patch panels using CABLUs. The
connector panels are clipped onto the SIVAPAC connectors on the
backplane. See Table: TMDID – Cable and Pin Assignments (Connector
Panel with CHAMP Jack, MDFU-E, Patch Panel)
•
Connector panels with 24 RJ45 jacks for connecting analog trunks directly.
The connector panels are clipped onto the SIVAPAC connectors on the
backplane. See Table: TMDID – Pin Assignments (Connector Panel with 24
RJ45 Jacks)
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
245
Boards
Description of the Boards
Table: TMDID – Cable and Pin Assignments (SIVAPAC connectors on the Backplane,
MDFU-E, Patch Panel)
TMDID
a/b interface
Backplane
SIVAPAC
connector
Connection cable (CABLU)
No.
Signal
Pin
Color Group
Pair
A-wire
1
1a
1
1
1
white/blue
1b
23
2a
3
2b
4
3a
5
3b
6
4a
7
4b
8
5a
9
5b
10
6a
11
6b
12
7a
13
7b
14
8a
15
8b
16
–
17
–
18
–
19
–
20
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
–
–
246
MDFU-E
B-wire
blue/white
2
white/orange
3
white/green
white/brown
white/gray
6
red/blue
red/orange
red/green
red/brown
red/gray
2
3
4
5
4
4b
4
5
5
5b
4
5
6
6b
4
5
7
7b
4
5
8
8b
4
5
9
9b
10b
4
5
3b
10a
gray/red
5
2b
9a
brown/red
10
1b
8a
green/red
9
4
7a
orange/red
8
1
6a
blue/red
7
1a
5a
gray/white
2
Pin
4a
brown/white
5
No.
3a
green/white
4
Splitting strip
2a
orange/white
Patch Panel
RJ45 jack
4
5
10
4
5
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Boards
Description of the Boards
TMDID
a/b interface
Backplane
SIVAPAC
connector
Connection cable (CABLU)
No.
Signal
Pin
Color Group
Pair
A-wire
–
–
24
3
11
black/blue
–
25
–
26
–
27
–
29
–
30
–
31
–
32
–
34
–
35
–
37
–
38
–
–
–
–
–
MDFU-E
B-wire
Splitting strip
No.
Pin
11a
11
4
blue/black
12
11b
black/orange
12a
orange/black
13
black/green
13a
black/brown
14a
black/gray
15a
16
13
16a
blue/yellow
4
5
14
4
5
15
15b
yellow/blue
4
5
14b
gray/black
4
12
13b
brown/black
15
5
12b
green/black
14
Patch Panel
RJ45 jack
4
5
16
16b
4
5
Table: TMDID – Cable and Pin Assignments (Connector Panel with CHAMP Jack,
MDFU-E, Patch Panel)
TMDID
a/b interface
Backplane
CHAMP jack
Connection cable (CABLU)
No.
Signal
Pin
Color Group
Pair
A-wire
1
1a
1
1
1
white/blue
1b
26
2a
2
2b
27
3a
3
3b
28
4a
4
4b
29
5a
5
5b
30
2
3
4
5
MDFU-E
B-wire
Splitting strip
No.
Pin
1a
1
4
blue/white
2
white/orange
white/green
white/brown
5
white/gray
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
5b
4
5
3
4
5
4
4b
5a
gray/white
2
3b
4a
brown/white
5
2b
3a
green/white
4
1b
2a
orange/white
3
Patch Panel
RJ45 jack
4
5
5
4
5
247
Boards
Description of the Boards
TMDID
a/b interface
Backplane
CHAMP jack
Connection cable (CABLU)
No.
Signal
Pin
Color Group
Pair
A-wire
6
6a
6
2
6
red/blue
6b
31
7a
7
7b
32
8a
8
8b
33
–
9
–
34
–
10
–
35
–
11
–
36
–
12
–
37
–
13
–
38
–
14
–
39
–
15
–
40
–
16
–
41
7
8
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
MDFU-E
B-wire
blue/red
7
red/orange
red/green
red/brown
red/gray
11
black/blue
black/orange
black/green
black/brown
black/gray
16
7
yellow/blue
8
blue/yellow
4
5
9
9b
4
5
10
10b
4
5
11
11b
4
5
12
12b
4
5
13
13b
4
5
14
14b
4
5
15
15b
16a
4
5
8b
15a
gray/black
4
5
7b
14a
brown/black
15
6b
13a
green/black
14
4
12a
orange/black
13
6
11a
blue/black
12
6a
10a
gray/red
3
Pin
9a
brown/red
10
No.
8a
green/red
9
Splitting strip
7a
orange/red
8
Patch Panel
RJ45 jack
4
5
16
16b
4
5
Table: TMDID – Pin Assignments (Connector Panel with 24 RJ45 Jacks)
TMDID
a/b interface
Backplane
RJ45 jack
No.
Signal
No.
Pin
1
1a
1
4
1b
2
2a
5
2
2b
3
3a
5
3
3b
4
4a
4b
248
4
4
5
4
4
5
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Boards
Description of the Boards
TMDID
a/b interface
Backplane
RJ45 jack
No.
Signal
No.
Pin
5
5a
5
4
5b
6
6a
5
6
6b
7
7a
5
7
7b
8
8a
–
8
–
9
–
10
–
11
–
12
–
13
–
14
–
15
–
16
–
17
–
18
–
19
–
4
5
20
–
–
4
5
–
–
4
5
–
–
4
5
–
–
4
5
–
–
4
5
–
–
4
5
–
–
4
5
–
–
4
5
–
–
4
5
–
–
4
5
–
–
4
5
–
–
4
5
8b
–
4
4
5
21
–
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
4
5
249
Boards
Description of the Boards
TMDID
a/b interface
Backplane
RJ45 jack
No.
Signal
No.
Pin
–
–
22
4
–
–
5
–
23
4
–
–
5
–
24
4
–
5
Related Topics
3.2.39 For Selected Countries Only: TMEW2
The TMEW2 (Trunk Module E&M World) board contains four two-way analog tie
trunk circuits with E&M signaling for tie traffic with communication systems from
other vendors.
Board Variants and their Use
Board
Part Number
Used in
Communication
system
TMEW2
S30810-Q2292X100
OpenScape
Business X8
Country
ROW
Maximum
number
Is determined by
the systemspecific capacity
limits.
A SIVAPAC-SIPAC board adapter must be installed in order to be able to use a
TMEW2 board in OpenScape Business X8. See How to Install a SIVAPAC-SIPAC
Board Adapter
NOTICE: Fire hazard due to surge voltage
In the case of line lengths exceeding 500 m and where the lines
exit the building, the TMEW2 board must be protected by external
lightning protection.
Lightning protection of this kind is known as additional primary
protection. The additional primary protection is guaranteed by
installing ÜSAGs (surge arresters, gas filled) in the main
distribution frame, the patch panel or at the entry point of the pipe
in the building. A gas-filled surge arrester with 230 V nominal
250
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Boards
Description of the Boards
voltage is switched to ground from each wire that is to be
protected.
For U.S. and Canada only: The installation regulations require
analog trunks to be connected using approved protectors as per
UL 497A or CSA C22.2 No. 226.
Main Features
•
Each tie trunk has eight connections: two incoming speech paths, two
outgoing speech paths, two incoming signaling paths, and two x outgoing
signaling paths.
•
The board supports interface types 1A and 5 with the Immediate Start, Wink
Start, and Delay Dial signaling protocols.
Before starting up a tie trunk, you must ensure that the two participating
communication systems support the same interface types.
•
For Thailand only: WBM or Manager E is used to select different impedance/
level values. The board must be reset after any change to the impedance/
level value.
Front Panel
To ensure sufficient shielding, the front panel of the board must be provided with
a shielding panel. For more detailed information on the procedure, see How to
Install Shielding Covers.
Figure: TMEW2 – LEDs on the Front Panel
LEDs
The board features a front panel with two LEDs that indicate the operating states.
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
251
Boards
Description of the Boards
Table: TMEW2 – LED Statuses and their Meanings
Red LED
Green LED
off
off
Meaning
Board not receiving power or
not plugged in correctly.
Action
Check plug contact on board.
Board is out of order.
on
off
Board is supplied with power. –
Board test in progress.
Loadware loading failed.
Board is faulty.
Replace board.
Board was deactivated using
Manager E.
Check whether the board was
deactivated using Manager E.
If not, the board is defective
and must be replaced.
flashing
off
Loadware loading in progress. –
off
on
Loadware loading completed –
successfully. Board is OK (idle
state).
off
flashing
At least one channel is
activated.
–
Cable and Pin Assignments
There are several connection options for tie trunks:
252
•
SIVAPAC connectors are available on the backplane for connecting the
external main distribution frame MDFU-E using CABLUs (prefabricated
cabling units). See Table: TMEW2 – Cable and Pin Assignments (SIVAPAC
Connectors on the Backplane, MDFU-E)
•
Connector panels with CHAMP jacks for connecting the external main
distribution frame MDFU-E using CABLUs. The connector panels are clipped
onto the SIVAPAC connectors on the backplane. See Table: TMEW2 – Cable
and Pin Assignments (Connector Panel with CHAMP Jack, MDFU-E)
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Boards
Description of the Boards
Table: TMEW2 – Cable and Pin Assignments (SIVAPAC Connectors on the Backplane,
MDFU-E)
TMEW2
Tie trunk
Backplane
SIVAPAC
connector
Connection cable (CABLU)
No.
Signal
Pin
Color Group
Pair
A-wire
1
1ka
1
1
1
white/blue
1kb
23
2ka
3
2kb
4
3ka
5
3kb
6
4ka
7
4kb
8
1ga
9
1gb
10
2ga
11
2gb
12
3ga
13
3gb
14
4ga
15
4gb
16
1E
17
1M
18
2E
19
2M
20
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
1
2
MDFU-E
B-wire
1a
blue/white
2
white/orange
white/green
white/brown
white/gray
6
red/blue
red/orange
red/green
red/brown
8b
9a
brown/red
10
7b
8a
green/red
9
6b
7a
orange/red
8
5b
6a
blue/red
7
4b
5a
gray/white
2
3b
4a
brown/white
5
2b
3a
green/white
4
1b
2a
orange/white
3
Splitting strip
red/gray
9b
10a
gray/red
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
10b
253
Boards
Description of the Boards
TMEW2
Tie trunk
Backplane
SIVAPAC
connector
Connection cable (CABLU)
No.
Signal
Pin
Color Group
Pair
A-wire
3
3E
24
3
11
black/blue
3M
25
4E
26
4M
27
1SG
29
1SB
30
2SG
31
2SB
32
3SG
34
3SB
35
4SG
37
4SB
38
4
1
2
3
4
MDFU-E
B-wire
11a
blue/black
12
black/orange
black/green
black/brown
black/gray
16
14b
15a
gray/black
4
13b
14a
brown/black
15
12b
13a
green/black
14
11b
12a
orange/black
13
Splitting strip
yellow/blue
15b
16a
blue/yellow
16b
Table: TMEW2 – Cable and Pin Assignments (Connector Panel with CHAMP Jack,
MDFU-E)
TMEW2
Tie trunk
Backplane
CHAMP jack
Connection cable (CABLU)
No.
Signal
Pin
Color Group
Pair
A-wire
1
1ka
1
1
1
white/blue
1kb
26
2ka
2
2kb
27
3ka
3
3kb
28
4ka
4
4kb
29
1ga
5
1gb
30
2
3
4
1
254
MDFU-E
B-wire
1a
blue/white
2
white/orange
white/green
white/brown
3b
4a
brown/white
5
2b
3a
green/white
4
1b
2a
orange/white
3
Splitting strip
white/gray
4b
5a
gray/white
5b
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Boards
Description of the Boards
TMEW2
Tie trunk
Backplane
CHAMP jack
Connection cable (CABLU)
No.
Signal
Pin
Color Group
Pair
A-wire
2
2ga
6
2
6
red/blue
2gb
31
3ga
7
3gb
32
4ga
8
4gb
33
1E
9
1M
34
2E
10
2M
35
3E
11
3M
36
4E
12
4M
37
1SG
13
1SB
38
2SG
14
2SB
39
3SG
15
3SB
40
4SG
16
4SB
41
3
4
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
MDFU-E
B-wire
Splitting strip
6a
blue/red
7
red/orange
7a
orange/red
8
red/green
red/brown
red/gray
11
black/blue
black/orange
black/green
black/brown
black/gray
16
14b
15a
gray/black
4
13b
14a
brown/black
15
12b
13a
green/black
14
11b
12a
orange/black
13
10b
11a
blue/black
12
9b
10a
gray/red
3
8b
9a
brown/red
10
7b
8a
green/red
9
6b
yellow/blue
15b
16a
blue/yellow
16b
Related Topics
3.2.39.1 How to Install a SIVAPAC-SIPAC Board Adapter
A SIVAPAC-SIPAC board adapter must be installed in order to be able to use a
TMEW2 board in OpenScape Business X8. The board adapter ensures that the
SIVAPAC connector strip of the TMEW2 matches the SIPAC 9 SU connections of
the OpenScape Business X8 board slots.
The SIVAPAC-SIPAC board adapter consists of three individual parts:
•
Two adapter modules [A]
•
One startup module [B]
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
255
Boards
Description of the Boards
Figure: SIVAPAC-SIPAC board adapter
A
B
TMEW2
Step by Step
1) Rotate the TMEW2 board so that the connector strip is pointing towards you.
Figure: Installing the SIVAPAC-SIPAC Board Adapter
A
B
B
A
C
2) Carefully pull the two locking hooks [A] on an adapter module apart.
3) Align the adapter module on the connector strip [B] of the board. The outside
edges of the adapter module must match the outside edges of the connector
strip.
4) Make sure that the outermost row of pins on the adapter module and the
outermost row of jacks on the connector strip are aligned flush with one
another and press the adapter module fully into the connector strip.
5) Close the locking hooks.
256
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Boards
Description of the Boards
6) Repeat steps 2 to 5 to install the second adapter module.
7) Plug the startup module [C] into the hotplug connector on the board.
Next steps
Installing the SIVAPAC-SIPAC board adapter increases the overall board length.
The board juts out slightly further from the board frame. Consequently, in order to
lock the board properly, the top black latch must be replaced by the gray latch.
Related Topics
3.2.39.2 How to Replace a Board Latch
In order to lock a TMEW2 board to the board frame after mounting the SIVAPACSIPAC board adapter, the top black board latch must be replaced by a gray latch.
The gray board latch takes the increased length of the TMEW2 board arising from
the installation of the board adapter into account.
Figure: Black and Gray Board Latches
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
257
Boards
Description of the Boards
Step by Step
1) Press the top black board latch at the point marked with the arrow out of its
anchor and pull the latch out of the board frame.
2) Slide the gray board latch into the board frame and press it firmly into the
anchor.
Related Topics
3.2.40 Not for U.S.: TS2N, TS2RN
The TS2N and TS2RN (Trunk Module S2M New, Rack New) boards each provide
one S2M interface which can be used for the ISDN trunk connection or for tietraffic (networking) connections.
The B channels of the S2M interface are subject to licensing. A license is required
for each B channel in order to use it.
The TS2N and TS2RN boards are compatible successor modules for the
following boards which cannot be used in the communication systems of the
OpenScape Business communication platform for technical reasons:
•
TS2 (S30810-Q2913-X100)
•
TS2R (S30810-K2913-Z100)
Board Variants and their Use
Board
Part Number
Used in
Communication
system
258
Country
Maximum
number
TS2N
S30810-H2913- OpenScape
X300
Business X5W
ROW (not for
U.S.)
1
TS2RN
S30810-K2913- OpenScape
Z300
Business X5R
ROW (not for
U.S.)
1
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Boards
Description of the Boards
NOTICE: Slot restriction with OpenScape Business X5W and
X5R
With OpenScape Business X5W and X5R, the TS2N and TS2RN
boards and may be used only in slots 7 and 9. Only these slots
provide the required HDLC channels.
Figure
Figure: TS2N
S2M interface
(edge connector)
for symmetrical
line
50
1
X2
Connection to
CUC
8
X1
S2M interface
(RJ45 socket)
for MW line
1
X5
2
8
Figure: TS2RN
50
Connection to
CUCR
X1
S2M interface
(RJ45 socket)
for Western line
1
X5
2
8
Pin Assignments
Table: TS2N – Pin Assignment of the Edge Connectors X2
Pin
Function
1
-48 V, max. 15 W (for example, to power a NT)
2
0 V (for example, to power a NT)
3
Ground
4
Board ID for TMCAS
5
A-wire, transmit
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
259
Boards
Description of the Boards
Pin
Function
6
B-wire, transmit
7
A-wire, receive
8
B-wire, receive
Table: TS2N, TS2RN – Pin Assignments of the RJ45 Jack X5
Pin
Function
1
B-wire, receive
2
A-wire, receive
3
Not used
4
B-wire, transmit
5
A-wire, transmit
6
Not used
7
Ground
8
Ground
ISDN Trunk Connection
Figure: TS2N, TS2RN – ISDN Trunk Connection
OpenScape
Business X5
TS2N /
TS2RN
Symmetrical cable
(120 Ohms) or
NT
Western cable
(Patch cable)
PSTN
Figure: TS2RN – ISDN Trunk Connection for Portugal and Spain
OpenScape
Business X5R
TS2RN
Western
cable
(Patch
cable)
2 Coaxial cables
(75 Ohms)
Black box
converter
NT
PSTN
The following cable types can be used to connect to the network terminator NT:
260
•
TS2N: symmetrical line (120 ohms) via edge connector X2 or MW line (patch
cable) via RJ45 jack X5.
•
TS2RN: MW line (patch cable) via RJ45 jack X5 only.
A special connection kit is required for connection to the NT in Spain and
Portugal. The connection kit includes a TS2RN board, a black box converter,
a MW line (patch cable) and a coaxial line.
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Boards
Description of the Boards
The maximum line length depends on the quality of the line used and its signal
attenuation. To ensure smooth operation, use only shielded cables.
Related Topics
3.2.41 For Selected Countries Only: TST1, TST1R
The TST1 and TST1R (Trunk Module T1, Rack) boards each provide a T1
interface for the trunk connection.
Board Variants and their Use
Board
Part Number
Used in
Communication
system
Country
Maximum
number
TST1
S30810-Q2919- OpenScape
X
Business X5W
For selected
countries only
1
TST1R
S30810-K2919- OpenScape
Z
Business X5R
For selected
countries only
1
Usage and Connection Types
The usage and connection type are defined via the WBM or Manager E.
The following usage types are available:
•
T1-PRI trunk connection
•
Analog T1 trunk connection
After the usage and connection type have been defined, the board automatically
performs a reload to load the loadware for the new settings.
INFO: The T1 interface must not be directly connected to the
PSTN (Public Switched Telephone Network). At least one
Channel Service Unit (CSU) that is approved as per FCC Part 68
and that satisfies the ANSI directive T1.403 must be inserted
between the T1 interface and the central office.
The CSU provides the following features for OpenScape
Business X5: Isolation and overvoltage protection of the
communication system, diagnostic options in the event of a
malfunction (such as signal loopback, application of test signals
and test patterns), line-up of the output signal in compliance with
the line lengths specified by the network provider.
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
261
Boards
Description of the Boards
Figure
Figure: TST1
50
Connection to
CUC
1
T1 interface
X1
X2
8
2
Figure: TST1R
50
Connection to
CUCR
T1 interface
(RJ45 jack)
X1
1
8
X2
2
Pin Assignments
Table: TST1, TST1R – Pin Assignments
X2
Pin
Description
1
B-wire, receive
2
A-wire, receive
3
Not used
4
B-wire, transmit
5
B-wire, transmit
6
Not used
7
Not used
8
Not used
Related Topics
262
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Boards
Description of the Boards
3.2.42 UPSC-D
UPSC-D (Uninterruptible Power Supply Com DECT) is the central power supply
of the OpenScape Business X3W and OpenScape Business X5W
communication systems.
UPSC-D supports power supply and battery management functions. No other
components are required if it is operated as a power supply. To maintain shortterm battery emergency operation after a power failure, that is, to use
uninterruptible power supply functions, you must connect an additional
OpenScape Business Powerbox (with a 48-V/7-Ah battery pack).
UPSC-D is only released for permanent operation in an AC grid. Permanent
operation in a DC network is not allowed. Connection to a DC supply (48 V battery
pack or 48 VDC power) must only be employed for short-term battery emergency
operation after a power failure. In this scenario, the use of the 48-V/7-Ah battery
pack is preferred.
NOTICE: Damage to property owing to surge voltage
If a 48-V DC network is used instead of a 48-V/7-Ah battery pack
to maintain short-term battery emergency operation after a power
failure, the connection requirements are the same as for the
connection of the battery pack. During normal operation, when
charging the batteries or in the event of an error, the 48-V DC
network must not exceed the maximum voltage of 60 V. The
direct-current system must not be connected to the UPSC-D if this
cannot be guaranteed.
In large system configurations, the power output of the UPSC-D may be
insufficient and thus require the use of an auxiliary power source via an external
power supply. In such cases, an OpenScape Business Powerbox should be used
(with LUNA2 as external power supply).
Possible use cases for OpenScape Business Powerbox with OpenScape
Business X3W and OpenScape Business X5W:
•
Use as an uninterruptible power supply
OpenScape Business Powerbox equipped with four 12V 7Ah batteries (48V
7Ah battery pack)
The UPSC-D is used for charging the batteries in the OpenScape Business
Powerbox.
Only the 48V 7Ah battery pack (with four 12V 7Ah batteries, V39113-W5123E891) is released for connection to the UPSC-D.
INFO: Battery packs with voltages < 35 V (tolerance range: 33 V
to 37 V) are not charged by the UPSC-D. This ensures that
operating a low-voltage battery pack (e.g., a 24 V battery pack) or
a faulty battery pack is not possible at the UPSC-D.
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
263
Boards
Description of the Boards
•
Use as auxiliary power supply
OpenScape Business Powerbox equipped with a LUNA2 as external power
supply
Connect the DC output on the OpenScape Business Powerbox to the -48
VDC input on the UPSC-D. The UPSC-D's -48-Vdc output is deactivated
when the external power supply is connected.
•
Use as auxiliary power supply and uninterruptible power supply
OpenScape Business Powerbox is equipped with
–
a LUNA2 as external power supply.
Connect the DC output on the OpenScape Business Powerbox to the -48
VDC input on the UPSC-D. The UPSC-D's -48-Vdc output is deactivated
when the external power supply is connected.
–
four 12V 7Ah batteries (48V 7Ah battery pack).
The LUNA2 is used for charging the batteries in the OpenScape Business
Powerbox.
Only the 48V 7Ah battery pack (with four 12V 7Ah batteries, V39113W5123-E891) is released for connection to the UPSC-D.
INFO: Battery packs with voltages < 35 V (tolerance range: 33 V
to 37 V) are not charged by the UPSC-D. This ensures that
operating a low-voltage battery pack (e.g., a 24 V battery pack) or
a faulty battery pack is not possible at the UPSC-D.
Board Variants and their Use
Board
Part Number
Used in
Communication
system
UPSC-D
S30122-K5660-X301
OpenScape
Business X3W
Country
ROW
Maximum
number
1
OpenScape
Business X5W
Technical Data
264
•
Nominal voltage range: 100 VAC - 240 VAC
•
Nominal frequency: 50 Hz - 60 Hz
•
Ring voltage generator: 75 VAC, 20/25/50 Hz
•
Output voltages: +5 VDC, -48 VDC
•
Battery charging voltage, if UPSC-D is used as a battery charger: 40.8 VDC 55.2 VDC
•
Power consumption: 180 W
•
Bridging times (for emergency battery operation in the event of power failure):
The maximum bridging times given in the following table are basic orientation
values. The actual values may vary depending on the system configuration.
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Boards
Description of the Boards
Table: UPSC-D – Bridging Times
Communication system
Load levels
OpenScape Business X3W with UPSC- Normal output load
D
100 % =
OpenScape Business Powerbox
equipped with four 12V 7Ah batteries
Maximum
bridging time
Approx. 3 hours
5 V and 3 A / –48 V
and 0.5 A
ringing approx. 2 VA
OpenScape Business X5W with UPSC- Normal output load
D
60 % =
OpenScape Business Powerbox
equipped with four 12V 7Ah batteries
Approx. 2.5 hours
5 V and 4.8 A / –48 V
and 0.66 A
ringing approx. 2 VA
Measurement conditions:
All measurements were performed at a room temperature of approximately 23 °C
(73.4 °F).
The batteries were fully charged when the measurement was started.
Figure
WARNING
WARNING
Risk of electric shock through contact with live wires
The screw marked with an arrow in the figure below performs the ground
connection between UPSC-D and the housing of the communication system and
must always be installed.
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
265
Boards
Description of the Boards
Figure: UPSC-D
Connection to CUP, CUC
Connectors for
Powerbox:
• Equipped with
rechargeable batteries
LED (yellow)
• Equipped with
LUNA2
Slide switch to set the
ring frequency
25
20
50
Hz
LED (green)
On/
Off
Power plug socket
On/Off slide switch for
the battery charger
LEDs
The board features two LEDs that indicate the following operating states:
•
LED, green: +5-Vdc output voltage is available
•
LED, yellow: –48 VDC voltage is supplied by the external power supply
(OpenScape Business Powerbox equipped with LUNA2).
Switches
The board features two slide switches with the following functions.
Table: UPSC-D – Switches and their Functions
Switches
Switch for activating and
deactivating the battery
charging voltage
266
Switch position
Meaning
ON
UPSC-D works as a battery
charger (supplies charging
voltage).
OFF
UPSC-D does not supply
charging voltage.
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Boards
Description of the Boards
Switches
Switch for setting the ring
frequency
Switch position
Meaning
25 Hz
UPSC-D provides a ring
frequency of 25 Hz (setting for
Germany and international
markets).
20 Hz
UPSC-D provides a ring
frequency of 20 Hz (setting for
the U.S.).
50 Hz
UPSC-D provides a ring
frequency of 25 Hz (setting for
France).
WARNING
WARNING
Risk of electric shock through contact with live wires
The OpenScape Business X3W and OpenScape Business X5W communication
systems must be switched off/on by pulling/reconnecting the power plug.
Disconnect all the communication system's power plugs and make sure that the
communication system is not supplied by another power source (uninterrupted
power supply unit, for instance) if the scheduled maintenance work requires the
communication system to be in a de-energized state.
Related Topics
3.2.43 UPSC-DR
UPSC-DR (Uninterruptible Power Supply Com DECT Rack) is the central power
supply of the OpenScape Business X3R and OpenScape Business X5R
communication systems.
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
267
Boards
Description of the Boards
WARNING
WARNING
Risk of electric shock through contact with live components
The UPSC-DR board is not insulated.
For this very reason, the OpenScape Business X3R and OpenScape Business
X5R communication systems must only be operated with a closed housing.
Before opening the housing, make sure that the communication system is deenergized as follows:
•
by disconnecting the battery voltage, supply voltage (LUNA2) and line voltage
at any connected OpenScape Business Powerbox.
•
by disconnecting the line cords attached to any connected OpenScape
Business Powerbox.
•
by disconnecting the line cords of any connected battery pack or any
connected batteries.
•
by disconnecting the power plug of the communication system.
UPSC-DR supports power supply and battery management functions. No other
components are required if it is operated as a power supply. To maintain shortterm battery emergency operation after a power failure, that is, to use
uninterruptible power supply functions, you must connect an additional
OpenScape Business Powerbox (with a 48-V/7-Ah battery pack).
UPSC-DR is only released for permanent operation in a AC network. Permanent
operation in a DC network is not allowed. Connection to a DC supply (48 V battery
pack or 48 VDC power) must only be employed for short-term battery emergency
operation after a power failure. In this scenario, the use of the 48-V/7-Ah battery
pack is preferred.
NOTICE: Damage to property owing to surge voltage
If a 48-V DC network is used instead of a 48-V/7-Ah battery pack
to maintain short-term battery emergency operation after a power
failure, the connection requirements are the same as for the
connection of the battery pack. During normal operation, when
charging the batteries or in the event of an error, the 48-V DC
network must not exceed the maximum voltage of 60 V. If this
cannot be guaranteed, the DC network must not be connected to
the UPSC-DR!
In large system configurations, the power output of the UPSC-DR may be
insufficient and thus require the use of an auxiliary power source via an external
power supply. In such cases, an OpenScape Business Powerbox should be used
(with LUNA2 as external power supply).
Possible use cases for OpenScape Business Powerbox with OpenScape
Business X3R and OpenScape Business X5R:
268
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Boards
Description of the Boards
•
Use as an uninterruptible power supply
OpenScape Business Powerbox equipped with four 12V 7Ah batteries (48V
7Ah battery pack)
The UPSC-DR is used for charging the batteries in the OpenScape Business
Powerbox.
Only the 48V 7Ah battery pack (with four 12V 7Ah batteries, V39113-W5123E891) is released for connection to the UPSC-DR.
INFO: Battery packs with voltages < 35 V (tolerance range: 33 V
to 37 V) are not charged by the UPSC-DR. This ensures that
operating a low-voltage battery pack (e.g., a 24 V battery pack) or
a faulty battery pack is not possible at the UPSC-DR.
•
Use as auxiliary power supply
OpenScape Business Powerbox equipped with a LUNA2 as external power
supply
Connect the DC output on the OpenScape Business Powerbox to the -48
VDC input on the UPSC-DR. The UPSC-DR's -48-Vdc output is deactivated
when the external power supply is connected.
•
Use as auxiliary power supply and uninterruptible power supply
OpenScape Business Powerbox is equipped with
–
a LUNA2 as external power supply.
Connect the DC output on the OpenScape Business Powerbox to the -48
VDC input on the UPSC-DR. The UPSC-DR's -48-Vdc output is
deactivated when the external power supply is connected.
–
four 12V 7Ah batteries (48V 7Ah battery pack).
The LUNA2 is used for charging the batteries in the OpenScape Business
Powerbox.
Only the 48V 7Ah battery pack (with four 12V 7Ah batteries, V39113W5123-E891) is released for connection to the UPSC-DR.
INFO: Battery packs with voltages < 35 V (tolerance range: 33 V
to 37 V) are not charged by the UPSC-DR. This ensures that
operating a low-voltage battery pack (e.g., a 24 V battery pack) or
a faulty battery pack is not possible at the UPSC-DR.
Board Variants and their Use
Board
Part Number
Used in
Communication
system
UPSC-DR
S30122-K7373-X901
OpenScape
Business X3R
Country
ROW
Maximum
number
1
OpenScape
Business X5R
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
269
Boards
Description of the Boards
Technical Data
•
Nominal voltage range: 100 VAC - 240 VAC
•
Nominal frequency: 50 Hz - 60 Hz
•
Ring voltage generator: 75 VAC, 20/25/50 Hz
•
Output voltages: +5 VDC, -48 VDC
•
Battery charging voltage, if UPSC-DR is used as a battery charger: 40.,8 VDC
- 55.2 VDC
•
Power consumption: 180 W
•
Bridging times (for emergency battery operation in the event of power failure):
The maximum bridging times given in the following table are basic orientation
values. The actual values may vary depending on the system configuration.
Table: UPSC-DR – Bridging Times
Communication system
Load levels
OpenScape Business X3R with UPSC- Normal output load
DR
100 % =
OpenScape Business Powerbox
equipped with four 12V 7Ah batteries
Maximum
bridging time
Approx. 3 hours
5 V and 3 A / –48 V
and 0.5 A
ringing approx. 2 VA
OpenScape Business X5R with UPSC- Normal output load
DR
100 % =
OpenScape Business Powerbox
equipped with four 12V 7Ah batteries
Approx. 1.5 hours
5 V and 8 A / –48 V
and 1.1 A
ringing approx. 4 VA
Measurement conditions:
All measurements were performed at a room temperature of approximately 23 °C
(73.4 °F).
The batteries were fully charged when the measurement was started.
Figure
WARNING
WARNING
Risk of electric shock through contact with live wires
The screw marked with an arrow in the figure below performs the ground
connection between UPSC-DR and the 19-inch rack housing of the
communication system and must always be installed.
270
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Boards
Description of the Boards
Figure: UPSC-DR
Connection to CUPR, CUCR
LED (yellow)
25
20
50
Hz
Slide switch to set the
ring frequency
Power socket
On/
Off
LED (green)
On/Off slide switch for
the battery charger
Connection socket for Powerbox (rear X3R/X5R):
+
– 48 VBatt (Charging voltage for the battery in Powerbox)
–
48 V (Auxiliary power supply from LUNA2 in Powerbox)
+
LEDs
The board features two LEDs that indicate the following operating states:
•
LED, green: +5-Vdc output voltage is available
•
LED, yellow: –48 VDC voltage is supplied by the external power supply
(OpenScape Business Powerbox equipped with LUNA2).
Switches
The board features two slide switches with the following functions.
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
271
Boards
Description of the Boards
Table: UPSC-DR – Switches and their Functions
Switches
Switch for activating and
deactivating the battery
charging voltage
Switch for setting the ring
frequency
Switch position
Meaning
ON
UPSC-DR works as a battery
charger (supplies charging
voltage).
OFF
UPSC-DR does not supply
charging voltage.
25 Hz
UPSC-DR provides a ring
frequency of 25 Hz (setting for
Germany and international
markets).
20 Hz
UPSC-DR provides a ring
frequency of 20 Hz (setting for
the U.S.).
50 Hz
UPSC-DR provides a ring
frequency of 25 Hz (setting for
France).
WARNING
WARNING
Risk of electric shock through contact with live wires
The OpenScape Business X3R and OpenScape Business X5R communication
systems must be switched off/on by pulling/reconnecting the power plug.
Disconnect all the communication system's power plugs and make sure that the
communication system is not supplied by another power source (uninterrupted
power supply unit, for instance) if the scheduled maintenance work requires the
communication system to be in a de-energized state.
Related Topics
272
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Installing OpenScape Business X3R and OpenScape Business X5R (19-inch Rack Mounting)
Prerequisites for Installation
4 Installing OpenScape Business X3R and OpenScape
Business X5R (19-inch Rack Mounting)
This section covers the standard installation procedure for the OpenScape
Business X3R and OpenScape Business X5R communication systems.
OpenScape Business X3R and OpenScape Business X5R are communication
systems in 19-inch rack mount cases that can be mounted in 19-inch rack mount
cabinets, as standalone units (desktop operation) or as wall-mounted units.
Related Topics
4.1 Prerequisites for Installation
To install the OpenScape Business X3 and OpenScape Business X5R
communication systems, you will need some specific tools and resources. Certain
requirements must be observed when selecting the installation site. Note that
there are also some specific requirements regarding the power supply when
using the communication systems in the United States and Canada.
Warning: Only authorized service personnel should install and start up the
communication system.
Tools and Resources
The following tools and resources are required:
•
Diagonal cutting pliers, telephone pliers, wire stripper, flat-nosed pliers
•
Slotted screwdriver set
•
Phillips or Pozidriv screwdriver set
•
TORX screwdriver set
•
Meter stick
•
Drill, hammer, spirit level (only for wall mounting)
•
Digital multimeter for testing ground connections and partial voltages
Prerequisites for Selecting the Installation Site
Make sure that the installation site meets the following requirements:
•
Make sure that a clearance distance of 10 cm to the housing is maintained to
guarantee sufficient ventilation for the communication system.
•
The power cable connector must be readily accessible for quick
disconnection from the power source at any time.
•
Do not expose the communication systems to direct sources of heat (for
example, direct sunlight, radiators, etc).
•
Do not expose the communication systems to extremely dusty environments.
•
Avoid contact with chemicals.
•
Avoid all condensation of humidity on or in a communication system during
operation under all circumstances.
A communication system must be completely dry before putting it into service.
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
273
Installing OpenScape Business X3R and OpenScape Business X5R (19-inch Rack Mounting)
Preparatory Steps
•
Avoid standard carpeting, as it tends to produce electrostatic charges.
•
Note the environmental and mechanical conditions for operating the
communication systems (see Operating Conditions for OpenScape Business
X).
•
For U.S. and Canada only: The distance between equipment from
Unify & Co. KG and other electrical equipment must be no less than 40 in.
(101.6 cm). The National Electrical Code (NEC) requires 36 in. (91.4 cm) of
clearance in front of electrical equipment and 40 in. (101.6 cm) of clearance
from other electrical service equipment.
For U.S. and Canada only: Prerequisites for Connecting the Power Supply
The power supply for the communication systems must meet the following
requirements:
•
Electrical Connection Specifications:
Nominal
voltage
120 V AC/
60 Hz
Nominal voltage range
Nominal frequency
range
from
until
from
until
110 V AC
130 V AC
47 Hz
63 Hz
Wall Outlet
Configuration
s
NEMA 5-15, 2pin, 3-wire,
grounded
•
The power source must not be more than 2 m (6 ft.) away from the
communication system.
•
The power source must supply a voltage of 120 V AC (single-phase, fused)
at 50-60 Hz.
•
An independent electric circuit with an isolated ground conductor should be
used for each communication system.
•
A warning should be attached to the circuit breaker of the power supply to
prevent accidental removal of power from the communication system.
•
Recommendation: Insert a surge protector between the power supply and the
communication system.
Related Topics
4.2 Preparatory Steps
Unpack and check the supplied components before starting the installation. There
is a battery on the mainboard that is used to buffer the date and time. Before
starting up the communication system, the battery must be activated.
Related Topics
4.2.1 How to Unpack the Components
Proceed as follows to unpack the communication system and parts supplied:
274
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Installing OpenScape Business X3R and OpenScape Business X5R (19-inch Rack Mounting)
Preparatory Steps
Step by Step
1) Open the packaging without damaging the contents.
2) Check the components delivered against the packing slip to make sure
nothing is missing.
3) Report any shipping damage to the address indicated on the packing slip.
4) All packaging material must be disposed of in compliance with the relevant
country-specific requirements.
WARNING
WARNING
Risk of electric shock through contact with live wires
Only use communication systems, tools and equipment which are in perfect
condition. Do not use equipment with visible damage.
Related Topics
4.2.2 How to Remove the Protective Film from the Battery of the OCCMR
Mainboard
Step by Step
1) Make sure that the communication system is de-energized.
2) Loosen the two locking screws in the front panel of the OCCMR mainboard.
3) Pry the OCCMR mainboard loose from the backplane with two board
wrenches (C39165-A7027-C26).
4) Using both hands, carefully slide out the OCCMR mainboard horizontally from
the board shelf and place it on a flat, grounded conductive surface.
5) Remove the protective film under the battery. In order to not loosen the
battery, the protective film must be removed only at the closed side of the
battery holder (indicated by an arrow in the following figure).
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
275
Installing OpenScape Business X3R and OpenScape Business X5R (19-inch Rack Mounting)
Installation Methods
6) Using both hands, carefully slide the OCCMR mainboard horizontally back
into the slot that is provided on the board frame for this purpose.
7) Attach the OCCMR mainboard to the shelf using the two locking screws.
Related Topics
4.3 Installation Methods
The OpenScape Business X3R and OpenScape Business X5R communication
systems can be mounted in a 19'' rack, on a wall or as a standalone unit (desktop
operation).
Related Topics
4.3.1 How to Mount OpenScape Business X3R in a 19-inch Rack
Prerequisites
•
The prerequisites for selecting the installation site were taken into account
(see Prerequisites for Installation).
•
The cabinet-specific screws required for attaching the angle brackets to the
19-inch rack are available (these must be provided by the 19-inch rack
supplier).
Step by Step
1) Attach the two supplied angle brackets to the sides of the communication
system using the two screws provided for each bracket.
Figure: OpenScape Business X3R – Angle Brackets
2) Lift the communication system into the 19’’ rack and attach it to the 19-inch
rack using the angle brackets [A] and the screws provided for this purpose.
276
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Installing OpenScape Business X3R and OpenScape Business X5R (19-inch Rack Mounting)
Installation Methods
A
Related Topics
4.3.2 How to Mount OpenScape Business X5R in a 19-inch Rack
Prerequisites
•
The prerequisites for selecting the installation site were taken into account
(see Prerequisites for Installation).
•
The cabinet-specific screws required for attaching the support and angle
brackets to the 19-inch rack are available (These must be provided by the 19inch rack supplier).
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
277
Installing OpenScape Business X3R and OpenScape Business X5R (19-inch Rack Mounting)
Installation Methods
Step by Step
1) Attach the two supplied angle brackets to the sides of the communication
system using the two screws provided for each bracket.
Figure: OpenScape Business X5R – Angle Brackets
2) Mount a right and a left support bracket (included with the 19 inch rack
mounting kit (C39165-A7027-D1)) to the 19-inch rack with the screws
provided for this purpose.
Figure: OpenScape Business X5R – Support Brackets
3) Lift the communication system into the 19-inch rack and place it on the two
support brackets [A]. Slide the communication system into the 19-inch rack
until the two brackets are flush with the front of the 19-inch frame.
4) Use the two angle brackets [B] and the screws provided to attach the
communication system to the 19-inch rack.
278
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Installing OpenScape Business X3R and OpenScape Business X5R (19-inch Rack Mounting)
Installation Methods
B
A
Related Topics
4.3.3 How to Mount the Communication System to a Wall
Prerequisites
•
The prerequisites for selecting the installation site were taken into account
(see Prerequisites for Installation).
•
A strong wall for the installation of the communication system is available.
Step by Step
1) Attach the two angle brackets [A] and [B] to the underside of the
communication system housing using the supplied screws.
A
B
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
279
Installing OpenScape Business X3R and OpenScape Business X5R (19-inch Rack Mounting)
Protective Grounding
2) Drill a hole for the top angle bracket [A].
3) Insert a wall anchor into the drilled hole and screw in a screw, leaving approx.
2 mm projecting.
4) Hang the communication system with the upper angle bracket [A].
5) Drill a hole for the bottom angle bracket [B].
6) Insert a wall anchor into the drilled hole and secure the bottom angle bracket
[B] with a screw.
Related Topics
4.3.4 How to Install the Communication System as a Standalone Unit
(Desktop Operation)
Prerequisites
•
The prerequisites for selecting the installation site were taken into account
(see Prerequisites for Installation).
›
Attach the four adhesive rubber feet to the underside of the communication
system housing, one per corner.
Step by Step
NOTICE: To ensure the safe operation of the communication
system, the system should not be moved during operation!
Related Topics
4.4 Protective Grounding
The protective grounding provides a secure connection to the ground potential to
protect against dangerously high touch voltages in the event of a malfunction.
WARNING
WARNING
Risk of electric shock through contact with live wires
•
Use separate ground wires to provide protective grounding for the
OpenScape Business X3R and OpenScape Business X5R communication
systems. Before you start up the system and connect the phones and phone
lines, connect the communication system with a permanent earthing
conductor.
•
Make sure that the ground wire laid is protected and strain-relieved.
Related Topics
280
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Installing OpenScape Business X3R and OpenScape Business X5R (19-inch Rack Mounting)
Protective Grounding
4.4.1 Protective Grounding for 19’’ Rack-mount Installations
The equipotential bonding strip of the 19’’ rack is used to provide protective
grounding for the communication system.
Related Topics
4.4.1.1 How to Provide Protective Grounding for the Communication System
Prerequisites
•
A protective ground wire with a minimum cross section of 12 AWG/2.5 mm2
and a ring terminal exists (see figure below). A minimum conductor cross
section of 10 AWG/4 mm2 is needed to block the effects of external factors if
the ground wire cannot be protected.
•
A low-impedance ground connection is available.
•
The 19-inch rack is grounded by a separate ground conductor (green/yellow).
The 19-inch rack is equipped with an equipotential bonding strip at which the
communication system can be separately grounded.
DANGER
DANGER
Risk of electric shock through contact with live wires
Only personnel with proper qualifications or qualified electricians should perform
work on the low-voltage network (<1000 VAC) and all work must comply with the
national/local requirements for electrical connections.
WARNING
WARNING
Risk of electric shock through contact with live wires
•
Use separate ground wires to provide protective grounding for the
OpenScape Business X3R and OpenScape Business X5R communication
systems. Before you start up the system and connect the phones and phone
lines, connect the communication system with a permanent earthing
conductor.
•
Make sure that the ground wire laid is protected and strain-relieved.
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
281
Installing OpenScape Business X3R and OpenScape Business X5R (19-inch Rack Mounting)
Protective Grounding
The implementation rules specified in IEC 60364 and IEC 60950-1 must be
complied with during the installation.
Proceed as follows to ensure protective grounding:
Step by Step
1) Attach the ring terminal [1] of the separate ground wire as shown in the figure
using a tooth lock washer [2] and an M4 screw [3] to the protective conductor
of the communication system.
3
1
2
2) Secure the ground wire with a cable tie to the appropriate fastening eyelet for
strain relief.
3) Connect the ground wire with the equipotential bonding strip in the 19-inch
rack as shown in the conceptual diagram in the figure below.
282
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Installing OpenScape Business X3R and OpenScape Business X5R (19-inch Rack Mounting)
Protective Grounding
OpenScape Business X3R/X5R
Ground wire
connection
Anchor for strain relief
Cable with connector
Recommended: 12 AWG/2.5 mm2 thick
wire (solid or stranded copper) with a
max. length of 39 m (126 feet); bare or
green/yellow
Equipotential bonding strip in 19" rack
Make sure that the ground wire is protected and strain-relieved (minimum
conductor cross section = 12 AWG/2.5 mm2). A minimum conductor cross
section of 10 AWG/4 mm2 is needed to block the effects of external factors if
the ground wire cannot be protected.
Related Topics
4.4.1.2 How to Check the Grounding
Prerequisites
•
The communication system and all other devices in the 19-inch rack are not
connected to the low-voltage network via power cables.
•
The communication system has been properly grounded using a separate
ground wire.
•
The 19-inch rack is grounded by a separate ground conductor (green/yellow).
Run the following test before startup to make sure that the communication
system's protective grounding is working properly.
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
283
Installing OpenScape Business X3R and OpenScape Business X5R (19-inch Rack Mounting)
Protective Grounding
Step by Step
›
Check the ohmic resistance on the ground connection to the communication
system:
a) The first measurement is taken between the ground contact of a grounded
power outlet of the home installation and the equipotential bonding strip
in the 19-inch rack.
b) The second measurement is taken between the equipotential bonding
strip in the 19-inch rack and the housing of the communication system.
The result (reference value) of a measurement must be significantly less than 10
Ohms.
If you obtain some other measurement results, contact a qualified electrician. The
electrician will need to check the equipotential bonding of the domestic installation
and ensure the low resistance grounding (ohmage) of the earthing conductors.
Related Topics
4.4.2 Protective Grounding for Wall-Mount and Standalone Installations
The protective grounding of the communication system occurs via the
equipotential bonding strip of the building, an additional outlet to the low-voltage
network, a main ground busbar or a ground field, for example.
Related Topics
4.4.2.1 How to Provide Protective Grounding for the Communication System
Prerequisites
284
•
A protective ground wire with a minimum cross section of 12 AWG/2.5 mm2
and a ring terminal exists (see figure below). A minimum conductor cross
section of 10 AWG/4 mm2 is needed to block the effects of external factors if
the ground wire cannot be protected. When using an additional junction box
of the low-voltage network, the minimum conductor cross-section may also be
16 AWG/1.5 mm2.
•
A low-impedance ground connection is available.
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Installing OpenScape Business X3R and OpenScape Business X5R (19-inch Rack Mounting)
Protective Grounding
DANGER
DANGER
Risk of electric shock through contact with live wires
Only personnel with proper qualifications or qualified electricians should perform
work on the low-voltage network (<1000 VAC) and all work must comply with the
national/local requirements for electrical connections.
WARNING
WARNING
Risk of electric shock through contact with live wires
•
Use separate ground wires to provide protective grounding for the
OpenScape Business X3R and OpenScape Business X5R communication
systems. Before you start up the system and connect the phones and phone
lines, connect the communication system with a permanent earthing
conductor.
•
Make sure that the ground wire laid is protected and strain-relieved.
The implementation rules specified in IEC 60364 and IEC 60950-1 must be
complied with during the installation.
Proceed as follows to ensure protective grounding:
Step by Step
1) Attach the ring terminal [1] of the separate ground wire as shown in the figure
using a tooth lock washer [2] and an M4 screw [3] to the protective conductor
of the communication system.
3
1
2
2) Secure the ground wire with a cable tie to the appropriate fastening eyelet for
strain relief.
3) Select one of the following options:
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
285
Installing OpenScape Business X3R and OpenScape Business X5R (19-inch Rack Mounting)
Protective Grounding
•
Not for U.S. and Canada - Equipotential bonding strip
Connect the ground wire with the grounding point (e.g., the equipotential
bonding strip of the building) as illustrated in the conceptual diagram.
OpenScape Business X3R/X5R
Ground wire
connection
Anchor for strain relief
Cable with connector
Recommended: 2.5 mm2 thick wire (solid
or stranded copper) with a max. length
of 39 m (126 feet); bare or green/yellow
Grounding point, e.g., equipotential
bonding of the building
But not: Central heating system, sewer
pipes, or grounding for antenna system
Make sure that the ground wire is protected and strain-relieved. The
minimum conductor cross section equals 12 AWG/2.5 mm2). A minimum
conductor cross section of 10 AWG/4 mm2 is needed to block the effects
of external factors if the ground wire cannot be protected.
•
Not for U.S. and Canada - Outlet to low-voltage network
Connect a junction box to the low-voltage network close to the Schuko
wall socket into which the communication system is plugged. Use a
separate ground wire to set up a fixed connection to the junction box as
illustrated in the conceptual diagram.
286
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Installing OpenScape Business X3R and OpenScape Business X5R (19-inch Rack Mounting)
Protective Grounding
OpenScape Business X3R/X5R
Ground wire
connection
Anchor for strain relief
Cable with connector
230 V ~
L1 N PE
Schuko wall socket
Recommended: 1.5 mm2 thick wire
(solid or stranded copper) with a
max. length of 2 m (6.56 feet);
green/yellow
Grounding point; junction box
next to the Schuko wall socket
Make sure that the ground wire is protected and strain-relieved. The
minimum conductor cross section is 16 AWG/1.5 mm2.
•
Not for U.S. and Canada - Lockable grounded plug to the low-voltage
network
Insert the lockable grounded plug (special Schuko with fixed protective
earth conductor) into a wall outlet of the low-voltage network and lock the
plug. Use the ground wire connected to the plug to set up a fixed
connection to the communication system, as illustrated in the conceptual
diagram. Use a second lockable grounded plug for a possibly existing
MDFU.
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
287
Installing OpenScape Business X3R and OpenScape Business X5R (19-inch Rack Mounting)
Protective Grounding
OpenScape Business X3R/X5R
Ground wire
connection
Anchor for strain relief
Cable with
connector
Recommended: 1.5 mm2 thick wire
with a max. length of 2m (6.56 feet)
Lockable
grounded plug
Wall socket
Make sure that all ground wires laid are protected and strain-relieved. The
minimum conductor cross section is 16 AWG/1.5 mm2 for up to 2m and at
least 12 AWG/2.5 mm2 for 2m and above.
•
For U.S. and Canada only: Main ground busbar
Connect the ground wire with the grounding point (e.g., the main ground
busbar, ground field) as illustrated in the conceptual diagram.
288
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Installing OpenScape Business X3R and OpenScape Business X5R (19-inch Rack Mounting)
Protective Grounding
OpenScape Business X3R/X5R
Ground wire
connection
Anchor for strain relief
Cable with connector
Recommended: 12 AWG/2.5 mm 2
thick wire (solid or stranded copper)
with a max. length of 39 m (126
feet); bare or green/yellow
Fuse box 20A
120 VAC, 60 Hz
neutral ground
wire
Mains
connection
Grounding point, e.g., main
ground busbar
Power supply panel, via which power
to the communication system is
supplied
Note: Single Point Ground (SPG) shown
Make sure that all ground wires laid are protected and strain-relieved. The
minimum conductor cross-section is 12 AWG/2.5 mm2. A minimum
conductor cross section of 10 AWG/4 mm2 is needed to block the effects
of external factors if the ground wire cannot be protected.
Related Topics
4.4.2.2 How to Check the Grounding
Prerequisites
•
The communication system is not yet connected to the low-voltage network
via the power cable.
•
The communication system has been properly grounded using a separate
ground wire.
Run the following test before startup to make sure that the communication
system's protective grounding is working properly.
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
289
Installing OpenScape Business X3R and OpenScape Business X5R (19-inch Rack Mounting)
Configuration Notes
Step by Step
›
Check the ohmic resistance on the ground connection to the communication
system:
The measurement is taken between the ground contact of a grounded power
outlet of the home installation (where the communication system is
connected) and the housing of the communication system.
The result (reference value) of a measurement must be significantly less than 10
Ohms.
If you obtain some other results, contact a qualified electrician. The electrician will
need to check the equipotential bonding of the domestic installation and ensure
the low resistance grounding (ohmage) of the earthing conductors.
Related Topics
4.5 Configuration Notes
The configuration notes include information about the board slots of the
OpenScape Business X3R and OpenScape Business X5R communication
systems.
Related Topics
4.5.1 Board Slots in OpenScape Business X3R
OpenScape Business X3R has three slot levels for the installation of boards and
options.
•
Slot level 1: slots for two peripheral boards
•
Slot level 2: slot for the OCCMR mainboard
•
Slot level 3: slots for three options
Figure: OpenScape Business X3R – Board Slots
Slot levels
O1
O2
3
O3
2
OCCMR
Slot 4
Slot 5
1
Related Topics
4.5.2 Board Slots in OpenScape Business X5R
OpenScape Business X5R has five slot levels for the installation of boards and
options.
•
290
Slot levels 1 through 3: each slot level provides slots for two peripheral boards
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Installing OpenScape Business X3R and OpenScape Business X5R (19-inch Rack Mounting)
Configuration Notes
•
Slot level 4: slot for the OCCMR mainboard
•
Slot level 5: slots for three options
Figure: OpenScape Business X5R Board Slots
Slot levels
O1
O2
5
O3
4
OCCMR
Slot 6
Slot 7
3
Slot 8
Slot 9
2
Slot 4
Slot 5
1
Related Topics
4.5.3 Board Installation
Related Topics
4.5.3.1 How to Insert a Board
Prerequisites
•
A free board slot is available.
NOTICE: Always wear an antistatic wristband when handling
boards.
The ESD measures for protecting electrostatically sensitive
devices must be observed and followed (see Prerequisites for
Installation)
Step by Step
1) Loosen the two locking screws for the shielding panel of the desired board
slot.
2) remove the shielding cover.
3) Using its guide rails slide the board into the board slot until it stops.
4) Attach the board to the housing using the two locking screws.
Related Topics
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
291
Installing OpenScape Business X3R and OpenScape Business X5R (19-inch Rack Mounting)
Trunk Connection
4.5.3.2 How to Remove a Board
Prerequisites
NOTICE: Always wear an antistatic wristband when handling
boards.
The ESD measures for protecting electrostatically sensitive
devices must be observed and followed (see Prerequisites for
Installation)
Step by Step
1) Loosen the two locking screws in the front panel of the board to be removed.
2) Pull out the board from the board slot.
Related Topics
4.5.3.3 How to Install a Shielding Cover
To ensure sufficient shielding, all empty board slots must be provided with a
shielding panel.
Step by Step
1) Place the shielding cover on the empty board slot.
2) Attach the shielding cover to the housing using the two locking screws.
Related Topics
4.6 Trunk Connection
The OpenScape Business X3R and OpenScape Business X5R communication
systems offer different options for trunk connections and thus for access to the
public communication network.
You can select the trunk connection or connections required for your
communication system from the following options:
•
ISDN point-to-point connection and ISDN point-to-multipoint connection via
S0 interface (not for U.S. and Canada)
•
Only for OpenScape Business X5R: ISDN Primary Rate Interface via S5M
interface (not for U.S. and Canada)
•
Only for OpenScape Business X5R: ISDN Primary Rate Interface via T1
interface (for U.S. and Canada only)
•
Only for OpenScape Business X5R: Trunk connection with CAS protocol via
CAS interface (for selected countries only)
•
Analog trunk connections
Related Topics
292
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Installing OpenScape Business X3R and OpenScape Business X5R (19-inch Rack Mounting)
Trunk Connection
4.6.1 Not for U.S. and Canada: How to Set up an ISDN Point-to-Point or ISDN
Point-to-Multipoint Connection via the S0 Port
Prerequisites
WARNING
WARNING
Risk of electric shock through contact with live wires
Use separate ground wires to provide protective grounding for your
communication system before connecting telephones and lines.
CAUTION
CAUTION
Fire hazard
To reduce the risk of fire, you may only use communication cables with a
conductor diameter of at least 0.4mm (AWG 26) or larger.
•
At least one free S0 port is available (mainboard OCCMR or peripheral board
STLSX4R, STLS4R).
•
During startup, the S0 interface must be configured as an ISDN point-to-point
or ISDN point-to-multipoint connection.
•
An ISDN point-to-point or point-to-multipoint connection is available.
›
Connect the desired S0 port with NTBA of the ISDN point-to-point or ISDN
multipoint connection.
Step by Step
For more detailed information on the pin assignments, see
OCCMR
STLSX2, STLSX4, STLSX4R
Related Topics
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
293
Installing OpenScape Business X3R and OpenScape Business X5R (19-inch Rack Mounting)
Trunk Connection
4.6.2 Not for U.S. and Canada: How to Set up an ISDN Primary Rate
Interface via the S2M Port (for OpenScape Business X5R Only)
Prerequisites
WARNING
WARNING
Risk of electric shock through contact with live wires
Use separate ground wires to provide protective grounding for your
communication system before connecting telephones and lines.
CAUTION
CAUTION
Fire hazard
To reduce the risk of fire, you may only use communication cables with a
conductor diameter of at least 0.4mm (AWG 26) or larger.
•
OpenScape Business X5R is equipped with one TS2RN board.
•
One ISDN Primary Rate Interface is available.
›
Connect the S2M port with the NTPM the ISDN Primary Rate Interface.
Step by Step
For information on pin assignments, see Not for U.S.: TS2N, TS2RN
Related Topics
4.6.3 For U.S. and Canada Only: How to Set up the ISDN Primary Rate
Interface via the T1 Interface (for OpenScape Business X5R Only)
Prerequisites
WARNING
WARNING
Risk of electric shock through contact with live wires
Use separate ground wires to provide protective grounding for your
communication system before connecting telephones and lines.
294
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Installing OpenScape Business X3R and OpenScape Business X5R (19-inch Rack Mounting)
Trunk Connection
CAUTION
CAUTION
Fire hazard
To reduce the risk of fire, you may only use communication cables with a
conductor diameter of at least 0.4mm (AWG 26) or larger.
•
OpenScape Business X5R is equipped with one TST1R board.
•
One Channel Service Unit (CSU) that is approved as per FCC Part 68 and
that satisfies the ANSI directive T1.403 is available. The T1 interface must not
be directly connected to the PSTN (Public Switched Telephone Network). It is
essential that one CSU be installed between the communication system and
the digital trunk connection. The CSU provides the following features for
OpenScape Business X5R: Isolation and overvoltage protection of the
communication system, diagnostic options in the event of a malfunction (such
as signal loopback, application of test signals and test patterns), line-up of the
output signal in compliance with the line lengths specified by the network
provider. A CSU is not a delivery component of the OpenScape Business X5R
communication system.
•
One ISDN Primary Rate Interface is available.
›
Connect the T1 interface with the Channel Service Unit (CSU).
Step by Step
For information on the usage and connection types and on the cable and
connector pin assignments, see For Selected Countries Only: TST1, TST1R
Related Topics
4.6.4 For Selected Countries Only: How to Set up a Trunk Connection via
the E1-CAS Interface (for OpenScape Business X5R Only)
Prerequisites
WARNING
WARNING
Risk of electric shock through contact with live wires
Use separate ground wires to provide protective grounding for your
communication system before connecting telephones and lines.
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
295
Installing OpenScape Business X3R and OpenScape Business X5R (19-inch Rack Mounting)
Trunk Connection
CAUTION
CAUTION
Fire hazard
To reduce the risk of fire, you may only use communication cables with a
conductor diameter of at least 0.4mm (AWG 26) or larger.
•
OpenScape Business X5R is equipped with one TCASR-2 board.
•
A trunk connection with the CAS protocol is available.
›
Connect the required CAS interface of the TCASR-2 board with the NT of the
trunk connection.
Step by Step
For information on the possible settings and CAS cables, see For Selected
Countries Only: TCAS-2, TCASR-2
Related Topics
4.6.5 How to Set up an Analog Trunk Connection
Prerequisites
WARNING
WARNING
Risk of electric shock through contact with live wires
Use separate ground wires to provide protective grounding for your
communication system before connecting telephones and lines.
CAUTION
CAUTION
Fire hazard
To reduce the risk of fire, you may only use communication cables with a
conductor diameter of at least 0.4mm (AWG 26) or larger.
NOTICE: Fire hazard due to surge voltage
In the case of line lengths exceeding 500 m and where the lines
exit the building, the TLANI4R board must be protected by
external lightning protection.
Lightning protection of this kind is known as additional primary
protection. The additional primary protection is guaranteed by
installing ÜSAGs (surge arresters, gas filled) in the main
distribution frame, the patch panel or at the entry point of the pipe
296
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Installing OpenScape Business X3R and OpenScape Business X5R (19-inch Rack Mounting)
Connection of phones and devices
in the building. A gas-filled surge arrester with 230 V nominal
voltage is switched to ground from each wire that is to be
protected.
•
The communication system is equipped with at least one TLANI4R board.
•
For the U.S. and Canada only: A protector as per UL 497A or CSA C22.2
No. 226 is available. The installation regulations require analog trunks to be
connected using approved protectors as per UL 497A or CSA C22.2 No. 226.
•
An analog trunk connection with MSI (main station interface) signaling
procedures (ground-start and loop-start signaling) is available.
›
Connect the desired a/b port of the desired board with the TAE socket of the
analog trunk connection.
Step by Step
For details on the pin assignments, see TLANI2, TLANI4, TLANI4R
Related Topics
4.7 Connection of phones and devices
The OpenScape Business X3R and OpenScape Business X5R communication
systems offer different options for connecting phones and devices.
You can select the connection(s) required for your communication system from
the following options:
•
Direct connection of ISDN phones (not for U.S. and Canada)
•
Connection of ISDN phones via the S0 bus (not for U.S. and Canada)
•
Connection of UP0/E phones
•
Connection of analog phones and devices
Related Topics
4.7.1 Not for U.S. and Canada: How to Connect ISDN Phones Directly
Prerequisites
WARNING
WARNING
Risk of electric shock through contact with live wires
Use separate ground wires to provide protective grounding for your
communication system before connecting telephones and lines.
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
297
Installing OpenScape Business X3R and OpenScape Business X5R (19-inch Rack Mounting)
Connection of phones and devices
CAUTION
CAUTION
Fire hazard
To reduce the risk of fire, you may only use communication cables with a
conductor diameter of at least 0.4mm (AWG 26) or larger.
NOTICE: Fire hazard due to surge voltage
Only for the station connection interfaces: In the case of line
lengths exceeding 500 m and where the lines exit the building, the
OCCMR, STLSX4R and STLS4R boards must be protected by
external lightning protection.
Lightning protection of this kind is known as additional primary
protection. The additional primary protection is guaranteed by
installing ÜSAGs (surge arresters, gas filled) in the main
distribution frame, the patch panel or at the entry point of the pipe
in the building. A gas-filled surge arrester with 230 V nominal
voltage is switched to ground from each wire that is to be
protected.
•
At least one free S0 port is available (mainboard OCCMR or peripheral board
STLSX4R, STLS4R).
•
The S0 ports used must be configured at startup as an internal S0 connection.
•
The ISDN phones to be connected must have a separate power source, e.g.,
via a power adapter. It is not possible to obtain power via the S0 ports of the
OCCMR, STLSX4R and STLS4R boards.
Step by Step
1) Connect the desired S0 port with the ISDN telephone.
For more detailed information on cable and pin assignments, see
OCCMR
STLSX2, STLSX4, STLSX4R
INFO: Refer to the installation instructions of the phone to be
connected.
2) If present, connect any further ISDN phones to the communication system by
the same method.
Related Topics
298
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Installing OpenScape Business X3R and OpenScape Business X5R (19-inch Rack Mounting)
Connection of phones and devices
4.7.2 Not for U.S. and Canada: How to Connect ISDN Phones via the S0 Bus
Prerequisites
WARNING
WARNING
Risk of electric shock through contact with live wires
Use separate ground wires to provide protective grounding for your
communication system before connecting telephones and lines.
CAUTION
CAUTION
Fire hazard
To reduce the risk of fire, you may only use communication cables with a
conductor diameter of at least 0.4mm (AWG 26) or larger.
NOTICE: Fire hazard due to surge voltage
Only for the station connection interfaces: In the case of line
lengths exceeding 500 m and where the lines exit the building, the
OCCMR, STLSX4R and STLS4R boards must be protected by
external lightning protection.
Lightning protection of this kind is known as additional primary
protection. The additional primary protection is guaranteed by
installing ÜSAGs (surge arresters, gas filled) in the main
distribution frame, the patch panel or at the entry point of the pipe
in the building. A gas-filled surge arrester with 230 V nominal
voltage is switched to ground from each wire that is to be
protected.
•
At least one free S0 port is available (mainboard OCCMR or peripheral board
STLSX4R, STLS4R).
•
The S0 ports used must be configured at startup as an internal S0 connection.
•
The ISDN phones to be connected must have a separate power source, e.g.,
via a power adapter. It is not possible to obtain power via the S0 ports of the
OCCMR, STLSX4R and STLS4R boards.
•
Every individual ISDN phone (ISDN stations) must be assigned a unique
Multiple Subscriber Number (MSN). This assignment must be made in the
configuration menu of the ISDN station.
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
299
Installing OpenScape Business X3R and OpenScape Business X5R (19-inch Rack Mounting)
Connection of phones and devices
Step by Step
1) Connect the desired S0 port with the Mini Western socket of the S0 bus.
For more detailed information on cable and pin assignments, see
OCCMR
STLSX2, STLSX4, STLSX4R
INFO: Refer to the installation instructions of the phone to be
connected.
2) Complete the wiring as shown in the following diagram.
OpenScape business
X3R/X5R (OCCMR,
STLSX4R, STLS4R: S0 port
(with permanently integrated
terminating resistors)
Mini-Western through-jack
(MW8)
Tb Rb Ra Ta
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
For ISDN phones, the Receive
and Transmit lines must be
swapped in each case.
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
1. Mini Western socket
(MW8)
Rb Tb Ta Ra
6
5
4
3
Power through local power
supply with RJ45 jack
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
2. Mini Western socket
(MW8)
Rb Tb Ta Ra
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
3. Mini Western socket
(MW8)
Rb Tb Ta Ra
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
8. Mini Western socket
(MW8)
Rb Tb Ta Ra
Terminating resistors (100 Ohm/
0.25 W) in the last socket
3) Install terminating resistors (100 Ohm/0.25 W) in the last socket of the S0 bus.
300
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Installing OpenScape Business X3R and OpenScape Business X5R (19-inch Rack Mounting)
Connection of phones and devices
4) Make sure that terminating resistors are only connected to the two ends of the
S0 bus. No terminating resistors are required for the other sockets of the S0
bus.
INFO: Since terminating resistors are already integrated into
OpenScape Business X3R and OpenScape Business X5R, the
communication system forms one end of an S0 bus.
INFO: Refer to the installation instructions of the phone to be
connected.
Related Topics
4.7.3 How to Connect UP0/E Phones
Prerequisites
WARNING
WARNING
Risk of electric shock through contact with live wires
Use separate ground wires to provide protective grounding for your
communication system before connecting telephones and lines.
CAUTION
CAUTION
Fire hazard
To reduce the risk of fire, you may only use communication cables with a
conductor diameter of at least 0.4mm (AWG 26) or larger.
NOTICE: Fire hazard due to surge voltage
In the case of line lengths exceeding 500 m and where the lines
exit the building, the OCCMR and SLU8R boards must be
protected by external lightning protection.
Lightning protection of this kind is known as additional primary
protection. The additional primary protection is guaranteed by
installing ÜSAGs (surge arresters, gas filled) in the main
distribution frame, the patch panel or at the entry point of the pipe
in the building. A gas-filled surge arrester with 230 V nominal
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
301
Installing OpenScape Business X3R and OpenScape Business X5R (19-inch Rack Mounting)
Connection of phones and devices
voltage is switched to ground from each wire that is to be
protected.
•
At least one free UP0/E port is available (mainboard OCCMR or peripheral
board SLU8R).
Step by Step
1) Connect the desired UP0/E port with the UP0/E phone.
For more detailed information on cable and pin assignments, see
OCCMR
SLU8N, SLU8NR
INFO: Refer to the installation instructions of the phone to be
connected.
2) If present, connect any further UP0/E phones to the communication system by
the same method.
Related Topics
4.7.4 How to Connect Analog Telephones and Devices
Prerequisites
WARNING
WARNING
Risk of electric shock through contact with live wires
Use separate ground wires to provide protective grounding for your
communication system before connecting telephones and lines.
CAUTION
CAUTION
Fire hazard
To reduce the risk of fire, you may only use communication cables with a
conductor diameter of at least 0.4mm (AWG 26) or larger.
NOTICE: Fire hazard due to surge voltage
In the case of line lengths exceeding 500 m and where the lines
exit the building, the OCCMR, SLAD8R and 8SLAR boards must
be protected by external lightning protection.
Lightning protection of this kind is known as additional primary
protection. The additional primary protection is guaranteed by
302
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Installing OpenScape Business X3R and OpenScape Business X5R (19-inch Rack Mounting)
Closing Activities
installing ÜSAGs (surge arresters, gas filled) in the main
distribution frame, the patch panel or at the entry point of the pipe
in the building. A gas-filled surge arrester with 230 V nominal
voltage is switched to ground from each wire that is to be
protected.
•
At least one free a/b port is available (mainboard OCCMR or peripheral board
SLAD8R, 8SLAR).
Step by Step
1) Connect the desired a/b port to be connected to the analog telephone or
analog device (fax, modem, TFE-S, etc.).
For more detailed information on cable and pin assignments, see
OCCMR
SLAV4, SLAV8, SLAV8R
INFO: Refer to the installation instructions of the phone/device to
be connected.
2) If present, connect any further analog phones or devices to the
communication system by the same method.
Related Topics
4.8 Closing Activities
To complete the installation, the SDHC card must be inserted, a visual inspection
must be performed, and the system must be connected to the mains power
supply.
The communication system can then be put into operation with the OpenScape
Business Assistant (WBM). The description of this can be found in the online help
of the WBM or in the Administrator Documentation in the section "Initial
Installation of OpenScape Business".
INFO: During the initial startup of the communication system, the
charge state of the battery on the mainboard is undefined. To
achieve an adequate charge state, the system must remain
connected to the mains for at least 2 days. If the system is
disconnected from the mains power supply, the battery may be
insufficiently charged and could potentially cause the activation
period to be blocked due to time manipulation
Related Topics
4.8.1 How to Insert the SDHC Card
The SDHC card contains the OpenScape Business communication software and
must be inserted before starting up the communication system.
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
303
Installing OpenScape Business X3R and OpenScape Business X5R (19-inch Rack Mounting)
Closing Activities
Step by Step
1) Make sure that the write protection of the SDHC card is disabled (switch
directed toward metal contacts).
2) Insert the SDHC card into the SD slot of the mainboard until it snaps into
place. The metal contacts of the SDHC card must point towards the
mainboard.
Related Topics
4.8.2 How to Perform a Visual Inspection
Before starting up the communication system, you must perform a visual
inspection of the hardware, cables, and the power supply.
Prerequisites
DANGER
DANGER
Risk of electric shock through contact with live wires
Disconnect all power supply circuits of the communication system before starting
to perform a visual inspection:
•
Disconnect the battery voltage, supply voltage (LUNA2) and line voltage at
any connected OpenScape Business Powerbox.
•
Disconnect the line cords attached to any connected OpenScape Business
Powerbox.
•
Disconnect the line cords of any connected battery pack or any connected
batteries.
•
Disconnect the power plug of the communication system.
NOTICE: Always wear an antistatic wristband when handling
boards.
The ESD measures for protecting electrostatically sensitive
devices must be observed and followed (see Prerequisites for
Installation).
Step by Step
1) Disconnect all power supply circuits of the communication system.
2) Make sure that the communication system is de-energized.
3) Verify that the SDHC card is properly seated. The write protection of the
SDHC card must be disabled (switch directed toward metal contacts).
304
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Installing OpenScape Business X3R and OpenScape Business X5R (19-inch Rack Mounting)
Closing Activities
4) Verify that all boards are secure.
If required, verify that the boards involved have been inserted properly (see
How to Insert a Board).
5) Verify the presence of shielding covers at the empty board slots.
If required, install the missing shielding covers (see How to Install a Shielding
Cover).
6) Ensure that all connection cables have been correctly laid and secured. Is
there any risk of tripping over a cable, for example?
If required, make sure that the connection cables are properly installed.
7) Check whether a separate ground wire is connected to the communication
system's ground terminal.
If required, ground the communication system using a separate ground wire
(see Protective Grounding for 19’’ Rack-mount Installations and Protective
Grounding for Wall-Mount and Standalone Installations).
8) Check whether the nominal voltage of the mains power supply corresponds
to the nominal voltage of the communication system (type plate).
Related Topics
4.8.3 How to Connect the System to the Mains
Step by Step
›
Plug the power cord into the socket of the power supply. The communication
system boots up.
NOTICE: Leave the system connected to the mains for at least 2
days so that the mainboard battery is adequately charged. If the
charge state is insufficient, it is possible that repeated booting of
the system could cause the activation period to be blocked due to
time manipulation.
Related Topics
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
305
Installing OpenScape Business X3W and OpenScape Business X5W (Wall-mount Housing)
Prerequisites for Installation
5 Installing OpenScape Business X3W and OpenScape
Business X5W (Wall-mount Housing)
This section covers the standard installation procedure for the OpenScape
Business X3W and OpenScape Business X5W communication systems.
OpenScape Business X3W and OpenScape Business X5W can only be wallmounted.
Related Topics
5.1 Prerequisites for Installation
To install the OpenScape Business X3W and OpenScape Business X5RW
communication systems, you will need some specific tools and resources. Certain
requirements must be observed when selecting the installation site. Note that
there are also some specific requirements regarding the power supply when
using the communication systems in the United States and Canada.
Warning: Only authorized service personnel should install and start up the
communication system.
Tools and Resources
The following tools and resources are required:
•
Diagonal cutting pliers, telephone pliers, wire stripper, flat-nosed pliers
•
Slotted screwdriver set
•
Phillips or Pozidriv screwdriver set
•
TORX screwdriver
•
Electric drill, hammer
•
Level, tape measure
•
Wiring tool for splitting and jumper strips in main distribution frames
•
Digital multimeter for testing ground connections and partial voltages
Prerequisites for Selecting the Installation Site
Make sure that the installation site meets the following requirements:
•
306
The following minimum clearances to the housing must be maintained to
guarantee sufficient ventilation for the communication system:
–
Left side: 30 cm (for the Service Board)
–
Right side, top and bottom: 10 cm each
•
Allow sufficient space for a main distribution frame or other additional
equipment.
•
The power cable connector must be readily accessible for quick
disconnection from the power source at any time.
•
Do not expose the communication systems to direct sources of heat (for
example, direct sunlight, radiators, etc).
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Installing OpenScape Business X3W and OpenScape Business X5W (Wall-mount Housing)
Prerequisites for Installation
•
Do not expose the communication systems to extremely dusty environments.
•
Avoid contact with chemicals.
•
Avoid all condensation of humidity on or in a communication system during
operation under all circumstances.
A communication system must be completely dry before putting it into service.
•
Avoid standard carpeting, as it tends to produce electrostatic charges.
•
Note the environmental and mechanical conditions for operating the
communication systems (see Operating Conditions for OpenScape Business
X).
•
For U.S. and Canada only: The distance between equipment from
Unify GmbH & Co. KG and other electrical equipment must be no less than
40 in. (101.6 cm). The National Electrical Code (NEC) requires 36 in. (91.4
cm) of clearance in front of electrical equipment and 40 in. (101.6 cm) of
clearance from other electrical service equipment.
•
For U.S. and Canada only: The equipment room in which the communication
system is installed must provide adequate space for installation and
maintenance activities (such as removal and replacement of the housing
cover). The following figure shows the space requirements.
We recommend the use of a sheet of plywood with a minimum thickness of
127 mm (0.5'') and minimum dimensions of 122 x 122 cm (4 ft. x 4 ft.).
Main Distribution Frame
OpenScape
Business
X3W/X5W
20,3 cm
(8‘‘)
50,8 cm (20‘‘)
Leave
46 cm (18‘‘)
free
Plywood backboard
122 x 122 cm (4 x 4 ft.)
The system measures 18‘‘ by 17.7‘‘ (46 x 45 cm). The following spaces should be allowed:
18‘‘ (46 cm) of clearance on the left, and at least 8‘‘ (20,3 cm) of clearance on the top and
right. Allow 20‘‘ (50,8 cm) of clearance on the bottom (for cables).
For U.S. and Canada only: Prerequisites for Connecting the Power Supply
The power supply for the communication systems must meet the following
requirements:
•
Electrical Connection Specifications:
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
307
Installing OpenScape Business X3W and OpenScape Business X5W (Wall-mount Housing)
Preparatory Steps
Nominal
voltage
120 V AC/
60 Hz
Nominal voltage range
Nominal frequency
range
from
until
from
until
110 V AC
130 V AC
47 Hz
63 Hz
Wall Outlet
Configuration
s
NEMA 5-15, 2pin, 3-wire,
grounded
•
The power source must not be more than 2 m (6 ft.) away from the
communication system.
•
The power source must supply a voltage of 120 V AC (single-phase, fused)
at 50-60 Hz.
•
An independent electric circuit with an isolated ground conductor should be
used for each communication system.
•
A warning should be attached to the circuit breaker of the power supply to
prevent accidental removal of power from the communication system.
•
Recommendation: Insert an overvoltage protector between the power supply
and the communication system.
Related Topics
5.2 Preparatory Steps
Unpack and check the supplied components before starting the installation. The
housing cover must be removed. There is a battery on the mainboard that is used
to buffer the date and time. Before starting up the communication system, the
battery must be activated.
Related Topics
5.2.1 How to Unpack the Components
Proceed as follows to unpack the communication system and parts supplied:
Step by Step
1) Open the packaging without damaging the contents.
2) Check the components delivered against the packing slip to make sure
nothing is missing.
3) Report any shipping damage to the address indicated on the packing slip.
4) All packaging material must be disposed of in compliance with the relevant
country-specific requirements.
308
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Installing OpenScape Business X3W and OpenScape Business X5W (Wall-mount Housing)
Preparatory Steps
WARNING
WARNING
Risk of electric shock through contact with live wires
Only use communication systems, tools and equipment which are in perfect
condition. Do not use equipment with visible damage.
Related Topics
5.2.2 How to Remove the Housing Cover of the Communication System
Step by Step
1) Loosen the two screwed plugs on the housing cover with a slotted screw
driver.
2) Remove the housing cover.
CAUTION
CAUTION
Cuts caused by sharp edges on the shielding plate
Make sure that you only touch the outside of the housing cover. The shielding
plate on the inside of the housing cover may have sharp edges which can cause
cuts.
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
309
Installing OpenScape Business X3W and OpenScape Business X5W (Wall-mount Housing)
Preparatory Steps
Related Topics
5.2.3 How to Remove the Protective Film from the Battery of the OCCM
Mainboard
Prerequisites
•
The housing cover has been removed.
Step by Step
1) Make sure again that the communication system is de-energized.
2) Remove the protective film under the battery. In order to not loosen the
battery, the protective film must be removed only at the closed side of the
battery holder (indicated by an arrow in the following figure).
310
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Installing OpenScape Business X3W and OpenScape Business X5W (Wall-mount Housing)
Type of Installation
Related Topics
5.3 Type of Installation
The OpenScape Business X3W and OpenScape Business X5W communication
systems are released exclusively for wall mounting.
Related Topics
5.3.1 How to Mount the Communication System to a Wall
Prerequisites
•
The prerequisites for selecting the installation site were taken into account
(see Prerequisites for Installation).
•
A strong wall with enough space for the installation of the communication
system and any other components (for example, a main distribution frame) is
available.
Step by Step
1) Attach the enclosed drilling template at the desired location.
2) Drill three holes.
3) Insert the wall anchors into the drill holes and screw in the screws, leaving
approx. 5 mm projecting.
4) Hang the communication system on the screws at the mounting holes and
align it.
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
311
Installing OpenScape Business X3W and OpenScape Business X5W (Wall-mount Housing)
Main Distribution Frame MDFU (Optional)
Figure: OpenScape Business X3W/X5W - Mounting Holes in the Rear Wall of the
Housing
OpenScape Business X3W/X5W
UPSC-D
Mounting holes
in the rear wall of
the housing
5) Tighten the three screws.
Related Topics
5.4 Main Distribution Frame MDFU (Optional)
Telephones, CO trunks, etc., can either be connected directly to the boards of the
OpenScape Business X3W and OpenScape Business X5W communication
systems or via an external main distribution frame MDFU.
The main distribution frame MDFU (Main Distribution Frame Universal) provides
nine slots for splitting and jumper strips.
Dimensions:
312
•
Height: 367.0 mm (3.36 in)
•
Width = 328.8 mm
•
Depth = 125.4 mm
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Installing OpenScape Business X3W and OpenScape Business X5W (Wall-mount Housing)
Main Distribution Frame MDFU (Optional)
Figure: Main Distribution Frame MDFU
1
2
3
Jumpering duct
9 Slots for splitting and jumper strips
4
5
6
7
8
9
PFT4
(optional)
Communication
System
Line
Network
NOTICE: If you use a main distribution frame from a third-party
vendor rather than the MDFU, you must observe the
manufacturer's instructions for installation and protective
grounding.
Figure: Splitting and Jumper Strip - Numbering of Connectors
Splitting strip (16 twin wires), numbering
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
Jumper strip (25 twin wires), numbering
1
3
5
7
9
11
13
15
17
19
21
23
25
Related Topics
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
313
Installing OpenScape Business X3W and OpenScape Business X5W (Wall-mount Housing)
Protective Grounding
5.4.1 How to Mount the Main Distribution Frame MDFU to a Wall
Prerequisites
•
A strong wall with enough space for the installation of the main distribution
frame MDFU is available.
Step by Step
1) Attach the enclosed drilling template at the desired location.
2) Drill the holes.
3) Insert the wall anchors into the drill holes and screw in the screws, leaving
approx. 5 mm projecting.
4) Remove the housing cover of the MDFU.
5) Hang the MDFU on the mounting brackets and align it.
6) Tighten the screws.
Related Topics
5.5 Protective Grounding
The protective grounding provides a secure connection to the ground potential to
protect against dangerously high touch voltages in the event of a malfunction.
WARNING
WARNING
Risk of electric shock through contact with live wires
•
Use separate ground wires to provide protective grounding for the
OpenScape Business X3W and OpenScape Business X5W communication
systems and possibly any main distribution frames being used. Connect your
communication system and your main distribution frame to the ground wire
before starting up the system and connecting telephones and lines.
•
Make sure that the ground wires laid are protected and strain-relieved.
Related Topics
5.5.1 How to Provide Protective Grounding for the Main Distribution Frame
MDFU
Prerequisites
•
314
A low-impedance ground connection is available.
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Installing OpenScape Business X3W and OpenScape Business X5W (Wall-mount Housing)
Protective Grounding
DANGER
DANGER
Risk of electric shock through contact with live wires
Only personnel with proper qualifications or qualified electricians should perform
work on the low-voltage network (<1000 VAC) and all work must comply with the
national/local requirements for electrical connections.
WARNING
WARNING
Risk of electric shock through contact with live wires
•
Use separate ground wires to provide protective grounding for the
OpenScape Business X3W and OpenScape Business X5W communication
systems and possibly any main distribution frames being used. Connect your
communication system and your main distribution frame to the ground wire
before starting up the system and connecting telephones and lines.
•
Make sure that the ground wires laid are protected and strain-relieved.
The grounding of the communication system and the external main distribution
frame must be performed from the grounding point in a star configuration.
The implementation rules specified in IEC 60364 and IEC 60950-1 must be
complied with during the installation.
NOTICE: The listed requirements also apply if you are using a
main distribution frame from another vendor instead of the MDFU.
Proceed as follows to ensure protective grounding:
Step by Step
1) Attach a separate ground wire to the communication system's ground
terminal.
2) Provide strain relief for the ground wire by securing it to of the communication
system with a cable tie.
3) If an MDFU is present: Attach a separate ground wire to the ground terminal
of the MDFU main distribution frame.
4) If an MDFU is present: Provide strain relief for the ground wire by securing it
to the housing of the main distribution frame MDFU with a cable tie.
5) Select one of the following options:
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
315
Installing OpenScape Business X3W and OpenScape Business X5W (Wall-mount Housing)
Protective Grounding
•
Not for U.S. and Canada - Equipotential bonding strip
Connect the separate ground wire(s) with the grounding point (e.g., the
equipotential bonding strip of the building) as illustrated in the conceptual
diagram.
OpenScape Business X3W/X5W
MDFU
UPSC-D
Ground wire
connection
Ground wire
connection
Cable with connector
Recommended: 2.5 mm 2 thick wire
(solid or stranded copper) with a
max. length of 39 m (126 feet); bare
or green/yellow
Grounding point, e.g., equipotential
bonding of the building
But not: Central heating system, sewer
pipes, or grounding for antenna system
Make sure that all ground wires laid are protected and strain-relieved. The
minimum conductor cross-section is 12 AWG/2.5 mm2. A minimum
conductor cross section of 10 AWG/4 mm2 is needed to block the effects
of external factors if the ground wire cannot be protected.
•
Not for U.S. and Canada - Outlet to the low-voltage network
Connect a junction box to the low-voltage network close to the Schuko
wall socket into which the communication system is plugged. Use a
separate ground wire to set up a fixed connection to the junction box as
illustrated in the conceptual diagram.
316
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Installing OpenScape Business X3W and OpenScape Business X5W (Wall-mount Housing)
Protective Grounding
OpenScape Business X3W/X5W
MDFU
UPSC-D
Ground wire
connection
Ground wire
connection
230 V ~
L1 N PE
Cable with
connector
Schuko wall socket
Recommended: 1.5 mm 2 thick wire
(solid or stranded copper) with a
max. length of 2 m (6.56 feet);
green/yellow
Grounding point; junction box
next to the Schuko wall socket
Make sure that all ground wires laid are protected and strain-relieved. The
minimum conductor cross-section is 16 AWG/1.5 mm2.
•
Not for U.S. and Canada - Lockable grounded plug to the low-voltage
network
Insert the lockable grounded plug (special Schuko with fixed protective
earth conductor) into a wall outlet of the low-voltage network and lock the
plug. Use the ground wire connected to the plug to set up a fixed
connection to the communication system, as illustrated in the conceptual
diagram. Use a second lockable grounded plug for a possibly existing
MDFU.
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
317
Installing OpenScape Business X3W and OpenScape Business X5W (Wall-mount Housing)
Protective Grounding
OpenScape Business X3W/X5W
MDFU
UPSC-D
Ground wire
connection
Ground wire
connection
Cable with
connector
Recommended: 1.5 mm 2 thick wire
with a max. length of 2m (6.56 feet)
Lockable
grounded plug
Wall socket
Make sure that all ground wires laid are protected and strain-relieved. The
minimum conductor cross section is 16 AWG/1.5 mm2 for up to 2m and at
least 12 AWG/2.5 mm2 for 2m and above.
•
For U.S. and Canada only: Main ground busbar
Connect the separate ground wire(s) with the grounding point (e.g., the
main ground busbar, ground field) as illustrated in the conceptual
diagram.
318
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Installing OpenScape Business X3W and OpenScape Business X5W (Wall-mount Housing)
Protective Grounding
OpenScape Business X3W/X5W
MDFU
UPSC-D
Ground wire
connection
Ground wire
connection
Cable with connector
Fuse box 20A
120 VAC, 60 Hz
neutral ground
wire
Mains
connection
Recommended: 12 AWG/2.5 mm 2
thick wire (solid or stranded copper)
with a max. length of 39 m (126
feet); bare or green/yellow
Grounding point, e.g., main
ground busbar
Power supply panel, via which power
to the communication system is
supplied
Note: Single Point Ground (SPG) shown
Make sure that all ground wires laid are protected and strain-relieved. The
minimum conductor cross-section is 12 AWG/2.5 mm2. A minimum
conductor cross section of 10 AWG/4 mm2 is needed to block the effects
of external factors if the ground wire cannot be protected.
Related Topics
5.5.2 How to Check the Grounding
Prerequisites
•
The communication system is not yet connected to the low-voltage network
via the power cable.
•
The communication system and the main distribution frame have been
properly grounded using separate ground wires.
Run the following test before startup to make sure that the protective grounding
for the communication system and the MDF (if any) is working properly.
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
319
Installing OpenScape Business X3W and OpenScape Business X5W (Wall-mount Housing)
Connection Cable to External Main Distribution Frame (Optional)
Step by Step
1) Check the ohmic resistance of the separate ground connection to the
communication system:
The measurement is taken between the ground contact of a grounded power
outlet of the home installation (where the communication system is
connected) and the housing of the communication system.
2) If a main distribution frame is used, check the ohmic resistance of the
separate ground connections to the main distribution frame.
The measurement is taken between the ground contact of a grounded power
outlet of the home installation (where the communication system is
connected) and the housing of the main distribution frame.
The result (reference value) of a measurement must be significantly less than 10
Ohms.
If you obtain some other results, contact a qualified electrician. The electrician will
need to check the equipotential bonding of the domestic installation and ensure
the low resistance grounding (ohmage) of the earthing conductors.
Related Topics
5.6 Connection Cable to External Main Distribution Frame (Optional)
Telephones, CO trunks, etc., can be connected to OpenScape Business X3W
and OpenScape Business X5W either via the main distribution frame MDFU or
via another external main distribution frame. A number of different options are
available for connecting the communication system with a main distribution
frame.
CABLU S30269-Z41-A30
CABLU (24 DA) with
320
•
six Wieland screw clamps for connecting directly to the edge connectors on
the boards of the OpenScape Business X3W and OpenScape Business X5W
communication systems
•
Jumper strip for installation in the MDFU
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Installing OpenScape Business X3W and OpenScape Business X5W (Wall-mount Housing)
Connection Cable to External Main Distribution Frame (Optional)
Figure: CABLU S30269-Z41-A30
6 Wieland screw terminals, plugged into the
edge connectors of the boards
Jumper strip to be installed in the
MDFU
Open-end cable S30267-Z322-Axxx
Open-end cable (24 DA) with six Wieland screw clamps for connecting directly to
the edge connectors on the boards of the OpenScape Business X3W and
OpenScape Business X5W communication systems. The cable must be
connected manually to a splitting/jumper strip in the MDFU or any other external
main distribution frame.
Figure: Open-end cable S30267-Z322-Axxx
6 Wieland screw terminals, plugged into the
edge connectors of the boards
Open-end cable to connect to a
splitting/jumper strip in the MDFU
or another external main
distribution frame
CABLU S30269-Z100-A11/-A21
CABLU (16 DA) with
•
one SIPAC 1 SU jack for connection to the backplane connector X8 of the
OpenScape Business X5W communication system
•
Splitting strip for installation in the MDFU
CABLU S30269-Z100-A14/-A24
CABLU (24 DA) with
•
two SIPAC 1 SU jacks for connection to the backplane connectors X8 and X9
of the OpenScape Business X5W communication system
•
Jumper strip for installation in the MDFU
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
321
Installing OpenScape Business X3W and OpenScape Business X5W (Wall-mount Housing)
Connection Cable to External Main Distribution Frame (Optional)
CABLU S30267-Z346-A30
CABLU with
•
one SIPAC 1 SU jack for connection to the backplane connector X8 of the
OpenScape Business X5W communication system
•
CHAMP connector for connecting an external main distribution frame
CABLU S30267-Z365-A30
CABLU with
•
two SIPAC 1 SU jacks for connection to the backplane connectors X8 and X9
of the OpenScape Business X5W communication system
•
CHAMP connector for connecting an external main distribution frame
Related Topics
5.6.1 How to Connect a Connection Cable to the External Main Distribution
Frame (Optional)
Prerequisites
WARNING
WARNING
Risk of electric shock through contact with live wires
Use separate ground wires to provide protective grounding for your
communication system and any main distribution frames used before connecting
telephones and lines.
•
322
The housing cover of the communication system is not mounted.
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Installing OpenScape Business X3W and OpenScape Business X5W (Wall-mount Housing)
Connection Cable to External Main Distribution Frame (Optional)
Step by Step
1) Select the appropriate connection cable based on the communication system
and the board.
If
Communicatio
n system
OpenScape
Business X3W
Then
Board
All peripheral
boards and the
OCCM
mainboard
Connection cable
Connection to the MDFU: CABLU with six
Wieland screw clamps (for direct connection to
the edge connectors of the boards) and jumper
strip for 24 DA:
• S30269-Z41-A30: 3 m length
Connection to the MDFU or to another external
main distribution frame: Open-end cable (24 DA)
with six Wieland screw clamps (for direct
connection to the edge connectors of the
boards):
• S30267-Z322-A30: 3 m length
• S30267-Z322-A60: 6 m length
• S30267-Z322-A100: 10 m length
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
323
Installing OpenScape Business X3W and OpenScape Business X5W (Wall-mount Housing)
Connection Cable to External Main Distribution Frame (Optional)
If
Communicatio
n system
OpenScape
Business X5W
Then
Board
All peripheral
boards (except
for peripheral
boards in SIPAC
format) and the
mainboard
OCCM
Connection cable
Connection to the MDFU: CABLU with six
Wieland screw clamps (for direct connection to
the edge connectors of the boards) and jumper
strip for 24 DA:
• S30269-Z41-A30: 3 m length
Connection to the MDFU or to another external
main distribution frame: Open-end cable (24 DA)
with six Wieland screw clamps (for direct
connection to the edge connectors of the
boards):
• S30267-Z322-A30: 3 m length
• S30267-Z322-A60: 6 m length
• S30267-Z322-A100: 10 m length
SLA16N
SLC16N
SLMO8
Connection to the MDFU: CABLU with SIVAPAC
1 SU jack (backplane: X8) and splitting strip for
16 DA:
• S30269-Z100-A11: 3 m in length, short
stripped length
• S30269-Z100-A21: 3 m in length, long
stripped length
Connection to external main distribution frame:
CABLU with SIPAC 1 SU jack (backplane: X8)
and CHAMP connector:
• S30267-Z346-A30: 3 m in length
SLA24N
SLMO24
Connection to the MDFU: CABLU with SIPAC 1
SU jacks (backplane: X8, X9) and jumper strip
for 24 DA:
• S30269-Z100-A14: 3 m in length, short
stripped length
• S30269-Z100-A24: 3 m in length, long
stripped length
Connection to external main distribution frame:
CABLU with SIPAC 1 SU jacks (backplane: X8,
X9) and CHAMP connector:
• S30267-Z365-A30: 3 m in length
2) Select one of the following connectivity options for the communication
system:
324
•
If you are using a CABLU with six Wieland screw clamps, attach the screw
clamps to the desired edge connectors of the desired boards.
•
If you are using a CABLU with one SIPAC 1 SU jack, connect the cable to
the backplane connector X8.
•
If you use a CABLU with two SIPAC 1 SU jacks, connect the cable to the
backplane connectors X8 and X9.
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Installing OpenScape Business X3W and OpenScape Business X5W (Wall-mount Housing)
Connection Cable to External Main Distribution Frame (Optional)
3) Attach the connection cable to the communication system using cable ties.
4) Select one of the following options to connect to the MDFU or any other
external main distribution frame:
•
If you use the MDFU and a CABLU with a splitting strip or a jumper strip,
install the strip in the MDFU.
For information on the main characteristics of the MDFU and on the
numbering of the splitting and jumper strips see Main Distribution Frame
MDFU (Optional).
•
If you use the MDFU and an open-end cable, connect the cable to the
desired splitting/jumper strip in the MDFU.
Procedure:
Strip the cable wires.
Strip the cable shield of the cable over a length of about 3 cm. Cut the
drain wire to about 2.5 cm and fix it on the cable shield by wrapping it with
tape (at least 1.5 times around).
Use a standard wiring tool for laying the cable wires.
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
325
Installing OpenScape Business X3W and OpenScape Business X5W (Wall-mount Housing)
Connection Cable to External Main Distribution Frame (Optional)
Table: Color Codes for the Open-End Cable
Color Group
Pair
A-wire
1
1
white/blue
B-wire
blue/white
2
white/orange
orange/white
3
white/green
green/white
4
white/brown
brown/white
5
white/gray
gray/white
2
6
red/blue
blue/red
7
red/orange
orange/red
8
red/green
green/red
9
red/brown
brown/red
10
red/gray
gray/red
3
11
black/blue
blue/black
12
black/orange
orange/black
13
black/green
green/black
14
black/brown
brown/black
15
black/gray
gray/black
326
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Installing OpenScape Business X3W and OpenScape Business X5W (Wall-mount Housing)
Cable for direct connection of telephones, trunks, etc.
Color Group
Pair
A-wire
4
16
yellow/blue
B-wire
blue/yellow
17
yellow/orange
orange/yellow
18
yellow/green
green/yellow
19
yellow/brown
brown/yellow
20
yellow/gray
gray/yellow
5
21
purple/blue
blue/purple
22
purple/orange
orange/purple
23
purple/green
green/purple
24
purple/brown
brown/purple
For information on the main characteristics of the MDFU and on the
numbering of the splitting and jumper strips see Main Distribution Frame
MDFU (Optional).
•
If you use an external main distribution frame with CHAMP connectors
and a CHAMP cable, insert the connector into the desired CHAMP jack of
the external main distribution frame.
•
If you use another external main distribution frame and an open-end
cable, connect the cable to the desired splitting/jumper strip in the
external main distribution frame.
5) Attach the connection cable to the MDFU or to the external main distribution
frame using cable ties.
Related Topics
5.7 Cable for direct connection of telephones, trunks, etc.
The connection of telephones, trunks, etc., for the OpenScape Business wall
model occurs directly at the board.
CABLU C39195-A7001-B126
CABLU with
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
327
Installing OpenScape Business X3W and OpenScape Business X5W (Wall-mount Housing)
Configuration Notes
•
eight Wieland screw clamps for connecting directly to the edge connectors on
the boards of the OpenScape Business wall models
•
8 x 4 RJ45 jacks for connecting UP0/E phones and analog phones and devices
Figure: CABLU C39195-A7001-B126
8 x 4 RJ45 jacks for connecting UP0/E
phones and analog phones and devices
8 Wieland screw terminals, plugged into the
edge connectors of the boards
Wieland screw clamp
When using individual Wieland screw clamps, the connection cables of the
phones, trunks, etc. must be connected individually.
Figure: Wieland screw clamp
Plug connection: inserted on edge
connector of board
Wieland screw clamp
Screw connections: connection of
telephones, trunks, etc.
Related Topics
5.8 Configuration Notes
The configuration notes include information about the board slots of the
OpenScape Business X3W and OpenScape Business X5W communication
systems.
Related Topics
328
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Installing OpenScape Business X3W and OpenScape Business X5W (Wall-mount Housing)
Configuration Notes
5.8.1 Board Slots in OpenScape Business X3W
OpenScape Business X3W includes a board shelf with three slot levels, which are
equipped as follows.
•
Slot level 1: slots for two peripheral boards
•
Slot level 2: slot for the OCCM mainboard
•
Slot level 3: slots for five options
1
O3
O4
O5
Slot 5
Wall
OCCM
O2
Slot 4
O1
Figure: OpenScape Business X3W - Board Slots
2
3
Slot levels
Related Topics
5.8.2 Board Slots in OpenScape Business X5W
OpenScape Business X5W includes a board shelf with six slot levels, which are
equipped as follows.
•
Slot levels 1 through 3: each slot level provides slots for two peripheral boards
•
Slot level 4: slot for the OCCM mainboard
•
Slot level 5: slot for a peripheral module in SIPAC format
•
Slot level 6: slots for five options
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
329
Installing OpenScape Business X3W and OpenScape Business X5W (Wall-mount Housing)
Configuration Notes
O1
O2
5
O5
Slot 7
3
O3
Slot 10
4
O4
OCCM
Slot 8
Slot 9
2
Slot 6
Slot 4
1
Wall
Slot 5
Figure: OpenScape Business X5W - Board Slots
6
Slot levels
Related Topics
5.8.3 Board Installation
Related Topics
5.8.3.1 How to Insert a Board
Prerequisites
•
The housing cover is not mounted.
•
A free board slot is available.
NOTICE: Always wear an antistatic wristband when handling
boards.
The ESD measures for protecting electrostatically sensitive
devices must be observed and followed (see Prerequisites for
Installation)
Step by Step
1) Remove the stabilizer cap.
2) Using its guide rails slide the board into the desired board slot until it stops.
3) Mount the stabilizer cap.
Related Topics
330
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Installing OpenScape Business X3W and OpenScape Business X5W (Wall-mount Housing)
LAN and WAN Port
5.8.3.2 How to Remove a Board
Prerequisites
•
The housing cover is not mounted.
NOTICE: Always wear an antistatic wristband when handling
boards.
The ESD measures for protecting electrostatically sensitive
devices must be observed and followed (see Prerequisites for
Installation)
Step by Step
1) Remove the stabilizer cap.
2) Pull out the board from the shelf.
3) Mount the stabilizer cap.
Related Topics
5.9 LAN and WAN Port
The OpenScape Business X3W and OpenScape Business X5W communication
systems offer different options for LAN and WAN connections.
NOTICE: To ensure sufficient electromagnetic shielding
according to EN 55022, the cable shield of each LAN and WAN
cable must be conductively connected to the metal housing of the
communication system.
Related Topics
5.9.1 How to Connect to a LAN or WAN
Prerequisites
WARNING
WARNING
Risk of electric shock through contact with live wires
Use separate ground wires to provide protective grounding for your
communication system and any main distribution frames used before connecting
telephones and lines.
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
331
Installing OpenScape Business X3W and OpenScape Business X5W (Wall-mount Housing)
LAN and WAN Port
CAUTION
CAUTION
Fire hazard
To reduce the risk of fire, you may only use communication cables with a
conductor diameter of at least 0.4mm (AWG 26) or larger. The recommended
cable is a shielded Cat.5 cable (multi-element cables characterized up to
100 MHz - horizontal and building backbone cables as per EN 50288). These are
specified with a conductor diameter from 0.4 mm to 0.8 mm.
•
At least one free LAN or WAN port is available (mainboard OCCM or
Application Board OCAB).
Step by Step
1) Strip the cable shield of the LAN/WAN cable over a length of about 3 cm. The
exposed cable shield must be within reach of a T-tongue of the housing.
2) Wrap the exposed cable shield of the LAN/WAN cable with conductive
adhesive tape (at least 1.5 times around).
3) Use a cable tie [B] to attach the cable shield [A] (wrapped with the conductive
tape) of the LAN/WAN cable to one of the T tongues [C] of the housing to
ensure a permanent conductive connection between the cable shield and the
housing.
A
B
C
4) Connect the required LAN or WAN port to the device to be connected (LAN
switch, IP phone, DSL modem, etc.).
For more detailed information on the pin assignments, see
OCCM
OCAB (UC Booster Card)
Related Topics
332
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Installing OpenScape Business X3W and OpenScape Business X5W (Wall-mount Housing)
Trunk Connection
5.10 Trunk Connection
The OpenScape Business X3W and OpenScape Business X5R communication
systems offer different options for trunk connections and thus for access to the
public communication network.
You can select the trunk connection or connections required for your
communication system from the following options:
•
ISDN point-to-point connection and ISDN point-to-multipoint connection via
S0 interface (not for U.S. and Canada)
•
Only for OpenScape Business X5W: ISDN Primary Rate Interface via S2M
interface (not for U.S. and Canada)
•
Only for OpenScape Business X5W: ISDN Primary Rate Interface via T1
interface (for U.S. and Canada only)
•
Only for OpenScape Business X5W: Trunk connection with CAS protocol via
CAS interface (for selected countries only)
•
Analog trunk connections
Related Topics
5.10.1 Not for U.S. and Canada: How to Set up an ISDN Point-to-Point or
ISDN Point-to-Multipoint Connection via an S0 Port
Prerequisites
WARNING
WARNING
Risk of electric shock through contact with live wires
Use separate ground wires to provide protective grounding for your
communication system and any main distribution frames used before connecting
telephones and lines.
CAUTION
CAUTION
Fire hazard
To reduce the risk of fire, you may only use communication cables with a
conductor diameter of at least 0.4mm (AWG 26) or larger.
•
At least one free S0 port is available (mainboard OCCM or peripheral board
STLSX2, STLSX4, STLS2, STLS4).
•
During startup, the S0 interface must be configured as an ISDN point-to-point
or ISDN point-to-multipoint connection.
•
An ISDN point-to-point or point-to-multipoint connection is available.
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
333
Installing OpenScape Business X3W and OpenScape Business X5W (Wall-mount Housing)
Trunk Connection
Step by Step
›
Connect the desired S0 port with NTBA of the ISDN point-to-point or ISDN
multipoint connection.
Select one of the following options to do this:
•
If the connection is to be made via the external main distribution frame
MDFU, connect the NTBA connection cable to the desired splitting strip/
jumper strip in the MDFU.
•
If the connection is to be made directly at the communication system, i.e.,
via a CABLU with Wieland screw clamps, insert the connection cable to
the NTBA into the desired RJ45 connector of the CABLUS.
For more detailed information on the pin assignments, see
OCCM
STLSX2, STLSX4, STLSX4R
Related Topics
5.10.2 Not for U.S. and Canada: How to Set up an ISDN Primary Rate
Interface via an S2M Port (for OpenScape Business X5W Only)
Prerequisites
WARNING
WARNING
Risk of electric shock through contact with live wires
Use separate ground wires to provide protective grounding for your
communication system and any main distribution frames used before connecting
telephones and lines.
CAUTION
CAUTION
Fire hazard
To reduce the risk of fire, you may only use communication cables with a
conductor diameter of at least 0.4mm (AWG 26) or larger.
•
OpenScape Business X5W is equipped with one TS2N board.
•
One ISDN Primary Rate Interface is available.
›
Connect the S2M port with the NTPM the ISDN Primary Rate Interface.
Step by Step
Select one of the following options to do this:
334
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Installing OpenScape Business X3W and OpenScape Business X5W (Wall-mount Housing)
Trunk Connection
•
If you are using a symmetric line (120 ohms), it is connected through the
edge connector X2 of the TS2N board. Insert a Wieland screw clamp on
the edge connector and attach the cable to the NTPM.
•
If you are using an MW line (patch cable), it is connected via the RJ45 jack
X5 of the TS2N board. Plug the connection cable to the NTPM into the
RJ45 jack.
For information on pin assignments, see Not for U.S.: TS2N, TS2RN
Related Topics
5.10.3 For U.S. and Canada Only: How to Set up the ISDN Primary Rate
Interface via a T1 Interface (for OpenScape Business X5W Only)
Prerequisites
WARNING
WARNING
Risk of electric shock through contact with live wires
Use separate ground wires to provide protective grounding for your
communication system and any main distribution frames used before connecting
telephones and lines.
CAUTION
CAUTION
Fire hazard
To reduce the risk of fire, you may only use communication cables with a
conductor diameter of at least 0.4mm (AWG 26) or larger.
•
OpenScape Business X5W is equipped with one TST1 board.
•
One Channel Service Unit (CSU) that is approved as per FCC Part 68 and
that satisfies the ANSI directive T1.403 is available. The T1 interface must not
be directly connected to the PSTN (Public Switched Telephone Network). It is
essential that one CSU be installed between the communication system and
the digital trunk connection. The CSU provides the following features for
OpenScape Business X5W: Isolation and overvoltage protection of the
communication system, diagnostic options in the event of a malfunction (such
as signal loopback, application of test signals and test patterns), line-up of the
output signal in compliance with the line lengths specified by the network
provider. A CSU is not a delivery component of the OpenScape Business
X5W communication system.
•
One ISDN Primary Rate Interface is available.
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
335
Installing OpenScape Business X3W and OpenScape Business X5W (Wall-mount Housing)
Trunk Connection
Step by Step
›
Connect the T1 interface with the Channel Service Unit (CSU).
The connection is made via the edge connector X2 of the TST1 board. Insert
a Wieland-screw clamp on the edge connector and connect the cable to the
CSU.
For information on the usage and connection types and on the cable and
connector pin assignments, see For Selected Countries Only: TST1, TST1R
Related Topics
5.10.4 For Selected Countries Only: How to Set up a Trunk Connection via
an E1-CAS Interface (for OpenScape Business X5W Only)
Prerequisites
WARNING
WARNING
Risk of electric shock through contact with live wires
Use separate ground wires to provide protective grounding for your
communication system and any main distribution frames used before connecting
telephones and lines.
CAUTION
CAUTION
Fire hazard
To reduce the risk of fire, you may only use communication cables with a
conductor diameter of at least 0.4mm (AWG 26) or larger.
•
OpenScape Business X5W is equipped with one TCAS-2 board.
•
A trunk connection with the CAS protocol is available.
›
Connect the required CAS interface of the TCAS-2 board with the NT of the
trunk connection.
Step by Step
For information on the possible settings and CAS cables, see For Selected
Countries Only: TCAS-2, TCASR-2
Related Topics
336
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Installing OpenScape Business X3W and OpenScape Business X5W (Wall-mount Housing)
Trunk Connection
5.10.5 How to Set up an Analog Trunk Connection
Prerequisites
WARNING
WARNING
Risk of electric shock through contact with live wires
Use separate ground wires to provide protective grounding for your
communication system and any main distribution frames used before connecting
telephones and lines.
CAUTION
CAUTION
Fire hazard
To reduce the risk of fire, you may only use communication cables with a
conductor diameter of at least 0.4mm (AWG 26) or larger.
NOTICE: Fire hazard due to surge voltage
In the case of line lengths exceeding 500 m and where the lines
exit the building, the TLANI2, TLANI4 and TLANI8 boards must be
protected by external lightning protection.
Lightning protection of this kind is known as additional primary
protection. The additional primary protection is guaranteed by
installing ÜSAGs (surge arresters, gas filled) in the main
distribution frame, the patch panel or at the entry point of the pipe
in the building. A gas-filled surge arrester with 230 V nominal
voltage is switched to ground from each wire that is to be
protected.
•
The communication system is equipped with at least one TLANI2, TLANI4 or
TLANI8 board.
•
For the U.S. and Canada only: A protector as per UL 497A or CSA C22.2
No. 226 is available. The installation regulations require analog trunks to be
connected using approved protectors as per UL 497A or CSA C22.2 No. 226.
•
An analog trunk connection with MSI (main station interface) signaling
procedures (ground-start and loop-start signaling) is available.
›
Connect the desired a/b port of the desired board with the TAE socket of the
analog trunk connection.
Step by Step
Select one of the following options to do this:
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
337
Installing OpenScape Business X3W and OpenScape Business X5W (Wall-mount Housing)
Connection of phones and devices
•
If the connection is to be made via the external main distribution frame
MDFU, connect the TAE connection cable to the desired splitting strip/
jumper strip in the MDFU.
•
If the connection is to be made directly at the communication system, i.e.,
via a CABLU with Wieland screw clamps, insert the connection cable to
the TAE socket into the desired RJ45 jack of the CABLUS.
For more detailed information on the pin assignments, see
TLANI2, TLANI4, TLANI4R
TLANI8
Related Topics
5.11 Connection of phones and devices
The OpenScape Business wall models offer various options for connecting
phones and devices.
You can select the connection(s) required for your communication system from
the following options:
•
Direct connection of ISDN phones (not for U.S. and Canada)
•
Connection of ISDN phones via the S0 bus (not for U.S. and Canada)
•
Connection of UP0/E phones
•
Connection of analog phones and devices
Related Topics
5.11.1 Not for U.S. and Canada: How to Connect ISDN Phones Directly
Prerequisites
WARNING
WARNING
Risk of electric shock through contact with live wires
Use separate ground wires to provide protective grounding for your
communication system and any main distribution frames used before connecting
telephones and lines.
CAUTION
CAUTION
Fire hazard
To reduce the risk of fire, you may only use communication cables with a
conductor diameter of at least 0.4mm (AWG 26) or larger.
338
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Installing OpenScape Business X3W and OpenScape Business X5W (Wall-mount Housing)
Connection of phones and devices
NOTICE: Fire hazard due to surge voltage
Only for the station connection interfaces: In the case of line
lengths exceeding 500 m and where the lines exit the building, the
OCCM, STLSX2, STLSX4, STLS2 and STLS4 boards must be
protected by external lightning protection.
Lightning protection of this kind is known as additional primary
protection. The additional primary protection is guaranteed by
installing ÜSAGs (surge arresters, gas filled) in the main
distribution frame, the patch panel or at the entry point of the pipe
in the building. A gas-filled surge arrester with 230 V nominal
voltage is switched to ground from each wire that is to be
protected.
•
At least one free S0 port is available (mainboard OCCM or peripheral board
STLSX2, STLSX4, STLS2, STLS4).
•
The S0 ports used must be configured at startup as an internal S0 connection.
•
The ISDN phones to be connected must have a separate power source, e.g.,
via a power adapter. It is not possible to obtain power via the S0 ports of the
OCCM, STLSX2, STLSX4, STLS2 and STLS4 boards.
Step by Step
1) Connect the desired S0 port with the ISDN telephone.
Select one of the following options to do this:
•
If the connection is to be made via the external main distribution frame
MDFU, connect the ISDN phone connection cable to the desired splitting
strip/jumper strip in the MDFU.
•
If the connection is to be made directly at the communication system, i.e.,
via a CABLU with Wieland screw clamps, insert the connection cable to
the ISDN telephone into the desired RJ45 connector of the CABLUS.
For more detailed information on cable and pin assignments, see
OCCM
STLSX2, STLSX4, STLSX4R
INFO: Refer to the installation instructions of the phone to be
connected.
2) If present, connect any further ISDN phones to the communication system by
the same method.
Related Topics
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
339
Installing OpenScape Business X3W and OpenScape Business X5W (Wall-mount Housing)
Connection of phones and devices
5.11.2 Not for U.S. and Canada: How to Connect ISDN Phones via the S0
Bus
Prerequisites
WARNING
WARNING
Risk of electric shock through contact with live wires
Use separate ground wires to provide protective grounding for your
communication system and any main distribution frames used before connecting
telephones and lines.
CAUTION
CAUTION
Fire hazard
To reduce the risk of fire, you may only use communication cables with a
conductor diameter of at least 0.4mm (AWG 26) or larger.
NOTICE: Fire hazard due to surge voltage
Only for the station connection interfaces: In the case of line
lengths exceeding 500 m and where the lines exit the building, the
OCCM, STLSX2, STLSX4, STLS2 and STLS4 boards must be
protected by external lightning protection.
Lightning protection of this kind is known as additional primary
protection. The additional primary protection is guaranteed by
installing ÜSAGs (surge arresters, gas filled) in the main
distribution frame, the patch panel or at the entry point of the pipe
in the building. A gas-filled surge arrester with 230 V nominal
voltage is switched to ground from each wire that is to be
protected.
340
•
At least one free S0 port is available (mainboard OCCM or peripheral board
STLSX2, STLSX4, STLS2, STLS4).
•
The S0 ports used must be configured at startup as an internal S0 connection.
•
The ISDN phones to be connected must have a separate power source, e.g.,
via a power adapter. It is not possible to obtain power via the S0 ports of the
OCCM, STLSX2, STLSX4, STLS2 and STLS4 boards.
•
Every individual ISDN phone (ISDN stations) must be assigned a unique
Multiple Subscriber Number (MSN). This assignment must be made in the
configuration menu of the ISDN station.
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Installing OpenScape Business X3W and OpenScape Business X5W (Wall-mount Housing)
Connection of phones and devices
Step by Step
1) Connect the desired S0 port with the Mini Western socket of the S0 bus.
Select one of the following options to do this:
•
If the connection is to be made via the external main distribution frame
MDFU, connect the connection cable of the Mini Western socket of the S0
bus to the desired splitting strip/jumper strip in the MDFU.
•
If the connection is to be made directly at the communication system, i.e.,
via a CABLU with Wieland screw clamps, insert the connection cable to
the Mini Western socket of the S0 bus into the desired RJ45 jack of the
CABLUS.
For more detailed information on cable and pin assignments, see
OCCM
STLSX2, STLSX4, STLSX4R
INFO: Refer to the installation instructions of the phone to be
connected.
2) Complete the wiring as shown in the following diagram.
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
341
Installing OpenScape Business X3W and OpenScape Business X5W (Wall-mount Housing)
Connection of phones and devices
Mini-Western through-jack
(MW8)
OpenScape Business
S0 port
(with permanently integrated
terminating resistors)
Tb Rb Ra Ta
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
For ISDN phones, the Receive
and Transmit lines must be
swapped in each case.
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
1. Mini Western socket
(MW8)
Rb Tb Ta Ra
6
5
4
3
Power through local power
supply with RJ45 jack
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
2. Mini Western socket
(MW8)
Rb Tb Ta Ra
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
3. Mini Western socket
(MW8)
Rb Tb Ta Ra
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
8. Mini Western socket
(MW8)
Rb Tb Ta Ra
Terminating resistors (100 Ohm/
0.25 W) in the last socket
3) Install terminating resistors (100 Ohm/0.25 W) in the last socket of the S0 bus.
4) Make sure that terminating resistors are only connected to the two ends of the
S0 bus. No terminating resistors are required for the other sockets of the S0
bus.
INFO: Since terminating resistors are already integrated into
OpenScape Business X3W and OpenScape Business X5W, the
communication system forms one end of an S0 bus.
INFO: Refer to the installation instructions of the phone to be
connected.
Related Topics
342
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Installing OpenScape Business X3W and OpenScape Business X5W (Wall-mount Housing)
Connection of phones and devices
5.11.3 How to Connect UP0/E Phones
Prerequisites
WARNING
WARNING
Risk of electric shock through contact with live wires
Use separate ground wires to provide protective grounding for your
communication system and any main distribution frames used before connecting
telephones and lines.
CAUTION
CAUTION
Fire hazard
To reduce the risk of fire, you may only use communication cables with a
conductor diameter of at least 0.4mm (AWG 26) or larger.
NOTICE: Fire hazard due to surge voltage
In the case of line lengths exceeding 500 m and where the lines
exit the building, the OCCM, SLU8, SLMO8 and SLMO24 boards
must be protected by external lightning protection.
Lightning protection of this kind is known as additional primary
protection. The additional primary protection is guaranteed by
installing ÜSAGs (surge arresters, gas filled) in the main
distribution frame, the patch panel or at the entry point of the pipe
in the building. A gas-filled surge arrester with 230 V nominal
voltage is switched to ground from each wire that is to be
protected.
•
At least one free UP0/E port is available (mainboard OCCM or peripheral
board SLU8, SLMO8 (OpenScape Business X5W only) or SLMO24
(OpenScape Business X5W)).
Step by Step
1) Connect the desired UP0/E port with the UP0/E phone.
Select one of the following options to do this:
•
If the connection is to be made via the external main distribution frame
MDFU, connect the UP0/E phone connection cable to the desired splitting
strip/jumper strip in the MDFU.
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
343
Installing OpenScape Business X3W and OpenScape Business X5W (Wall-mount Housing)
Connection of phones and devices
INFO: Only for OpenScape Business X5W: When using UP0/E
interfaces of the peripheral boards SLO8 and SLMO24, the
connection is only possible via an external main distribution
frame.
•
If the connection is to be made directly at the communication system, i.e.,
via a CABLU with Wieland screw clamps, insert the connection cable to
the UP0/E telephone into the desired RJ0 connector of the CABLUS.
For more detailed information on cable and pin assignments, see
OCCM
SLU8N, SLU8NR
INFO: Refer to the installation instructions of the phone to be
connected.
2) If present, connect any further UP0/E phones to the communication system by
the same method.
Related Topics
5.11.4 How to Connect Analog Telephones and Devices
Prerequisites
WARNING
WARNING
Risk of electric shock through contact with live wires
Use separate ground wires to provide protective grounding for your
communication system and any main distribution frames used before connecting
telephones and lines.
CAUTION
CAUTION
Fire hazard
To reduce the risk of fire, you may only use communication cables with a
conductor diameter of at least 0.4mm (AWG 26) or larger.
NOTICE: Fire hazard due to surge voltage
In the case of line lengths exceeding 500 m and where the lines
exit the building, the OCCM, SLAD4, SLAD8, SLAD16, 4SLA,
344
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Installing OpenScape Business X3W and OpenScape Business X5W (Wall-mount Housing)
Connection of phones and devices
8SLA, 16SLA, SLA16N and SLA24N boards must be protected by
external lightning protection.
Lightning protection of this kind is known as additional primary
protection. The additional primary protection is guaranteed by
installing ÜSAGs (surge arresters, gas filled) in the main
distribution frame, the patch panel or at the entry point of the pipe
in the building. A gas-filled surge arrester with 230 V nominal
voltage is switched to ground from each wire that is to be
protected.
•
At least one free a/b interface is available (mainboard OCCM or peripheral
board SLAD4, SLAD8, SLAD16, 4SLA, 8SLA, 16SLA, SLA16N (OpenScape
Business X5W) or SLA24N (OpenScape Business X5W)).
Step by Step
1) Connect the desired a/b port to be connected to the analog telephone or
analog device (fax, modem, TFE-S, etc.).
Select one of the following options to do this:
•
If the connection is to be made via the external main distribution frame
MDFU, connect the connection cable of the analog phone or device to the
desired splitting strip/jumper strip in the MDFU.
INFO: Only for OpenScape Business X5W: When using a/b
interfaces of the peripheral boards SLA16N and SLA24N, the
connection is only possible via an external main distribution
frame.
•
If the connection is to be made directly at the communication system, i.e.,
via a CABLU with Wieland screw clamps, insert the connection cable to
the analog telephone or analog device into the desired RJ45 connector of
the CABLUS.
For more detailed information on cable and pin assignments, see
OCCM
SLAV4, SLAV8, SLAV8R
SLAV16, SLAV16R
INFO: Refer to the installation instructions of the phone/device to
be connected.
2) If present, connect any further analog phones or devices to the
communication system by the same method.
Related Topics
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
345
Installing OpenScape Business X3W and OpenScape Business X5W (Wall-mount Housing)
Interference Emissions
5.12 Interference Emissions
To keep within the interference emission limits permitted by EMC Class B, ferrites
must be attached to certain communication systems lines.
Power cable
To minimize interference emissions, the power cable must be routed through the
C39022-Z7000-C7 ferrite sleeve supplied with the communication system.
Peripheral Cables
To minimize interference emissions, the peripheral cables must be equipped with
ferrite sleeves. The five C39022-Z7000-C6 ferrite sleeves included in the delivery
package of the communication system should be used for this purpose.
As fas as possible, the ferrite sleeves should be placed within the cable duct. If
the number of lines makes this impossible, the ferrite sleeve should be attached
directly at the exit of the cable duct.
If the number of ferrite sleeves supplied are not sufficient for all the connection
cables, additional ferrite sleeves must be ordered: L30460-X1358-X includes five
C39022-Z7000-C6 ferrite sleeves.
•
•
346
OpenScape Business X3W
–
OCCM (mainboard)
The connection cables of all UP0/E, a/b and S0interfaces must be
equipped with the C39022-Z7000-C6 ferrite sleeve.
The connection cables must re run through a ferrite sleeve twice, i.e., in a
loop. A maximum of three connection cables are allowed per ferrite
sleeve.
–
All trunk, tie trunk and subscriber line modules
The connection cables for all interfaces need to be equipped with the
C39022-Z7000-C6 ferrite sleeve.
The connection cables must re run through a ferrite sleeve twice, i.e., in a
loop. A maximum of three connection cables are allowed per ferrite
sleeve.
OpenScape Business X5W
–
OCCM (mainboard)
The connection cables of all UP0/E, a/b and S0interfaces must be
equipped with the C39022-Z7000-C6 ferrite sleeve.
The connection cables must re run through a ferrite sleeve twice, i.e., in a
loop. A maximum of three connection cables are allowed per ferrite
sleeve.
–
SLA16N, SLC16N, SLMO8
The connection cable at the SIPAC 1 SU connector X8 on the backplane
must be run through two C39022-Z7000-C6 ferrite sleeves. As fas as
possible, the ferrite sleeves should be placed inside the housing.
–
SLA24N, SLMO24
The two connection cables at the SIPAC 1 SU connectors X8 and X9 on
the backplane must each be run through two C39022-Z7000-C6 ferrite
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Installing OpenScape Business X3W and OpenScape Business X5W (Wall-mount Housing)
Interference Emissions
sleeves. As fas as possible, the ferrite sleeves should be placed inside the
housing.
–
All further trunk, cordless, tie trunk and subscriber line modules
The connection cables for all interfaces need to be equipped with the
C39022-Z7000-C6 ferrite sleeve.
The connection cables must re run through a ferrite sleeve twice, i.e., in a
loop. A maximum of three connection cables are allowed per ferrite
sleeve.
Related Topics
5.12.1 How to Attach a Ferrite Sleeve to the Power Cable
Prerequisites
WARNING
WARNING
Risk of electric shock through contact with live wires
Use separate ground wires to provide protective grounding for your
communication system and any main distribution frames used before starting up
the system.
•
The housing cover of the communication system is not mounted.
Step by Step
1) Run the power cable through the C39022-Z7000-C7 ferrite sleeve included in
the delivery package of the communication system.
2) Place the ferrite sleeve [A] as shown in the following figure to allow the
housing cover to be closed.
A
Related Topics
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
347
Installing OpenScape Business X3W and OpenScape Business X5W (Wall-mount Housing)
Interference Emissions
5.12.2 How to Attach Ferrite Sleeves to Peripheral Connection Cables
Prerequisites
WARNING
WARNING
Risk of electric shock through contact with live wires
Use separate ground wires to provide protective grounding for your
communication system and any main distribution frames used before starting up
the system.
•
The housing cover of the communication system is not mounted.
›
Select the procedure based on the communication system and the board.
Step by Step
348
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Installing OpenScape Business X3W and OpenScape Business X5W (Wall-mount Housing)
Interference Emissions
If
Communicatio
n system
OpenScape
Business X3W
Then
Board
Mainboard
OCCM
Run the connection cables of all UP0/E, a/b and
S0 interfaces through the C39022-Z7000-C6
ferrite sleeve twice, i.e., in a loop.
As fas as possible, place the ferrite sleeves
within the cable duct. If this is not possible due to
the number of cables, the ferrite sleeve should
be attached directly at the exit of the cable duct.
A maximum of three connection cables are
allowed per ferrite sleeve.
All trunk, tie
trunk and
subscriber line
modules
Run the connection cables of all interfaces
through the C39022-Z7000-C6 ferrite sleeve
twice, i.e., in a loop.
As fas as possible, place the ferrite sleeves
within the cable duct. If this is not possible due to
the number of cables, the ferrite sleeve should
be attached directly at the exit of the cable duct.
A maximum of three connection cables are
allowed per ferrite sleeve.
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
349
Installing OpenScape Business X3W and OpenScape Business X5W (Wall-mount Housing)
Closing Activities
If
Communicatio
n system
OpenScape
Business X5W
Then
Board
Mainboard
OCCM
Run the connection cables of all UP0/E, a/b and
S0 interfaces through the C39022-Z7000-C6
ferrite sleeve twice, i.e., in a loop.
As fas as possible, place the ferrite sleeves
within the cable duct. If this is not possible due to
the number of cables, the ferrite sleeve should
be attached directly at the exit of the cable duct.
A maximum of three connection cables are
allowed per ferrite sleeve.
SLA16N
SLC16N
SLMO8
SLA24N
SLMO24
Run the connection cable at the SIPAC 1 SU
connector X8 on the backplane through two
C39022-Z7000-C6 ferrite sleeves.
If possible, place the ferrite sleeves within the
housing.
Run the two connection cables at the SIPAC 1
SU connectors X8 and X9 on the backplane
through two C39022-Z7000-C6 ferrite sleeves
each.
If possible, place the ferrite sleeves within the
housing.
All further trunk,
cordless, tie
trunk and
subscriber line
modules
Run the connection cables of all interfaces
through the C39022-Z7000-C6 ferrite sleeve
twice, i.e., in a loop.
As fas as possible, place the ferrite sleeves
within the cable duct. If this is not possible due to
the number of cables, the ferrite sleeve should
be attached directly at the exit of the cable duct.
A maximum of three connection cables are
allowed per ferrite sleeve.
Related Topics
5.13 Closing Activities
To complete the installation, the SDHC card must be inserted, a visual inspection
must be performed, the housing cover must be reattached, and the system must
be connected to the mains power supply.
The communication system can then be put into operation with the OpenScape
Business Assistant (WBM). The description of this can be found in the online help
of the WBM or in the Administrator Documentation in the section "Initial
Installation of OpenScape Business".
INFO: During the initial startup of the communication system, the
charge state of the battery on the mainboard is undefined. To
350
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Installing OpenScape Business X3W and OpenScape Business X5W (Wall-mount Housing)
Closing Activities
achieve an adequate charge state, the system must remain
connected to the mains for at least 2 days. If the system is
disconnected from the mains power supply, the battery may be
insufficiently charged and could potentially cause the activation
period to be blocked due to time manipulation
Related Topics
5.13.1 How to Insert the SDHC Card
The SDHC card contains the OpenScape Business communication software and
must be inserted before starting up the communication system.
Step by Step
1) Make sure that the write protection of the SDHC card is disabled (switch
directed toward metal contacts).
2) Insert the SDHC card into the SD slot of the mainboard until it snaps into
place. The metal contacts of the SDHC card must point towards the
mainboard.
Related Topics
5.13.2 How to Perform a Visual Inspection
Before starting up the communication system, you must perform a visual
inspection of the hardware, cables, and the power supply.
Prerequisites
DANGER
DANGER
Risk of electric shock through contact with live wires
Disconnect all power supply circuits of the communication system before starting
to perform a visual inspection:
•
Disconnect the battery voltage, supply voltage (LUNA2) and line voltage at
any connected OpenScape Business Powerbox.
•
Disconnect the line cords attached to any connected OpenScape Business
Powerbox.
•
Disconnect the line cords of any connected battery pack or any connected
batteries.
•
Disconnect the power plug of the communication system.
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
351
Installing OpenScape Business X3W and OpenScape Business X5W (Wall-mount Housing)
Closing Activities
NOTICE: Always wear an antistatic wristband when handling
boards.
The ESD measures for protecting electrostatically sensitive
devices must be observed and followed (see Warnings: Note).
•
The housing cover of the communication system is not mounted.
Step by Step
1) Disconnect all power supply circuits of the communication system.
2) Make sure that the communication system is de-energized.
3) Verify that the SDHC card is properly seated. The write protection of the
SDHC card must be disabled (switch directed toward metal contacts).
4) Check that all boards are secure.
If requires, verify that the boards involved have been inserted properly (see
How to Insert a Board).
5) Ensure that all connection cables have been correctly laid and secured. Is
there any risk of tripping over a cable, for example?
If required, make sure that the connection cables are properly installed.
6) Check whether a separate ground wire is connected to the communication
system's ground terminal.
If required, ground the communication system using a separate ground wire
(see How to Provide Protective Grounding for the Main Distribution Frame
MDFU).
7) Make sure that any main distribution frames being used are properly
connected to the ground wire.
If required, ground all main distribution frames (see How to Provide Protective
Grounding for the Main Distribution Frame MDFU).
8) Check whether the nominal voltage of the mains power supply corresponds
to the nominal voltage of the communication system (type plate).
Next steps
Close the communication system with the housing cover (see How to Put the
Housing Cover in Place).
Related Topics
352
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Installing OpenScape Business X3W and OpenScape Business X5W (Wall-mount Housing)
Closing Activities
5.13.3 How to Put the Housing Cover in Place
Step by Step
1) Place the cover on the communication system. Insert the two retaining pins
into the holes provided for this purpose on the shelf.
CAUTION
CAUTION
Cuts caused by sharp edges on the shielding plate
Make sure that you only touch the outside of the housing cover. The shielding
plate on the inside of the housing cover may have sharp edges which can cause
cuts.
2) Secure the cover with the two screws.
Related Topics
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
353
Installing OpenScape Business X3W and OpenScape Business X5W (Wall-mount Housing)
Closing Activities
5.13.4 How to Connect the System to the Mains
Step by Step
›
Plug the power cord into the socket of the power supply. The communication
system boots up.
NOTICE: Leave the system connected to the mains for at least 2
days so that the mainboard battery is adequately charged. If the
charge state is insufficient, it is possible that repeated booting of
the system could cause the activation period to be blocked due to
time manipulation.
Related Topics
354
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Installation of OpenScape Business X8
Prerequisites for Installation
6 Installation of OpenScape Business X8
This section covers the standard installation procedure for the OpenScape
Business X8 communication system.
OpenScape Business X8 is a modular communication system that can be used
as a one-box system (base box) or a two-box system (base box + expansion box).
OpenScape Business X8 can be installed as a standalone unit or mounted in a
19-inch rack.
Related Topics
6.1 Prerequisites for Installation
To install the OpenScape Business X8 communication system, you will need
some specific tools and resources. Certain requirements for standalone
installation and 19’’ rack-mount installation must be observed when selecting the
installation site. Note that there are also some specific requirements regarding the
power supply when using the communication system in the United States and
Canada.
Warning: Only authorized service personnel should install and start up the
system.
Tools and Resources
The following tools and resources are required:
•
Hex or open-end wrench, 8 mm, open-end wrench 13 mm
•
Diagonal cutting pliers, telephone pliers, wire stripper, flat-nosed pliers
•
Slotted screwdriver set
•
Phillips or Pozidriv screwdriver set
•
TORX screwdriver
•
Electric drill, hammer
•
Level, tape measure
•
Board wrench
•
Wiring tool for splitting and jumper strips in main distribution frames
•
Digital multimeter for testing ground connections and partial voltages
Prerequisites for Selecting the Installation Site for Standalone Installation
Make sure that the installation site meets the following requirements for
standalone installation:
•
Between the base of a system box and the ground or between stacked
system boxes, a minimum clearance of 50 mm must be maintained to
guarantee sufficient ventilation for the system boxes.
•
When system boxes are stacked, the base box must always be at the bottom
of the stack.
•
Allow a minimum clearance of 10 cm at the rear and the front of the system
boxes for board servicing and wiring.
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
355
Installation of OpenScape Business X8
Prerequisites for Installation
•
Allow sufficient space for a main distribution frame or other additional
equipment.
•
The power cable connectors must be readily accessible for quick
disconnection from the power source at any time.
•
Do not expose the communication system to direct sources of heat (for
example, direct sunlight, radiators, etc).
•
Do not expose the communication system to extremely dusty environments.
•
Avoid contact with chemicals.
•
Avoid all condensation of humidity on or in the communication system during
operation.
The communication system must be completely dry before putting it into
service.
•
Avoid standard carpeting, as it tends to produce electrostatic charges.
•
Note the environmental and mechanical conditions for operating the
communication system (see Operating Conditions for OpenScape Business
X).
•
For U.S. and Canada only: The distance between equipment from Unify
GmbH & Co. KG and other electrical equipment must be no less than 40 in.
(101.6 cm). The National Electrical Code (NEC) requires 36 in. (91.4 cm) of
clearance in front of electrical equipment and 40 in. (101.6 cm) of clearance
from other electrical service equipment.
Prerequisites for Selecting the Installation Site for 19’’ Rack-mount
Installation
Make sure that the installation site meets the following requirements for 19’’ rackmount installation:
•
356
The 19-inch rack(s) provided for installing the OpenScape Business X8
communication system must have the following characteristics:
–
Components installed in the 19-inch rack must be accessible from both
the front and the rear.
–
It should be possible to install components both at the front and at the rear
of the 19-inch rack (no less than four vertical bars).
–
It is recommended that the width of the cabinet measure 70 to 80 cm; the
depth at least 60 cm. Deeper cabinets (80 to 90 cm) make installation,
cable servicing, and the installation of additional components in the rear
of the cabinet much easier.
–
The support brackets required for installing the system boxes must have
a minimum ultimate load of 40 kg. The support brackets must be obtained
from vendor of the 19-inch rack.
–
The system boxes must be fixed to the cabinet bars using the angle
brackets included in the delivery.
•
One height unit (one height unit is approx. 1.7” = 43 mm) must be kept clear
above the system box to accommodate the gray plastic cover attached to the
top of a system box. Never remove this plastic cover.
•
To guarantee sufficient heat dissipation, the base box must be mounted at the
lowest position in a 19-inch rack. In a 19-inch rack with active (heat-emitting)
components already installed, the lowest position must be cleared for
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Installation of OpenScape Business X8
Prerequisites for Installation
installation of the base box. If inactive components (e.g., patch panels) are
involved, the base box can also be installed above them.
•
The following minimum clearance must be observed in order to ensure
adequate ventilation of the system boxes in the 19-inch rack:
–
three height units between two stacked system boxes.
–
one height unit above one system box if a patch panel is being installed,
for example.
Figure: OpenScape Business X8 – Examples for a 19-inch rack height of 1.92 m (37
height units)
Example 1
Patch Panel
Basic Box
Example 2
37
36
35
34
33
32
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
Patch Panel
Expansion Box
Basic Box
•
Do not expose the 19-inch rack(s) to direct sources of heat (for example,
direct sunlight, radiators, etc).
•
Do not expose the 19-inch rack(s) to extremely dusty environments.
•
Avoid contact with chemicals.
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
357
Installation of OpenScape Business X8
Preparatory Steps
•
Avoid all condensation of humidity on or in the communication system during
operation.
The communication system must be completely dry before putting it into
service.
•
Avoid standard carpeting, as it tends to produce electrostatic charges.
•
Note the environmental and mechanical conditions for operating the
communication system (see Operating Conditions for OpenScape Business
X).
For U.S. and Canada only: Prerequisites for Connecting the Power Supply
The power supply for each system box of the communication system must meet
the following requirements:
•
Electrical Connection Specifications:
Nominal
voltage
120 V AC/
60 Hz
•
Nominal voltage range
Nominal frequency
range
from
until
from
until
110 V AC
130 V AC
47 Hz
63 Hz
Wall Outlet
Configuration
s
NEMA 5-15, 2pin, 3-wire,
grounded
A UL-listed or CSA-certified surge protector must be inserted between the
socket and the communication system. Two system boxes can be connected
to each surge protector.
NOTICE: The OpenScape Business X8 communication system
must not be connected directly to a socket!
•
The power source must not be more than 2.4 m (8 ft.) away from the
communication system.
•
The power source must provide 120 V AC (single-phase, fused) power at 5060 Hz and 20 A.
•
An independent electric circuit with an isolated ground conductor should be
used.
•
A warning should be attached to the circuit breaker of the power supply to
prevent accidental removal of power from the communication system.
Related Topics
6.2 Preparatory Steps
Unpack and check the supplied components before starting the installation. There
is a battery on the mainboard that is used to buffer the date and time. Before
starting up the communication system, the battery must be activated.
Related Topics
358
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Installation of OpenScape Business X8
Preparatory Steps
6.2.1 How to Unpack the Components
Proceed as follows to unpack the communication system and parts supplied:
Step by Step
1) Open the packaging without damaging the contents.
2) Check the components delivered against the packing slip to make sure
nothing is missing.
3) Report any shipping damage to the address indicated on the packing slip.
4) All packaging material must be disposed of in compliance with the relevant
country-specific requirements.
WARNING
WARNING
Risk of electric shock through contact with live wires
Only use communication systems, tools and equipment which are in perfect
condition. Do not use equipment with visible damage.
Related Topics
6.2.2 How to Remove the Protective Film from the Battery of the OCCL
Mainboard
Step by Step
1) Make sure that the communication system is de-energized.
2) Remove the front plastic cover, if present.
3) Insert the tip of the board wrench marked “Pull” into the top opening in the
front cover of the OCCL mainboard.
4) Lever the OCCL mainboard out of the board shelf of the base box by pushing
the board wrench upwards.
5) Pull out the OCCL mainboard from the board shelf and place it on a flat,
grounded conductive surface.
6) Remove the protective film under the battery. In order to not loosen the
battery, the protective film must be removed only at the closed side of the
battery holder (indicated by an arrow in the following figure).
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
359
Installation of OpenScape Business X8
Installation Methods
7) Using its guide rails, slide the OCCL mainboard back into the appropriate slot
on the base box shelf.
8) Insert the tip of the board wrench marked "Plug-In" into the bottom opening in
the front cover of the OCCL mainboard.
9) Lever the mainboard into the board shelf of the base box by pushing the board
wrench upwards.
10) Attach the front plastic cover, if present.
Related Topics
6.3 Installation Methods
OpenScape Business X8 can be installed as a standalone unit or mounted in a
19-inch rack.
Related Topics
6.3.1 Standalone Installation
OpenScape Business X8 is a modular communication system that can be used
as a one-box system (base box) or a two-box system (base box + expansion box).
In a two-box system, the system boxes can either be stacked or set up side by
side.
Related Topics
6.3.1.1 How to Set Up a One-Box System
Prerequisites
360
•
The prerequisites for selecting the installation site for a standalone installation
were taken into account (see Prerequisites for Installation).
•
The front and rear plastic covers are not attached to the system box.
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Installation of OpenScape Business X8
Installation Methods
Step by Step
1) Place the system box in the installation site and make sure that it is level and
stable.
2) Check that the space between the base of the system box and the ground is
at least 50 mm.
3) If necessary, set up the system box in the following way:
a) Unscrew lock nut [A] on one of the feet using an open-end wrench
(wrench size = 13 mm).
b) Adjust the height of the foot by turning the screw nut [B] so that the system
box is steady and the minimum clearance is observed.
c) Fix the foot in position by tightening the lock nut [A].
d) If necessary, repeat steps a through c for more feet until the system box
is level and the minimum clearance is maintained.
> 50 mm
Related Topics
6.3.1.2 Two-box System: How to Stack System Boxes
Prerequisites
•
The prerequisites for selecting the installation site for a standalone installation
were taken into account (see Prerequisites for Installation).
•
The front and rear plastic covers are not attached to the system boxes.
Step by Step
1) Place the base box at the installation site and make sure that it is level and
stable.
2) Check that the space between the base of the base box and the ground is at
least 50 mm.
3) If necessary, set up the basic cabinet in the following way:
a) Unscrew lock nut [A] on one of the feet using an open-end wrench
(wrench size = 13 mm).
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
361
Installation of OpenScape Business X8
Installation Methods
b) Adjust the height of the foot by turning the screw nut [B] so that the base
box is steady and the minimum clearance is observed.
c) Fix the foot in position by tightening the lock nut [A].
d) If necessary, repeat steps a through c for more feet until the base box is
level and the minimum clearance from the base box is maintained.
> 50 mm
4) Place the expansion box on top of the base box.
The feet of system boxes are provided with recesses. When placing the
expansion box on top of the base box, ensure that these recesses are placed
precisely on top of the screw heads in the four corners of the base box.
5) Check that the space between the expansion box and the base box is at least
50 mm.
6) If necessary, set up the expansion box in the following way:
a) Unscrew lock nut [A] on one of the feet using an open-end wrench
(wrench size = 13 mm).
b) Adjust the height of the foot by turning the screw nut [B] so that the
expansion box is steady and the minimum clearance is observed.
c) Fix the foot in position by tightening the lock nut [A].
d) If necessary, repeat steps a through c for more feet until the expansion
box is level and the minimum clearance from the base box is maintained.
362
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Installation of OpenScape Business X8
Installation Methods
> 50 mm
> 50 mm
> 50 mm
Related Topics
6.3.1.3 Two-box System: How to Set Up the System Boxes Side by Side
Prerequisites
•
The prerequisites for selecting the installation site for a standalone installation
were taken into account (see Prerequisites for Installation).
•
The front and rear plastic covers are not attached to the system boxes.
Step by Step
1) Place the base box at the installation site and make sure that it is level and
stable.
2) Check that the space between the base of the base box and the ground is at
least 50 mm.
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
363
Installation of OpenScape Business X8
Installation Methods
3) If necessary, set up the basic cabinet in the following way:
a) Unscrew lock nut [A] on one of the feet using an open-end wrench
(wrench size = 13 mm).
b) Adjust the height of the foot by turning the screw nut [B] so that the base
box is steady and the minimum clearance is observed.
c) Fix the foot in position by tightening the lock nut [A].
d) If necessary, repeat steps a through c for more feet until the base box is
level and the minimum clearance from the base box is maintained.
> 50 mm
4) Place the expansion box next to the base box.
5) Check that the space between the base of the expansion box and the ground
is at least 50 mm.
6) If necessary, set up the expansion box in the following way:
a) Unscrew lock nut [A] on one of the feet using an open-end wrench
(wrench size = 13 mm).
b) Adjust the height of the foot by turning the screw nut [B] so that the
expansion box is steady and the minimum clearance is observed.
c) Fix the foot in position by tightening the lock nut [A].
d) If necessary, repeat steps a through c for more feet until the expansion
box is level and the minimum clearance is maintained.
> 50 mm
364
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Installation of OpenScape Business X8
Installation Methods
> 50 mm
Related Topics
6.3.2 19’’ Rack-mount Installation
OpenScape Business X8 is a modular communication system that can be
mounted as a one-box system (base box) or a two-box system (base box +
expansion box) in a 19-inch rack.
Related Topics
6.3.2.1 How to Mount a System Box in a 19-inch Rack
Prerequisites
•
The prerequisites for selecting the installation site for a 19’’ rack-mount
installation were taken into account (see Prerequisites for Installation).
•
The front and rear plastic covers are not attached to the system box.
•
Two cabinet-specific support brackets (with an ultimate load > 40 kg) are
available. These must be provided by the 19-inch cabinet supplier).
NOTICE: The use of cabinet floors is not permitted to prevent
overheating.
•
The cabinet-specific screws required for attaching the support and angle
brackets to the 19-inch rack are available.
Step by Step
1) Remove the four feet of the system box:
a) Unscrew lock nut [A] on one of the feet using an open-end wrench
(wrench size = 13 mm).
b) Unscrew the foot completely.
c) Repeat steps a and b for the remaining three case feet.
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
365
Installation of OpenScape Business X8
Installation Methods
2) Attach the two supplied angle brackets [B] to the sides of the system box
using the screws provided.
3) Attach a right-handed and a left-handed support bracket [C] to the 19-inch
rack using the screws provided.
B
C
4) Lift the system box into the 19-inch rack and place it on the the two support
brackets [C]. Slide the system box into the 19-inch rack until the front edge of
the system box is flush with the front of the 19-inch frame.
CAUTION
CAUTION
General risk of injury or accidents in the workplace
Never attempt to lift a system box into a 19-inch rack without assistance.
5) Use the two angle brackets [B] and the screws provided to attach the system
box to the 19-inch rack.
366
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Installation of OpenScape Business X8
Main Distribution Frame MDFU-E (Optional)
6) Repeat steps 1 through 6 if you want to install an expansion box.
Related Topics
6.4 Main Distribution Frame MDFU-E (Optional)
For a standalone installation of the OpenScape Business X8 communication
system, the telephones, trunks, etc., can be connected via the external main
distribution frame MDFU-E.
The MDFU-E (Main Distribution Frame Universal Enhanced) provides 21 slots for
splitting and jumper strips.
Dimensions:
•
Height: 669.0 mm (3.36 in)
•
Width = 328.8 mm
•
Depth = 125.4 mm
Figure: Main Distribution Frame MDFU-E
1
2
3
21 Slots for splitting and jumper strips
Jumpering duct
4
5
6
20
21
PFT4
(optional)
Communication
System
Line
Network
NOTICE: If you are using a main distribution frame from another
manufacturer instead of the MDFU-E, make sure that you observe
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
367
Installation of OpenScape Business X8
Patch Panels (Optional)
and follow the manufacturer's instructions for mounting and
ground protection.
Figure: Splitting and Jumper Strip - Numbering of Connectors
Splitting strip (16 twin wires), numbering
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
Jumper strip (25 twin wires), numbering
1
3
5
7
9
11
13
15
17
19
21
23
25
Related Topics
6.4.1 How to Mount the Main Distribution Frame MDFU-E to a Wall
Prerequisites
•
A strong wall with enough space for the installation of the main distribution
MDFU-E exists.
Step by Step
1) Attach the enclosed drilling template at the desired location.
2) Drill the holes.
3) Insert the wall anchors into the drill holes and screw in the screws, leaving
approx. 5 mm projecting.
4) Remove the housing cover of the MDFU-E.
5) Hang the MDFU-E on the mounting brackets and align it.
6) Tighten the screws.
Related Topics
6.5 Patch Panels (Optional)
For a 19’’ rack-mount installation of the OpenScape Business X8 communication
system, the telephones, trunks, etc., can be connected via the external patch
panel.
368
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Installation of OpenScape Business X8
Patch Panels (Optional)
Patch Panel S30807-K6143-X
Figure: Patch Panel S30807-K6143-X
X5
X12
1
8
X9
X10
X13
X14
X15
F1 F4 F6 F8
X1
X11
PFT1
F2 F3 F5 F7
1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16
17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31
18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32
33 35 37 39 41 43 45 47
34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48
Main Features
•
Two SIVAPAC connectors (X1, X5) for connection to the backplane of the
communication system via CABLUs (prefabricated cabling units)
Using jumper wire, bridges must be inserted between the terminal strips X12
and X14 and between the terminal strips X13 and X15. The contact between
the SIVAPAC connector X5 and the first eight RJ45 jacks is only set up when
wire bridges are present.
When jumpering telephones, trunks, etc. directly to the terminal strips X12
and X13, no wire bridges are needed.
•
48 RJ45 jacks (1 to 48) for the connection of telephones, trunks, etc.
Table: Patch Panel S30807-K6143-X - Assignment of the RJ45 Jacks
Pin
Signal
4
a
5
b
The RJ45 jacks each have two wires.
•
Eight slots for surge arresters (ÜSAGs) (F1 to F8)
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
369
Installation of OpenScape Business X8
Patch Panels (Optional)
NOTICE: Fire hazard due to surge voltage
In the case of line lengths exceeding 500 m and where the lines
exit the building, analog and digital subscriber line modules must
be protected by external lightning protection.
Lightning protection of this kind is known as additional primary
protection. The additional primary protection is guaranteed by
installing ÜSAGs (surge arresters, gas filled) in the patch panel.
INFO: X9, X10, X11 and PFT1 are not be used with OpenScape
Business.
The following figure shows the use of the 48 RJ45 jacks depending on the number
of interfaces of the connected peripheral boards.
Figure: Patch Panel S30807-K6143-X – Usage of the 48 RJ45 Jacks
Board with 16 ports
1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16
Board with 24 ports
1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16
Board with 16 ports
1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16
370
Board with 16 ports
25 27 29 31
26 28 30 32
33 35 37 39
34 36 38 40
Board with 16 ports
17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31
18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32
33 35 37 39
34 36 38 40
Board with 24 ports
25 27 29 31
26 28 30 32
33 35 37 39 41 43 45 47
34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Installation of OpenScape Business X8
Patch Panels (Optional)
S0 Patch Panel C39104-Z7001-B3
Figure: S0 Patch Panel C39104-Z7001-B3
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
1
3
5
7
9
11
13
15
17
19
21
23
Main Features
•
24 RJ45 jacks (1 to 24) for the connection of ISDN telephones, ISDN trunks,
etc.
The connection to the backplane of the communication system is made via
open-end cables which must be manually attached to the S0 patch panel.
Table: S0 Patch Panel C39104-Z7001-B3 - Assignment of the RJ45 Jacks
Pin
Signal
Trunk connection/
Networking
Station connection
3
Transmit +
Receive +
4
Receive +
Transmit +
5
Receive –
Transmit –
6
Transmit –
Receive –
Each of the RJ45 jacks must have four wires.
NOTICE: If you use patch panels from a third-party vendor, you
must observe the manufacturer's instructions for installation and
protective grounding.
Related Topics
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
371
Installation of OpenScape Business X8
Protective Grounding
6.5.1 How to Mount a Patch Panel in a 19-inch Rack
Prerequisites
•
The prerequisites for selecting the installation site for a 19’’ rack-mount
installation were taken into account (see Prerequisites for Installation).
•
Cabinet-specific screws for attaching the patch panel to the 19-inch’ rack are
available.
›
Lift the patch panel into the 19’’ rack and attach it to the 19-inch rack with the
screws [A] provided for this purpose.
Step by Step
A
Related Topics
6.6 Protective Grounding
The protective grounding provides a secure connection to the ground potential to
protect against dangerously high touch voltages in the event of a malfunction.
WARNING
WARNING
Risk of electric shock through contact with live wires
•
372
Use separate ground wires to provide protective grounding for the system
boxes of the OpenScape Business X8 communication system and possibly
any main distribution frames and patch panels being used. Connect the
system boxes of your communication system, your main distribution frame
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Installation of OpenScape Business X8
Protective Grounding
and your patch panels to the ground wire before starting up the system and
connecting telephones and lines.
•
Make sure that the ground wires are protected and strain-relieved (minimum
conductor cross section = 12 AWG/2.5 mm2). A minimum conductor cross
section of 10 AWG/4 mm2 is needed to block the effects of external factors if
the ground wire cannot be protected.
Related Topics
6.6.1 Protective Grounding for Standalone Installations
The system boxes of the communication system and any main distribution frames
used are grounded via the equipotential bonding strip of the building, via a main
ground busbar or via a ground field, for example.
Related Topics
6.6.1.1 How to Provide Protective Grounding for the Main Distribution Frame MDFU-E
Prerequisites
•
A ground connection with a resistance of less than 2 ohms exists. Examples:
equipotential bonding strip of the building, main ground busbar, ground field
DANGER
DANGER
Risk of electric shock through contact with live wires
Only personnel with proper qualifications or qualified electricians should perform
work on the low-voltage network (<1000 VAC) and all work must comply with the
national/local requirements for electrical connections.
WARNING
WARNING
Risk of electric shock through contact with live wires
•
Use separate ground wires to provide protective grounding for the system
boxes of the OpenScape Business X8 communication system and possibly
any main distribution frames being used. Connect the system boxes of your
communication system and your main distribution frame to the ground wire
before starting up the system and connecting telephones and lines.
•
Make sure that the ground wires are protected and strain-relieved (minimum
conductor cross section = 12 AWG/2.5 mm2). A minimum conductor cross
section of 10 AWG/4 mm2 is needed to block the effects of external factors if
the ground wire cannot be protected.
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
373
Installation of OpenScape Business X8
Protective Grounding
The grounding of the system boxes must be performed from the grounding point
in a star configuration.
The implementation rules specified in IEC 60364 and IEC 60950-1 must be
complied with during the installation.
NOTICE: The listed requirements also apply if you are using a
main distribution frame from another vendor instead of the MDFUE.
Proceed as follows to ensure protective grounding:
Step by Step
1) Attach a separate ground wire to the ground terminal of the base box of the
communication system as indicated in the following figure.
2) Provide strain relief for the ground wire by securing it to the base box with a
cable tie.
3) Use a 12 AWG/2.5 mm2 thick wire (solid or stranded copper) with a max.
length of 39 meters (126 feet) to connect the ground terminal of the base box
with the ground terminal of the main distribution frame MDFU-E. To avoid
confusion, you may use any color except green/yellow.
4) If an expansion box is present: Attach a separate ground wire to the ground
terminal of the expansion box of the communication system.
5) If an expansion box is present: Provide strain relief for the ground wire by
securing it to the expansion box with a cable tie.
6) Select one of the following options:
•
374
Not for U.S. and Canada: Connect the separate ground wire(s) of the
system box(es) with the grounding point (e.g., the equipotential bonding
strip of the building) as illustrated in the conceptual diagram in the figure
below. Make sure that all ground wires laid are protected and strainrelieved.
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Installation of OpenScape Business X8
Protective Grounding
OpenScape Business X8
MDFU-E
Expansion box: Ground wire
connection
Base box: ground wire
connection
Ground wire
connection
Any color except
green/yellow, to
avoid
misinterpretations
Recommended: 2.5 mm2 thick
wire (solid or stranded copper)
with a max. length of 39 m (126
feet); bare or green/yellow
Grounding point, e.g., equipotential bonding
of the building
But not: Central heating system, sewer
pipes, or grounding for antenna system
•
For U.S. and Canada only: Connect the separate ground wire(s) of the
system box(es) with the grounding point (e.g., the main ground busbar,
ground field) as illustrated in the conceptual diagram in the figure below.
Make sure that all ground wires laid are protected and strain-relieved.
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
375
Installation of OpenScape Business X8
Protective Grounding
OpenScape Business X8
MDFU-E
Expansion box: Ground wire
connection
Base box: ground wire
connection
Fuse box 20A
120 VAC, 60 Hz
neutral ground
wire
Mains
connection
Ground wire
connection
Any color except
green/yellow, to
avoid
misinterpretations
Recommended: 12 AWG/2.5 mm 2
thick wire (solid or stranded copper)
with a max. length of 39 m (126
feet); bare or green/yellow
Grounding point, e.g., main
ground busbar
Power supply panel, via which power
to the communication system is
supplied
Note: Single Point Ground (SPG) shown
Related Topics
6.6.1.2 How to Check the Grounding
Prerequisites
•
The system box or system boxes of the communication system are not yet
connected to the low-voltage network via the power cable.
•
Each individual system box of the communication system as well as any main
distribution frames have been properly grounded using separate ground
wires.
Run the following test before startup to make sure that the protective grounding
for the communication system and the MDFs used is working properly.
376
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Installation of OpenScape Business X8
Protective Grounding
Step by Step
1) Check the ohmic resistance on the ground connection to the communication
system:
The measurement is taken between the ground contact of a grounded power
outlet of the home installation (where the communication system is
connected) and a system box of the communication system.
2) Repeat the measurement for all additional system boxes of the
communication system.
3) Check the ohmic resistance between the system boxes of the communication
system and the main distribution frame(s).
The result (reference value) of a measurement must be significantly less than 10
Ohms.
If you obtain some other measurement results, contact a qualified electrician. The
electrician will need to check the equipotential bonding of the domestic installation
and ensure the low resistance grounding (ohmage) of the earthing conductors.
Related Topics
6.6.2 Protective Grounding for 19’’ Rack-mount Installations
The system boxes of the communication system and any patch panels used are
grounded via the equipotential bonding strip of the 19’’ rack.
Related Topics
6.6.2.1 How to Provide Protective Grounding for the Communication System and the
Patch Panel
Prerequisites
•
A ground connection with a resistance of less than 2 ohms exists. Examples:
equipotential bonding strip of the building, main ground busbar, ground field
•
The 19-inch rack is grounded by a separate ground conductor (green/yellow).
The 19-inch rack is equipped with an equipotential bonding strip at which the
system boxes of the communication system and the patch panels can be
separately grounded.
DANGER
DANGER
Risk of electric shock through contact with live wires
Only personnel with proper qualifications or qualified electricians should perform
work on the low-voltage network (<1000 VAC) and all work must comply with the
national/local requirements for electrical connections.
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
377
Installation of OpenScape Business X8
Protective Grounding
WARNING
WARNING
Risk of electric shock through contact with live wires
•
Use separate ground wires to provide protective grounding for the system
boxes of the OpenScape Business X8 communication system and possibly
any patch panels being used. Connect the system boxes of your
communication system and your patch panels to the ground wire before
starting up the system and connecting telephones and lines.
•
Make sure that the ground wires are protected and strain-relieved (minimum
conductor cross section = 12 AWG/2.5 mm2). A minimum conductor cross
section of 10 AWG/4 mm2 is needed to block the effects of external factors if
a ground wire cannot be protected.
The grounding of the system boxes must be performed from the grounding point
in a star configuration.
The implementation rules specified in IEC 60364 and IEC 60950-1 must be
complied with during the installation.
NOTICE: The listed requirements apply if you are using patch
panels from another vendor.
A protective grounding of the S0 patch panel (C39104-Z7001-B3)
is not required.
Proceed as follows to ensure protective grounding:
Step by Step
1) Attach a separate ground wire to the ground terminal of the base box of the
communication system as indicated in the following figure.
2) Provide strain relief for the ground wire by securing it to the base box with a
cable tie.
3) Use a 12 AWG/2.5 mm2 thick wire (solid or stranded copper) with a max.
length of 39 meters (126 feet) to connect the ground terminal of the base box
with the ground terminal of the patch panel (S30807-K6143-X). To avoid
confusion, you may use any color except green/yellow.
378
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Installation of OpenScape Business X8
Protective Grounding
4) If an additional patch panel (S30807-K6143-X) is present: Use a 12 AWG/2.5
mm2 thick wire (solid or stranded copper) with a max. length of 39 meters (126
feet) to connect the ground terminals of the patch panels with each other. To
avoid confusion, you may use any color except green/yellow.
5) If an expansion box is present: Attach a separate ground wire to the ground
terminal of the expansion box of the communication system.
6) If an expansion box is present: Provide strain relief for the ground wire by
securing it to the expansion box with a cable tie.
7) Connect the separate ground wire(s) of the system box(es) with the
equipotential bonding strip in the 19-inch rack as shown in the conceptual
diagram in the figure below. Make sure that all ground wires laid are protected
and strain-relieved.
Patch Panel
Expansion box: Ground wire
connection
Base box: ground wire
connection
Ground wire
connection
To further patch panels
OpenScape Business X8
Any color except
green/yellow, to avoid
misinterpretations
Recommended: 12 AWG/2.5 mm 2
thick wire (solid or stranded copper)
with a max. length of 39 m (126
feet); bare or green/yellow
Equipotential bonding strip in 19" rack
Related Topics
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
379
Installation of OpenScape Business X8
Configuration Notes
6.6.2.2 How to Check the Grounding
Prerequisites
•
The system box or system boxes of the communication system and all other
devices in the 19-inch rack are not connected to the low-voltage network
through power cables.
•
Each individual system box of the communication system as well as any patch
panels have been properly grounded using separate ground wires.
•
The 19-inch rack is grounded by a separate ground conductor (green/yellow).
Run the following test before startup to make sure that the protective grounding
for the communication system and the patch panels used is working properly.
Step by Step
1) Check the ohmic resistance on the ground connection to the communication
system:
a) The first measurement is taken between the ground contact of a grounded
power outlet of the home installation and the equipotential bonding strip
in the 19-inch rack.
b) The second measurement is taken between the equipotential bonding
strip in the 19-inch rack and a system box of the communication system.
c) Repeat the second measurement for all additional system boxes of the
communication system.
2) Check the ohmic resistance between the system boxes of the communication
system and the patch panels.
The result (reference value) of a measurement must be significantly less than 10
Ohms.
If you obtain some other measurement results, contact a qualified electrician. The
electrician will need to check the equipotential bonding of the domestic installation
and ensure the low resistance grounding (ohmage) of the earthing conductors.
Related Topics
6.7 Configuration Notes
The configuration notes include information on the board slots in the base box and
expansion box, the initialization of the boards, the distribution of the PCM
highways in the base box and the expansion box and the board installation Hens
foregoing manner.
Related Topics
380
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Installation of OpenScape Business X8
Configuration Notes
6.7.1 Board Slots in the Base Box
The base box provides nine slots for peripheral boards (slots 1 to 5 and 7 to 10).
A fixed slot is assigned to the OCCL mainboard (slot 6). Depending on your
requirements, up to three LUNA2 power supply units can be used in the base box.
Figure: OpenScape Business X8 – Board Slots in the Base Box
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
OpenScape
Business X8
OCCL
Basic Box
LUNA2
LUNA2
REALS
not used
LUNA2
1
2
3
4
Related Topics
6.7.2 Board Slots in the Expansion Box
The expansion box provides thirteen slots for peripheral boards (slots 1 to 6 and
8 to 14). Depending on your requirements, up to four LUNA2 power supply units
can be used in the expansion box.
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
381
Installation of OpenScape Business X8
Configuration Notes
Figure: OpenScape Business X8 – Board Slots in the Expansion Box
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
OpenScape
Business X8
not used
Expansion Box
LUNA2
LUNA2
LUNA2
LUNA2
1
2
3
4
Related Topics
6.7.3 Special Board Slots
The following boards are used in special slots.
DBSAP
The DBSAP board is plugged into the corresponding backplane connector of the
expansion box.
LUNA2
The slots for the LUNA2 are located in the lower part of the shelf of a system box.
The base box has three slots and the expansion box has four slots.
INFO: LUNA2 can only be plugged in or out when the system is
switched off (switch position = DC-OFF).
The slots of the power supply units must be covered with outer panels before the
communication system is started up.
REALS
The slot for the REALS board is located in the lower part of the shelf of the base
box.
The slots of the power supply units and the slot of the REALS board must be
covered with outer panels before the communication system is started up.
382
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Installation of OpenScape Business X8
Configuration Notes
For more detailed information, see the relevant board description.
Related Topics
6.7.4 Initializing the Boards
The system software detects and initializes the boards in ascending order,
starting with the lowest installation position the first time the system starts up.
The board interfaces are initialized in the sequence indicated by the arrow in the
following figure.
Figure: OpenScape Business X8 - Initialization of the Boards
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9 10 11 12 13 14
not used
OpenScape Business X8
2
3
4
5
6
OCCL
1
7
Expansion Box
8
9 10
Basic Box
The system activates all connected boards in the following situations:
•
The maximum configuration of the communication system has not yet been
reached.
While sequentially scanning the slots, the system software checks whether
the maximum number of stations or trunks has been exceeded. If it has, the
board is not activated.
•
At least one B channel is available for the slot in the case of trunk boards.
Only the number of B channels available in the communication system is put
into operation.
Related Topics
6.7.5 Distribution of the PCM Highways in the Base Box
The base box provides two PCM highway trunk groups with 2 x 4 PCM highways
for each peripheral board slot. There are 32 time-division multiplex channels
available for each PCM highway. If all of these channels are busy, no further call
requests can be accepted.
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
383
Installation of OpenScape Business X8
Configuration Notes
To guarantee that the system operates without blocking, make sure when
performing the configuration that the boards on a PCM segment do not require
more than the number of time-division multiplex channels available.
Figure: OpenScape Business X8 – PCM Highways in the Base Box
Basic Box
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
OCCL
PCM highway bundle A
with 2 x 4 PCM
highways
not used
PCM highway bundle F
with 2 x 4 PCM
highways
LUNA2
LUNA2
REALS
HDLC
LUNA2
1
2
3
4
The PCM highway bundles in the base box are used by peripheral boards
according to the following rules:
•
•
384
One-box System
–
Bundle A's PCM highway
With the exception of boards DIUT2, DIUN2 and DIU2U, the peripheral
boards only use the PCM highways of trunk group A.
128 time-division multiplex channels (4 PCM highways) are available on
the PCM segment for board slots 1 to 5 and on the PCM segment for
board slots 7 to 10.
–
PCM highway trunk group F
The peripheral boards DIUT2, DIUN2 and DIU2U use the PCM highways
of trunk group F.
128 time-division multiplex channels are thus available for these boards
on the PCM segment for board slots 1 to 5 and on the PCM segment for
board slots 7-10.
If more than the 2 x 128 time-division multiplex channels from PCM
highway trunk group F are required because of the configuration with
these boards, the communication system will automatically resort to timedivision multiplex channels from PCM highway trunk group A. However,
only complete boards are activated on the other trunk group. The
remaining time-division multiplex channels of PCM highway trunk group
F remain free.
Two-box system
All peripheral boards use the PCM highways from trunk group A only.
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Installation of OpenScape Business X8
Configuration Notes
Related Topics
6.7.6 Distribution of the PCM Highways in the Expansion Box
The expansion box provides a PCM highway bundle with 2 x 4 PCM highways for
each peripheral board slot. There are 32 time-division multiplex channels
available for each PCM highway. If all of these channels are busy, no further call
requests can be accepted.
To guarantee that the system operates without blocking, make sure when
performing configuration that the boards on a PCM segment do not require more
than the number of time-division multiplex channels available.
Figure: OpenScape Business X8 – PCM Highways in the Expansion Box
Expansion Box
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
PCM highway bundle A
with 2 x 4 PCM
highways
Connection to PCM
highway bundle F in
the basic box
PCM highway bundle F
(not used)
HDLC
LUNA2
LUNA2
LUNA2
LUNA2
1
2
3
4
All peripheral boards in the expansion box use the PCM highways from trunk
group A only.
128 time-division multiplex channels (4 PCM highways) are available on the PCM
segment for board slots 1 to 6 and on the PCM segment for board slots 8 to 14.
PCM highway bundle F is not used.
Related Topics
6.7.7 Time-division Multiplex Channels of the Peripheral Boards
Each peripheral board requires a different number of time-division multiplex
channels to execute call requests. OpenScape Business X8 provides these timedivision multiplex channels in the form of PCM highways.
OpenScape Business X8 provides PCM highway trunk groups with 2 x 4 PCM
highways for each peripheral board slot. There are 32 time-division multiplex
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
385
Installation of OpenScape Business X8
Configuration Notes
channels available for each PCM highway. If all of these channels are busy, no
further call requests can be accepted. To guarantee that the communication
system operates without blocking, make sure when performing configuration that
the boards on a PCM segment do not require more than the number of timedivision multiplex channels available.
When assigning time-division multiplex channels to the peripheral boards, a
distinction is made between the following types of assignment:
•
Static assignment
Time-division multiplex channels are assigned statically for trunk and tietraffic boards. This ensures that all calls can be processed.
NOTICE: The TMDID board only uses the first half of a PCM
segment, which means that up to 64 channels are available per
PCM segment for TMDID static time-division multiplex channels.
To guarantee that the communication system operates without
blocking when using the TMDID, the boards on a PCM segment
must not occupy more than 64 static time-division multiplex
channels.
Examples for a PCM segment:
2 x TMDID + 1 x DIU2U = 64 static time-division multiplex
channels = approved equipment
1 x TMDID + 1 x TMANI + 1 x DIUT2 = 76 static time-division
multiplex channels = unapproved equipment
1 x TMDID + 2 x SLMO2 = 8 static and 96 dynamic time-division
multiplex channels = approved equipment
•
Dynamic assignment
Time-division multiplex channels are subject to dynamic assignment in
subscriber line modules. The channels are seized with every call and
released at the end of each call. The current number of time-division multiplex
channels required is determined by the number of active stations.
•
Static/dynamic assignment
For boards with S0 interfaces, the way in which the time-division multiplex
channels are assigned depends on the actual use of the individual S0
interfaces. The channels are assigned statically if the S0 interface is used for
the ISDN trunk connection (ISDN trunk). The channels are assigned
dynamically if the S0 interface is used for the ISDN station connection.
For information on the number of time-division multiplex channels required by the
various peripheral boards, see Hardware Expansion.
Related Topics
6.7.8 Board Installation
Related Topics
386
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Installation of OpenScape Business X8
Configuration Notes
6.7.8.1 How to Insert a Board
Prerequisites
•
The front plastic cover of the system box is not attached.
•
A free board slot is available.
•
The specifications on the distribution of the PCM highways in the system
boxes were taken into account.
NOTICE: Always wear an antistatic wristband when handling
boards.
The ESD measures for protecting electrostatically sensitive
devices must be observed and followed (see Warnings: Note)
Step by Step
1) Using its guide rails slide the board into the system box until it stops.
2) Insert the tip of the board wrench marked "Plug-In" into the bottom opening in
the front cover of the board.
3) Lever the board into the board shelf of the system box by pushing the board
wrench upwards.
Related Topics
6.7.8.2 How to Remove a Board
Prerequisites
•
The front plastic cover is not attached to the system box.
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
387
Installation of OpenScape Business X8
Configuration Notes
NOTICE: Always wear an antistatic wristband when handling
boards.
The ESD measures for protecting electrostatically sensitive
devices must be observed and followed (see Warnings: Note)
Step by Step
1) Insert the tip of the board wrench marked “Pull” into the top opening on the
front cover of the board to be removed.
2) Lever the board out of the board shelf of the system box by pushing the board
wrench upwards.
3) Pull the board out of the system box over the guide rails.
Related Topics
6.7.8.3 How to Install Shielding Covers
By installing a shielding cover, you can ensure that unused board slots or slots
that are equipped with peripheral boards that only have plastic covers are
adequately shielded. The following boards are affected: SLMA2, SLMA8,
SLMA24, SLMAE8, SLMAE24, SLMAV8, SLMAV24, SLMO2, SLMO8, STMD3,
TM2LP, TMC16, TMDID, TMEW2.
Prerequisites
•
The front plastic cover is not attached to the system box.
Step by Step
1) Insert the two bottom pins on the shielding cover into the openings provided
for this purpose on the shelf.
2) Press the shielding cover towards the board shelf until it snaps into place.
388
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Installation of OpenScape Business X8
Backplanes of the System Boxes
Related Topics
6.8 Backplanes of the System Boxes
The backplanes provide the connection between the central control board OCCL,
the peripheral boards and the LUNA2 power supplies; they also provide
connectors for telephones, trunks, etc.
Related Topics
6.8.1 Backplane of the Base Box
The backplane of the base box provides the connection between the central
control board OCCL, the peripheral boards and the LUNA2 power supplies; it also
provides connectors for telephones, trunks, etc.
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
389
Installation of OpenScape Business X8
Backplanes of the System Boxes
X101
X102
X103
X104
X105
X212
X116
X209
X214
X201
X109
X110
X111
X112
Figure: OpenScape Business X8 – Backplane of the Base Box
X211
390
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Installation of OpenScape Business X8
Backplanes of the System Boxes
Table: OpenScape Business X8 – Connections on the Backplane of the Base Box
Connection
X101 to X105,
X109 to X112
Function
SIVAPAC connectors for picking up the signals from the peripheral
boards in slots 1 to 5 and 9 to 12
An external main distribution frame or patch panels are connected via
CABLUs (Cabling Units = prefabricated cabling units) or open-end
cables. The connection of the S0 patch panel is made through an openended cable.
The following connector panels can be plugged into the SIVAPAC
connectors:
• Connector panel with CHAMP jack for connecting an external main
distribution frame or patch panel using CABLUs.
• Connector panels with 8 and 24 RJ45 jacks for direct connection of
telephones, trunks, etc.
X116
SIVAPAC connectors for picking up the signals from the REALS board
The connection to the external main distribution frame MDFU-E is made
via a CABLU (24 TW) which is placed on a jumper strip:
• C39195-A7267-A372: 3 m in length, short stripped length for MDFUE slots 11 through 21
• C39195-A7267-A373: 3 m in length, long stripped length for MDFU-E
slots 1 through 10
An external main distribution frame or patch panels are connected
through an open-ended cable (24 DA):
• S30267-Z196-A100: 10 m length
• S30267-Z196-A100: 25 m length
X201
68-pin DB68 jack for connecting the cable to the expansion box (i.e., to
the DBSAP board)
X209
DC port
X211, X212
AC power
X214
10-pin connector to plug in the ring voltage generator RGMOD
Related Topics
6.8.2 Expansion Box Backplane
The backplane of the expansion box provides the connection between the
peripheral boards and the LUNA2 power supplies; it also provides connectors for
telephones, trunks, etc.
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
391
Installation of OpenScape Business X8
Backplanes of the System Boxes
X101
X102
X103
X104
X105
X106
X109
X110
X111
X112
X113
X114
X209
X223
X211
X222
X220
X221
X214
X115
Figure: OpenScape Business X8 – Expansion Box Backplane
Table: OpenScape Business X8 – Connections on the Backplane of the Expansion Box
Connection
X101 to X106,
X109 to X115
Function
SIVAPAC connectors for picking up the signals from the peripheral
boards in slots 1 to 6 and 9 to 15
An external main distribution frame or patch panels are connected via
CABLUs (Cabling Units = prefabricated cabling units) or open-end
cables. The connection of the S0 patch panel is made through an openended cable.
The following connector panels can be plugged into the SIVAPAC
connectors:
• Connector panel with CHAMP jack for connecting an external main
distribution frame or patch panel using CABLUs.
• Connector panels with 8 and 24 RJ45 jacks for direct connection of
telephones, trunks, etc.
X209
392
DC port
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Installation of OpenScape Business X8
Backplanes of the System Boxes
Connection
Function
X211
AC power
X214
10-pin connector to plug in the ring voltage generator RGMOD
X220 to X223
Connections for plugging in the DBSAP board
DBSAP has a 68-pin DB-68 jack for connecting the connection cable to
the base box (X201).
Related Topics
6.8.3 Connector or Shielding Panels for Backplanes
Connector panels with CHAMP jacks (for connecting the main distribution frame
MDFU-E or a patch panel via CABLUs) and connector panels with RJ45 jacks (for
direct connection of telephones, trunks, etc.) can be plugged into the SIVAPAC
connectors on the backplanes of the base and extension boxes. Shielding panels
are installed to ensure adequate shielding of the backplane for boards whose
signals are not picked up via connector panels.
Connector Panel with CHAMP Jack (NPPSC, S30807-Q6626-X)
Connector Panel with 24 RJ45 Jacks (NPPAB, S30807-Q6622-X)
8
1
Table: Connector Panel with 24 RJ45 Jacks - Pin Assignments of the RJ45 Jacks
Pin
Signal
4
a
5
b
The RJ45 jacks have two wires.
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
393
Installation of OpenScape Business X8
Backplanes of the System Boxes
Connector Panel with eight RJ45 Jacks (NPPS0, S30807-Q6624-X)
8
1
Table: Connector Panel with 8 RJ45 Jacks - Pin Assignments of the RJ45 Jacks
Pin
Signal
Trunk connection/Networking
Station connection
3
Transmit +
Receive +
4
Receive +
Transmit +
5
Receive –
Transmit –
6
Transmit –
Receive –
The RJ45 jacks have four wires.
Shielding Panel (C39165-A7075-C44)
Cable ducts
Related Topics
6.8.3.1 How to Mount Connector or Shielding Panels
Prerequisites
•
The back plastic cover is not attached to the system box.
›
Select one of the following options:
Step by Step
•
If you want to install a connector panel, press it onto the desired SIVAPAC
connector on the backplane.
Attach the connection panel to the system box with the two screws
included in the delivery package.
•
If you wish to install a shielding panel, run any existing CABLUs through
the cable guides.
Attach the shielding panel to the system box with the two screws included
in the delivery package.
Related Topics
394
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Installation of OpenScape Business X8
Backplanes of the System Boxes
6.8.4 Connection to Backplanes
The backplanes of the base box and the expansion box provide connectors for
phones, trunks, etc. The connection can be made via an external main distribution
frame or via external patch panels. The direct connection to the backplane can be
made via connector panels with RJ45 jacks.
Related Topics
6.8.4.1 How to Connect the Connection Cable between the Base and Expansion Box
(Optional)
The connection cable ensures that the expansion box receives HDLC, PCM and
clock signals from the base box.
Prerequisites
•
The back plastic covers of the system boxes are not attached.
•
The DBSAP board is installed on the backplane of the expansion box.
Step by Step
1) Plug one of the cable connectors into the 68-pin DB68 jack X201 of the base
box.
2) Plug the other cable connector into the 68-pin DB68 jack of the DBSAP board.
3) Use cable ties to secure both ends of the connecting cable to the system
boxes.
Related Topics
6.8.4.2 How to Attach a Connection Cable to the External Main Distribution Frame
(Optional)
Several different options are available to connect the backplane to the main
distribution frame MDFU-E or any other external main distribution frame. These
depend on which peripheral boards occupy which slots and on the connector
panels used.
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
395
Installation of OpenScape Business X8
Backplanes of the System Boxes
Prerequisites
WARNING
WARNING
Risk of electric shock through contact with live wires
Use separate ground wires to provide protective grounding for the system boxes
of your communication system and all main distribution frames before connecting
telephones and lines.
•
396
The back plastic cover is not attached to the system box.
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Installation of OpenScape Business X8
Backplanes of the System Boxes
Step by Step
1) Select the appropriate connection cable depending on the peripheral board
and the connector panel used.
If
Peripheral
board
SLCN
Then
Connector
panel
–
SLMA8
SLMAE8
Connection cable
Connection to the MDFU-E: CABLU with
SIVAPAC jack (backplane) and splitting strip for
16 DA:
• C39195-A7267-A370: 3 m in length, short
stripped length for MDFU-E slots 11 through
21
SLMAV8
SLMO8
• C39195-A7267-A371: 3 m in length, long
stripped length for MDFU-E slots 1 through 10
STMD3
TMANI
Connection to the MDFU-E or another external
main distribution frame: open-end cable (24 DA)
with SIVAPAC socket (backplane):
TMC16
• S30267-Z196-A100: 10 m length
TMDID
• S30267-Z196-A100: 25 m length
TM2LP
TMEW2
Connector panel Connection to external main distribution frame:
with CHAMP
cable with CHAMP connector
jack
SLMA2
–
SLMA24
SLMAE24
SLMAV24
SLMO2
Connection to the MDFU-E: CABLU with
SIVAPAC jack (backplane) and jumper strip for
24 DA:
• C39195-A7267-A372: 3 m in length, short
stripped length for MDFU-E slots 11 through
21
• C39195-A7267-A373: 3 m in length, long
stripped length for MDFU-E slots 1 through 10
Connection to the MDFU-E or another external
main distribution frame: open-end cable (24 DA)
with SIVAPAC socket (backplane):
• S30267-Z196-A100: 10 m length
• S30267-Z196-A100: 25 m length
Connector panel Connection to external main distribution frame:
with CHAMP
cable with CHAMP connector
jack
2) Plug the connection cable into the desired backplane connector.
3) Attach the cable to the system box using cable ties.
4) Select one of the following options to connect to the MDFU-E or any other
external main distribution frame:
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
397
Installation of OpenScape Business X8
Backplanes of the System Boxes
•
If you use the MDFU-E and a CABLU with a splitting strip or a jumper strip,
install the strip in the MDFU-E.
For information on the main characteristics of the MDFU-E and on the
numbering of the splitting and jumper strips see Main Distribution Frame
MDFU-E (Optional)
•
If you use the MDFU-E and an open-end cable, connect the cable to the
desired splitting/jumper strip in the MDFU-E.
Stripped length
25 cm (+/- 0,5 cm)
Bundle Adhesive
fastener
tape
(1,9 cm)
Cable
shielding
Procedure:
Strip the cable wires. The stripping length depends on the slot of the
splitting/jumper strip in the MDFU-E (stripping length for MDFU-E slots 1
to 10 = 91 cm (+/- 0.5 cm); stripping length for MDFU-E slots 11 to 21 =
60 cm (+/- 0.5 cm)).
Strip the cable shield of the cable over a length of about 3 cm. Cut the
drain wire to about 2.5 cm and fix it on the cable shield by wrapping it with
tape (at least 1.5 times around).
Use a standard wiring tool for laying the cable wires.
398
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Installation of OpenScape Business X8
Backplanes of the System Boxes
Table: Color Codes for the Open-End Cable
Color Group
Pair
A-wire
1
1
white/blue
B-wire
blue/white
2
white/orange
orange/white
3
white/green
green/white
4
white/brown
brown/white
5
white/gray
gray/white
2
6
red/blue
blue/red
7
red/orange
orange/red
8
red/green
green/red
9
red/brown
brown/red
10
red/gray
gray/red
3
11
black/blue
blue/black
12
black/orange
orange/black
13
black/green
green/black
14
black/brown
brown/black
15
black/gray
gray/black
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
399
Installation of OpenScape Business X8
Backplanes of the System Boxes
Color Group
Pair
A-wire
4
16
yellow/blue
B-wire
blue/yellow
17
yellow/orange
orange/yellow
18
yellow/green
green/yellow
19
yellow/brown
brown/yellow
20
yellow/gray
gray/yellow
5
21
purple/blue
blue/purple
22
purple/orange
orange/purple
23
purple/green
green/purple
24
purple/brown
brown/purple
For information on the main characteristics of the MDFU-E and on the
numbering of the splitting and jumper strips see Main Distribution Frame
MDFU-E (Optional)
•
If you use another external main distribution frame and an open-end
cable, connect the cable to the desired splitting/jumper strip in the
external main distribution frame.
•
If you use an external main distribution frame with CHAMP connectors
and a CHAMP cable, insert the connector into the desired CHAMP jack of
the external main distribution frame.
5) Attach the connection cable to the MDFU-E or to the external main distribution
frame using cable ties.
Related Topics
6.8.4.3 How to Install the Connection Cables to the Patch Panel (Optional)
To connect the backplane with the patch panel, CABLUs (24 DA) with SIVAPAC
connectors in lengths of 2 m (S30267-Z333-A20) and 5 m (S30267-Z333-A50)
are available.
400
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Installation of OpenScape Business X8
Backplanes of the System Boxes
Prerequisites
WARNING
WARNING
Risk of electric shock through contact with live wires
Use separate ground wires to provide protective grounding for the system boxes
of your communication system and all patch panels before connecting telephones
and lines.
•
The back plastic cover is not attached to the system box.
Step by Step
1) Plug the connection cable into the desired backplane connector.
2) Attach the cable to the system box using cable ties.
3) Plug the connection cable into the desired connector of the patch panel.
For information on the assignment of the RJ45 jacks of the patch panel
S30807-K6143-X, see Patch Panels (Optional).
4) Attach the connection cable to the patch panel using cable ties.
Related Topics
6.8.4.4 How to Install the Connection Cables to the S0 Patch Panel (Optional)
To connect the backplane (SIVAPAC connector) with the S0 patch panel, openended cables (24 DA) in lengths of 10 m (S30267-Z196-A100) and 25 m
(S30267-Z196-A250) are available.
Prerequisites
WARNING
WARNING
Risk of electric shock through contact with live wires
Use separate ground wires to provide protective grounding for the system boxes
of your communication system before connecting telephones and lines.
•
The back plastic cover is not attached to the system box.
Step by Step
1) Plug the connection cable into the desired backplane connector.
2) Attach the cable to the system box using cable ties.
3) Strip the cable wires (stripping length = 60 cm (+/– 0.5 cm)).
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
401
Installation of OpenScape Business X8
Backplanes of the System Boxes
Stripped length
25 cm (+/- 0,5 cm)
Bundle Adhesive
fastener
tape
(1,9 cm)
Cable
shielding
4) Strip the cable shield of the cable over a length of about 3 cm. Cut the drain
wire to about 2.5 cm and fix it on the cable shield by wrapping it with tape (at
least 1.5 times around).
5) Use a standard wiring tool for laying the cable wires on the S0 patch panel.
Twist the wire pairs before laying them (see figure below).
Table: Color codes for the open-end cable
Color Group
Pair
A-wire
1
1
white/blue
B-wire
blue/white
2
white/orange
orange/white
3
white/green
green/white
4
white/brown
brown/white
5
white/gray
gray/white
402
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Installation of OpenScape Business X8
Backplanes of the System Boxes
Color Group
Pair
A-wire
2
6
red/blue
B-wire
blue/red
7
red/orange
orange/red
8
red/green
green/red
9
red/brown
brown/red
10
red/gray
gray/red
3
11
black/blue
blue/black
12
black/orange
orange/black
13
black/green
green/black
14
black/brown
brown/black
15
black/gray
gray/black
4
16
yellow/blue
blue/yellow
17
yellow/orange
orange/yellow
18
yellow/green
green/yellow
19
yellow/brown
brown/yellow
20
yellow/gray
gray/yellow
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
403
Installation of OpenScape Business X8
Trunk Connection
Color Group
Pair
A-wire
5
21
purple/blue
B-wire
blue/purple
22
purple/orange
orange/purple
23
purple/green
green/purple
24
purple/brown
brown/purple
For information on the assignment of the RJ45 jacks of the S0 patch panel
C39104-Z7001-B3 for the station connection and the trunk connection, see
Patch Panels (Optional).
6) Attach the connection cable to the S0 patch panel using cable ties.
Related Topics
6.9 Trunk Connection
The OpenScape Business X8 communication system offers different options for
trunk connections and thus for access to the public communication network.
You can select the trunk connection or connections required for your
communication system from the following options:
•
ISDN point-to-point connection and ISDN point-to-multipoint connection via
S0 interface (not for U.S. and Canada)
•
ISDN Primary Rate Interface via the S2M Interface (not for U.S. and Canada)
•
ISDN Primary Rate Interface via the T1 interface (not for U.S. and Canada)
•
Trunk connection with CAS protocol via CAS interface (for selected countries
only)
•
Analog trunk connections
Related Topics
404
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Installation of OpenScape Business X8
Trunk Connection
6.9.1 Not for U.S. and Canada: How to Set up an ISDN Point-to-Point or ISDN
Point-to-Multipoint Connection via an S0 Port
Prerequisites
WARNING
WARNING
Risk of electric shock through contact with live wires
Use separate ground wires to provide protective grounding for the system boxes
of your communication system as well as all main distribution frames and patch
panels before connecting telephones and lines.
A protective grounding of the S0 patch panel (C39104-Z7001-B3) is not required.
CAUTION
CAUTION
Fire hazard
To reduce the risk of fire, you may only use communication cables with a
conductor diameter of at least 0.4mm (AWG 26) or larger.
•
OpenScape Business X8 is equipped with at least one STMD3 board.
•
During startup, the S0 interface must be configured as an ISDN point-to-point
or ISDN point-to-multipoint connection.
•
An ISDN point-to-point or point-to-multipoint connection is available.
›
Connect the desired S0 port with NTBA of the ISDN point-to-point or ISDN
multipoint connection.
Step by Step
Select one of the following options to do this:
•
If the connection is to be made via the external main distribution frame
MDFU-E, connect the NTBA connection cable to the desired splitting
strip/jumper strip in the MDFU-E.
•
If the connection is to be made via the external S0 patch panel, connect
the NTBA connection cable to the desired RJ45 jack of the S0 patch
panel.
•
If the connection is to be made via the backplane of a system box (i.e., via
a connector panel with eight RJ45 jacks), connect the NTBA connection
cable to the desired RJ45 jack of the desired connector panel.
For more detailed information on cable and pin assignments, see STMD3
Related Topics
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
405
Installation of OpenScape Business X8
Trunk Connection
6.9.2 Not for U.S. and Canada: How to Set up an ISDN Primary Rate
Interface via an S2M Port
Prerequisites
WARNING
WARNING
Risk of electric shock through contact with live wires
Use separate ground wires to provide protective grounding for the system boxes
of your communication system as well as all main distribution frames and patch
panels before connecting telephones and lines.
CAUTION
CAUTION
Fire hazard
To reduce the risk of fire, you may only use communication cables with a
conductor diameter of at least 0.4mm (AWG 26) or larger.
•
OpenScape Business X8 is equipped with at least one DIUT2 or DIUN2
board.
•
One ISDN Primary Rate Interface is available.
›
Connect the desired sub-D connector in the front panel of the desired board
with the NTPM of the ISDN Primary Rate Interface.
Step by Step
For information on the usage and connection types and on the cable and
connector pin assignments, see DIUT2
Related Topics
6.9.3 For U.S. and Canada Only: How to Set up the ISDN Primary Rate
Interface via a T1 Interface
Prerequisites
WARNING
WARNING
Risk of electric shock through contact with live wires
Use separate ground wires to provide protective grounding for the system boxes
of your communication system as well as all main distribution frames and patch
panels before connecting telephones and lines.
406
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Installation of OpenScape Business X8
Trunk Connection
CAUTION
CAUTION
Fire hazard
To reduce the risk of fire, you may only use communication cables with a
conductor diameter of at least 0.4mm (AWG 26) or larger.
•
OpenScape Business X8 is equipped with at least one DIUT2, DIUN2 or
DIU2U board.
•
One Channel Service Unit (CSU) that is approved as per FCC Part 68 and
that satisfies the ANSI directive T1.403 is available. The T1 interface must not
be directly connected to the PSTN (Public Switched Telephone Network). It is
essential that one CSU be installed between the communication system and
the digital trunk connection. The CSU provides the following features for
OpenScape Business X8: Isolation and overvoltage protection of the
communication system, diagnostic options in the event of a malfunction (such
as signal loopback, application of test signals and test patterns), line-up of the
output signal in compliance with the line lengths specified by the network
provider. A CSU is not a delivery component of the OpenScape Business X8
communication system.
•
One ISDN Primary Rate Interface is available.
›
Connect the desired sub-D connector in the front panel of the desired board
with the Channel Service Unit (CSU).
Step by Step
For information on the usage and connection types and on the cable and
connector pin assignments, see DIUT2
Related Topics
6.9.4 For Selected Countries Only: How to Set up a Trunk Connection via
an E1-CAS Interface
Prerequisites
WARNING
WARNING
Risk of electric shock through contact with live wires
Use separate ground wires to provide protective grounding for the system boxes
of your communication system as well as all main distribution frames and patch
panels before connecting telephones and lines.
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
407
Installation of OpenScape Business X8
Trunk Connection
CAUTION
CAUTION
Fire hazard
To reduce the risk of fire, you may only use communication cables with a
conductor diameter of at least 0.4mm (AWG 26) or larger.
•
OpenScape Business X8 is equipped with at least one TMCAS2 or TMCAS
board.
•
A trunk connection with the CAS protocol is available.
›
Connect the desired CAS interface in the front panel of the desired board with
the NT of the trunk connection.
Step by Step
For information on the possible settings and CAS cables, see For Selected
Countries Only: TMCAS2
Related Topics
6.9.5 How to Set up an Analog Trunk Connection
Prerequisites
WARNING
WARNING
Risk of electric shock through contact with live wires
Use separate ground wires to provide protective grounding for the system boxes
of your communication system as well as all main distribution frames and patch
panels before connecting telephones and lines.
CAUTION
CAUTION
Fire hazard
To reduce the risk of fire, you may only use communication cables with a
conductor diameter of at least 0.4mm (AWG 26) or larger.
NOTICE: Fire hazard due to surge voltage
In the case of line lengths exceeding 500 m and where the lines
exit the building, the TMANI, TMDID, TM2LP and TMC16 boards
must be protected by external lightning protection.
Lightning protection of this kind is known as additional primary
protection. The additional primary protection is guaranteed by
408
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Installation of OpenScape Business X8
Connection of phones and devices
installing ÜSAGs (surge arresters, gas filled) in the main
distribution frame, the patch panel or at the entry point of the pipe
in the building. A gas-filled surge arrester with 230 V nominal
voltage is switched to ground from each wire that is to be
protected.
•
OpenScape Business X8 is equipped with at least one TMANI, TMDID,
TM2LP or TMC16 board.
•
For the U.S. and Canada only: A protector as per UL 497A or CSA C22.2
No. 226 is available. The installation regulations require analog trunks to be
connected using approved protectors as per UL 497A or CSA C22.2 No. 226.
•
An analog trunk connection with MSI (main station interface) signaling
procedures (ground-start and loop-start signaling) is available.
›
Connect the desired a/b port of the desired board with the TAE socket of the
analog trunk connection.
Step by Step
Select one of the following options to do this:
•
If the connection is to be made via the external main distribution frame
MDFU-E, connect the TAE connection cable to the desired splitting strip/
jumper strip in the MDFU-E.
•
If the connection is to be made via the external patch panel, connect the
TAE connection cable to the desired RJ45 jack of the patch panel.
•
If the connection is to be made via the backplane of a system box (i.e., via
a connector panel with 24 RJ45 jacks), connect the TAE connection cable
to the desired RJ45 jack of the desired connector panel.
For more detailed information on cable and pin assignments, see
TMANI
For Selected Countries Only: TMDID
Related Topics
6.10 Connection of phones and devices
The OpenScape Business X8 communication system offers various options for
connecting phones and devices.
You can select the connection(s) required for your communication system from
the following options:
•
Direct connection of ISDN phones (not for U.S. and Canada)
•
Connection of ISDN phones via the S0 bus (not for U.S. and Canada)
•
Connection of UP0/E phones
•
Connection of analog phones and devices
Related Topics
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
409
Installation of OpenScape Business X8
Connection of phones and devices
6.10.1 Not for U.S. and Canada: How to Connect ISDN Phones Directly
Prerequisites
WARNING
WARNING
Risk of electric shock through contact with live wires
Use separate ground wires to provide protective grounding for the system boxes
of your communication system as well as all main distribution frames and patch
panels before connecting telephones and lines.
A protective grounding of the S0 patch panel (C39104-Z7001-B3) is not required.
CAUTION
CAUTION
Fire hazard
To reduce the risk of fire, you may only use communication cables with a
conductor diameter of at least 0.4mm (AWG 26) or larger.
NOTICE: Fire hazard due to surge voltage
Only for the station connection interfaces: In the case of line
lengths exceeding 500 m and where the lines exit the building, the
STMD3 board must be protected by external lightning protection.
Lightning protection of this kind is known as additional primary
protection. The additional primary protection is guaranteed by
installing ÜSAGs (surge arresters, gas filled) in the main
distribution frame, the patch panel or at the entry point of the pipe
in the building. A gas-filled surge arrester with 230 V nominal
voltage is switched to ground from each wire that is to be
protected.
•
OpenScape Business X8 is equipped with at least one STMD3 board.
•
The S0 ports used must be configured at startup as an internal S0 connection.
•
The ISDN phones to be connected must have a separate power source, e.g.,
via a power adapter. It is not possible to obtain power via the S0 ports of the
STMD3 board.
Step by Step
1) Connect the desired S0 port with the ISDN telephone.
Select one of the following options to do this:
410
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Installation of OpenScape Business X8
Connection of phones and devices
•
If the connection is to be made via the external main distribution frame
MDFU-E, connect the ISDN phone connection cable to the desired
splitting strip in the MDFU-E.
•
If the connection is to be made via the external S0 patch panel, connect
the ISDN phone connection cable to the desired RJ45 jack of the S0 patch
panel.
•
If the connection is to be made via the backplane of a system box (i.e., via
a connector panel with eight RJ45 jacks), connect the ISDN phone
connection cable to the desired RJ45 jack of the desired connector panel.
For more detailed information on cable and pin assignments, see STMD3
INFO: Refer to the installation instructions of the phone to be
connected.
2) If present, connect any further ISDN phones to the communication system by
the same method.
Related Topics
6.10.2 Not for U.S. and Canada: How to Connect ISDN Phones via the S0
Bus
Prerequisites
WARNING
WARNING
Risk of electric shock through contact with live wires
Use separate ground wires to provide protective grounding for the system boxes
of your communication system as well as all main distribution frames and patch
panels before connecting telephones and lines.
A protective grounding of the S0 patch panel (C39104-Z7001-B3) is not required.
CAUTION
CAUTION
Fire hazard
To reduce the risk of fire, you may only use communication cables with a
conductor diameter of at least 0.4mm (AWG 26) or larger.
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
411
Installation of OpenScape Business X8
Connection of phones and devices
NOTICE: Fire hazard due to surge voltage
Only for the station connection interfaces: In the case of line
lengths exceeding 500 m and where the lines exit the building, the
STMD3 board must be protected by external lightning protection.
Lightning protection of this kind is known as additional primary
protection. The additional primary protection is guaranteed by
installing ÜSAGs (surge arresters, gas filled) in the main
distribution frame, the patch panel or at the entry point of the pipe
in the building. A gas-filled surge arrester with 230 V nominal
voltage is switched to ground from each wire that is to be
protected.
•
OpenScape Business X8 is equipped with at least one STMD3 board.
•
The S0 ports used must be configured at startup as an internal S0 connection.
•
The ISDN phones to be connected must have a separate power source, e.g.,
via a power adapter. It is not possible to obtain power via the S0 ports of the
STMD3 board.
•
Every individual ISDN phone (ISDN stations) must be assigned a unique
Multiple Subscriber Number (MSN). This assignment must be made in the
configuration menu of the ISDN station.
Step by Step
1) Connect the desired S0 port with the Mini Western socket of the S0 bus.
Select one of the following options to do this:
•
If the connection is to be made via the external main distribution frame
MDFU-E, connect the connection cable of the Mini Western socket of the
S0 bus to the desired splitting strip in the MDFU-E.
•
If the connection is to be made via the external S0 patch panel, connect
the connection cable of the Mini Western socket of the S0 bus to the
desired RJ45 jack of the S0 patch panel.
•
If the connection is to be made via the backplane of a system box (i.e., via
a connector panel with eight RJ45 jacks), connect the connection cable of
the Mini Western socket of the S0 bus to the desired RJ45 jack of the
desired connector panel.
For more detailed information on cable and pin assignments, see STMD3
2) Complete the wiring as shown in the following diagram.
412
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Installation of OpenScape Business X8
Connection of phones and devices
Mini-Western through-jack
(MW8)
OpenScape business X 8
(STMD3: S0 port (with
permanently integrated
terminating resistors)
Tb Rb Ra Ta
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
For ISDN phones, the Receive
and Transmit lines must be
swapped in each case.
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
1. Mini Western socket
(MW8)
Rb Tb Ta Ra
6
5
4
3
Power through local power
supply with RJ45 jack
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
2. Mini Western socket
(MW8)
Rb Tb Ta Ra
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
3. Mini Western socket
(MW8)
Rb Tb Ta Ra
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
8. Mini Western socket
(MW8)
Rb Tb Ta Ra
Terminating resistors (100 Ohm/
0.25 W) in the last socket
3) Install terminating resistors (100 Ohm/0.25 W) in the last socket of the S0 bus.
4) Make sure that terminating resistors are only connected to the two ends of the
S0 bus. No terminating resistors are required for the other sockets of the S0
bus.
INFO: Since terminating resistors are already integrated into
OpenScape Business X8, the communication system forms one
end of an S0 bus.
INFO: Refer to the installation instructions of the phone to be
connected.
Related Topics
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
413
Installation of OpenScape Business X8
Connection of phones and devices
6.10.3 How to Connect UP0/E Phones
Prerequisites
WARNING
WARNING
Risk of electric shock through contact with live wires
Use separate ground wires to provide protective grounding for the system boxes
of your communication system as well as all main distribution frames and patch
panels before connecting telephones and lines.
CAUTION
CAUTION
Fire hazard
To reduce the risk of fire, you may only use communication cables with a
conductor diameter of at least 0.4mm (AWG 26) or larger.
NOTICE: Fire hazard due to surge voltage
In the case of line lengths exceeding 500 m and where the lines
exit the building, the SLMO2 and SLMO8 boards must be
protected by external lightning protection.
Lightning protection of this kind is known as additional primary
protection. The additional primary protection is guaranteed by
installing ÜSAGs (surge arresters, gas filled) in the main
distribution frame, the patch panel or at the entry point of the pipe
in the building. A gas-filled surge arrester with 230 V nominal
voltage is switched to ground from each wire that is to be
protected.
•
OpenScape Business X8 is equipped with at least one SLMO2 or SLMO8
board.
Step by Step
1) Connect the desired UP0/E port with the UP0/E phone.
Select one of the following options to do this:
414
•
If the connection is to be made via the external main distribution frame
MDFU-E, connect the UP0/E phone connection cable to the desired
splitting strip/jumper strip in the MDFU-E.
•
If the connection is to be made via the external patch panel, connect the
connection cable of the UP0/E telephone to the desired RJ45 jack of the
patch panel.
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Installation of OpenScape Business X8
Connection of phones and devices
•
If the connection is to be made via the backplane of a system box (i.e., via
a connector panel with 24 RJ45 jacks), connect the UP0/E phone
connection cable to the desired RJ45 jack of the desired connector panel.
For more detailed information on cable and pin assignments, see SLMO8N,
SLMO24N
INFO: Refer to the installation instructions of the phone to be
connected.
2) If present, connect any further UP0/E phones to the communication system by
the same method.
Related Topics
6.10.4 How to Connect Analog Telephones and Devices
Prerequisites
WARNING
WARNING
Risk of electric shock through contact with live wires
Use separate ground wires to provide protective grounding for the system boxes
of your communication system as well as all main distribution frames and patch
panels before connecting telephones and lines.
CAUTION
CAUTION
Fire hazard
To reduce the risk of fire, you may only use communication cables with a
conductor diameter of at least 0.4mm (AWG 26) or larger.
NOTICE: Fire hazard due to surge voltage
In the case of line lengths exceeding 500 m and where the lines
exit the building, the SLMAV8, SLMAV24, SLMA8, SLMA24,
SLMA2, SLMAE8 and SLMAE24 boards must be protected by
external lightning protection.
Lightning protection of this kind is known as additional primary
protection. The additional primary protection is guaranteed by
installing ÜSAGs (surge arresters, gas filled) in the main
distribution frame, the patch panel or at the entry point of the pipe
in the building. A gas-filled surge arrester with 230 V nominal
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
415
Installation of OpenScape Business X8
Closing Activities
voltage is switched to ground from each wire that is to be
protected.
•
OpenScape Business X8 is equipped with at least one SLMAV8, SLMAV24,
SLMA8, SLMA24, SLMA2, SLMAE8 or SLMAE24 board.
Step by Step
1) Connect the desired a/b port to be connected to the analog device (phone,
fax, modem, loudspeaker, etc.).
Select one of the following options to do this:
•
If the connection is to be made via the external main distribution frame
MDFU-E, connect the connection cable of the analog phone or device to
the desired splitting strip/jumper strip in the MDFU-E.
•
If the connection is to be made via the external patch panel, connect the
connection cable of the analog telephone or device to the desired RJ45
jack of the patch panel.
•
If the connection is to be made via the backplane of a system box (i.e., via
a connector panel with 24 RJ45 jacks), connect the connection cable of
the analog telephone or device to the desired RJ45 jack of the desired
connector panel.
For more detailed information on cable and pin assignments, see SLMAV8N,
SLMAV24N
INFO: Please see the specifications in the installation instructions
of the phone/device to be connected, especially with regard to the
ring voltage. The a/b interfaces of the SLMA8 and SLMA24
boards supply a ring voltage of 35 Veff. Malfunctions can occur
depending on the phone or device connected. If a higher ring
voltage is required, the connection must be made to the board
SLMAV8, SLMAV24 (ring voltage = 71 Veff), SLMA2 (in
combination with an external ring voltage generator RGMOD: ring
voltage = 65 Veff up to 85 Veff) or SLMAE8, SLMAE24 (ring
voltage = 65 Veff).
2) If present, connect any further analog phones or devices to the
communication system by the same method.
Related Topics
6.11 Closing Activities
To complete the installation, the SDHC card must be inserted, and a visual
inspection must be performed. Furthermore, for standalone installations, all
system boxes of the communication system must be closed with the plastic
covers provided for this purpose. Finally, the system is connected to the mains
power supply.
416
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Installation of OpenScape Business X8
Closing Activities
The communication system can then be put into operation with the OpenScape
Business Assistant (WBM). The description of this can be found in the online help
of the WBM or in the Administrator Documentation in the section "Initial
Installation of OpenScape Business".
INFO: During the initial startup of the communication system, the
charge state of the battery on the mainboard is undefined. To
achieve an adequate charge state, the system must remain
connected to the mains power supply for at least 2 days. If the
system is disconnected from the mains power supply, the battery
may be insufficiently charged and could potentially cause the
activation period to be blocked due to time manipulation
Related Topics
6.11.1 How to Insert the SDHC Card
The SDHC card contains the OpenScape Business communication software and
must be inserted before starting up the communication system.
Step by Step
1) Make sure that the write protection of the SDHC card is disabled (switch
directed toward metal contacts).
2) Insert the SDHC card into the SD slot of the mainboard until it snaps into
place. The metal contacts of the SDHC card must point towards the
mainboard.
Related Topics
6.11.2 How to Perform a Visual Inspection
Before starting up the communication system, you must perform a visual
inspection of the hardware, cables, and the power supply.
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
417
Installation of OpenScape Business X8
Closing Activities
Prerequisites
DANGER
DANGER
Risk of electric shock through contact with live wires
Disconnect all power supply circuits of the communication system before starting
to perform a visual inspection:
•
Disconnect the battery voltage, supply voltage (LUNA2) and line voltage at
any connected OpenScape Business Powerbox.
•
Disconnect the line cords attached to any connected OpenScape Business
Powerbox.
•
Disconnect the line cords of any connected battery pack or any connected
batteries.
•
Disconnect all power plugs of the communication system.
NOTICE: Always wear an antistatic wristband when handling
boards.
The ESD measures for protecting electrostatically sensitive
devices must be observed and followed (see Warnings: Note).
•
The front and rear plastic covers are not attached to the system boxes.
Step by Step
1) Disconnect all power supply circuits of the communication system.
2) Make sure that the communication system is de-energized.
3) Make sure that the SDHC card is correctly inserted. The write protection of
the SDHC card must be disabled (switch directed toward metal contacts).
4) Check that all boards are secure.
If requires, verify that the boards involved have been inserted properly (see
How to Insert a Board).
5) Ensure that all connection cables have been correctly laid and secured. Is
there any risk of tripping over a cable, for example?
If required, make sure that the connection cables are properly installed.
6) Check to ensure that the shielding covers are properly installed for unused
board slots or slots that are equipped with peripheral boards that only have
plastic covers.
If required, install the missing shielding covers (see How to Install Shielding
Covers).
418
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Installation of OpenScape Business X8
Closing Activities
7) Verify that the slots for the LUNA2 power supplies and the REALS board
inside the base box are covered by an outer panel.
If necessary, attach the missing outer panel.
8) Verify that the slots for the LUNA2 power supplies and the REALS board
inside the expansion box (if available) are covered by an outer panel.
If necessary, attach the missing outer panel.
9) Check for the presence of shielding panels on the backplane for boards that
do not have connector panels.
If necessary, install the missing shielding panel (see How to Mount Connector
or Shielding Panels).
10) Check whether a separate ground wire is connected to the ground terminal of
each system box.
If required, perform the separate grounding of all system boxes (see
Protective Grounding for Standalone Installations and Protective Grounding
for 19’’ Rack-mount Installations).
11) Make sure that any main distribution frames and/or patch panels being used
are properly connected to the ground wire.
If required, perform the separate grounding of all main distribution frames
and/or patch panels (see Protective Grounding for Standalone Installations
and Protective Grounding for 19’’ Rack-mount Installations).
12) Check whether the nominal voltage of the mains power supply corresponds
to the nominal voltage of the communication system (type plate).
Next steps
Only for standalone installations: close all system boxes of the communication
system with the plastic covers provided for this purpose (see Only for Standalone
Installations: How to Mount the Plastic Covers of a System Box).
Related Topics
6.11.3 Only for Standalone Installations: How to Mount the Plastic Covers
of a System Box
For standalone installations, all system boxes must be closed with the provided
plastic covers provided for this purpose before starting up the communication
system.
Step by Step
1) Place the pins on the lower edge of a plastic cover into the guide slots on the
front side of the base box.
2) Press the plastic cover towards the base box until it snaps into place.
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
419
Installation of OpenScape Business X8
Closing Activities
3) Repeat steps 1 and 2 to mount the plastic cover on the back of the base box.
4) Repeat steps 1 through 3 to mount the plastic covers for the extension box, if
any.
Related Topics
6.11.4 How to Connect the System to the Mains
Step by Step
›
Plug the power cord into the socket of the power supply. The communication
system boots up.
NOTICE: Leave the system connected to the mains for at least 2
days so that the mainboard battery is adequately charged. If the
charge state is insufficient, it is possible that repeated booting of
the system could cause the activation period to be blocked due to
time manipulation.
Related Topics
420
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Extensions
OpenScape Business Powerbox
7 Extensions
This section describes the supplementary equipment and extensions that are not
part of the standard installation of the OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8
communication systems.
Related Topics
7.1 OpenScape Business Powerbox
The 19'' rack mount case of the OpenScape Business Powerbox can be used as
an uninterruptible power supply and as an auxiliary power supply for OpenScape
Business X3/X5/X8 communication systems.
Figure: OpenScape Business Powerbox
OpenScape Business X3/X5: Possible Use Cases for the OpenScape
Business Powerbox
•
Use as an uninterruptible power supply
OpenScape Business Powerbox equipped with four 12V 7Ah batteries (48V
7Ah battery pack)
The charging of batteries in the OpenScape Business Powerbox occurs
through the power supply of the communication system (UPSC-D for
OpenScape Business X3W/X5W, UPSC-DR for OpenScape Business X3R/
X5R).
Only the 48V 7Ah battery pack (with four 12V 7Ah batteries, V39113-W5123E891) is released for connection to the UPSC-D and the UPSC-DR.
INFO: Battery packs with voltages < 35 V (tolerance range: 33 V
to 37 V) are not charged by the UPSC-D and the UPSC-DR. This
ensures that operating a low-voltage battery pack (e.g., a 24 V
battery pack) or a faulty battery pack is not possible at the UPSCD and the UPSC-DR.
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
421
Extensions
OpenScape Business Powerbox
•
Use as auxiliary power supply
OpenScape Business Powerbox equipped with a LUNA2 as external power
supply. Using the LUNA2 increases the nominal power output at the -48V
output to 110 watts (LUNA2 works in the operation mode 2a and supplies a
voltage of 54.7V.).
The DC output of the OpenScape Business Powerbox is connected to the 48VDC input of the communication system's power supply (UPSC-D for
OpenScape Business X3W/X5W and UPSC-DR for OpenScape Business
X3R/X5R). The -48 VDC output of the communication system's power supply
is deactivated when the external power supply is connected.
•
Use as auxiliary power supply and uninterruptible power supply
OpenScape Business Powerbox is equipped with
–
a LUNA2 as an external power supply. Using the LUNA2 increases the
nominal power output at the -48V output to 110 watts (LUNA2 works in the
operation mode 2a and supplies a voltage of 54.7V.).
The DC output of the OpenScape Business Powerbox is connected to the
-48VDC input of the communication system's power supply (UPSC-D for
OpenScape Business X3W/X5W and UPSC-DR for OpenScape
Business X3R/X5R). The -48 VDC output of the communication system's
power supply is deactivated when the external power supply is
connected.
–
four 12V 7Ah batteries (48V 7Ah battery pack).
The LUNA2 is used for charging the batteries in the OpenScape Business
Powerbox.
Only the 48V 7Ah battery pack (with four 12V 7Ah batteries, V39113W5123-E891) is released for connection to the UPSC-D and the UPSCDR.
INFO: Battery packs with voltages < 35 V (tolerance range: 33 V
to 37 V) are not charged by the UPSC-D and the UPSC-DR. This
ensures that operating a low-voltage battery pack (e.g., a 24 V
battery pack) or a faulty battery pack is not possible at the UPSCD and the UPSC-DR.
OpenScape Business X8: Possible Use Cases for the OpenScape Business
Powerbox
The OpenScape Business Powerbox is used as an uninterruptible power supply.
One OpenScape Business Powerbox is required for each system box of the
communication system. The following options are available:
•
422
OpenScape Business Powerbox equipped with four 12V 7Ah batteries (48V
7Ah battery pack)
The batteries are charged via the redundant LUNA2 in the respective system
box.
Only the 48V 7Ah battery pack (with four 12V 7Ah batteries, V39113-W5123E891) is released for use in the OpenScape Business Powerbox.
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Extensions
OpenScape Business Powerbox
•
OpenScape Business Powerbox equipped with four 12V 7Ah batteries (48V
7Ah battery pack) and one LUNA2 power supply
Battery charging occurs through the LUNA2 in the OpenScape Business
Powerbox (LUNA2 works in the operation mode 2a and supplies a voltage of
54.7V.).
Only the 48V 7Ah battery pack (with four 12V 7Ah batteries, V39113-W5123E891) is released for use in the OpenScape Business Powerbox.
Related Topics
7.1.1 Construction Data
The dimensions and weight of the OpenScape Business Powerbox are specified
below, with and without the batteries and the LUNA2 power supply.
Dimensions:
•
Height: approx. 155 mm
•
Width: approx. 440 mm
•
Depth: approx. 380 mm
•
Height units for 19’’ rack-mount installation: 4
Weight:
•
Empty weight: approx. 7.0 kg
•
Total weight (equipped with four 12V 7Ah batteries and LUNA2): 21.0 kg
•
Battery compartment with four 12V 7Ah batteries: approx. 12.0 kg
•
Single 12V 7Ah battery: approx. 2.65 kg
•
Power supply LUNA2: approx. 2.0 kg
Related Topics
7.1.2 Controls, Indicators and Connections
On the front panel and on the rear side of the OpenScape Business Powerbox,
there are switches to turn on and turn off the power supply and output voltages.
An LED on the front panel displays the operating status of the LUNA2. The rear
panel offers various connectivity options and access to four fuses.
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
423
Extensions
OpenScape Business Powerbox
Front Panel
Figure: OpenScape Business Powerbox – Front panel
1
No.
1
2
3
Control/Indicator
LED for displaying the LUNA2 operating status:
• Flashing:
– At least one secondary power supply is outside the tolerance range.
The supply of power from the LUNA2 is insufficient. LUNA2 is defective.
2
Secondary power switch (LUNA2):
• On: LUNA2 provides secondary power.
• Off: LUNA2 does not provide secondary power.
3
Mains switch:
• On: OpenScape Powerbox is supplied with mains voltage.
• Off: OpenScape Powerbox is not supplied with mains voltage.
Rear panel
Figure: OpenScape Business Powerbox – Rear side of housing
1
3 45 67
8 9
10
11 12 13
2
424
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Extensions
OpenScape Business Powerbox
No.
1
Connection / Control / Fuse
Output voltage:
Connector for the power cable to the communication system
2
Line input:
Connects for the power cord of the OpenScape Business Powerbox
3
Fan switch:
This switch is not used.
4
Fuse F1 (2.5 A/T):
Protection for X1 output
5
X1 connector:
This connector is not used.
6
Fuse F2 (2.5 A/T):
Protection for X2 output
7
X2 connector:
OpenScape Business Powerbox
OpenScape Business Powerbox
equipped with four 12V 7Ah batteries: equipped with four 12V 7Ah batteries
and one LUNA2 power supply:
• No connector
• Connector for the C39195-A7985B24 connection cable to the
OpenScape Business X3R/X5R
communication system
• Connector for the C39195-A7985B37 connection cable to the
OpenScape Business X3W/X5W
communication system
8
Fuse F3 (16 A/T):
Protection for X3 output
9
X3 connector:
OpenScape Business Powerbox
OpenScape Business Powerbox
equipped with four 12V 7Ah batteries: equipped with four 12V 7Ah batteries
and one LUNA2 power supply:
• No connector
• Connector for the C39195-A7985B24 connection cable to the
OpenScape Business X3R/X5R
communication system
• Connector for the C39195-A7985B37 connection cable to the
OpenScape Business X3W/X5W
communication system
• Connector for the C39195-Z7985B11 connection cable to the
OpenScape Business X8
communication system
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
425
Extensions
OpenScape Business Powerbox
No.
10
Connection / Control / Fuse
X7 connector:
OpenScape Business Powerbox
OpenScape Business Powerbox
equipped with four 12V 7Ah batteries: equipped with four 12V 7Ah batteries
and one LUNA2 power supply:
• No connector
• Port for the C39195-A7985-B38
connection cable to the XBatt
connector
11
XBatt connector:
OpenScape Business Powerbox
OpenScape Business Powerbox
equipped with four 12V 7Ah batteries: equipped with four 12V 7Ah batteries
• Connector for the C39195-A7985- and one LUNA2 power supply:
B24 connection cable to the
OpenScape Business X3R/X5R
communication system
• Port for the C39195-A7985-B38
connection cable to the X7
connector
• Connector for the C39195-A7985B37 connection cable to the
OpenScape Business X3W/X5W
communication system
• Connector for the C39195-Z7985B11 connection cable to the
OpenScape Business X8
communication system
12
XBatt switch (DC switch):
• On: OpenScape Powerbox provides power at the XBatt output.
• Off: OpenScape Powerbox does not provide power at the XBatt output.
13
Fuse F4 (16 A/T):
Protection for XBbatt output
Related Topics
7.1.3 Components
The orderable components of OpenScape Business Powerbox are described
here.
•
OpenScape Business Powerbox (empty housing): S30177-U773-X
•
Mounting kit for 19'' rack mount: C39165-A7027-D1
•
Mounting kit for wall mounting and standalone installation (desktop): C39165A7027-D2
•
12V 7Ah battery: V39113-W5123-E891
•
LUNA2 power supply: S30122-H7686-X1
•
Power cord (country-specific): C39195-Z7001-Cxx
•
Connection cable for OpenScape Business X3R/X5R:
–
426
OpenScape Business Powerbox equipped with four 12V 7Ah batteries:
C39195-A7985-B24
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Extensions
OpenScape Business Powerbox
–
•
•
OpenScape Business Powerbox equipped with four 12V 7Ah batteries
and one LUNA2 power supply: C39195-A7985-B24, C39195-A7985-B38
Connection cable for OpenScape Business X3W/X5W:
–
OpenScape Business Powerbox equipped with four 12V 7Ah batteries:
C39195-A7985-B37
–
OpenScape Business Powerbox equipped with four 12V 7Ah batteries
and one LUNA2 power supply: C39195-A7985-B37, C39195-A7985-B38
Connection cable for OpenScape Business X8:
–
OpenScape Business Powerbox equipped with four 12V 7Ah batteries:
C39195-A7985-B11
–
OpenScape Business Powerbox equipped with four 12V 7Ah batteries
and one LUNA2 power supply: C39195-Z7985-B11, C39195-A7985-B38
Related Topics
7.1.4 Installation Methods
The OpenScape Business Powerbox can be mounted in a 19'' rack, on a wall or
as a standalone unit (desktop operation).
Related Topics
7.1.4.1 How to Mount the OpenScape Business Powerbox in a 19-inch Rack
Prerequisites
•
The prerequisites for selecting the installation site were taken into account.
INFO: The prerequisites for selecting the installation location for
the OpenScape Business Powerbox are the same as those for the
OpenScape Business X5R communication system (see
Prerequisites for Installation).
•
The cabinet-specific screws required for attaching the support and angle
brackets to the 19-inch rack are available (These must be provided by the 19inch rack supplier).
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
427
Extensions
OpenScape Business Powerbox
Step by Step
1) Attach the two supplied angle brackets to the sides of the OpenScape
Business Powerbox using the two screws provided for each bracket.
Figure: OpenScape Business Powerbox – Angle Brackets
2) Mount a right and a left support bracket (included with the 19 inch rack
mounting kit (C39165-A7027-D1)) to the 19-inch rack with the screws
provided for this purpose.
Figure: OpenScape Business Powerbox – Support Brackets
3) Lift the OpenScape Business Powerbox into the 19-inch rack and place it on
the two support brackets [A]. Slide the OpenScape Business Powerbox into
the 19-inch rack until the two brackets are flush with the front of the 19-inch
frame.
4) Use the two angle brackets [B] and the screws provided to attach the
OpenScape Business Powerbox to the 19-inch rack.
428
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Extensions
OpenScape Business Powerbox
B
A
Related Topics
7.1.4.2 How to Mount the OpenScape Business Powerbox to a Wall
Prerequisites
•
The prerequisites for selecting the installation site were taken into account.
INFO: The prerequisites for selecting the installation location for
the OpenScape Business Powerbox are the same as those for the
OpenScape Business X5R communication system (see
Prerequisites for Installation).
•
A strong wall for the installation of the OpenScape Business Powerbox is
available.
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
429
Extensions
OpenScape Business Powerbox
Step by Step
1) Attach the two angle brackets [A] and [B] to the underside of the OpenScape
Business Powerbox housing using the supplied screws.
A
B
2) Drill a hole for the top angle bracket [A].
3) Insert a wall anchor into the drilled hole and screw in a screw, leaving approx.
2 mm projecting.
4) Hang the OpenScape Business Powerbox with the upper angle bracket [A].
5) Drill a hole for the bottom angle bracket [B].
6) Insert a wall anchor into the drilled hole and secure the bottom angle bracket
[B] with a screw.
Related Topics
7.1.4.3 How to Set up the OpenScape Business Powerbox as a Standalone Unit (Desktop
Operation)
Prerequisites
•
The prerequisites for selecting the installation site were taken into account.
INFO: The prerequisites for selecting the installation location for
the OpenScape Business Powerbox are the same as those for the
OpenScape Business X5R communication system (see
Prerequisites for Installation).
Step by Step
›
430
Attach the four adhesive rubber feet to the underside of the OpenScape
Business Powerbox, one per corner.
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Extensions
OpenScape Business Powerbox
NOTICE: To ensure the safe operation of the OpenScape
Business Powerbox, the unit should not be moved during
operation!
Related Topics
7.1.5 OpenScape Business Powerbox with Batteries and/or LUNA2 Power
Supply
When the OpenScape Business Powerbox is equipped with four 12V 7Ah
batteries (48V 7Ah battery pack) and/or the LUNA2 power supply, it can be used
as an uninterruptible power supply and/or an auxiliary power supply for the
OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8 communication systems.
Figure: OpenScape Business Powerbox – Equipped with four 12V 7Ah batteries and
LUNA2 power supply
NOTICE: When storing an OpenScape Business Powerbox
equipped with batteries or during prolonged periods of nonoperation, the F4 fuse (protection for XBatt output) must be
removed.
To avoid transport damage, the OpenScape Business Powerbox
must not be transported with the batteries installed.
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
431
Extensions
OpenScape Business Powerbox
Block Diagrams
The following block diagrams show the wiring within the OpenScape Business
Powerbox.
Figure: OpenScape Business Powerbox – Block diagram with four 12V 7Ah batteries
Mains switch
L1
N
PE
EMC
filter
1
2
3
1
2
3
In
L1
N
PE
Out
F1
Power Box
Controller
PBC
X1
F2
X2
F3
X3
Fan
switch
X7
Fan connection
4 x 12 V/7 Ah
F4
DC switch
XBatt
432
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Extensions
OpenScape Business Powerbox
Figure: OpenScape Business Powerbox – Block diagram with four 12V 7Ah batteries
and LUNA2 power supply
Mains switch
L1
N
PE
EMC
filter
1
2
3
1
2
3
In
L1
N
PE
Out
F1
Power Box
Controller
PBC
X1
F2
X2
F3
X3
Fan
switch
X7
In
Fan connection
LUNA2
4 x 12 V/7 Ah
Out
F4
DC switch
XBatt
Related Topics
7.1.5.1 How to Install the Batteries in the OpenScape Business Powerbox
Prerequisites
•
Four 12V 7Ah batteries (4 x V39113-W5123-E891) are available.
DANGER
DANGER
Risk of electric shock through contact with live wires
Disconnect all power supply circuits of the OpenScape Business Powerbox
before opening the housing:
•
Turn off the output voltages and power supply.
•
Disconnect all connection cables of the OpenScape Business Powerbox.
Step by Step
1) Turn off the switch secondary power (LUNA2), the XBatt switch and the mains
switch.
2) Disconnect all power supply circuits of the OpenScape Business Powerbox.
3) Remove the F4 fuse (protection for XBatt output)
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
433
Extensions
OpenScape Business Powerbox
4) Make sure that the OpenScape Business Powerbox is de-energized.
5) Loosen the screws in the front panel and remove it.
6) Pull out the battery compartment from the left housing compartment and place
it on a flat surface.
7) Remove the mounting screw [A] on the battery retainer [B] and remove the
battery retaining bracket.
A
B
8) Carefully insert the four batteries into the battery compartment.
9) Insert the eight cable connector lugs [D] carefully onto the contacts of the four
batteries.
C
10) Secure the connection cable to the battery compartment using cable ties.
11) Reinsert the battery retainer and secure it with the retaining screw.
12) Slide the battery container until it stops into the left housing compartment of
the OpenScape Business Powerbox.
434
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Extensions
OpenScape Business Powerbox
13) Put the front panel back on and secure it with the mounting screws.
14) Reconnect all power and connection cables.
15) Reinsert the F4 fuse (protection for XBatt output)
16) Place the OpenScape Business Powerbox back into operation.
Related Topics
7.1.5.2 How to Mount the LUNA2 Power Supply in the OpenScape Business Powerbox
DANGER
DANGER
Risk of electric shock through contact with live wires
Disconnect all power supply circuits of the OpenScape Business Powerbox
before opening the housing:
•
Turn off the output voltages and power supply.
•
Disconnect all connection cables of the OpenScape Business Powerbox.
Step by Step
1) Turn off the switch secondary power (LUNA2), the XBatt switch and the mains
switch.
2) Disconnect all power supply circuits of the OpenScape Business Powerbox.
3) Remove the F4 fuse (protection for XBatt output)
4) Make sure that the OpenScape Business Powerbox is de-energized.
5) Loosen the screws in the front panel and remove it.
6) Slide the LUNA2 power supply until it stops into the right housing
compartment of the OpenScape Business Powerbox.
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
435
Extensions
OpenScape Business Powerbox
7) Put the front panel back on and secure it with the mounting screws.
8) Reconnect all power and connection cables.
9) Reinsert the F4 fuse (protection for XBatt output)
10) Place the OpenScape Business Powerbox back into operation.
Related Topics
7.1.6 Connection Cables to the Communication Systems
Different connection cables are available for connecting the OpenScape
Business Powerbox with a communication system. These are dependent on the
configuration of the OpenScape Business Powerbox and the communication
system.
Related Topics
7.1.6.1 How to Attach the Connection Cables to the Communication System
Prerequisites
•
The required connection cable or cables are available.
›
Select one of the following options:
Step by Step
•
If you want to connect an OpenScape Business Powerbox (equipped with
four 12V 7Ah batteries and one LUNA2) with an OpenScape Business
X3R/X5R, the connection cable C39195-A7985-B24 is required.
Connect the OpenScape Business Powerbox with the OpenScape
Business X3R/X5R as shown in the following figure.
To ensure trouble-free operation of the communication system, the plug
for the Powerbox connector X2 must not be inserted when using the
C39195-A7985-B24 connection cable.
436
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Extensions
OpenScape Business Powerbox
OpenScape Business X5R/X3R
C39195-A7985-B24
OpenScape Business Powerbox
XBatt
4 x 12 V / 7 Ah
•
X7
X3
X2
X1
Do not connect!
If you want to connect an OpenScape Business Powerbox (equipped with
four 12V 7Ah batteries and one LUNA2) with an OpenScape Business
X3R/X5R, the connection cables C39195-A7985-B24 and C39195A7985-B38 are required.
Connect the OpenScape Business Powerbox with the OpenScape
Business X3R/X5R as shown in the following figure.
OpenScape Business X3R/X5R
C39195-A7985-B24
OpenScape Business Powerbox
C39195-A7985-B38
XBatt
4 x 12 V/7 Ah
LUNA2
•
X7
X3
X2
X1
If you want to connect an OpenScape Business Powerbox (equipped with
four 12V 7Ah batteries and one LUNA2) with an OpenScape Business
X3W/X5W, the connection cable C39195-A7985-B37 is required.
Connect the OpenScape Business Powerbox with the OpenScape
Business X3W/X5W as shown in the following figure.
To ensure trouble-free operation of the communication system, the plug
for the Powerbox connector X2 must not be inserted when using the
C39195-A7985-B37 connection cable.
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
437
Extensions
OpenScape Business Powerbox
OpenScape Business X3W/X5W
C39195-A7985-B37
OpenScape Business Powerbox
XBatt
4 x 12 V / 7 Ah
•
X7
X3
X2
X1
Do not connect!
If you want to connect an OpenScape Business Powerbox (equipped with
four 12V 7Ah batteries and one LUNA2) with an OpenScape Business
X3W/X5W, the connection cables C39195-A7985-B37 and C39195A7985-B38 are required.
Connect the OpenScape Business Powerbox with the OpenScape
Business X3W/X5W as shown in the following figure.
OpenScape Business X3W/X5W
C39195-A7985-B37
OpenScape Business Powerbox
C39195-A7985-B38
XBatt
4 x 12 V/7 Ah
LUNA2
•
X7
X3
X2
X1
If you want to connect an OpenScape Business Powerbox (equipped with
four 12V 7Ah batteries and one LUNA2) with an OpenScape Business X8,
the connection cable C39195-Z7985-B11 is required.
Connect the OpenScape Business Powerbox with the OpenScape
Business X8 as shown in the following figure.
438
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Extensions
OpenScape Business Powerbox
OpenScape Business X8
C39195-Z7985-B11
OpenScape Business Powerbox
XBatt
4 x 12 V/7 Ah
•
X7
X3
X2
X1
If you want to connect an OpenScape Business Powerbox (equipped with
four 12V 7Ah batteries and one LUNA2) with an OpenScape Business X8,
the connection cables C39195-A7985-B11 and C39195-A7985-B38 are
required.
Connect the OpenScape Business Powerbox with the OpenScape
Business X8 as shown in the following figure.
OpenScape Business X8
C39195-Z7985-B11
OpenScape Business Powerbox
C39195-A7985-B38
XBatt
4 x 12 V/7 Ah
LUNA2
X7
X3
X2
X1
Related Topics
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
439
Integrated Cordless Solution
System Overview
8 Integrated Cordless Solution
OpenScape Business Cordless is integrated cordless solution for the operation of
cordless telephones (DECT phones) via the communication system. With the
connected DECT phones, the HFA features of OpenScape Business can be
used.
In the integrated cordless solution, the DECT phones are internal, system-specific
stations as opposed to separate DECT systems, which are connected via
standard interfaces.
The connection of OpenScape Business base stations for the operation of DECT
phones can be implemented via:
•
Direct connection to the UP0/E interfaces on the mainboard of the OpenScape
Business X1/X3/X5 communication systems (DECT Light)
•
Connection to the UP0/E interfaces of a Cordless board of the OpenScape
Business X5W/X8 communication systems
The Cordless radio technology corresponds to the DECT (Digital Enhanced
Cordless Telecommunications) Standard. The entire radio area administered by
the system is made up of base stations, which together form either a complete
network of overlapping radio cells or individual radio "islands". The size of a radio
cell is dependent on the local/structural factors.
The integrated Cordless solution supports GAP-enabled mobile telephones from
third-party manufacturers. The full HFA scope of services can, however, only be
used with approved DECT phones.
The description of the configuration can be found in the Administrator
Documentation (Configuring the Integrated Cordless Solution), and the
description of the boards and base stations can be found in the Service
Documentation (Integrated Cordless Solution).
Related Topics
8.1 System Overview
The integrated Cordless solution enables the direct connection (DECT Light) or
the board connection of base stations to the communication system.
Direct Connections (DECT Light)
The base stations can be connected directly to the UP0/E interfaces of the central
control boards OCCMR and OCCM of the OpenScape Business X3R/X3W and
OpenScape Business X5R/X5W communication systems.
The connection of the base stations must be made via one UP0/E interface each.
By using the CMA subboard on the central control boards OCCMR and OCCM,
the ADPCM conversion and echo cancellation functions (16 channels) are made
available. Up to four calls an be conducted per base station. Up to seven base
stations can be connected to the UP0/E interfaces of the central control boards
OCCM and OCCMR. A mix of base stations of types BS3/1 and BS4 is possible.
440
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Integrated Cordless Solution
System Overview
If no CMA is installed, a maximum of two calls can be conducted per base station.
In this case, the ADPCM conversion is performed directly by the DECT base
station.
Board connection
The base stations BS3/1, BS3/3 and BS4 can be connected to the UP0/E
interfaces of the following Cordless boards:
•
SLC16N with OpenScape Business X5W (see Not for U.S.: SLC16N)
A maximum of one SLC16N board can be used.
•
SLCN with OpenScape Business X8 (see Not for U.S.: SLCN)
A maximum of four SLCN boards can be used.
The connection of the base stations can be made via one, two or three UP0/E
interfaces.
The additional connection of UP0/E interfaces
•
increases the traffic capacity of the base station and thus the number of
simultaneously available voice channels
•
increases the supply range of the connected base station and thus enables
the use of longer cables
The mixed deployment of the listed base station types at the listed Cordless
boards is possible.
Related Topics
8.1.1 System Configuration
Depending on the communication system, up to 64 base stations can be
connected, and up to 250 DECT phones can be used.
The following table shows the maximum possible system configuration for the
integrated cordless solution and indicates in which cases analog trunk access of
the communication system is possible.
NOTICE: The BS3/1 (S30807-H5482-X), BS3/3 (S30807-H5485X) and BS3/S (X30807-X5482-X100) base stations are being
phased out and may no longer be ordered. However, they can still
be connected to OpenScape Business X communication
systems.
In the event of a failure, the current base stations should be used.
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
441
Integrated Cordless Solution
System Overview
OpenScape Cordless
Business
board
CMA necessary?
Maximum number of base Maximum number of simulstations with connection
taneous calls per base stavia 1 x UP0/E
tion, depending on the UP0/E
connection
BS3/1 BS3/S BS3/3
BS4
BS3/1 BS3/S BS3/3
BS4
MaxiAnalog
mum
trunk
number
access
of DECT possible?
phones
X1/X3/X5
–
no
1
1
–
1
2 (1 x 2 (1 x
UP0/E) UP0/E)
X1/X3/X5
–
Yes
7
–
–
7
4 (1 x
UP0/E)
–
X5W
1x
SLC16N
no
16
–
16
16
4 (1 x
UP0/E)
–
12 (3 x 12 (3 x
UP0/E) UP0/E)
64
Yes
X8
4 x SLCN
no
64
–
64
64
4 (1 x
UP0/E)
–
12 (3 x 12 (3 x
UP0/E) UP0/E)
250
yes
–
2 (1 x
UP0/E)
8
–
4 (1 x 32 – 16 for
UP0/E)
X1)
no
yes (not
for X1)
Related Topics
8.1.2 Power-Related Capacity Limits
The number of base stations, their distance from the communication system, and
the overall telephone configuration determine whether or not the output from the
internal system power supply units is sufficient or whether an auxiliary power
supply via the OpenScape Business Powerbox is necessary.
For more information on the power requirements of a communication system, see
Power Requirements of a Communication System.
Related Topics
8.1.3 Traffic capacity
The traffic capacity inside different radio cells (for example, in offices, warehouses
or garage areas) varies according to the subscribers.
The following tables provide reference values for the traffic capacity of individual
base stations. These values apply to a single radio cell not having overlapping
ranges with other radio cells (without overload handling).
A distinction is made here, depending on whether the connection of the base
station occurs via one UP0/E interface (= four simultaneously available voice
channels ), two UP0/E interfaces (= eight simultaneously available voice channels)
or three UP0/E interfaces (= 12 simultaneously available voice channels) of a
Cordless board.
442
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Integrated Cordless Solution
System Overview
Table: Traffic capacity of single base stations with 50 mErl per subscriber
Connecting the base station
1 x UP0/E
Grade Of Service
(GOS)
0.1 %
2 x UP0/E
3 x UP0/E
1%
0.1 %
1%
0.1 %
1%
Number of stations per 11
base station
16
42
62
84
118
Traffic capacity
0.8
erlangs
2.1
erlangs
3.1
erlangs
4.2
erlangs
5.9
erlangs
0.55
erlangs
Table: Traffic capacity of single base stations with 100 mErl per subscriber
Connecting the base station
1 x UP0/E
Grade Of Service
(GOS)
0.1 %
2 x UP0/E
3 x UP0/E
1%
0,1 %
1%
0,1 %
1%
Number of stations per 7
base station
8
21
31
42
59
Traffic capacity
0.8
erlangs
2.1
erlangs
3.1
erlangs
4.2
erlangs
5.9
erlangs
0.7
erlangs
Table: Traffic capacity of single base stations with 200 mErl per subscriber
Connecting the base station
1 x UP0/E
Grade Of Service
(GOS)
0.1 %
2 x UP0/E
3 x UP0/E
1%
0.1 %
1%
0.1 %
1%
Number of stations per 4
base station
5
10
15
21
29
Traffic capacity
1 erlangs 2.1
erlangs
3.1
erlangs
4.2
erlangs
5.9
erlangs
(0.8
erlangs)
Related Topics
8.1.4 Grade Of Service (GOS)
The Grade of Service indicates the availability (i.e., successful setup) and loss
(i.e., the termination) of call connections in cordless solutions.
To calculate the capacity limits, the following assumptions are made: 1 % GOS
per radio interface and 0.1 % on the PCM highway of the communication system
and on the networking connections. A GOS of 1 % for availability means that an
average of one call out of 100 cannot be made. For a call from handset to
handset, 1 % GoS per radio interface means that an average of two calls out of
100 (2 %) cannot be made.
Radio field quality and the number of available channels are crucial elements for
setting up a call and for call breakdowns in cordless connections. Poor radio field
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
443
Integrated Cordless Solution
System Overview
quality results in high breakdown rates, low availability, and poor voice quality.
This may occur if the physical structure of buildings (a lot of metal, machinery, tin,
etc.) causes inhomogeneous fields and reflections. In such cases, a GOS of 1%
or 2% cannot be achieved. The interference described can also occur when using
other DECT devices (such as cordless headsets or cordless phones).
Related Topics
8.1.5 Multi-SLC
Multi-SLC offers the full mobility of DECT stations across all Cordless boards
within a communication system (OpenScape business X8) and across all
communication systems in a network (OpenScape business X3/X5/X8).
Multi-SLC within a communication system
You can install up to four SLCN Cordless boards in OpenScape Business X8. For
the total DECT station mobility (roaming and seamless connection handover)
within a communication system, the radio areas of these cordless boards are
synchronized.
Each DECT phone is seen as a corded phone by the communication system.
During administration, a fixed port on the system's "home cordless board" is
assigned to the DECT phone; this is used for addressing the DECT phone.
As soon as a DECT phone moves into the area of a different radio switching
location ("current-location cordless board"), an extension connection is switched
using a DSS1 connection initiated by the cordless board. The home and currentlocation cordless boards exchange a networking protocol (User-to-User Signaling
UUS) over this extension connection to support full mobility.
Multi-SLC in a network
Multi-SLC can also be used across systems (across nodes) because the SIP-Q
protocol used for networking supports the UUS protocol. That means full mobility
across the radio areas of the different Cordless systems. All DECT phone
features (callback, team functions, Voicemail, etc.) remain intact. The networkwide handover feature is the only exception here, since it is not supported.
As a precondition, the radio areas of the networked communication systems must
not overlap.
444
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Integrated Cordless Solution
System Overview
Required B Channels for Multi-SLC
DECT phone has set up a
connection
Required B
channels
Required B
channels for the
home cordless
board
Required B
channels on the
transitional
cordless board
In the home cordless board
range
1
1
–
In the transitional cordless board
range
3
2
1
Handover from home to home
cordless boards
1
1
–
Handover from home to
transitional cordless board
3
2
1
5 (temporary)
3
2 (one for each
cordless board)
Handover from transitional to
transitional cordless board
Additional B channels using fixed connection paths (SIP-Q) may be required for
the system-wide extension connections (Multi-SLC in a network).
Related Topics
8.1.6 Single-Cell Mode
Single-cell mode allows up to 8 DECT telephones that are registered together to
a base station and are in one call group to ring simultaneously. Only one B
channel is occupied in the process. The DECT phone that answers the call uses
this B channel. The single-cell mode is only supported for DECT Light. Only one
base station (BS3/S or BS4) may be connected to a UP0/E interface of the OCCM/
OCCMR mainboard.
By contrast, in the multi-cell mode (when more than one base station is
connected), the number of DECT phones that can ring simultaneously is equal to
the number of free B-channels. This restriction does not apply in single-cell mode
(when only one base station is connected), since only one B-channel is used.
INFO: The system automatically switches from single-cell mode
to multi-cell mode if an additional BS4 base station is connected
or if a BS3/S base station is replaced with a BS4 base station and
more BS4 base stations are additionally connected. In these
cases, the first BS4 base station automatically restarts and enters
the multi-cell mode.
The switch from multi-cell mode back to single-cell mode requires
a manually initiated system restart after the additional base
stations have been removed.
Related Topics
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
445
Integrated Cordless Solution
System Overview
8.1.7 Network-wide Roaming
The 'network-wide roaming' feature enables DECT users to move between the
radio coverage areas of networked communication systems.
When using this feature, please ensure that there is no overlapping in the radio
areas of individual communication systems with identical DECT IDs. Networked
communication systems with identical DECT IDs are viewed as a single system
by the DECT phone.
If the radio areas of communication systems with identical DECT IDs overlap, the
mobile DECT phones inadvertently try to perform network wide handover, which
results in communication breakdown.
If networking is required for communication systems in which the individual radio
areas overlap (for example, to increase capacity limits or through decentralized
installation), different DECT IDs must be configured in the individual systems.
Network-wide roaming is not supported in this case.
Examples of scenarios involving networked communication systems:
•
Scenario 1: Correct DECT configuration of networked communication
systems
Identical DECT IDs and overlapping radio areas result in incorrect handover
causing a breakdown in communication.
Network
PSTN / ITSP
OpenScape Business X8
DECT-ID = 4711
•
446
OpenScape Business X8
DECT-ID = 4711
Scenario 2: Permissible DECT configuration of networked communication
systems
No incorrect handover despite identical DECT IDs as the radio areas do not
overlap. Network-wide roaming possible.
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Integrated Cordless Solution
Base Stations
Network
PSTN / ITSP
OpenScape Business X8
DECT-ID = 4711
OpenScape Business X8
DECT-ID = 4711
Related Topics
8.1.8 Clock Supply
The synchronization clock for the Cordless boards is generated by the master
Cordless board. Frame synchronization is performed for the connected base
stations using this clock signal.
Related Topics
8.2 Base Stations
Base stations make up a network of radio cells and conduct the communication
with DECT phones.
The base station BS4 (S30807-U5491-X) is available for the connection to
OpenScape Business X.
The base stations BS3/1 (S30807-H5482-X), BS3/3 (S30807-H5485-X) and BS3/
S (X30807-X5482-X 100) can also be connected. These base stations are being
phased out and can no longer be ordered.
Related Topics
8.2.1 Technical Data for the BS4 Base Station
The technical data provides information on the operating conditions for the BS4
base station.
BS4
Power supply voltage range
42 to 54 V
Maximum power consumption
Housing dimensions (length x width x
depth)
3.0 W
202 x 172 x 43 mm
Weight
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Approx. 0.5 kg
447
Integrated Cordless Solution
Base Stations
BS4
Temperature range
- 5 to + 50 °C (when operating a BS4 indoors)
- 20 to + 50 ° C (when operating a BS4 outdoors
(BS4 in outdoor housing))
Maximum humidity
85 %
Direct connection
1 x UP0/E
Board connection
1 x or 2 x or 3 x UP0/E
Figure: BS4 base station
Related Topics
8.2.2 Pin Assignments of the BS4 Base Station
The connection of the BS4 base station at the UP0/E interface of a mainboard
(direct connection) or a Cordless board (board connection) occurs via the
connector strip X1.
If the base station is connected via one UP0/E interface of a Cordless board, four
voice channels are available simultaneously. Similarly, if connected via two UP0/E
interfaces or three UP0/E interfaces, either eight or twelve voice channels are
available simultaneously.
Each connection to a UP0/E interface is made via a pair of wires of the connection
cable.
NOTICE: A base station may not be supplied by different
Cordless boards.
448
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Integrated Cordless Solution
Base Stations
Figure: Base Station BS4 (Rear View) - Connector Strip X1
LEDs
X1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Table: BS4 - Pin Assignments of Terminal Strip X1
Connection
Port
Description
Direct connection
Board connection
1
–
Not used
2
UP0/E port 0
Connection of a UP0/E interface
3
4
NOTE: This port must always be connected!
UP0/E port 1
It is not possible to
connect a further UP0/E
interface.
Connection of a second
UP0/E interface
UP0/E port 2
It is not possible to
connect a further UP0/E
interface.
Connection of a third UP0/E
interface
5
6
7
8
–
Not used
The connector strip is polarized.
After connecting the first UP0/E interface, the base station BS4 is ready for use.
Related Topics
8.2.3 LEDs of the BS4 Base Station
The front panel of the BS4 base station features two LEDs that indicate the
operating states.
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
449
Integrated Cordless Solution
Base Stations
Table: BS4 – LED Statuses and their Meanings
Red LED
Green LED
Meaning
on
off
Self-test of the base station after the
power is turned on or after a reset
If this state persists, an error was
detected.
flashing
(approx.
0.5 sec. on /
0.5 sec. off)
off
flashing
(approx.
0.5 sec. on /
0.5 sec. off)
on
The base station is operational but
the "Download" parameter and the
subsequent synchronization of the
communication system are not
available.
flashing
(twice on
briefly /
0.5 sec. off)
on
Base station is ready for operation,
but all frequencies are locked.
off
on
The base station is synchronized
and broadcasting, but no time slot is
active (no connection to a DECT
phone).
Action
Replace base station
No operating software is available in Load operating
the base station.
software
The base station is waiting for new
operating software to be loaded or
the operating software is being
loaded to the base station.
off
on (with
At least one time slot is active
brief
(connected to at least a DECT
interruptions phone).
)
on
flashing
The base station is in the overload
(approx. condition. All available B channels
0.5 sec. on / are seized.
0.5 sec. off)
Related Topics
8.2.4 Operating range
The operating range determines the maximum possible length of the connection
cable from the communication system (Cordless board) to a base station.
The operating range depends on
450
•
the signal range, which is determined by the type of connection cable used.
•
the supply range, which is determined by the connection of the base station
to the Cordless board, the nature of the supply to the base station, and the
type of connection cable used.
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Integrated Cordless Solution
Base Stations
The lower range of both values determines the operating range. For example, if
the signal range is less than the supply range, the signal range corresponds to
the operating range.
INFO: If there are free UP0/E interfaces available at a Cordless
board, these should be used for additional connections to the
existing base stations. Besides increasing the supply range, this
also enables higher traffic capacity at the base stations.
Signal range
The following two tables show the signal range of different cable types for indoor
and outdoor use.
Table: Signal range of various installation cable types
Cable type
Wire insulation material
Signal range
J-2YY ...x 2 x 0.6 / 1.4 VIMF FR
ICCS (V45480-D ..6-K5-86)
100% PE
1400 m
J-2Y(ST)Y < 10 x 2 x 0.6 STIIIBD
100% PE
1300 m
J-2Y(ST)Y ≥ 10 x 2 x 0.6 STIIIBD
100% PE
2000 m
J-Y(ST) 2 x 2 x 0.6 LG
PVC
1000 m
J-YY 2 x 2 x 0.6 BD
PVC
1000 m
Halogen-free
1000 m
J-Y(ST)Y ≥ 10 x 2 x 0.6 LG
PVC
1300 m
J-YY ≥ 10 x 2 x 0.6 BD
PVC
1300 m
Halogen-free
1300 m
J-Y(ST)Y 2 x 2 x 0.8 LG
PVC
1000 m
J-YY 2 x 2 x 0.8 BD
PVC
1000 m
J-H(ST)H 2 x 2 x 0.8 BD FR NC
Halogen-free
1000 m
JE-H(ST)H 2 x 2 x 0.8 BD FR
NCX
Halogen-free
1000 m
PVC
1800 m
Installation cable:
Installation cable < 10 x 2 x 0.6:
J-H(ST)H 2 x 2 x 0.6 BD FR NC
Installation cable ≥10 x 2 x 0.6:
J-H(ST)H ≥ 10 x 2 x 0.6 BD FR
NC
Installation cable < 10 x 2 x 0.8:
Installation cable ≥10 x 2 x 0.8:
J-Y(ST)Y ≥ 10 x 2 x 0.8 LG
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
451
Integrated Cordless Solution
Base Stations
Cable type
Wire insulation material
Signal range
PVC
1800 m
J-H(ST)H ≥ 10 x 2 x 0.8 BD FR
NC
Halogen-free
1800 m
JE-H(ST)H ≥ 10 x 2 x 0.8 BD FR
NCX
Halogen-free
1800 m
J-YY ≥ 10 x 2 x 0.8 BD
Table: Signal range of various outdoor cable types
Cable type
Wire insulation material
Signal range
External cable < 10 x 2 x 0.6 STIIIBD:
A-2Y(L)2Y < 10 x 2 x 0.6 STIIIBD
1PPERF
100% PE
1500 m
A-2YF(L)2Y < 10 x 2 x 0.6
STIIIBD
100% PE, filled
1500 m
A-2Y0F(L)2Y < 10 x 2 x 0.6
STIIIBD
100% PE, filled
1500 m
A-02Y0F(L)2Y < 10 x 2 x 0.6
STIIIBD
100% PE, filled
1500 m
100% PE
2000 m
A-2YF(L)2Y ≥ 10 x 2 x 0.6
STIIIBD
100% PE, filled
2000 m
A-2Y0F(L)2Y ≥ 10 x 2 x 0.6
STIIIBD
100% PE, filled
2000 m
A-02Y0F(L)2Y ≥ 10 x 2 x 0.6
STIIIBD
100% PE, filled
2000 m
100% PE
2400 m
A-2YF(L)2Y ≥ 10 x 2 x 0.8
STIIIBD
100% PE, filled
2400 m
A-2Y0F(L)2Y ≥ 10 x 2 x 0.8
STIIIBD
100% PE, filled
2400 m
A-02Y0F(L)2Y ≥ 10 x 2 x 0.8
STIIIBD
100% PE, filled
2400 m
100% PE
1400 m
100% PE, filled
1400 m
A-PM ... x 2 x 0.6 STIIILG or BD
Paper
2400 m
A-PM ... x 2 x 0.8 STIIILG
Paper
3200 m
External cable ≥ 10 x 2 x 0.6 STIIIBD:
A-2Y(L)2Y ≥ 10 x 2 x 0.6 STIIIBD
1PPERF
External cable ≥ 10 x 2 x 0.8 STIIIBD:
A-2Y(L)2Y ≥ 10 x 2 x 0.8 STIIIBD
1PPERF
External cable … x 2 x 0.4:
A2Y(L)2Y... x 2 x 0.4
A-2YF(L)2Y ... x 2 x 0.4 STIIIBD
Paper-insulated external cable:
452
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Integrated Cordless Solution
Base Stations
Supply range
The following table lists the supply range of the BS4 base station when using
connection cables with a wire diameter of 0.6 mm, depending on the connection.
Table: BS4 - supply ranges
Connection via
Power consumption
of BS4
Supply range for connection cables
with a wire diameter of 0.6 mm
1 x UP0/E
2.0 W
1000 m
2 x UP0/E
2.5 W
2000 m
3 x UP0/E
3.0 W
3000 m
INFO: When connecting via two UP0/E interfaces and a
connection cable with a wire diameter of 0.6 mm, the supply range
of the BS4 base station is approximately 2000 m, which should be
sufficient for most installations.
Related Topics
8.2.5 Outdoor Housing
The weatherproof outdoor housing S30122-X7469-X2 protects the base station
BS4 mounted therein and allows the use of the base station in outdoor areas. A
heater is not required.
The outdoor cover is suitable for mounting on wooden, concrete or brick walls,
roofs, and masts.
Figure: Outside housing S30122-X7469-X2 with Base Station BS4
Outdoor Housing Components
The outdoor cover consists of the following components:
•
Sun shade [1]
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
453
Integrated Cordless Solution
Project Planning Guidelines for a Cordless Solution
•
Housing cover [2]
•
Housing base [3]
•
Mounting plate [4]
•
Mast blocks [5]
Figure: Outdoor Housing Components
1
2
3
4
5
INFO: For special cases, e.g., for the use of base stations in cold
stores, special outdoor housing enclosures must be used. This
enables operation within the ambient temperature range of -40 to
50 °C.
This outdoor housing is manufactured and sold by the company
Dirk Ritter (www.excom-ritter.de), for example.
Related Topics
8.3 Project Planning Guidelines for a Cordless Solution
When planning for a cordless solution, it must be noted that the positions of the
base stations are crucial for performance.
Related Topics
8.3.1 Considering the Volume of Traffic
A number of special requirements must be considered when planning a cordless
solution for areas with high traffic volumes (volume of calls).
To cover an increased volume of traffic, the intended base station should be
equipped with the maximum number of UP0E connections (using three UP0E
interfaces) instead of installing additional base stations, since every switch from
one base station to another in the call state (handover) generates additional load.
454
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Integrated Cordless Solution
Project Planning Guidelines for a Cordless Solution
The best base station should be as unique as possible to avoid frequent switching
of the base station in the call state.
In borderline scenarios (with 17 to 20 UP0/E ports required for base stations, for
instance), one Cordless board may suffice if radio coverage is skillfully arranged
or if special antennas are used.
In communication systems with multiple Cordless boards, the radio areas of all
base stations connected to a Cordless board (Cordless board area) should be
regarded as separate. The following information applies:
•
Minimum overlapping between Cordless board areas. To increase the user
number in a Cordless board area, the area should be decreased rather than
allowing it to overlap with another area.
•
All DECT phones are assigned to Cordless board areas that they
predominantly occupy. This cordless board is the home cordless board of the
DECT phone. this is where the DECT subscriber logs in.
A particularly high load occurs when changing the cordless board area.
Related Topics
8.3.2 Considering the Propagation Conditions for Radio Traffic
Radio wave propagation in the DECT frequency range is quasi-optical. This
means that a wave is hindered in its propagation if it hits a solid surface and is
thereby reflected to a greater or lesser extent. This reflection is dependent on the
physical qualities of the medium. In the case of conductive materials, the
penetration depth into the medium is determined mainly by the magnetic quality
and the electrical conductivity.
Highly Conductive Metals
Highly conductive metals such as copper or steel prevent most DECT frequency
radio waves from penetrating, reflecting them in the same way as a mirror reflects
light.
Construction Materials
Modern construction materials have relatively poor conductivity levels with the
result that electromagnetic waves, even if attenuated, can still pass through.
Thus, radio traffic is possible within and through buildings.
Attenuation qualities of the construction materials vary greatly, so that there are
different ranges in the corresponding directions, depending on the construction
material that must be penetrated.
•
Wood, dry and unprocessed: negligible attenuation
•
Glass, plastics (non-conductive): negligible attenuation
•
Wood, moist and processed, e.g., as particle board: medium range of
attenuation
•
Brick masonry: medium range of attenuation
•
Reinforced concrete, glass with metal reinforcement/coating: greatest
attenuation
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
455
Integrated Cordless Solution
Project Planning Guidelines for a Cordless Solution
This attenuation is mitigated by openings, especially by windows in buildings as
long as they do not have wire-reinforced or metal-plated glass.
Scenarios
The different radio wave propagation conditions give rise to various scenarios in
which radio cells are formed:
•
In the Open with Visibility
In an open area with visibility, the electromagnetic waves are subject to the
lowest amount of attenuation with the result that they produce the greatest
radio wavelength.
In principle, base stations in such a scenario can produce radio coverage
ranges with a radius of up to 300 m. This, however, is usually not possible
since trees, bushes and moving obstacles (such as people, animals and
vehicles) in the direct propagation route can significantly reduce propagation.
INFO: A base station installed in an attic directly beside a dormer
window (no wire-reinforced or metal-plated window pane) is the
alternative to the outdoor housing for radio coverage of the
outdoor area!).
When choosing this installation location, it is important to note that
the base station is often exposed to extreme environmental
temperatures (for example, by direct sunlight or cold).
•
456
Industrial Sites
The attenuation of electromagnetic waves in this scenario is primarily
dependent on the design of the building.
An industrial site may include a combination of buildings made of light-weight
materials, brick buildings, buildings of reinforced concrete and buildings with
metal facades.
The distances between the buildings are seldom greater than 100 m. In this
scenario, outdoor base stations are practical for covering the outdoor area.
–
Buildings of brick or light construction materials
Buildings of brick or light construction materials are usually penetrated by
radio waves. However, behind the buildings, the strength of the reception
field may be practically too low, resulting, quasi-optically, in a shadowed
area.
For example, in the case of a base station installed on the southern side
of a brick building, the range limit would be reached on the northern side
immediately or after just a few meters, owing to the insertion loss.
Up to 100 m of the outdoor area can also be supplied through the
windows. However, to do this, the base station must be set up on an upper
floor (> 3rd floor, i.e., two levels above ground floor). Low obstacles close
to the base station such as vehicles or a garage (for one or two cars), for
example, will not cause significant interference.
–
Reinforced concrete buildings and/or buildings with metal facades
Reinforced concrete buildings and buildings with metal facades have
proven to be severe limiting factors. Penetration into these buildings is
only possible through windows (up to about 2 m into the building in the
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Integrated Cordless Solution
Project Planning Guidelines for a Cordless Solution
case of standard size windows). The windows cannot be made from wirereinforced or metal-plated glass.
Wave conduction is possible in alleys between buildings as well as along
streets. This results in a larger radio area.
•
Indoor Areas in Buildings in Brick and Light Construction Materials
Within buildings made of brick and light-weight construction materials, the
electromagnetic waves in the horizontal direction are hindered much less than
in the vertical direction.
–
Horizontal attenuation
In the case of walls of brick or light construction materials, the attenuation
values are relatively small so that even dividing walls of up to 30 m can be
penetrated.
–
Vertical attenuation
This is dependent on the ceiling type. In this case, reinforced concrete
ceilings, in particular, which result in higher attenuation compared to brick,
play a decisive role in determining the range.
The ceilings are dimensioned according to the purpose of a building
(single-family home, condominium, office building, theatre etc.), and the
resulting attenuation values may therefore vary accordingly.
Object
Attenuation
Range loss
Brick wall, 10 to 12 cm
2.5 dB
Approx. 43,5 %
Brick wall, 24 cm, with
small windows
4 dB
Approx. 60 %
Brick wall, 63 to 70 cm
4.0 to 4.5 dB
Approx. 60 to 64 %
Drywall
1.3 to 2.3 dB
Approx. 26.5 to 41 %
6.6 dB
Approx. 78 %
Glass wall
2 dB
Approx. 37 %
Wire-reinforced glass wall
8 dB
Approx. 84 %
Reinforced concrete ceiling
(residence)
6 to 9 dB
Approx. 75 to 87 %
Two reinforced concrete
ceilings
26 dB
Approx. 99,5 %
Three reinforced concrete
ceilings
46 dB
Approx. 100 %
Gaseous-concrete wall
When installing base stations, it must be taken into account that radio wave
propagation within buildings is hindered much less in a horizontal direction
than in a vertical direction.
•
Interiors of reinforced concrete buildings
Indoor areas in reinforced concrete buildings can give rise to different
scenarios, depending on the interior layout.
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
457
Integrated Cordless Solution
Project Planning Guidelines for a Cordless Solution
–
Factory halls and open-plan offices
These are either not partitioned (for example, manufacturing halls) or
have mobile partitions reaching half way to the ceiling (open-plan offices).
The propagation conditions are favorable, since intervisibility and line of
sight are more frequent in such cases than in buildings with individual
offices, for example.
–
Interiors of brick and light construction materials
The propagation conditions are similar to those in buildings with brick
outer walls.
Due to the requirements in the industrial sector, the reinforced concrete
floors in these buildings are often dimensioned in such a way that the
insertion loss of the ceilings is much higher than for brick buildings.
The resulting unfavorable vertical radio wave propagation must be taken
into consideration when installing the base station.
–
Interiors with concrete and steel dividing walls
These areas usually include the heavily steel-reinforced areas found in
stairwells, bathroom units, supply shafts and elevator shafts.
The following table lists some attenuation values relevant for this scenario
together with the corresponding details of the range loss.
Object
Attenuation
Range loss
Concrete wall, interior, 10
cm
6 dB
Approx. 75 %
Concrete wall, double, 2 x
20 cm
17 dB
Approx. 97,5 %
Concrete wall, 25 to 30
cm
9.4 to 16 dB
Approx. 88 to 97.5 %
Reinforced concrete
ceiling
12 to 14 dB
Approx. 91 to 96 %
Two reinforced concrete
ceilings
35 to 47 dB
100 %
Three reinforced concrete
ceilings
42 to 53 dB
100 %
Steel dividing walls with
wire-reinforced glass
6.5 to 10 dB
Approx. 75.5 to 90 %
Steel dividing walls,
extending to ceiling, 3.5
m dist.
31 to 41 dB
100 %
The horizontal and vertical propagation conditions are approximately the
same. In this type of building, transmission usually takes place along
corridors if steel divider walls are installed.
As the relatively high attenuation values show, individual rooms are
increasingly supplied via reflection if multiple metal walls are in the direct
path.
Concrete walls cause similar conditions. Elevator shafts and stairwells
must therefore often have their own base station if they are to be covered
by the radio area.
Related Topics
458
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Integrated Cordless Solution
Project Planning Guidelines for a Cordless Solution
8.3.3 Placement of Base Stations Indoors
The locations of base stations are of vital importance for the radio coverage within
a building and for the performance of a cordless solution.
Building of Brick or Light Construction Materials
The following guidelines must be considered for the placement of base stations
in buildings made of brick and light-weight construction materials:
•
Central placement in the building
The general rules must be observed
•
Horizontal direction
A base station must be installed at least every 50 m.
•
Vertical direction
Note that there should be no more than two reinforced concrete slabs in the
direct radio wave propagation path between the base station and the range of
motion of the DECT telephones. Otherwise, adequate coverage cannot be
guaranteed.
If additional base stations are required due to areas with high call volumes, these
can be placed as shown in the following figure.
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
459
Integrated Cordless Solution
Project Planning Guidelines for a Cordless Solution
Elevator shaft
Figure: Example for the placement of base stations in buildings made of brick and lightweight construction materials:
3rd floor
BS
BS
BS
Open-plan office
1st floor
BS
Stairwell
2nd floor
BS
Ground floor
Basement
BS
BS Minimum required base
station
BS Possible additional base station
(for areas with high call
volumes, for example)
Floor plan 1st floor
< 25 m
< 50 m
BS
BS
Reinforced concrete buildings with interior of brick and light construction
materials
The following guidelines must be considered for the placement of base stations
in reinforced concrete buildings with an interior made of brick and light-weight
construction materials:
460
•
Central placement in the building
The general rules must be observed
•
Horizontal direction
A base station must be installed at least every 50 m.
•
Vertical direction
Note that there should be no more than one reinforced concrete slab in the
direct radio wave propagation path between the base station and the range of
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Integrated Cordless Solution
Project Planning Guidelines for a Cordless Solution
motion of the DECT telephones. Otherwise, adequate coverage cannot be
guaranteed.
Stairwells, elevator shafts and supply ducts in these buildings usually have
strongly-reinforced concrete walls and stairs. Areas such as these, with poor
propagation conditions, often require additional base stations.
If additional base stations are required due to areas with high call volumes, these
can be placed as shown in the following figure.
3rd floor
BS
BS
Open-plan office
Elevator shaft
Figure: Example for the placement of base stations in steel concrete buildings with an
interior made of brick and light-weight construction materials:
BS
BS
Open-plan office
2nd floor
BS
Stairwell
1st floor
BS
Ground floor
BS
BS
Basement
BS
BS Minimum required base
station
BS Possible additional base station
(for areas with high call
volumes, for example)
Floor plan 2nd floor
< 25 m
< 50 m
BS
BS
Reinforced concrete buildings with concrete and steel dividing walls
The following guidelines must be considered for the placement of base stations
in steel concrete buildings concrete and steel dividing walls:
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
461
Integrated Cordless Solution
Project Planning Guidelines for a Cordless Solution
•
Central placement in the building
The general rules must be observed
•
Horizontal direction
Because of the relatively high attenuation of concrete and steel dividing walls,
a base station must be installed in these buildings at least every 25 m.
•
Vertical direction
Note that there should be no more than one reinforced concrete slab in the
direct radio wave propagation path between the base station and the range of
motion of the DECT telephones. Otherwise, adequate coverage cannot be
guaranteed.
Stairwells, elevator shafts and supply ducts in these buildings usually have
strongly-reinforced concrete walls and stairs. Areas such as these, with poor
propagation conditions, often require additional base stations.
For example, in the case of elevators, a base station can be installed in the
elevator cabin itself.
If additional base stations are required due to areas with high call volumes, these
can be placed as shown in the following figure.
462
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Integrated Cordless Solution
Project Planning Guidelines for a Cordless Solution
Elevator shaft
Figure: Example for the placement of base stations in steel concrete buildings with
concrete and steel walls
3rd floor
BS
BS
Open-plan office
BS
BS
BS
Open-plan office
2nd floor
BS
Stairwell
1st floor
BS
Ground floor
BS
BS
BS
BS
Basement
BS Minimum required base
BS Possible additional base station
station
(for areas with high call
volumes, for example)
Floor plan 3rd floor
< 12 m
< 25 m
BS
BS
< 25 m
< 25 m BS
BS
BS
Factory Halls and Open-Plan Offices
For a hall that is 100 m long, one centrally located base station, suspended freely
from the ceiling (plastic mast or chain), may be sufficient.
NOTICE: The base station should not be installed on a reinforced
concrete pillar because the pillar creates a partial shadow.
In this case, two base stations at a distance of 50 to 75 m must be
installed.
In the case of outer walls or interior siding and/or hall ceilings made of metal or
metal-clad materials, it may be necessary to increase the number of base
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
463
Integrated Cordless Solution
Project Planning Guidelines for a Cordless Solution
stations. The base stations should then be placed in a way that virtually excludes
radio interference through reflections.
Related Topics
8.3.4 Placement of Base Stations Outdoors
The locations of base stations are crucial for the radio coverage of outdoor areas
such as the premises of a factory, for example. The weatherproof outdoor housing
protects the base station mounted therein and allows the use of the base station
in outdoor areas.
The installation of a base station in the outdoor housing can be done on a building
wall, on the roof of a building (preferably in brick or light construction materials) or
on a plastic, wooden or concrete pole (not metal). The pole used must be stable
and wind-resistant.
Choose the installation site to allow for maximum visibility from the base station
to the service area.
Reinforced concrete buildings and structures with metal facades have proven to
be a barrier. Areas behind these buildings are quasi-optically blocked and must
be considered not covered by the radio waves.
Brick buildings are usually penetrated so that significant parts of them are
reached by the radio waves. The coverage, however, often stops less than 10
meters beyond these buildings.
Streets act as waveguides so that greater ranges are possible along them.
464
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Integrated Cordless Solution
Project Planning Guidelines for a Cordless Solution
Elevator shaft
Figure: Example for the placement of base stations outdoors
3rd floor
BS
BS
BS
Open-plan office
1st floor
BS
BS
Stairwell
2nd floor
BS
BS
Ground floor
Basement
BS
BS Minimum required base
station
BS Possible additional base station
(for areas with high call
volumes, for example)
BS Base station in outdoor
BS housing
Example of the Planning for Radio Coverage of an Outdoor Area
A site plan on a scale of 1:300 or 1:1000, for example, can be very useful for the
placement of base stations. Additional information about the types of buildings
and their heights is also helpful.
The client's/customer's preferred radio coverage area should be drawn on the site
plan and approved by the client/customer.
The following figure shows the example of a factory premises with the buildings
A to G as well as their respective type of construction and height.
Using the plan, it is relatively simple to find the point which offers the best possible
view of the grounds without any obstructions.
Placement around the buildings C, E, F, and G is not feasible, since the view from
these buildings extends only to a few neighboring buildings.
The view from buildings A and B is better.
In the example, the decision was made to place the base station at building B
rather than A. Note that the areas between buildings C and E as well as F, G, and
A are covered. The radio waves can pass through brick building A, so that an area
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
465
Integrated Cordless Solution
Installing and Connecting Base Stations
of about 10 meters beyond will still be covered. In practice, coverage can also be
assumed for other outdoor areas as waves pass through the windows.
Figure: Example for the placement of a base station to ensure radio coverage for the
premises of a factory
Property line
C
E
Concrete
Concrete
27 m
height
27 m
height
F
Concrete, 10 m high
G
Sheet
metal
shed
Minimum supply range
B
10 m
height
Concrete
25 m
mounting
height
BS
A
Brick, 15 m high
Related Topics
8.4 Installing and Connecting Base Stations
Related Topics
8.4.1 Prerequisites for Installation
To install the base stations, you will need some specific tools and resources.
Certain requirements must be observed when selecting the installation site.
466
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Integrated Cordless Solution
Installing and Connecting Base Stations
Tools and Resources
The following tools and resources are required:
•
For the indoor installation of a base station:
–
•
Drill and masonry bit with a diameter of 5 mm for wall-mounting of the
base station
For the outdoor installation of a base station with the outdoor housing:
–
Phillips screwdriver size 3, to attach for the mounting plate to the outdoor
housing
–
Phillips screwdriver size 2, to attach the mast blocks to the outdoor
housing
–
Triangular screwdriver size M6, to open/close the cover of the outdoor
housing
–
Drill and masonry bit with a diameter of 8 mm for wall-mounting of the
outdoor housing
Prerequisites for Selecting the Installation Site
Make sure that the installation site meets the following requirements:
CAUTION
CAUTION
Security zones
Base stations must not be installed in the security zones declared by the client/
customer. Typical examples include intensive care units in hospitals and areas
behind fire-proof doors.
•
Indoor base stations must be freely accessible and mounted as close to the
ceiling as possible (but with > 0.5 m clearance from the ceiling). They should
be mounted near the center of a building, for example, in corridors or on walls
of directly adjacent rooms (in the case of buildings of light construction
materials.
•
Outdoors, a base station can only be operated in the outdoor housing.
•
Do not expose the base stations to direct sources of heat (for example, direct
sunlight, radiators, etc).
•
The following ambient temperature ranges must not be exceeded in either
direction:
–
- 5 to + 50 °C when operating a base station indoors
–
- 20 to + 50 ° C when operating a base station outdoors (BS in outdoor
housing)
•
Base stations must not be installed in damp places (such as bathrooms and
laundry rooms, or example). The maximum humidity for the operation of a
base station indoors and outdoors (BS in outdoor housing) is 85%.
•
To avoid limitations on the radio coverage, base stations must not be installed
in the following places:
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
467
Integrated Cordless Solution
Installing and Connecting Base Stations
•
–
In wall recesses or on thick or concrete and metal walls, if the radio supply
area is behind them.
–
On steel or concrete pillars, since any radio areas behind them may not
be covered.
–
In lowered ceilings made of metal (i.e., conductive materials such as
carbon fibre, for example)
–
On metal panels if a safety clearance of more than 10 cm is not possible.
–
On high metal shelves if a safety clearance of more than 3 m is not
possible.
To avoid interference from unwanted electrical or electromagnetic effects,
base stations must not be installed in the following places:
–
In the vicinity of other electronic equipment such as wireline telephones,
Hi-Fi, Office or microwave equipment, etc., if a safety clearance of more
than 1 m is not possible.
–
Next to neon or fluorescent tubes, fire detection devices, switchboards,
transformers and motor housings, if a safety clearance of more than 1 m
is not possible.
Next to the antennas of other communication systems, if a safety
clearance of more than 3 m is not possible.
The respective safety distances isolate the installation from other equipment,
thus improving the electromagnetic compatibility (EMC).
–
•
Base station connection cables should not, where possible, be laid parallel to
low voltage power cables (for example, 115 Vac, 230 Vac) or cable bundles.
Related Topics
8.4.2 Installation Indoors
The base stations must be freely accessible and mounted as close to the ceiling
as possible (but with > 0.5 m clearance from the ceiling). They should be mounted
near the center of a building, for example, in corridors or on walls of directly
adjacent rooms (in the case of buildings of light construction materials.
Related Topics
8.4.2.1 How to Mount the Base Station Indoors
Prerequisites
•
The prerequisites for selecting the installation site were taken into account
(see Prerequisites for Installation).
•
Two anchors with a diameter of 5 mm and two screws with a diameter of 3.5
mm are available to wall-mount the base station.
INFO: Different mounting material may be needed, depending on
the composition of the mounting wall (for example, wood screws
for wooden walls).
468
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Integrated Cordless Solution
Installing and Connecting Base Stations
Step by Step
1) Drill two vertically overlapping holes at a distance of 110 mm with a diameter
of 5 mm into the mounting wall.
2) Insert the wall anchors into the drill holes and screw in the screws, leaving
approx. 4 mm projecting.
3) Hang the base station on the screws at the mounting holes and align it.
INFO: To achieve the best possible performance, base stations
of the BS4 type should be mounted with the antennas pointing
downwards. Base stations of types BS3/1, BS3/3 and BS3/S
should be mounted with the antennas pointing upwards.
Related Topics
8.4.3 Outdoor Installation
Outdoors, a base station can only be operated in the outdoor housing. Choose
the installation site of the outdoor cover to allow for maximum visibility from the
base station to the service area.
INFO: Information on the installation procedure can be found in
the installation instructions/description included in the delivery
package for the outdoor housing.
Related Topics
8.4.4 Connection of Base Stations
The connection of the BS4 base station at the UP0/E interface of a mainboard
(direct connection) or a Cordless board (board connection) occurs via the
connector strip X1.
Related Topics
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
469
Integrated Cordless Solution
Installing and Connecting Base Stations
8.4.4.1 How to Connect the Base Station
Prerequisites
WARNING
WARNING
Risk of electric shock through contact with live wires
Use separate ground wires to provide protective grounding for the system boxes
of your communication system as well as all main distribution frames and patch
panels before connecting the base stations.
CAUTION
CAUTION
Fire hazard
To reduce the risk of fire, you may only use communication cables with a
conductor diameter of at least 0.4mm (AWG 26) or larger.
NOTICE: Fire hazard due to surge voltage
In the case of line lengths exceeding 500 m and where the lines
exit the building, the SLC16N and SLCN boards must be
protected by external lightning protection.
Lightning protection of this kind is known as additional primary
protection. The additional primary protection is guaranteed by
installing ÜSAGs (surge arresters, gas filled) in the main
distribution frame, the patch panel or at the entry point of the pipe
in the building. A gas-filled surge arrester with 230 V nominal
voltage is switched to ground from each wire that is to be
protected.
•
Direct connection of the base station: at least one free UP0/E interface is
available on the mainboard of the communication system (OpenScape
Business X3 or OpenScape business X5).
•
Board connection of the base station: at least one free UP0/E interface is
available on the SLC16N (OpenScape Business X5W) or SLCN (OpenScape
Business X8) board.
›
Connect the desired UP0/E ports with the base station.
Step by Step
Select one of the following options to do this:
470
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Integrated Cordless Solution
Testing a Cordless Solution
•
If a direct connection to the base station is required, connect the desired
UP0/Einterface of the mainboard (OpenScape Business X3 or OpenScape
Business X5) to the base station.
•
If a board connection of the base station is required, connect the desired
UP0/E interface(s) of the SLC16N (OpenScape Business X5W) or SLCN
(OpenScape Business X8) board to the base station via one pair of wires
each of the connection cable.
NOTICE: The connection of a base station must be made via the
same cordless board. The connection to a different cordless
board is prohibited.
For more detailed information on cable and pin assignments, see
OCCM, OCCMR for direct connection of the base station
Not for U.S.: SLC16N, Not for U.S.: SLCN for the board connection of the
base station
Next steps
After connecting all the base stations, you can begin with the initial startup of the
integrated cordless solution.
Refer to the topic Mobility in the OpenScape V1 Business Administrator
Documentation for detailed information.
Related Topics
8.5 Testing a Cordless Solution
To ensure trouble-free operation of a cordless solution, a number of different tests
must be conducted after the initial startup. The test results must be documented
in the building/site plan.
Related Topics
8.5.1 Checking the Base Stations and the Radio Coverage
After the initial startup of a cordless solution, a test of the base stations and the
radio coverage (area coverage) must be conducted.
NOTICE: The following information refers to measurements
performed with DECT phones. The resulting measurement values
are not very precise and thus represent only a rough estimate. In
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
471
Integrated Cordless Solution
Testing a Cordless Solution
addition, different values may be recorded on each DECT phone
even though the ambient conditions are identical.
If greater accuracy is required, the measurements should be
performed with a special service tool for cordless systems (such
as the HCS Locator Pro, for example).
Base Station Test
The purpose of this test is to check the functions of all base stations.
•
Test the radio link (synchronicity) between the DECT phone and the base
station
•
Measure the following values:
–
RSSI (Received Signal Strength Indication)
Field strength of the radio signals received from a base station,
normalized to a maximum of 100.
If the RSSI value is < 50, the radio connection to the base station is no
longer guaranteed. An acceptable RSSI value is > 50 (> - 60 dBm).
–
FRAQ (Frame Quality)
Transmission quality in %
Values of 95 % to 100 % are satisfactory (for short periods, values of 90
% to 94 % are non-critical). Sustained values below 95% result in
transmission errors.
Test the radio coverage (are coverage)
The purpose of this test is to check whether the necessary field strength and the
transmission quality is attained throughout the entire radio network.
Using a DECT phone (with the measuring mode enabled), move around the radio
coverage area and check whether an RSSI value > 50 (> -60 dBm) and a FRAQ
value > 95% are achieved throughout the area. Areas in building corners or
behind metal structures, in particular, should be checked carefully (by verifying
the RSSI values several times).
Activating the range warning feature is useful in this context. Exceeding the range
limit (border zone of the radio range) is then signaled by a warning tone.
In these border zones of the radio range, the radio connection to the base station
may be lost.
Presentation of the Measurement Results
The following value is an example of the display of a measurement result on a
DECT phone of type OpenStage SL4 Professional (Gigaset SL4 Professional):
087-7-02-20-100
472
•
087 = Field strength (RSSI) of the radio signals received from the base station
(maximum value = 100)
•
7 = Frequency (value range 0 to 9)
•
02 = Time slot of the receiving channel on which the measurement was
performed (value range 0 to 11).
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Integrated Cordless Solution
Testing a Cordless Solution
•
20 = Identification of the base station via the Radio Fixed Part Identity RFPI
as a hexadecimal number (20 corresponds to decimal 32)
•
100 = Transmission quality (FRAQ) in %
Related Topics
8.5.1.1 Testing Base Stations
INFO: The following information refers to the operation of a DECT
phone of the type OpenStage SL4 Professional (Gigaset SL4
Professional).
The default language for measuring mode is English.
Step by Step
1) Move with the DECT phone close to a base station to be tested.
2) Holding the DECT phone directly below, beside or above the base station to
be tested, turn it off and on again.
•
If a radio link (synchronicity) with the base station exists, this will be
indicated in the display as Station 1, for example.
Continue with step 3.
•
If there is no radio link (synchronicity) with the base station, this will be
indicated by a flashing display (for example, Station 1 will be shown
flashing).
Repeat step 2 with another DECT telephone. If no radio link can be
established with this DECT phone as well, replace the base station.
3) Turn off the DECT phone.
4) Press the keys 1, 4 and 7 simultaneously together with Hang up key in order
to activate the service mode.
Service appears on the display.
5) Enter the code 76200 to bring up the service menu.
6) In the service menu, navigate to the item Measuring mode and confirm the
selection with the OK key.
This enables the measuring mode.
7) In the service menu, navigate to the item Measuring time and confirm the
selection with the OK key.
8) Set the desired measuring time using the control keys (< = to reduce the
measuring time, and > = to increase the measuring time).
The displayed value range for the measuring time is between 06 and 16. This
corresponds to a measuring cycle between 1 and 2.5 seconds.
The recommended value of 16, which corresponds to a measuring cycle of
2.5 seconds.
9) Confirm the set values by pressing the Save key.
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
473
Integrated Cordless Solution
Testing a Cordless Solution
10) Turn off the DECT phone.
11) Turn on the DECT phone again.
After switching on the DECT phone, the measurement values are shown on
the display and updated on the basis of the set measuring cycle.
For example: 087-7-02-20-100 (see Checking the Base Stations and the
Radio Coverage)
•
If the required measurement values (RSSI value > 50 (> - 60 dBm), FRAQ
> 95%) are achieved, continue with step 12.
•
If the required measurement values (RSSI value > 50 (> - 60 dBm), FRAQ
> 95%) are not achieved, repeat steps 3 through 11 with another DECT
phone.
If this DECT phone does not reach the required measurement values
either, replace the base station.
12) Repeat the testing for all other base stations.
Related Topics
8.5.1.2 Check the Radio Coverage
INFO: The following information refers to the operation of a DECT
phone of the type OpenStage SL4 Professional (Gigaset SL4
Professional).
The default language for the measuring mode is English.
Step by Step
1) Turn off the DECT phone.
2) Press the keys 1, 4 and 7 simultaneously together with Hang up key in order
to activate the service mode.
Service appears on the display.
3) Enter the code 76200 to bring up the service menu.
4) In the service menu, navigate to the item Measuring mode and confirm the
selection with the OK key.
This enables the measuring mode.
5) In the service menu, navigate to the item Measuring time and confirm the
selection with the OK key.
6) Set the desired measuring time using the control keys (< = to reduce the
measuring time, and > = to increase the measuring time).
The displayed value range for the measuring time is between 06 and 16. This
corresponds to a measuring cycle between 1 and 2.5 seconds.
The recommended value of 16, which corresponds to a measuring cycle of
2.5 seconds.
7) Confirm the set values by pressing the Save key.
474
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Integrated Cordless Solution
Testing a Cordless Solution
8) Turn off the DECT phone.
9) Turn on the DECT phone again.
After switching on the DECT phone, the measurement values are shown on
the display and updated on the basis of the set measuring cycle.
Example: 087-7-02-20-100
10) With a DECT phone, move around the area in question and determine
whether an RSSI value > 50 (> -60 dBm) and a FRAQ value > 95 % are
reached throughout the area.
Pay particular attention to areas in building corners and behind metal
structures (by measuring the RSSI values several times).
INFO: Enable the "Range warning" feature (Tones menu).
Exceeding the range limit (border zone of the radio range) is then
signaled by a warning tone.
In these radio area border zones, the radio connection to the base
station may be lost.
11) Draw the coverage area with an RSSI value > 50 in the building/site plan.
Related Topics
8.5.2 Documentation of the Test Results
The test results of the radio coverage (area coverage) must be entered or marked
in the building/site plan.
The following data should be documented:
•
Installation locations of the base stations and their Radio Fixed Part Identity
RFPI
•
Radio range with an RSSI value > 50
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
475
Integrated Cordless Solution
Troubleshooting
Elevator shaft
Figure: Example for the Documentation of Test Results in a Building Plan
3rd floor
2nd floor
Ground floor
Stairwell
1st floor
BS
20
Basement
BS Installation location of the
base station with an
indication of the RFPI
Radio range with an RSSI
value > 50
Related Topics
8.6 Troubleshooting
Here you will learn how to troubleshoot and correct potential disruptions and
errors.
Synchronization symbol on the display of DECT phones
•
•
476
No synchronization to base station: Flashing display of Station XY
–
DECT phone not logged on?
Remedy: Log in the DECT phone.
–
If the DECT phone is logged into multiple systems, is it switched to the
correct system? Is automatic system selection activated?
Remedy: Check the registration of the DECT phone. If necessary, log in
the DECT phone again.
–
Base station defective?
Remedy: Testing Base Stations.
Synchronization to the base station: Steady display of Station XY, but no
action is possible.
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Integrated Cordless Solution
Troubleshooting
–
An error tone can be heard when the line key is pressed: Temporary
overload status (all the base station speech paths are busy).
Remedy: Wait, and try again.
–
DECT phone has not completed the location request (contact of the
DECT phone to the communication system) successfully.
Remedy: Repeat location request by switching off the DECT phone and
then switching it on again.
–
DECT phone is no longer registered.
Remedy: Log in the DECT phone again.
DECT telephone
•
•
Problems when logging in:
–
Are the "home cordless board" and at least one base station (within range
of the DECT phone) as well as the Cordless board to which this base
station is connected operational (is the green LED lit on the Cordless
board?)
–
If the DECT phone is to be registered via a "current-location cordless
board", the extension connections must be operational.
A connection to the extension connection port must be tested by using a
corded phone. If the call succeeds, the connection is OK. Otherwise, an
error has occurred, and the configuration of the extension connection
must be checked.
–
Is a sufficiently accurate clock pulse supply ensured by the
communication system?
If the station display on a registered DECT phone is not permanently
active, this could indicate a bad clock pulse supply. For example, if Base
Search occasionally appears in the idle state.
No visual user prompts:
–
When logging in the DECT phone, was the line key pressed before the
"Silent Call" arrived?
Remedy: Log in the DECT phone again and wait for Silent Call. If the error
persists, the phone involved is an unauthorized DECT phone.
Related Topics
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
477
Appendix
Hardware Expansion
9 Appendix
The appendix contains reference information such as hardware capacity limits,
the interface ranges for subscriber lines, the maximum cable lengths for trunk
connections and direct CorNet NQ/QSIG wiring and the country-specific ring
frequencies for analog subscriber line modules. In addition, it also includes
information on the power requirements of the boards and connectable
telephones, key modules, adapters and base stations.
Related Topics
9.1 Hardware Expansion
The hardware expansion details refer to the OpenScape Business X3R/X3W,
OpenScape Business X5R/X5W and OpenScape Business X8 configuration
systems.
Hardware Expansion for OpenScape Business
System Box
OpenScape Business X8 system box
Maximum configuration
2
The following table lists the maximum number of time-division multiplex channels
that the different boards require. A distinction is made here between:
•
Static assignment
Time-division multiplex channels are assigned statically for trunk and tietraffic boards. This ensures that all calls can be processed.
•
Dynamic assignment
Time-division multiplex channels are subject to dynamic assignment in
subscriber line modules. The channels are seized with every call and
released at the end of each call. The current number of time-division multiplex
channels required is determined by the number of active stations.
•
Static/dynamic assignment. For boards with S0 interfaces, the way in which
the time-division multiplex channels are assigned depends on the actual use
of the individual S0 interfaces. The channels are assigned statically if the S0
interface is used for the ISDN trunk connection (ISDN trunk). The channels
are assigned dynamically if the S0 interface is used for the ISDN station
connection.
OpenScape Business X8 provides PCM highway trunk groups with 2 x 4 PCM
highways for each peripheral board slot. There are 32 time-division multiplex
channels available for each PCM highway. If all of these channels are busy, no
further call requests can be accepted. To guarantee that the communication
system operates without blocking, make sure when performing configuration that
the boards on a PCM segment do not require more than the number of timedivision multiplex channels available. For detailed information on the distribution
of the PCM highways and the boards installed in OpenScape Business X8, see
OpenScape Business V1, Service Documentation, Installing OpenScape
Business X8.
478
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Appendix
Hardware Expansion
Regardless of which boards are installed in OpenScape Business X3R/X3W,
OpenScape Business X5R/X5W, blocking-free operation is ensured at all times.
Peripheral
board
4SLA1
Part Number
S30810-Q2925X100
Maximum
TimeUse in OpenScape
number of
division
Business
time-division multiplex
X3R X3W X5R X5W X8
multiplex
channel
channels
assignme
required
nt
4
Dynamic
X
X
8
Dynamic
X
X
S30810-Q2923X200
8SLA1
S30810-Q2925-X
S30810-Q2923X100
8SLAR1
S30810-K2925-Z
8
Dynamic
16SLA1
S30810-Q2923-X
16
Dynamic
DIU2U1
S30810-Q2216-X
(For U.S. only)
48
Static
X
DIUN21
S30810-Q2196-X
60
Static
X
DIUT2
S30810-Q2226X100
60
Static
X
IVMN81
S30122-H7688X200
8
Dynamic
X
IVMNL
S30122-H7688-X
24
Dynamic
X
IVMP4
S30122-Q7721-X
4
Dynamic
IVMP4R
S30122-K7721-F
4
Dynamic
IVMS8N
S30122-Q7379X200
8
Dynamic
IVMS8NR
S30122-K7379Z200
8
Dynamic
SLA16N1
S30810-Q2929X100
16
Dynamic
X
SLA24N1
S30810-Q2929-X
24
Dynamic
X
SLAD4
S30810-Q2956X100
4
Dynamic
X
X
SLAD8
S30810-Q2956X200
8
Dynamic
X
X
SLAD8R
S30810-K2956X300
8
Dynamic
SLAD16
S30810-Q2957-X
16
Dynamic
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
479
Appendix
Hardware Expansion
Peripheral
board
480
Part Number
Maximum
TimeUse in OpenScape
number of
division
Business
time-division multiplex
X3R X3W X5R X5W X8
multiplex
channel
channels
assignme
required
nt
SLC16N
S30810-Q2193X100
642
Dynamic
SLCN
S30810-Q2193X300
1282
Dynamic
X
SLMA21
S30810-Q2246-X
24
Dynamic
X
SLMA81
S30810-Q2191C100
8
Dynamic
X
SLMA241
S30810-Q2191C300
24
Dynamic
X
SLMAE81
S30810-Q2225X100
8
Dynamic
X
SLMAE241 S30810-Q2225X200
24
Dynamic
X
SLMAV8N
S30810-Q2227X300
8
Dynamic
X
SLMAV24N S30810-Q2227X400
24
Dynamic
X
SLMO8N
S30810-Q2168X300
163
Dynamic
X
SLMO24N
S30810-Q2168X400
483
Dynamic
X
SLMO81
S30810-Q2901X100
163
Dynamic
X
SLMO241
S30810-Q2901-X
483
Dynamic
X
SLU8N
S30817-Q922A401
16
Dynamic
SLU8NR
S30817-K922Z401
16
Dynamic
STLS21
S30817-Q924B313
4
dynamic/
static
X
X
STLS41
S30817-Q924A313
8
dynamic/
static
X
X
STLS4R1
S30817-Q924Z313
8
dynamic/
static
STLSX2
S30810-H2944X100
4
dynamic/
static
X
X
STLSX4
S30810-H2944-X
8
dynamic/
static
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Appendix
Hardware Expansion
Peripheral
board
Part Number
Maximum
TimeUse in OpenScape
number of
division
Business
time-division multiplex
X3R X3W X5R X5W X8
multiplex
channel
channels
assignme
required
nt
STLSX4R
S30810-K2944-Z
8
dynamic/
static
X
X
STMD3
S30810-Q2217X10
16
dynamic/
static
TCAS-2
S30810-Q2945-X
(for selected
countries only)
60
Static
TCASR-2
S30810-K2945-X
(for selected
countries only)
60
Static
TLANI2
S30810-Q2953X100
2
Static
X
X
4
Static
X
X
4
Static
8
Static
8
Static
X
X
X
S30810-K2953X182 (For Brazil
only)
TLANI4
S30810-Q2953-X
S30810-K2953X82 (For Brazil
only)
TLANI4R
S30810-K2953X200
X
X
S30810-K2953X282 (For Brazil
only)
TLANI8
S30810-Q2954X100
X
X
S30810-Q2954X101 (For
international
markets only)
S30810-K2954X182 (For Brazil
only)
TM2LP1
S30810-Q2159Xxxx
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
X
481
Appendix
Interface Ranges for Subscriber Lines
Peripheral
board
TMANI
Part Number
Maximum
TimeUse in OpenScape
number of
division
Business
time-division multiplex
X3R X3W X5R X5W X8
multiplex
channel
channels
assignme
required
nt
S30810-Q2327-X
8
Static
X
S30810-Q2327X1 (For
international
markets only)
S30810-K2327X82 (For Brazil
only)
TMC161
S30810-Q2485-X
16
Static
X
TMCAS1
S30810-Q2938-X
30
Static
X
TMCAS2
S30810-Q2946-X
(for selected
countries only)
60
Static
X
TMDID4
S30810-Q2197-T
(for selected
countries only)
8
Static
X
TMEW2
S30810-Q2292X100
4
Static
X
TS2
S30810-Q2913X100
30
Static
TS2R
S30810-K2913Z100
30
Static
TST1
S30810-Q2919-X
24
Static
TST1R
S30810-K2919-Z
24
Static
X
X
X
X
1 This board is being discontinued and can no longer be ordered. However, it can still be used in the
communication systems of the OpenScape Business communication platform.
2 A time-division multiplex channel is required if a call is conducted via the "home cordless board" of
a mobile telephone. If a call is conducted via a "current-location Cordless board", additional timedivision multiplex channels are necessary.
3 The maximum possible number of masters and slaves is taken into account.
4 The TMDID board only uses the first half of a PCM segment, which means that up to 64 channels
are available per PCM segment for TMDID static time-division multiplex channels. To guarantee
that the communication system operates without blocking when using the TMDID, the boards on a
PCM segment must not occupy more than 64 static time-division multiplex channels. Examples for
a PCM segment: 2 x TMDID + 1 x DIU2U = 64 static time-division multiplex channels = approved
equipment. 1 x TMDID + 1 x TMANI + 1 x DIUT2 = 76 static time-division multiplex channels =
unapproved equipment. 1 x TMDID + 2 x SLMO2 = 8 static and 96 dynamic time-division multiplex
channels = approved equipment.
Related Topics
9.2 Interface Ranges for Subscriber Lines
The following table lists the maximum possible interface ranges for subscriber
lines when using cables of type J-Y (ST) 2x2x0.6 (0.6 mm conductor diameter).
482
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Appendix
Cable Lengths for Trunk Connections and SIP-Q Direct Networking
Table: Interface Ranges for Subscriber Lines (for J-Y (ST) 2x2x0.6, (0.6 mm conductor
diameter)
Interface
Range
Loop resistance
S0: point-to-point connection
< 600 m
156 ohms
S0: extended bus
connection
< 400 m
104 ohms
< 60 m, for the STMD3
board (S30810-Q2217-X10)
21 ohms
< 120 m, for all other S0
boards
21 ohms
< 10 m
–
a/b
< 2000 m
520 ohms
UP0/E: master
< 1000 m
230 ohms
UP0/E: master-slave
configuration
< 100 m
23 ohms
S0: bus connection
S0: line jack unit for the
phone
Related Topics
9.3 Cable Lengths for Trunk Connections and SIP-Q Direct Networking
The table below provides the maximum cable lengths for trunk connections and
direct SIP-Q wiring.
The values apply to ideal conditions, which means there can be no joints, etc. The
real conditions must be measured on-site.
Table: Cable Lengths for Trunk Connections and SIP-Q Direct Networking
Interface
S0
S2M
Cable
Conductor
diameter
Attenuation
per km
Max. Cable
Length
ICCS cable J2Y(ST)Y4x2x0,51
LG ICCS Data5
0.51 mm
7.5 dB at
96 kHz
800 m
Installation cable J2Y(ST)Y >=
10x2x0.6 ST III BD
0.6 mm
6.0 dB at
96 kHz
1000 m
AA-2Y0F(L)2Y >=
10x2x0.6 (full PE
insulation, filled)
0.6 mm
17 dB at 1 MHz
350 m
Related Topics
9.4 Country-Specific Ring Frequencies for Analog Subscriber Line Modules
The following table indicates the ring frequencies required for implementing
analog subscriber line modules in the various countries listed.
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
483
Appendix
Country-Specific Ring Frequencies for Analog Subscriber Line Modules
Table: Country-Specific Ring Frequencies for Analog Subscriber Line Modules
Country
484
Abbreviation
Ring frequency (Hz)
Algeria
ALG
25
Argentina
ARG
25
Ethiopia
ETH
25
Australia
AUS
25
Belgium
BEL
25
Brazil
BRA
25
Federal Republic of
Germany
BRD
25
Burundi
BUD
25
China
CHN
25
Denmark
DAN
25
Europe
EU
25
Finland
FIN
25
France
FKR
50
Greece
GRI
25
Great Britain
GBR
25
Commonwealth of
Independent States
CIS
25
Hong Kong
HGK
25
India
IND
25
Indonesia
IDS
25
Ireland
IRL
25
Italy
ITL
25
Cameroon
CAM
25
Canada
CAN
20
Kenya
KEN
25
Congo
CGO
25
Croatia
CRO
25
Luxembourg
LUX
25
Malaysia
MAL
20
Morocco
MAR
25
Mexico
MEX
25
The Netherlands
NDL
25
Nigeria
NIA
25
Oman
OMA
25
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Appendix
Power Requirements of a Communication System
Country
Abbreviation
Ring frequency (Hz)
Austria
OES
25
Pakistan
PAK
25
The Philippines
PHI
20
Poland
POL
25
Portugal
POR
25
Republic of South Africa
RSA
25
Sweden
SWD
25
Switzerland
SWZ
25
Singapore
SIN
25
Slovenia
SLO
25
Spain
SPA
25
South Korea
KOR
20
Thailand
THA
25
Czech Republic
CRE
25
Turkey
TRK
25
Hungary
UNG
25
USA
USA
20
Vietnam
VIT
25
Zimbabwe
SIM
25
Related Topics
9.5 Power Requirements of a Communication System
Here you will find information about the power requirements of the boards and the
connectable telephones, key modules and adapters.
With this information,
•
every system configuration can be checked to see whether the nominal power
output of the internal power supply unit is sufficient or whether an auxiliary
external power supply is needed.
•
the individual primary power requirements of the OpenScape Business X3R/
X3W, OpenScape Business X5R/X5W and OpenScape Business X8
communication systems can be determined.
Related Topics
9.5.1 Boards Power Requirement
Here you will find information about the power requirements of the boards used
in the OpenScape Business X3R/X3W, OpenScape Business X5R/X5W und
OpenScape Business X8 communication systems.
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
485
Appendix
Power Requirements of a Communication System
Power Requirement of the Central Boards
Table: Power Requirement of the Central Boards
Board
Part Number
Used in
DBSAP
S30807-Q6722-X
OpenScape
Business X8
OCAB
S30807-K6950-X
OpenScape
Business X3R
Net power requirements
in watts
+5 V
–48 V
1.5
–
–
12.0
11.0
–
3.0
–
7.0
–
8.5
–
OpenScape
Business X3W
OpenScape
Business X5R
OpenScape Business
X5W
OpenScape
Business X8
OCCB1
S30807-Q6949-X100 OpenScape
Business X3R
OpenScape
Business X3W
OpenScape
Business X5R
OpenScape Business
X5W
OpenScape
Business X8
OCCB3
S30807-Q6949-X
OpenScape
Business X3R
OpenScape
Business X3W
OpenScape
Business X5R
OpenScape Business
X5W
OpenScape
Business X8
OCCL
including
CMA and
announcem
ent/music
module
486
S30810-K2962-X
OpenScape
Business X8
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Appendix
Power Requirements of a Communication System
Board
OCCM
Part Number
S30810-K2959-X
including
CMA and
announcem
ent/music
module
OCCMR
OpenScape
Business X3W
Net power requirements
in watts
+5 V
–48 V
10.0
4.2
10.0
4.2
–
14.4
OpenScape Business
X5W
S30810-K2959-Z
including
CMA and
announcem
ent/music
module
RGMOD1
Used in
OpenScape
Business X3R
OpenScape
Business X5R
S30124-X5109-X
OpenScape
Business X8
1 This board is being discontinued and can no longer be ordered. However, it can still be used in the
communication systems of the OpenScape Business communication platform.
Power Requirements of Peripheral Boards
Table: Power Requirements of Peripheral Boards
Board
4SLA1
Part Number
Used in
S30810-Q2925-X100 OpenScape
Business X3W
Net power requirements
in watts
+5 V
–48 V
0.7
0.72
0.7
0.72
1.3
1.32
1.3
1.32
1.3
1.32
OpenScape Business
X5W
4SLA1
S30810-Q2923-X200 OpenScape
Business X3W
OpenScape Business
X5W
8SLA1
S30810-Q2925-X
OpenScape
Business X3W
OpenScape Business
X5W
8SLA1
S30810-Q2923-X100 OpenScape
Business X3W
OpenScape Business
X5W
8SLAR1
S30810-K2925-Z
OpenScape
Business X3R
OpenScape
Business X5R
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
487
Appendix
Power Requirements of a Communication System
Board
16SLA1
Part Number
S30810-Q2923-X
Used in
OpenScape
Business X3W
Net power requirements
in watts
+5 V
–48 V
2.5
2.52
OpenScape Business
X5W
DIU2U1
S30810-Q2216-X
OpenScape
Business X8
5.1
–
DIUN21
S30810-Q2196-X
OpenScape
Business X8
5.0
–
DIUT2
S30810-Q2226-X100 OpenScape
Business X8
3.5
–
IVMN81
S30122-H7688-X100 OpenScape
Business X8
10.0
–
IVMNL
S30122-H7688-X
OpenScape
Business X8
10.0
–
IVMP4
S30122-Q7721-X
OpenScape
Business X3W
2.3
–
2.3
–
2.6
0.3
2.6
0.3
OpenScape Business
X5W
IVMP4R
S30122-K7721-X
OpenScape
Business X3R
OpenScape
Business X5R
IVMS8N
S30122-Q7379-X200 OpenScape
Business X3W
OpenScape Business
X5W
IVMS8NR
S30122-K7379-Z200
OpenScape
Business X3R
OpenScape
Business X5R
SLA16N1
S30810-Q2929-X100 OpenScape Business
X5W
3.0
3.02
SLA24N1
S30810-Q2929-X
4.5
4.52
SLAD4
S30810-Q2956-X100 OpenScape
Business X3W
2.0
1.02
OpenScape Business
X5W
OpenScape Business
X5W
488
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Appendix
Power Requirements of a Communication System
Board
SLAD8
Part Number
Used in
S30810-Q2956-X200 OpenScape
Business X3W
Net power requirements
in watts
+5 V
–48 V
2.0
1.02
2.0
1.02
2.7
2.32
–
2.6
1.2
2.82
1.7
3.52
1.7
3.52
2.9
5.32
2.9
5.32
OpenScape Business
X5W
SLAD8R
S30810-K2956-X300 OpenScape
Business X3R
OpenScape
Business X5R
SLAD16
S30810-Q2957-X
OpenScape
Business X3W
OpenScape Business
X5W
SLAD16 fan C39165-A7021-B46
kit
SLAV4
OpenScape Business
X5W
S30810-H2963-X100 OpenScape
Business X3W
OpenScape Business
X5W
SLAV8
S30810-H2963-X200 OpenScape
Business X3W
OpenScape Business
X5W
SLAV8R
S30810-H2963-Z200 OpenScape
Business X3R
OpenScape
Business X5R
SLAV16
S30810-H2963-X
OpenScape
Business X3W
OpenScape Business
X5W
SLAV16R
S30810-H2963-Z
OpenScape
Business X3R
OpenScape
Business X5R
SLC16N
S30810-Q2193-X100 OpenScape Business
X5W
5.0
–
SLCN
S30810-Q2193-X300 OpenScape
Business X8
5.0
–
SLMA1
S30810-Q2191-C300 OpenScape
Business X8
1.6
12.02
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
489
Appendix
Power Requirements of a Communication System
Board
Part Number
Used in
Net power requirements
in watts
+5 V
–48 V
SLMA21
S30810-Q2246-X
OpenScape
Business X8
2.1
13.32
SLMA81
S30810-Q2191-C100 OpenScape
Business X8
0.6
4.02
SLMAE81
S30810-Q2225-X100 OpenScape
Business X8
1.3
2.22
SLMAE241 S30810-Q2225-X200 OpenScape
Business X8
3.1
5.22
SLMAV8N
S30810-Q2227-X300 OpenScape
Business X8
1.8
17.02
SLMAV24N S30810-Q2227-X400 OpenScape
Business X8
4.4
36.72
SLMO8N
S30810-Q2168-X300 OpenScape
Business X8
0.4
0.4
SLMO24N
S30810-Q2168-X400 OpenScape
Business X8
1.0
1.2
SLMO81
S30810-Q2901-X100 OpenScape Business
X5W
0.4
0.4
SLMO241
S30810-Q2901-X
OpenScape Business
X5W
1.5
–
SLU8N
S30817-Q922-A401
OpenScape
Business X3W
0.8
–
0.8
–
0.6
–
1.0
–
1.0
–
OpenScape Business
X5W
SLU8NR
S30817-K922-Z401
OpenScape
Business X3R
OpenScape
Business X5R
STLS21
S30817-Q924-B313
OpenScape
Business X3W
OpenScape Business
X5W
STLS41
S30817-Q924-A313
OpenScape
Business X3W
OpenScape Business
X5W
STLS4R1
S30817-Q924-Z313
OpenScape
Business X3R
OpenScape
Business X5R
490
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Appendix
Power Requirements of a Communication System
Board
STLSX2
Part Number
Used in
S30810-H2944-X100 OpenScape
Business X3W
Net power requirements
in watts
+5 V
–48 V
0.4
–
0.7
–
0.7
–
OpenScape Business
X5W
STLSX4
S30810-H2944-X
OpenScape
Business X3W
OpenScape Business
X5W
STLSX4R
S30810-K2944-Z
OpenScape
Business X3R
OpenScape
Business X5R
STMD3
S30810-Q2217-X10
OpenScape
Business X8
4.0
–
TCAS-2
S30810-Q2945-X
OpenScape Business
X5W
4.5
–
TCASR-2
S30810-K2945-X
OpenScape
Business X5R
4.5
–
TLANI2
S30810-Q2953-X100 OpenScape
Business X3W
2.5
–
2.6
–
2.6
–
2.7
–
2.6
–
OpenScape Business
X5W
TLANI2
For Brazil
only
TLANI4
S30810-Q2953-X182 OpenScape
Business X3W
OpenScape Business
X5W
S30810-Q2953-X
OpenScape
Business X3W
OpenScape Business
X5W
TLANI4
For Brazil
only
TLANI4R
S30810-Q2953-X82
OpenScape
Business X3W
OpenScape Business
X5W
S30810-K2953-X200 OpenScape
Business X3R
OpenScape
Business X5R
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
491
Appendix
Power Requirements of a Communication System
Board
TLANI4R
For Brazil
only
TLANI8
Part Number
Used in
S30810-K2953-X282 OpenScape
Business X3R
Net power requirements
in watts
+5 V
–48 V
2.7
–
1.8
–
1.3
–
1.8
–
OpenScape
Business X5R
S30810-Q2954-X100 OpenScape
Business X3W
OpenScape Business
X5W
TLANI8
For
international
markets
only
TLANI8
For Brazil
only
S30810-Q2954-X101 OpenScape
Business X3W
OpenScape Business
X5W
S30810-Q2954-X182 OpenScape
Business X3W
OpenScape Business
X5W
TM2LP1
S30810-Q2159-Xxxx
OpenScape
Business X8
1.8
–
TMANI
S30810-Q2327-X
OpenScape
Business X8
2.3
–
TMANI
S30810-Q2327-X1
OpenScape
Business X8
1.8
–
S30810-Q2327-X82
OpenScape
Business X8
2.3
–
TMC161
S30810-Q2485-X
OpenScape
Business X8
1.3
–
TMCAS1
S30810-Q2938-X
OpenScape
Business X8
8.7
–
TMCAS2
S30810-Q2946-X
OpenScape
Business X8
5.6
–
TMDID
S30810-Q2197-T
OpenScape
Business X8
1.7
2.03
TMEW2
S30810-Q2292-X100 OpenScape
Business X8
1.3
3.6
TS2N
S30810-H2913-X300 OpenScape Business
X5W
0.9
–
For
international
markets
only
TMANI
For Brazil
only
492
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Appendix
Power Requirements of a Communication System
Board
Part Number
Used in
Net power requirements
in watts
+5 V
–48 V
TS2RN
S30810-K2913-Z300
OpenScape
Business X5R
0.9
–
TST1
S30810-Q2919-X
OpenScape Business
X5W
0.8
–
TST1R
S30810-K2919-Z
OpenScape
Business X5R
0.8
–
1 This board is being discontinued and can no longer be ordered. However, it can still be used in the
communication systems of the OpenScape Business communication platform.
2 For each active (off hook) station, the net power requirement increases by approximately 1.6 W (
depending on the cable length, the DC resistance of the phone and the set supply current (standard
supply current in Germany = 33.2 mA).
3 The net power requirement increases by about 1.6 W per active line (depending on the cable
length).
Power Requirements of Options
Table: Power Requirements of Options
Board
Part Number
Used in
Net power requirements
in watts
+5 V
–48 V
PFT11
S30777-Q539-X
OpenScape
Business X8
–
0.5
PFT4
S30777-Q540-X
OpenScape
Business X8
–
1.7
REALS
S30807-Q6629-X
OpenScape
Business X8
1.5
–
STRB
S30817-Q932-A
OpenScape
Business X3W
0.5
–
0.5
–
OpenScape Business
X5W
STRBR
S30817-H932-Z
OpenScape
Business X3R
OpenScape
Business X5R
1 This board is being discontinued and can no longer be ordered. However, it can still be used in the
communication systems of the OpenScape Business communication platform.
Related Topics
9.5.2 Power Requirements of Telephones and Devices
Here you will find information about the average power requirements for
telephones, key modules and adapters. The values were determined with a traffic
capacity of 0.15 Erlang. In addition, information is included on the power
requirements of the base stations for the integrated Cordless solution OpenScape
Business Cordless.
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
493
Appendix
Power Requirements of a Communication System
INFO: For system configurations with many analog phones, it
must be taken into account that the power requirement increases
to approx. 1.6 W per active (off-hook) analog station (depending
on the cable length, the DC resistance of the phone and the set
supply current (standard supply current in Germany = 33.2 mA)).
If the calculated power requirements result in a value just below
the rated power output at the -48 V output of the system's internal
power supply, an additional power supply through an external
auxiliary power supply unit is required.
Otherwise, the system's internal power supply may be overloaded
and lead to uncontrolled system restarts.
Power Requirements of Telephones, Key Modules and Adapters
Table: Power Requirements of Telephones, Key Modules and Adapters
Phone, key module, adapter
OpenStage HFA/SIP
OpenStage 5 (only SIP)
Net power requirements
in watts (supplied from 48 V)
Identified at a traffic flow
of 0.15 Erlang
0,01
OpenStage 15
OpenStage 20
OpenStage 40
OpenStage 60
OpenStage T
494
OpenStage 10 T
0.85
OpenStage 15 T
0.85
OpenStage 20 T
0.85
OpenStage 30 T
1.1
OpenStage 40 T
1.1
OpenStage 60 T
0.02
OpenStage 80 T
0.02
OpenStage BLF
0.02
OpenStage Key Module
0.02
OpenStage PhoneAdapter
0.02
OpenScape Desk Phone IP 35G
HFA
IP 55G
4.31
OpenScape Desk Phone IP 35G
SIP
IP 55G
4.31
5.61
5.61
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Appendix
Power Requirements of a Communication System
Phone, key module, adapter
optiPoint 410 HFA
optiPoint 410 entry
Net power requirements
in watts (supplied from 48 V)
Identified at a traffic flow
of 0.15 Erlang
0.01
optiPoint 410 economy
optiPoint 410 standard
optiPoint 410 advance
optiPoint 410 SIP
optiPoint 410 entry S
0.01
optiPoint 410 economy S
optiPoint 410 standard S
optiPoint 410 advance S
optiPoint 420 HFA
optiPoint 420 economy
0.01
optiPoint 420 economy plus
optiPoint 420 standard
optiPoint 420 advance
optiPoint 420 SIP
optiPoint 420 economy S
0.01
optiPoint 420 economy plus S
optiPoint 420 standard S
optiPoint 420 advance S
optiPoint 410 display module
0.01
optiPoint self-labeling key module
0.01
optiPoint 500
optiPoint 500 entry
0.3
optiPoint 500 economy
0.7
optiPoint 500 basic
0.7
optiPoint 500 standard
0.7
optiPoint 500 advance
0.72
optiPoint key module
0.05
optiPoint BLF
0.02
optiPoint analog adapter
0.03
optiPoint ISDN adapter
0.7
optiPoint phone adapter
0.18
optiPoint acoustic adapter
0.25
optiPoint recorder adapter
0.3
Analog telephone (40 mA for short trunk) in active status
0.3
1 Power over Ethernet (PoE) or power supply via a local plug-in unit
2 Power supplied by AC adapter
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
495
Appendix
Power Requirements of a Communication System
3 A local power supply provides power to the connected analog telephone
Power Requirements of Base Stations
Table: Power Requirements of Base Stations
Base station
Part Number
Net power requirements
in watts
+5 V
–48 V
BS4
S30807-U5491-X
–
3.0
BS3/11
S30807-H5482-X
–
2.0
BS3/31
S30807-H5485-X
–
3.0
BS3/S1
X30807-X5482-X100
–
2.0
1 This base station is being discontinued and can no longer be ordered. However, it can still be used
on the communication systems of the OpenScape Business communication platform.
Related Topics
9.5.3 Nominal Power Output of the Power Supply Units
Here you will find information about the nominal power ratings of the power
supplies used in the OpenScape Business X3R/X3W, OpenScape
Business X5R/X5W and OpenScape Business X8 communication systems.
Table: Nominal Power Output of the Power Supply Units
Board
Part Number
Used in
Max. nominal power
output in Watts
+5 V
LUNA2
S30122-H7686-X1
OpenScape
Business X8
UPSC-D
S30122-H5660-X301
OpenScape
Business X3W
S30122-K5660-M3001
OpenScape Business
S30122-K5660-M3211 X5W
496
–48 V
1401
20.02
53.0
40.0
53.0
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Appendix
Power Requirements of a Communication System
Board
UPSC-DR
Part Number
Used in
Max. nominal power
output in Watts
+5 V
–48 V
OpenScape
Business X3R
20.02
53.0
OpenScape
S30122-K7373-M9211 Business X5R
40.0
53.0
–
110
S30122-H7373-X901
S30122-K7373-M9001
OpenScape S30177-U773-X mit
Business
LUNA2
Powerbox
with LUNA2
OpenScape
Business X3R
OpenScape
Business X3W
OpenScape
Business X5R
OpenScape Business
X5W
OpenScape
Business X8
1 The total max. nominal power output at the 5V output and the –48V output is 140 W. The 5V
nominal power output can vary between 30 and 60 W, and the -48V nominal power output can vary
between 80 and 110 W. In other words, if 30 W are withdrawn at the 5-V output, a maximum of 110
W is available at the -48-V output.
2 Nominal output = 40 W. Due to build-up of heat, not more than 20 W may be withdrawn.
Related Topics
9.5.3.1 How to Check if the Power Output of a Power Supply is Sufficient
Apart from the secondary power requirements, the power output must also be
checked to ensure that the maximum possible output of a communication
system's power supply unit is sufficient. For this, the power requirement at the
+5V output and at the -48-V output must be examined separately.
NOTICE: To guarantee the smooth operation of a communication
system, the nominal power output of the internal power supply
unit at the +5V output and the -48V output must be greater than
the respective secondary power requirement.
Step by Step
1) Determine the secondary power requirement at the +5V output as follows:
a) Add the +5V power requirements of all boards of the communication
system.
b) Add the -48V power requirements of all boards of the communication
system and the -48 V power requirements of all connected telephones,
key modules, adapters and base stations.
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
497
Appendix
Power Requirements of a Communication System
2) Using the calculated values, check whether the total power requirements
exceed the maximum possible output of the system's internal power supply
unit at the +5V and the -48V outputs.
The following options are available if the power requirements are higher than
the power output of the system's internal power supply:
•
OpenScape Business X3R/X5R with UPSC-DR, OpenScape Business
X3W/X5W with UPSC-D:
The maximum nominal power output at the –48V output can be increased
from 53 W to 110 W by using the OpenScape Business Powerbox with the
LUNA2.
•
OpenScape Business X8 with LUNA2:
By using additional LUNA2 power supplies, the total nominal power
output at the 5V output and the -48 V output can be increased to 140 W
each.
Sample calculation for OpenScape Business X3W
Secondary power requirement at the +5-V output
Boards:
1 x OCCM
=
10.0 W
1 x OCCB1
=
3.0 W
1 x OCAB
=
–
1 x STLSX4
=
0.7 W
1 x SLU8N
=
0.8 W
Total =
14.5 W
The maximum available power of the UPSC-D at the +5V output is 20.0 W and is thus
sufficient to cover the calculated power requirement.
Secondary power requirement at the -48V output
Boards:
Phones, key
modules and
adapters:
498
1 x OCCM
=
4.2 W
1 x OCCB1
=
–
1 x OCAB
=
12.0 W
1 x STLSX4
=
–
1 x SLU8N
=
–
6 x OpenStage 20 T
=
5.1 W
4 x OpenStage 40 T
=
4.4 W
2 x OpenStage 80 T
=
–1
2 x OpenStage Key Module
=
–1
1 x OpenStage BLF
=
–1
2 x Analog telephones
=
0.6 W
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Appendix
Power Requirements of a Communication System
Base stations:
1 x BS4
=
3.0 W
Total =
29.3 W
The maximum nominal power output of UPSC-D at the -48V output amounts to 53.0 W
and is thus sufficient to cover the specified power requirement.
1 Power supplied by AC adapter
Sample calculation for OpenScape Business X5W
Secondary power requirement at the +5-V output
Boards:
1 x OCCM
=
10.0 W
1 x OCCB3
=
7.0 W
1 x OCAB
=
–
1 x TS2N
=
0.9 W
1 x SLU8N
=
0.8 W
3 x SLAD16
=
8.1 W
1 x SLC16N
=
5.0 W
Total =
31.8 W
The maximum nominal power output of UPSC-D on the +5V output amounts to 40.0 W
and is thus sufficient to cover the specified power requirement.
Secondary power requirement at the -48-V output
Boards:
Phones, key
modules and
adapters:
1 x OCCM
=
4.2 W
1 x OCCB3
=
–
1 x OCAB
=
12.0 W
1 x TS2N
=
–
1 x SLU8N
=
–
3 x SLAD16
=
6.9 W
1 x SLAD16 fan kit
=
2.6 W
1 x SLC16N
=
–
2 x OpenStage 20 T
=
1.7 W
4 x OpenStage 40 T
=
4.4 W
2 x OpenStage 80 T
=
–1
6 x OpenStage Key Module
=
–2
2 x OpenStage BLF
=
–2
24 x Analog telephones
=
7.2 W
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
499
Appendix
Power Requirements of a Communication System
Base stations:
12 x BS4
=
36.0 W
Total =
75.0 W
The maximum nominal power output of UPSC-D at the -48V output amounts to 53.0 W
and is thus not sufficient to cover the specified power requirement.
An auxiliary power source from an external power supply is required. When using the
OpenScape Business Powerbox with the LUNA2, the nominal power output at the -48V
output is 110.0 W and is thus sufficient to meet the calculated power requirements.
INFO: The power requirements for an active (off hook) analog telephone increases by
approx. 1.6 W (depending on the cable length, the DC resistance of the phone and the
set supply current (standard supply current in Germany = 33.2 mA). In the present
example, this results in a power requirement of 38.4 W if all 24 analog telephones are in
the active state (instead of 7.2 W with a traffic capacity of 0.15 Erlang).
1 Power supplied by AC adapter
Related Topics
9.5.4 Primary Power Requirements of a Communication System
The primary power requirements of a communication system includes the power
requirements of the boards used, the power requirements of the connected
telephones, key modules, adapters and base stations, and the local use of the
power supply.
Related Topics
9.5.4.1 How to Determine the Primary Power Requirements of a Communication System
Step by Step
1) First determine the overall secondary power requirement as follows:
To do this, add the +5 V and -48 V power requirements of all boards of the
communication system and the -48 V power requirements of all connected
telephones, key modules, adapters and base stations.
2) Then determine the primary power requirement as follows:
To do this, add to the overall secondary power requirement the local use of
the power supply (UPSC-D / UPSC-DR = 12.0 W, LUNA2 = 9.0 W) and
multiply the result by a factor of 1.3 to take the efficiency of the power supply
into account.
Sample calculation for OpenScape Business X3W
Overall secondary power requirement
Boards:
500
1 x OCCM
=
14.2 W
1 x OCCB1
=
3.0 W
1 x OCAB
=
12.0 W
1 x STLSX4
=
0.7 W
1 x SLU8N
=
0.8 W
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Appendix
Power Requirements of a Communication System
Phones, key
modules and
adapters:
Base stations:
6 x OpenStage 20 T
=
5.1 W
4 x OpenStage 40 T
=
4.4 W
2 x OpenStage 80 T
=
–1
2 x OpenStage Key Module
=
–1
1 x OpenStage BLF
=
–1
2 x Analog telephones
=
0.6 W
1 x BS4
=
3.0 W
Total =
43.8 W
The overall secondary power requirement is 43.8 W.
1 Power supplied by AC adapter
Primary power requirement
Overall secondary power requirement:
=
43.8 W
Local usage of the UPSC-D:
=
12.0 W
Total =
55.8 W
Allowance for efficiency of the UPSC-D unit:
55.8 W x 1.3 = 72.54 W
The primary power requirement of the OpenScape Business X3W communication
system with the indicated configuration is approx. 72.54 W.
Sample calculation for OpenScape Business X5W
Overall secondary power requirement
Boards:
Phones, key
modules and
adapters:
1 x OCCM
=
14.2 W
1 x OCCB3
=
7.0 W
1 x OCAB
=
12.0 W
1 x TS2N
=
0.9 W
1 x SLU8N
=
0.8 W
3 x SLAD16
=
15.0 W
1 x SLAD16 fan kit
=
2.6 W
1 x SLC16N
=
5.0 W
2 x OpenStage 20 T
=
1.7 W
4 x OpenStage 40 T
=
4.4 W
2 x OpenStage 80 T
=
–1
6 x OpenStage Key Module
=
–2
2 x OpenStage BLF
=
–2
24 x Analog telephones
=
7.2 W
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
501
Appendix
Power Requirements of a Communication System
Base stations:
12 x BS4
=
36.0 W
Total =
106.8 W
The overall secondary power requirement is 106.8 W.
INFO: The power requirements for an active (off hook) analog telephone increases by
approx. 1.6 W (depending on the cable length, the DC resistance of the phone and the
set supply current (standard supply current in Germany = 33.2 mA). In the present
example, this results in a power requirement of 38.4 W if all 24 analog telephones are in
the active state (instead of 7.2 W with a traffic capacity of 0.15 Erlang).
1 Power supplied by AC adapter
Primary power requirement
Overall secondary power requirement:
=
106.8 W
Local usage of the UPSC-D:
=
12.0 W
Total =
118.8 W
Allowance for efficiency of the UPSC-D unit:
118.8 W x 1.3 = 154.44 W
The primary power requirements of the OpenScape Business X5W communication
system with the indicated expansion is approx. 154.44 W.
Related Topics
502
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Index
Index
Index
A
accidents, reporting 24
B
board initialization 383
board installation
OpenScape Business X3R and X5R 291
OpenScape Business X3W and X5W 330
OpenScape Business X8 386
board latch 257
boards being phased out 46
C
cable lengths for the SIP-Q direct networking 483
cable lengths for trunk connections 483
cabling for LAN and WAN connections 26
CE Conformity 29
CE mark 28
central boards 40
CMA 50
installing on the OCCM 51
installing on the OCCMR 54
compliance
US and Canadian standards 29
concept 14
conformity
international standards 30
connector or screening panels 393
Cordless solution
clock supply 447
prerequisites for installation 467
cordless solution
base stations 447
base stations indoors 459
base stations outdoors 464
BS4 pin assignments 448
BS connection 469
BS installation indoors 468
BS installation outdoors 469
Grade of Service (GOS) 443
LED states of BS4 450
Multi-SLC 444
network-wide roaming 446
operating range 450
outdoor housing 453
project planning 454
propagation conditions for radio traffic 455
system configuration 441
system overview 440
test 471
traffic capacity 442
CUC 55
CUCR 56
CUP 57
CUPR 57
D
data protection 28
data security 28
DBSAP 58
Display Conventions 14
disposal 24
DIUT2 59
E
electrical environment
OpenScape Business S 25
OpenScape Business UC Booster Server 25
electromagnetic interference 28
emergency, what to do 23
ET-S 223
EXMR 63
installing on the OCCL 65
installing on the OCCM 66
installing on the OCCMR 68
F
fire safety requirements 26
H
hardware expansion
OpenScape Business 478
I
interface ranges for subscriber lines 483
IVMNL 68
IVMP4 72
IVMP4R 72
IVMS8N 76
IVMS8NR 76
L
lightning protection requirements 27
LUNA2 79
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
503
Index
M
Main Distribution Frame MDFU
wall mounting 314
main distribution frame MDFU 312
Main Distribution Frame MDFU-E 367
protective grounding 373
wall mounting 368
MDFU 312
protective grounding 314
wall mounting 314
MDFU-E 367
protective grounding 373
wall mounting 368
MMP3R 85
MUSIC plugin module 85, 87
O
OCAB 87
installing on OCCL 93
installing on the OCCMR 100, 108
OCCB 113
installing on OCCL 115
installing on the OCCM 117
installing on the OCCMR 121
OCCL 123
OCCM 130
OCCMR 138
OpenSape Business Powerbox
connections 424
OpenScape Business
overview of communication systems 32
OpenScape Business X2W
installing LUNA2 435
OpenScape Business X3R 33
19-inch cabinet installation 276
board installation 291
board slots 290
connecting phones and devices 297
installation 273
performing a visual inspection 304
power supply (for U.S. and Canada only) 274
shielding cover for board 292
tools and resources 273
trunk connection 292
OpenScape Business X3W 34
board installation 330
connecting phones and devices 338
connection cable 327
installation 306
performing a visual inspection 351
power supply (for U.S. and Canada only) 307
tools and resources 306
504
trunk connection 333
OpenScape Business X5R 35
19-inch cabinet installation 277
board installation 291
connecting phones and devices 297
installation 273
installation site 273
performing a visual inspection 304
power supply (for U.S. and Canada only) 274
shielding cover for board 292
standalone unit (desktop operation) 280
tools and resources 273
trunk connection 292
unpacking the components 274
OpenScape Business X5W
installing batteries 433
OpenScape Business X5W 36
board installation 330
board slots 329
connecting phones and devices 338
connection cable 327
connection cable to external main distribution
frame 320
install fan kit 161, 165
LAN port 331
performing a visual inspection 351
power supply (for U.S. and Canada only) 307
trunk connection 333
WAN port 331
OpenScape Business X8 37
19-inch cabinet installation 365
connecting phones and devices 409
installation 355
installation site for 19’’ rack-mount installation 356
installation site for standalone installation 355
power supply (for U.S. and Canada only) 358
standalone installation 360
tools and resources 355
trunk connection 404
OpenScape Business Cordless (see Cordless
Solution)
OpenScape Business Powerbox 421
19-inch cabinet installation 427
components 426
connection cable 436
construction data 423
controls and indicators 424
fuses 424
standalone unit (desktop operation) 430
wall mounting 429
OpenScape Business X3R
installation site 273
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Index
standalone unit (desktop operation) 280
unpacking the components 274
wall mounting 279
OpenScape Business X3W
board slots 329
connection cable to external main distribution
frame 320
installation site 306
interference emissions 346
LAN port 331
wall mounting 311
WAN port 331
OpenScape Business X5R
board slots 290
wall mounting 279
OpenScape Business X5W
installation 306
installation site 306
interference emissions 346
tools and resources 306
wall mounting 311
OpenScape Business X8
backplane 389
board installation 386
closing the system box 419
connecting cable to the MDFU-E 396
connecting cable to the patch panel 401
connecting cable to the S0 patch panel 401
connector or shielding panel 393
PCM highways in the base box 384
PCM highways in the expansion box 385
performing a visual inspection 418
protective grounding 372
shielding cover for board 388
time-division multiplex channels of the peripheral
boards 386
unpacking the components 359
operating conditions (environmental, mechanical)
OpenScape Business S 31
OpenScape Business UC Booster Server 31
OpenScape Business X3, X5, X8 30
operating instructions 14
options 45
P
patch panel 369
installation 372
protective grounding 372
PCM highways
base box 384
expansion box 385
peripheral boards 41
power requirements
boards and phones 485
communication systems 485
power supply circuit and connection
OpenScape Business S 25
OpenScape Business UC Booster Server 25
proper use of communication systems and servers 24
protective grounding
main distribution frame MDFU 314
X3R 280
X3W 314
X5R 280
X5W 314
R
radio frequency interference 28
REALS 147
recycling 24
ring frequency for analog subscriber line modules 484
S
safety information 14
safety information for Australia 19
safety information for Brazil 20
safety information for Canada 22
safety information for the U.S. 20
shielding cover for board 292, 388
SIVAPAC-SIPAC board adapter 255
SLAD16 155
SLAD4 152
SLAD8 152
SLAD8R 152
SLC16N 167
SLCN 170
SLMAV24N 174, 185
SLMAV8N 174, 185
SLMO24N 185
SLMO8N 185
slots in the base box 381
slots in the expansion box 382
SLU8N 195
SLU8NR 195
STLSX2 198
STLSX4 198
STLSX4R 198
STMD3 201
STRB 208
STRBR 208
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
505
Index
T
TCAS-2 214
connect cable to housing (X5W) 220
TCASR-2 214
connect cable to housing (X5W) 220
time-division multiplex channels 386
TLANI2 224
TLANI4 224
TLANI4R 224
TLANI8 228
TMANI 230
TMCAS2 237
TMDID 243
TMEW2 250
topics, types 14
TS2N 258
TS2RN 258
TST1 261
TST1R 261
U
unpacking the components 308
UPSC-D 263
UPSC-DR 268
W
warnings 14
caution 17
danger 16
note 18
warning 16
506
A31003-P3010-S100-26-7620, 06/2014
OpenScape Business V1, Installing OpenScape Business X3/X5/X8, Service documentation
Was this manual useful for you? yes no
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Download PDF

advertising